220 KV Ss NIT PDF

Specification
for 220/33 KV Substation
220/33 KV Substation of Bharat

Oman Refineries Ltd.
NAME OF THE JOB: 220/33KV SUBSTATION PACKAGE JOB FOR BHARAT

OMAN REFINERIES LTD AT BINA DIST. SAGAR,
MADHYAPRADESH,INDIA.
BIDDINGDOCUMENTNO:77037160TS001
Date of Pre Bid Meeting:
27.08.2014 at 11:00 HRS (IST)
Venue:
Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd, Bina, Madhya Pradesh
Last Date and Time for

Submission of offer :
03.09.2014 at 12:00 HRS (IST)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD.
BHARAT OMAN REFINERIES LIMITED

BINA, MADHYAPRADESH
PROJECT
220/33 KV SUBSTATION PACKAGE
DOCUMENT NO. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SPECIFICATION
FOR
220/33 KV SUBSTATION
CONSULTANT
DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PRIVATE LIMITED

BLOCK-DG/4, SECTOR-II, SALT LAKE CITY, KOLKATA 700 091, INDIA
Specification
220/33 KV Substation of
Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd.
OVERALLCONTENT
SECTIONS
DESCRIPTION
VOLUME I
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
VOLUME II
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
VOLUME III
DRAWINGS
VOLUME IV
PROPOSAL EXHIBITS
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Specification
MASTER INDEX LIST

VOLUME I
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
SECTION -1
NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)
SECTION -2
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB)
SECTION -3
GENERAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT (GCC)
SECTION -4
SPECIAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT (SCC)
SECTION -5
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) GUIDELINES FOR

CONTRACTORS
VOLUME II
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
SECTION E01
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
SECTION E02
220 KV CIRCUIT BREAKER
SECTION E03
220 KV DISCONNECTING SWITCH
SECTION E04
220 KV CURRENT TRANSFORMER
SECTION E05
220 KV CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
SECTION E06
220 KV & 33 KV LIGHTNING ARRESTER
SECTION E07
220 KV PLCC AND WT
SECTION E08
OUTDOOR SUBSTATION MATERIAL AND HARDWARE
SECTION E09
SUBSTATION PROTECTION & CONTROL SYSTEM (SPS & SCS)
SECTION E10
SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM (SAS)
SECTION E11
220/33 KV POWER TRANSFORMER
SECTION E12
33 KV / 433 V LT AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER
SECTION E13
33 KV GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR
SECTION E14
HT & LT POWER AND CONTROL CABLE
SECTION E15
BATTERY & BATTERY CHARGER
SECTION E16
ACDB & DCDB
SECTION E17
ILLUMINATION SYSTEM
SECTION E18
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
SECTION E19
DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
SECTION E20
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL &ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
SECTION E21
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
SECTION E22
AIR CONDITIONING & VENTILATION SYSTEM
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Master Index
Specification
VOLUME III
DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
NEW DRAWINGS
MAIN SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM : 220/33 KV SYSTEM
PLOT PLAN
220 KV SUBSTATION LAYOUT PLAN
220 KV SECTIONAL ELEVATION
METERING & PROTECTION BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM :
LEGEND & COVER SHEET
MPPKVV 220 KV LINE FEEDER
METERING & PROTECTION BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM : 220
KV BUS TRANSFER CUM COUPLER FEEDER
KV TRANSFORMER FEEDER
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM : 415 V SUBSTATION ACDB
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM : 110 V &
48 V SUBSTATION DCDB
33 KV SWITCHGEAR CUM CONTROL BUILDING LAYOUT
DRAWING
CABLING : NOTES & DETAILS
GROUNDING : NOTES & DETAILS
ILLUMINATION : NOT`ES & DETAILS
LIGHTNING PROTECTION : NOTES & DETAILS
ARCHITECTURE DRAWING
BLOCK DIAGRAM : 110 V DC BATTERY AND BATTERY
CHARGER
LEGEND, SCHEME, GENERAL NOTES (FOR FIRE SYSTEM)
CIVIL & STRUCTURAL DETAILS
SCHEME OF AIR COOLED PRECISION AIR CONDITIONERS
FOR 33 KV SWITCHGEAR CUM CONTROL BUILDING
SCHEME OF VENTILATION SYSTEM FOR 33 KV
SWITCHGEAR CUM CONTROL BUILDING
7703-71-60-A1-0101, 2 SHEETS
7703-99-26-A0-0001
7703-71-26-A1-0401
7703-71-26-A1-0402, 2 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A3-1201
7703-71-60-A3-1202
7703-71-60-A3-1203
7703-71-60-A3-1204
7703-71-60-A1-0106
7703-71-60-A1-0107
7703-71-60-A1-0404
7703-71-60-A4-0400, 30 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A4-0600, 33 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A4-0800, 21 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A4-1000, 6 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A1-1001
7703-71-60-A3-0109
7703-41-32-A3-0507
7703-71-32-A3-0501
7703-71-32-A1-0502
EXISTING DRAWINGS
OVERALL EARTHING LAYOUT
(PROPOSED) CABLE TRENCH LAYOUT FROM 132 KV
SWITCH YARD TO CPP S/S-10
SWITCHGEAR ROOM EQUIPMENT LAYOUT
SWITCHGEAR ROOM FLOOR CUTOUT
FIRE WATER LAYOUT
LAYOUT OF OWS & CRWS SYSTEM
GREAD LEVEL
REPORT ON SOIL INVESTIGATION FOR 132 KV
(EXISTING) SWYD OF BINA REFINARY AT BINA, MP.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Master Index
99-12-A0-0002, REV-2
11-26-A2-0150, REV-1
0-381-21-00429, REV-3
1-381-21-02015, REV-1
6743-041-16-47-0203, REV-2
6743-059-16-47-0202, REV-1
SCANNED DOC, A4, 1SH.
05605-C-SOIL-1-INV-001, REV-2
Specification
VOLUME IV
PROPOSAL EXHIBITS
SCHEDULE /
EXHIBIT NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROPOSAL EXHIBIT: PART-I

SCHEDULE-I
PROPOSAL PARTICULARS
SCHEDULE-II
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
SCHEDULE-III
LIST OF TOOLS AND TACKLES
SCHEDULE-IV
DRAWING SUBMISSION SCHEDULE
PROPOSAL EXHIBIT: PART II

EXHIBIT E1
EXCEPTIONS & DEVIATIONS
EXHIBIT E2
COMPLIANCE TO BID REQUIREMENT
EXHIBIT E3
DECLERATION BY THE BIDDER REGARDING BIDDING DOCUMENT
EXHIBIT E4
PROFORMA FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT LETTER OF BIDDING DOCUMENT
EXHIBIT E5
PROFORMA OF DECLERATION OF BLACK LISTING / HOLIDAY LISTING
EXHIBIT E6
VENDOR REGISTRATION FORM
EXHIBIT E7
ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER MODEL MANDATE FORM
EXHIBIT E8
PROFORMA OF DECLERATION
EXHIBIT E9
PROFORMA OF DECLERATION
PROPOSAL EXHIBIT: PART III

3 SHEETS
SP-0
PREAMBLE
TOTAL LUMP SUM PRICE
BREAK UP OF TOTAL LUMP SUM PRICE OF SP-0
SP-1
A. SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR DESIGN AND DETAILED ENGINEERING.
SP-2
B. SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR SUPPLY PORTION (OTHER THAN CIVIL &

STRUCTURAL ITEMS
SP-3
C. SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR FABRICATION, ERECTION / INSTALLATION

(OTHER THAN CIVIL & STRUCTURAL ITEMS)
SP-4
D. SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR CIVIL &STRUCTURAL- (INCLUSIVE OF COST

FOR SUPPLY ITEMS &CONSTRUCTION)
FURTHER BREAKUP OF PRICES OF SP-1, SP-2, SP-3 & SP-4
SP-5
A. BREAKUP OF PRICE FOR DESIGN AND DETAILED ENGINEERING
SP-6
B. BREAKUP OF PRICE FOR SUPPLY PORTION (OTHER THAN CIVIL &

STRUCTURAL ITEMS)
SP-7
C. BREAKUP OF PRICE FOR FABRICATION, ERECTION / INSTALLATION

(OTHER THAN CIVIL & STRUCTURAL ITEMS)
SP-8
D. BREAKUP OF PRICE FOR CIVIL & STRUCTURAL- (INCLUSIVE OF COST

FOR SUPPLY ITEMS & CONSTRUCTION)
SP-9
RECOMMENDED SPARES FOR TWO YEARS NORMAL OPERATION &

MAINTENANCE (O&M)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Master Index

BINA, MADHYA PRADESH

VOLUME I
TERMS & CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
DOCUMENT NO. : 7703-71-60-TS-001

CONSULTANT

Specification
OVERALL

CONTENT
TERMS & CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

SECTION
DESCRIPTION
Page No.
NIT: 1 to 7
ITB: 1 to 18
GENERAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT (GCC)
GCC: 1 to 79
SPECIAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT (SCC)
SCC: 1 to 40
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT (HSE)

GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTORS
HSE: 1 to 34
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol - I : Content
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
VOLUME - I
SECTION 1
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol I : Sec 1 : NIT

_________________________________________________________________________
NAME OF THE JOB: 220/33KV SUBSTATION PACKAGE JOB FOR BHARAT

OMAN REFINERIES LTD. AT BINA DIST. SAGAR, MADHYA PRADESH, INDIA
_________________________________________________________________________
BIDDING DOCUMENT NO.: 7703-71-60-TS-001

(DOMESTIC COMPETITIVE BIDDING)
_________________________________________________________________________
1. INTRODUCTION
Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd. (BORL) is a Company promoted by Bharat Petroleum
Corporation Ltd., a Fortune 500 Indian Navaratna Oil Company, with equity
participation from Oman Oil Company S. A. O. C., Oman. BORL invites bids for the
package job of 220/ 33 KV Substation on LSTK (Lump Sum Turnkey Contract) basis.
BORL (hereinafter referred as OWNER/CLIENT) has appointed Development
Consultants Private Limited as Project Management Consultant (hereinafter referred as
DCPL/PMC/Engineer-In-Charge) for 220/33KV Substation project at Bina Dist. Sagar,
Madhya Pradesh, India.
DCPL on behalf of Owner, invites sealed bids in single stage three (3) parts as per the
following:PART I: Pre-Qualification Bid & Earnest Money Deposit
PART II: Techno-Commercial Bid and
PART III: Priced Bid
2. BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work shall include Detailed Design & Engineering, Procurement, Supply,
Transportation up to BORL Bina Site, Storage, Construction, Erection, Installation,
Testing and Commissioning and all other related jobs for successful completion of 220 /
33 KV Substation. Contractor shall obtain all applicable statutory approvals including
approval from Electrical Inspector for subsequent efficient and trouble free operation of
the substation.
Complete 220 / 33 KV Substation Package including five (5) nos. 220 KV Bays in 220 KV
Outdoor Air Insulated Switchyard, 33 KV GIS, associated LT AC & DC System,
Interconnection of existing 33 KV System at CPP (Captive Power Plant) with the new 33
KV GIS alongwith associated modification in the existing 33 KV Switchgear, Substation
Control, Protection and Automation System, Illumination, Earthing, lightning Protection,
AC & Ventilation and Fire Detection, Alarm & Protection system alongwith associated
Civil, Structural, Architectural, etc. and successful commissioning of new 220 / 33KV
Substation including removal and shifting of approx. 100 nos. of concrete railway
sleepers alongwith cable drums, cable trays, structure and civil material to remaining
yard and re-fencing of the same shall be in the scope of the contractor.
For detailed scope of work for the subject job, please refer Technical part of bidding
document.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
NIT 1 of 7
3. COMPLETION PERIOD
The completion period shall be 18 (Eighteen) Months for complete commissioning and
handing over of site to BORL from the date of Fax of Acceptance / Letter of Acceptance.
4. SALIENT DETAILS
a)
b)
Bidding Document on Website

Last Date & Time of Receipt of
Pre-Bid Queries
Date & Time of Pre Bid Meeting
Venue of Pre- Bid Meeting
:
:
12.08.2014
25.08.2014 at 16:00 HRS (IST)
:
:
Last Date and Time for

Submission of offer
Contract Period
27.08.2014 at 11:00 HRS (IST)

Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd
BORL Residential Complex,
Agasode, Dist. Sagar 470 124,
Madhya Pradesh, India
03.09.2014 at 12:00 HRS (IST)
g)
Address for Communication with

DCPL
h)
Place of receipt of tender
i)
Date & Time for opening of Bid

PART I (Pre-Qualification Part)
Cost of Tender Document
Validity of the offer
Earnest Money Deposit
18 (Eighteen) Months for complete

commissioning and handing over of site
to BORL.
Mr. Madhusudan Chatterjee
Asst. Chief Engineer (Electrical)
Development Consultants Pvt. Ltd.,
Development Consultants House,
Block-DG/4, Sector-II, Salt Lake City,
Kolkata 700 091, W. B., India
E-mail : madhuc@in.dclgroup.com
Ph :+91 33 4012 5550; 093304 36947
Dispatch Section
Ph :+91 33 4012 5550; 093304 36947
03.09.2014 at 14:00 HRS (IST)
:
:
:
Not Applicable
Six months from the bid due date
Rs. 5,00,000/- (Rupees Five Lac Only)
c)
d)
e)
f)
j)
k)
L)
If any of the above mentioned dates happens to be a declared holiday in DCPL, Kolkata /
BORL, Bina, the next working day shall be considered.
The complete Bidding Document is available on DCPL website: http://dcpl.net.in; and
OWNERS (BORL) website: http://www.borl.in. Bidders can view / download the
document from any one of the websites mentioned above.
All corrigenda / Addenda, amendments, time extension, clarifications, etc. will be
uploaded in the DCPL / BORL websites only and will not be published in any other
media. Bidders should regularly visit the above website(s) to keep themselves updated.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
NIT 2 of 7
5. PRE-QUALIFICATION CRITERIA (PQC)

Bidder shall fulfil the following qualification criteria:
5.1.
TECHNICAL CRITERIA
a) The Bidder must have supplied, constructed, installed and commissioned
during last seven (7) years, at least two (2) new 220 KV or higher voltage
level substations each having at least three (3) number bays and 220KV or
higher voltage Class Power Transformers as a turnkey supplier and such
substations must have been in successful commercial operation for at least
two (2) years till 31st July, 2014.
In addition to the above, Bidder must have also supplied, constructed,
installed and commissioned 33 KV or higher GIS & 33 KV Cables as a
turnkey supplier.
b) The bidder shall procure and supply major equipments like 220 KV Breakers,
220 KV Class Power Transformers, 33 KV GIS, 220 KV CT & PT from
reputed national/ International manufacturers who are having at least ten
years of experience till 31st July 2014 for manufacturing and supply of such
equipments.
c) The bidder may or may not be the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of
the above mentioned major equipments. In case, bidder is not the
manufacturer, they must provide credentials/ certificate of above mentioned
equipments meeting the criteria mentioned in 5.1.b.
The offered equipment shall have valid type test certificate from CPRI or
authorised third party agencies not older than five (5) years from the date of
bid opening.
5.2.
FINANCIAL CRITERIA
a) The average annual financial turnover of the bidder during last three (3) years
ending 31stMarch 2014 should not be less than Indian rupees
30Crores.Bidder shall furnish annual report of last 03 financial years (FY
2011-12, 2012-13 & 2013-14). In case the balance sheet for the financial year
2013-14 is not audited then provisional balance sheet duly certified by
chartered accountant may be submitted alongwith the pre-qualification bid
(PART - I).
b) Net worth of the bidder during the last financial year shall be positive.
However bidders having negative net-worth will also be considered provided
all his annual reports for the preceding three financial years indicate profit
after tax.
c) Bidder shall have experience of having successfully completed similar works
during last seven years ending 31st July, 2014 as per the following:
i.
ii.
Three similar completed works costing not less than the amount equal to
Rs. 20.00 Crores each.
or
Two similar completed works costing not less than the amount equal to
Rs. 25.00 Crores each.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
NIT 3 of 7
iii.
or
One similar completed work costing not less than the amount equal to Rs.
40.00 Crores.
Similar works means the following:
The Bidder must have supplied, constructed, installed and commissioned 220
KV or higher voltage level substation and 33 KV GIS.
or
The Bidder must have supplied, constructed, installed and commissioned 220
KV or higher voltage level substation or higher voltage substation with GIS.
6. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED WITH PRE-QUALIFICATION BID

6.1.
The bidder shall, in his own interest, furnish complete documentary evidence to
justify that the bidder meets the Pre-Qualification Criteria as given above.
The documents to be furnished should include the following:
a) Work order of similar works mentioned with value and the scope of work as
documentary evidence.
b) Documentary evidence of successful completion of similar works from the
Client/ Engineer-In-Charge.
c) Credentials/ Certificate conforming to criteria mentioned in clause 5.1b and
5.1.c of Notice Inviting Tender.
d) Annual Report for the last 03 (three) financial years (FY 2011-12, 2012-13 &
2013-14) shall be submitted. In case the balance sheet for the financial year
2013-14 is not audited then provisional balance sheet duly certified by
chartered accountant may be submitted alongwith the pre-qualification bid
(PART - I).
6.2.
All documents furnished by the bidder in support of meeting the Technical and
Financial criteria of PQC shall be submitted in a separate envelope along with
other documents in PART - I bid. This envelope shall be titled as
Documentation against Pre-Qualification Criteria (Technical and Financial)
with proper index and page numbering.
6.3.
With regards to financial documents, in case Bidder submits audited annual

financial statements including balance sheet, profit & loss accounts and all other
schedules for last 03 (three) financial years (FY 2011-12, 2012-13 & 2013-14) in
original, the same shall be considered without certification of Statutory
Auditor/Notarization of Notary Public.
6.4.
However, in case the bidder submits either a photo copy of published statement
or a translated copy of the published financial statements, the same shall be
certified either by statutory auditor or Notary Public, in original.
6.5.
Submission of authentic documents is the prime responsibility of the Bidder.

However, Owner/DCPL reserves the right of getting the document cross verified,
at their discretion from the document issuing authority.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
NIT 4 of 7
6.6.
Owner / DCPL reserves the right to complete the evaluation based on the details
furnished (without seeking any additional information) and / or in-house data,
survey or otherwise.
6.7.
BIDDER submitting their Pre-Qualification details shall not be under liquidation,

court receivership or similar proceedings. Bidder shall give an undertaking in this
regard (EXHBIT E8).
6.8.
BIDDERS who do not meet the above mentioned pre-qualification criteria

shall not be considered for further techno-commercial evaluation. The
decision of OWNER in this regard will be final and binding on the bidders.
7. PRE-BID MEETING
7.1.
Pre-Bid meeting shall be held on 27.08.2014 at 11:00 HRS (IST).Bidders are

requested to send their pre-bid queries to DCPL latest by 25.08.2014 16:00 HRS
(IST). Venue of Pre-Bid meeting shall be as follows:
Madhya Pradesh, India
Kind Attn :VP (Commercial)
Ph : +91 07580 276170/ 6322
E-mail :z_brref_com8@borl.co.in
7.2.
The bidder may send their queries, if any, on Bidding Document by e-mail to
reach DCPL within the date indicated at Cl. No. 7.1 above. Address for
communication with DCPL shall be as follows :
Ph :+91 33 4012 5550, 09330436947
7.3.
Bidders are requested to send the details of their authorised representatives who
shall attend the pre-bid meeting latest by 25.08.2014 16:00 HRS (IST) to the
following e-mail ids:
i.
ii.
madhuc@in.dclgroup.com;
ranjits@in.dclgroup.com
8. SUBMISSION OF BID
Bids completed in all respect should reach DCPL office, Kolkata on or before the Tender
Due Date and Time. No extension in the Tender Due Date and Time shall be considered
on account of delay in receipt of bidding document. Bids submitted through Fax / E-mail
shall be out rightly rejected. Any bid received after the Tender Due Date and Time is
liable to be rejected.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
NIT 5 of 7
9. EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)

9.1.
Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) shall be paid in favour of Bharat Oman Refineries
Ltd., in the form of Demand Draft payable at Bina or Bank Guarantee in the
prescribed pro-forma as enclosed in APPENDIX - C of General Conditions of
Contract (GCC), issued by a Nationalized/ Scheduled Bank in India (except for
co-operative banks) and be kept valid for (60) days beyond the validity of the bid.
9.2.
Bidders are required to submit the EMD (in the prescribed format) in original at
the time of bid submission in sealed envelope. EMD in original shall be submitted
in a sealed envelope titled Earnest Money Deposit for Bidding Document No.
7703-71-60-TS-001 along with other documents of PART - I bid.
9.3.
If the Bidder is unable to submit original EMD within the due date and time of Bid
submission, such bids shall not be considered for evaluation.
9.4.
EMD is exempted to NSIC/SSI units subject to fulfilling below mentioned

conditions:
a) SSI Units should be registered with National Small Scale Industrial
Corporation Limited (NSIC).
b) The Unit should be registered for the item tendered.
c) The monetary limit indicated in NSIC registration certificate should cover
value of the bid. .
d) Registration Certificate should be valid up to four months from the date of bid
due date.
e) Photostat copy of valid NSIC registration certificate should be submitted in
support.
9.5.
Bidder shall fill in all the details as required in Vendor Registration Form
(EXHIBIT E6) & Bank Mandate Form (EXHIBIT E7) and submit the same
alongwith the Earnest Money Deposit Envelope.
10. GENERAL TERMS

10.1.
Bidders are requested to submit their bid on Zero deviation basis in total
compliance to Bidding Document without any deviation / stipulation / clarification /
assumption. Accordingly, Bidder must submit format for Compliance to Bid
requirement as per Format duly filled in along with Un-priced part of Bid.
10.2.
BORL / DCPL reserve the right to assess Bidder's capability and capacity to
perform the Contract by taking into account various aspects such as concurrent
commitments, performance etc.
10.3.
Owner/DCPL will not be responsible or liable for cost incurred in preparation,

submission & delivery of bids, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the
bidding process.
10.4.
Total works shall be awarded to one agency based on total lowest (L1) evaluated
price as per the provisions of the Bidding Document.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
NIT 6 of 7
10.5.
Fax / e-mail bids shall not be accepted. BORL / DCPL takes no responsibility for
delay, loss or non-receipt of Bid sent by post / courier.
10.6.
The Bidder shall not be blacklisted or on Holiday List of BORL / any Govt
Company / Public Sector Unit in India. Bidders shall furnish a self-declaration
Certificate for the same (EXHIBIT E5).
10.7.
The bidders who are on Holiday / Negative list of BORL / any Govt. Company /
Public Sector Unit in India on due date of submission of bid/ during the process of
evaluation of the bids, the offers of such bidders shall not be considered for bid
opening/evaluation/Award.
10.8.
In case any Bidder is found to be involved in cartel formation, his Bid will not be
considered for evaluation / placement of order. Such Bidder will also be debarred
from bidding in future.
10.9.
Canvassing in any form by the Bidder or by any other agency on their behalf may
lead to disqualification of their Bid.
10.10. Unsolicited clarifications to the offer and / or change in the prices during the
validity period would render the bid liable for rejection.
10.11. Owner / DCPL reserves the right to reject any or all the bids received or annul the
bidding process at any time.
10.12. Transfer of Bidding Document is not permissible.
10.13. Bids not received by the due date and time shall be rejected and representative
of such bidders shall not be allowed to attend bid opening.
10.14. Consultant for the Project or their subsidiary company or companies under the
management of consultant, are not eligible to quote for the execution of the same
job for which they are working as consultant.
10.15. Consortium / Joint Venture Bids shall not be accepted.
10.16. Please acknowledge receipt of this letter along with its enclosures and confirm
your intension to participate in subject bidding through a letter or e-mail/fax
message as per pro-forma for Acknowledgement Cum - Consent Letter
(EXHIBIT E4) attached within seven days from the date of receipt of Bidding
Document.
Thanking you,
Very Truly Yours,

Development Consultants Pvt. Ltd.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
NIT 7 of 7
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
VOLUME I
SECTION 2
The information provided herein is confidential and proprietary. Unless authorized by Bharat
Oman Refineries limited, any attempts to retain, distribute and disclose or use any
information contained herein is prohibited.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol I : Sec 2 : ITB
INDEX
Sl.
No.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
INTRODUCTION
2.
COST OF BIDDING
3.
SITE LOCATION / SITE VISIT
4.
BIDDING DOCUMENT
5.
OWNERS CONSULTANT
6.
AMENDMENT OF BIDDING DOCUMENT
7.
LANGUAGE OF BIDS
8.
PREPARATION / SUBMISSION OF BIDS
9.
BID PRICE
10.
CURRENCIES OF BID & PAYMENT
11.
EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
12.
PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS
13.
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
14.
PRE-BID MEETING
15.
FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BIDS
16.
UNSOLICITED POST TENDER MODIFICATION
17.
DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS
18.
ALL PAGES TO BE INITIALLED
19.
CORRECTIONS AND ERAUSRES
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol I : Sec 2 : ITB
Sl.
No.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
20.
LATE BIDS
21.
MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
22.
CLARIFICATION OF BIDS
23.
OPENING OF PRE-QUALIFICATION BIDS BY OWNER / CONSULTANT
24.
OPENING OF TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BIDS BY OWNER / CONSULTANT
25.
TECHNO-COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION OF BIDS
26.
COMPLIANCE TO BID REQUIREMENT
27.
COMPLETE SCOPE OF SUPPLIES / WORK AND QUALIFICATION OF

ENGINEERING AGENCY
28.
OPENING OF PRICE BIDS
29.
EVALUATION AND COMPARISION OF PRICES
30.
CONTACTING OWNER / CONSULTANT
31.
OWNERS RIGHT TO ACCEPT / REJECT BIDS
32.
NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
33.
PURCHASE ORDER / DETAILED LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE
34.
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
35.
SIGNING OF CONTRACT
36.
SECURITY DEPOSIT
37.
FRADULANT PRACTICES
38.
COMMERCIAL QUESTIONAIRE
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol I : Sec 2 : ITB
1. INTRODUCTION
Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd (BORL) is a Company promoted by Bharat Petroleum
Corporation Ltd., a Fortune 500 Indian Navaratna Oil Company, with equity participation
from Oman Oil Company S. A. O. C., Oman. BORL invites bids for the package job of
220/ 33 KV Substation on LSTK (Lump Sum Turnkey Contract) basis.
BORL (hereinafter referred as OWNER / CLIENT) has appointed Development
Consultants Private Limited as Project Management Consultant (hereinafter referred as
DCPL / PMC / Engineer-In-Charge) for 220/33KV Substation project at Bina Dist.
Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India.
DCPL on behalf of Owner, invites sealed bids in single stage three (3) parts as per the
following:PART I: Pre-Qualification Bid and Earnest Money Deposit
PART II: Techno-Commercial Bid and
PART III: Priced Bid
2. COST OF BIDDING
All direct and indirect costs associated with the preparation and submission of bid
(including pre-bid meetings and site visit, if any), shall be to Bidders account and the
Owner will in no case be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct
or outcome of the bidding process.
3. SITE LOCATION/ SITE VISIT
SITE LOCATION
The site is located at a distance of 17 km from Bina town. The nearest railway station is
Bina Railway Station. The nearest port is Kandla, which is approx. 700 km from the site.
The nearest airport is at Bhopal, which is approx. 150 km.
SITE VISIT
Bidder is advised to visit and examine the site, its surroundings and familiarize himself of
the existing facilities and environment, and collect all other information which may be
required for preparing and submitting the bid and entering into the Contract. Claims and
objections due to ignorance of existing conditions or inadequacy of information will not
be considered after submission of the bid and during contract execution. The Owner will
be able to assist the bidders for the purpose, if specifically requested by the respective
bidders.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 1 of 18
The Bidder and any of his personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Owner
to enter upon his premises and land for the purpose of such inspection, but only upon
the explicit condition that the Bidder, his personnel or agents will release and indemnify
the Owner and his personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof
and will be responsible for personnel injury (whether fatal or otherwise), loss of or
damage to property and any other loss, damage, cost and expenses incurred as a result
thereof.
Any request for site visits, shall be forwarded to DCPL, mentioning the following:
Name of the Company: ________________________________
Name of Person: ________________________________
Age: ________________________________
Designation: ________________________________
Nationality: ________________________________
Identity Proof: ________________________________
4. BIDDING DOCUMENT
The bidder is expected to examine the Bidding Document, including all instructions,
forms, terms, specifications, drawings and other documents and requirements of the
Bidding Document. Failure to furnish all information required by Bidding Document or
submission of a bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Document in every
respect may result in the rejection of the Bid.
The Owner shall not assume any responsibility regarding erroneous interpretations or
conclusions by the prospective or eligible Bidder out of the data furnished by the Owner.
5. OWNERS CONSULTANT
Development Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (DCPL) is the Project Management Consultant
(hereinafter referred to as the Consultant/DCPL/PMC/Engineer-In-Charge) involved in
the bidding process and in the evaluation of bids for and on behalf of the OWNER.
6. AMMENDMENT OF BIDDING DOCUMENT
6.1.
At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids as well as upto priced bid
opening, the OWNER/DCPL may, for any reason whether at its own initiative or in
response to a clarification requested by the prospective bidder(s), modify the
Bidding Document by amendment.
6.2.
The amendment shall form part of the Bidding Document, such amendment
issued shall before the due date for submission of Bids shall be uploaded on
DCPL & BORL website.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 2 of 18
6.3.
All corrigenda / Addenda, amendments, time extensions, clarifications, etc. if any

in the bidding document will be notified on DCPL & BORL website and will not be
published in any other media. Bidders shall regularly visit the website for any
updates and submit their Bids. The Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of any
such amendment to the Bidding Document.
6.4.
A copy of the amendment shall be submitted by the bidder (s) with technocommercial part of their bids, duly signed and stamped as a token of receipt of
complete amendment.
6.5.
In order to provide time to prospective bidders to take into account such

amendment in preparing their bids, OWNER/ DCPL may, at its discretion, extend
the deadline for the submission of Bids.
7. LANGUAGE OF BIDS
The Bid prepared by the Bidder, all correspondence and documents relating to the bid
exchanged by the Bidder and the OWNER/ DCPL, shall be written in English language
only. Any printed literature furnished by the bidder may be written in another language
provided that this literature is accompanied by an authenticated English translation, in
which case, for purpose of interpretation of the bid, the English translation shall govern.
8. PREPARATION / SUBMISSION OF BIDS
The Bidder is required to make a proposal in a format as outlined below:
8.1.
The Bid shall be submitted in three (3) parts viz. PART - I, PART - II & PART - III
in three separate sealed envelopes:
PART I: PRE-QUALIFICATION BID& EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
PART II: TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BID
PART III: PRICED BID
8.2.
Pre-Qualification Bid (PART - I) will contain the following documents in 1 (one)

original and 03 (Three) copies (4 sets in all):
PART - I shall comprise of the following:
i)
Earnest Money Deposit in separate sealed envelope alongwith Vendor

Registration Form (EXHIBIT E-6) and Bank Mandate Form (EXHIBIT E-7).
ii) All supporting Documents as mentioned in Notice Inviting Tender for

qualifying the Pre-Qualification Criteria in separate sealed envelope.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 3 of 18
All two envelopes shall be sealed properly and to be tagged by their number and
subject and to be put in one large sized envelope which shall form a complete
PART - I bid.
On the top of the main envelope of the PART - I bid, the bidder shall write the
following:
PART I BID (PRE-QUALIFICATION BID & EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT)
TENDER NO.:
NAME OF THE JOB:
The original bid form together with Annexure/ Exhibits and accompanying
documents, clearly marked Original, plus 03 (Three) copies clearly marked
COPIES, must be received in the office of DCPL, Kolkata by the date, time and
place specified. In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the
copies, the original shall govern.
8.3.
Techno-commercial / Un-priced Bid (PART - II) will contain the following

documents in 1 (one) original and 3 (three) copies (4 sets in all):
PART - II shall comprise of the following:
i)
Power of Attorney in favour of the Bid Signatory.
ii) Master Index of the Bidding Document duly signed and stamped.
iii) All Documents of the tender should be signed/ stamped by the bidder and all
pages and should be enclosed alongwith techno-commercial bid.
iv) Bidder to submit un-price copy of SOP (Schedule of Price) with an indication
as Quoted or Not Quoted against each item. Bidder should not indicate
prices in the un-priced bid.
v) Technical & Commercial Deviations if any. These shall be indicated in
EXHIBIT E-1 only. Deviations mentioned elsewhere in the tender document
other than EXHIBIT E-1 shall not be considered.
vi) Declaration as per EXHIBIT-E2 duly signed & stamped by the bidder as token
of compliance to the bidding document in totality without any deviation.
vii) Declaration as per EXHIBIT-E3 duly signed & stamped by the bidder as token
of having received and read all Parts / Volumes of the Bidding Document and
having accepted and considered the same in preparing and submitting the
bid.
viii) Details of taxes and duties applicable for the offer submitted by the bidder
shall be clearly mentioned and submitted with the techno-commercial offer.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 4 of 18
ix) The techno-commercial offer shall contain any other technical specifications/
details, which the bidder would like to inform BORL on the subject job.
All documents shall be put in one large sized envelope and sealed which shall
form a complete PART - II bid.
On the top of the main envelope of the PART - II bid, the bidder shall write the
following:
PART II BID (TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BID)
TENDER NO.:
NAME OF THE JOB:
The original bid form together with Annexure / Exhibits and accompanying
documents, clearly marked Original, plus 03 (Three) copies clearly marked
COPIES, must be received in the office of DCPL, Kolkata by the date, time and
place specified. In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the
copies, the original shall govern.
8.4.
Priced Bid (PART - III) will contain the following documents in 1 (one) original
only in separate sealed envelope:
PART - III shall comprise of the following:
i)
Priced Bids (Original) shall be complete with the Price Schedule filled strictly
as per Schedule of Price Format enclosed. The quoted price for each item
shall be written in figures & words. Amount shall be written in Figures only. All
pages in the priced bid form to be signed and sealed by bidder.
Duly signed sealed Priced Bids (PART - III bid) shall be put in one separate
envelope, clearly mentioning the following on top of the envelope:
PART III BID: PRICED BID
TENDER NO :
NAME OF THE JOB:
The original bid form shall clearly marked Original, plus 01 (one) copy clearly
marked COPY, must be received in the office of DCPL, Kolkata by the date,
time and place specified. In the event of any discrepancy between the original
and the copies, the original shall govern.
In addition to above, the outer envelope of all the Parts (i.e. PART - I, PART - II
and PART - III) shall indicate the name and address of the bidder.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 5 of 18
8.5.
In case of any correction, the bidder shall put his signature and his stamp. No
Stipulation, Deviation, Terms & Conditions, Presumption, basis etc. shall be
made in priced part of the Bid. DCPL / BORL shall not take cognizance of any
such statement and may at their discretion reject such priced bids.
9. BID PRICE
9.1.
Prices quoted by the bidder, shall remain firm and fixed and valid until completion
of the CONTRACT performance and will not be subject to variation on any
account except as otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Document.
9.2.
Counter trade proposals will not be considered in the evaluation of bids and
determination of the lowest evaluated Bidder.
9.3.
The bid requirements are explicitly stated in the Bidding Document. The Bidder is
required to study these requirements in detail & make a proposal in an outline as
defined above completely meeting these requirements. The offer must be
complete in all respect, leaving no scope for ambiguity. It is in the interest of the
Bidder to submit complete & comprehensive proposal leaving no scope for
OWNER/DCPL to raise or ask for any further questions or clarifications, with a
view that the proposal may be evaluated only on the basis of what has been
submitted by the bidder in the first instance in order to adhere to a very strict
project schedule. Bidders quotation is the responsibility of the bidder and no
relief or consideration can be given for errors or omissions.
9.4.
When there is a difference between the Price / Amount in Figures and Words in
SP-0, SP-1, SP-2, SP-3 & SP-4, the price / amount mentioned in Words shall
prevail.
10. CURRENCIES OF BID & PAYMENT

The Price shall be quoted in Indian Rupees only. Offer/ Bid submitted by Bidder in any
other currency shall be out rightly rejected. Payment to the successful bidder shall be
made in Indian Rupees only.
11. EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
11.1.
Each Bidder shall, as part of its Bid, furnish Earnest Money Deposit for an
amount indicated in the Notice Inviting Tender. Bids not accompanied by the
required Earnest Money Deposit (including bids enclosing a Earnest Money
Deposit which is not according to the format (APPENDIX C) given in General
Conditions of Contract) shall be considered as non-responsive and shall be
rejected.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 6 of 18
11.2.
Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) shall be paid in favour of Bharat Oman Refineries
Ltd., in the form of Demand Draft payable at Bina or Bank Guarantee in the
prescribed pro-forma as enclosed in APPENDIX - C of General Conditions of
Contract, issued by a Nationalized/ Scheduled Bank in India (except for cooperative banks) and be kept valid for (60) days beyond the validity of the bid.
11.3.
Earnest Money Deposit will be discharged or returned to the unsuccessful

Bidders within reasonable time after award of the CONTRACT to the successful
bidder. The successful bidders Earnest Money Deposit will be discharged or
returned upon the bidders executing the CONTRACT, and furnishing the Bank
Guarantee towards Security Deposit as elsewhere specified in the Bidding/
CONTRACT Documents.
11.4.
The Earnest Money Deposit may be forfeited in case of:

a) If a bidder withdraws its bid during the period of Bid Validity.
b) Increase in rates or change in bid conditions after opening of the tender.
c) Refusal to enter into an agreement after award of the CONTRACT.
d) If operation of the CONTRACT is not commenced from the date indicated in
the award of the CONTRACT.
e) To furnish the Bank Guarantee towards Security Deposit.
11.5.
The Bank Guarantee by way of Earnest Money Deposit shall be correspondingly

extended by the bidder if the validity of the bid is extended and Bank Guarantee
by way of Earnest Money Deposit shall be kept valid for a period of 60 days
beyond the period of bid validity, including any extensions thereof.
11.6.
No interest shall be payable by OWNER on the Earnest Money Deposit amount.
12. PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS

12.1.
Bids shall remain valid for 06 (Six) Months after the deadline for bid submission
as specified in Notice Inviting Tender. A Bid valid for a shorter period shall be
rejected by the OWNER/DCPL as non-responsive.
12.2.
Notwithstanding the above, the OWNER / DCPL may solicit the bidders consent
to an extension of the period of bid validity. The request and the responses
thereto shall be made in writing.
12.3.
If the bidder agrees to the extension request, the validity of the Bank Guarantee
against Earnest Money Deposit shall also be suitably extended.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 7 of 18
12.4.
A bidder may refuse the request for such an extension without forfeiting its
Earnest Money Deposit.
12.5.
A bidder accepting the request for extension shall not be permitted to modify its
bid because of the extension, unless specifically invited to do so by DCPL/BORL.
13. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
14. PRE-BID MEETING

14.1.
Pre-Bid meeting shall be held on 27.08.2014 at 11:00 HRS (IST). Bidders are
requested to send their pre-bid queries to DCPL latest by 25.08.2014 16:00 HRS
(IST). Venue of Pre-Bid meeting shall be as follows:
Madhya Pradesh,India
Kind Attn : VP (Commercial)
Ph : +91 07580 276170/ 6322
E-mail :z_brref_com8@borl.co.in
14.2.
The bidder may send their queries, if any, on Bidding Document by e-mail to
reach DCPL within the date indicated in above clause. Address for
communication with DCPL shall be as follows :
Ph :+91 33 4012 5550, 093304 36947
14.3.
Bidders are requested to send the details of their authorized representatives who
shall attend the pre-bid meeting latest by 25.08.2014 16:00 HRS (IST) to the
following e-mail ids:
i.
madhuc@in.dclgroup.com
ii. ranjits@in.dclgroup.com
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 8 of 18
15. FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID

15.1.
The original and all copies of the bid shall be written in indelible ink and shall be
signed by the bidder or a person or persons duly authorized to sign on behalf of
the bidder. Such authorization shall be evidenced by written Power of Attorney
accompanying the bid. All pages of the bid, except for un-amended printed
literature, shall be initialed by the person signing the bid. The name and position
held by each person signing must be written below the signature.
15.2.
The bid shall contain no interlineations, erasures or overwriting except as

necessary to correct errors made by the Bidder, in which case such corrections
shall be initialed by the person or persons signing the Bid.
16. UNSOLICITED POST TENDER MODIFICATION

Bidders are advised to quote as per terms and conditions of the Bidding Document and
not to stipulate deviations/ exceptions. Once quoted, the bidder shall not make any
subsequent price changes, whether resulting or arising out of any technical/
commercial clarifications and details sought on any deviations, exceptions or
stipulations mentioned in the bid unless any amendment to Bidding Document is
issued by Owner. Similarly, no revision in quoted price shall be allowed should the
deviations stipulated by him are not accepted by Owner and are required to be
withdrawn by him in favour of stipulation of the Bidding Document. Any unsolicited
proposed price change is likely to render the bid liable for rejection.
17. DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS
17.1.
The original bid, together with required copies must be received by DCPL,
Kolkata on or before the date time and venue as specified in the Notice Inviting
Tender.
17.2.
The OWNER / DCPL may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the
submission of bids by amending the Bidding Document, in which case all rights
and obligations of the OWNER / DCPL and bidders previously subject to the
deadline, will thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.
18. All PAGES TO BE INITALLED

18.1.
All signatures in bids shall be dated and shall bear a seal of the bidder. In
addition, all pages of the bids shall be initialed at lower right hand corner by the
Bidder or by a person holding a Power of Attorney authorizing him to sign on
behalf of the bidder before the submission of bids.
18.2.
The bidder shall sign and affix its seal on all pages of the priced bid.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 9 of 18
19. CORRECTIONS AND ERASURES

All corrections and alterations in the bid shall be signed in full by the bidder with date. No
erasure or overwriting and application of white fluid is permissible.
20. LATE BIDS
Any bid received by DCPL, Kolkata after the deadline for submission of the bids
(including any extension(s) hereof) will be declared Late and rejected and returned
unopened to the bidder.
21. MODIFICATIONS AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
21.1.
The bidder may modify or withdraw its bid after the bid submission, provided that
written notice of the modification or withdrawal is received by the DCPL, Kolkata
prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of bids.
21.2.
The bidders modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked

and dispatched in accordance with the provisions of procedure for submission of
bids.
21.3.
A bid cannot be withdrawn or modified after the deadline for submission of bids
during the period of validity without forfeiting the Earnest Money Deposit unless
the modification shall be make upon an invitation by the OWNER / DCPL
permitting the bidder to modify the bid.
21.4.
If a bid is properly modified within the foregoing provisions, the bid as modified
shall constitute the bid/offer.
22. CLARIFICATIONS OF BIDS

To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of bids, the DCPL / OWNER
may, at its discretion, ask the bidder for a clarification of its bid. All responses to a
request for clarification shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the
bid shall be permitted unless specifically sought by DCPL/ OWNER.
23. OPENING OF PRE-QUALIFICATION BIDS BY OWNER/ CONSULTANT
The OWNER/DCPL shall open PART - I (Pre-Qualification Bid) in the presence of
Bidders representative(s) duly authorized to attend such opening. The Bidders
representative(s) who choose to attend and are present shall sign a register evidencing
their attendance.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 10 of 18
24. OPENING OF TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BIDS BY OWNER/ CONSULTANT

Only Bidders, who have met the Pre-Qualification Criteria on the basis of requirements
mentioned in the Notice Inviting Tender and submitted Earnest Money Deposit and all
other necessary documents in the PART - I of the bid shall be considered eligible by
OWNER / DCPL for opening of Techno-Commercial Bid (PART II) of their bids.
The OWNER / DCPL shall open PART - II (Techno-Commercial Bid) in the presence of
Bidders representative(s) duly authorized to attend such opening. The date & time for
opening of Techno-Commercial Bid shall be informed to the bidders by DCPL in
advance.
25. TECHNO-COMMERCIAL EXAMINATION OF BIDS
25.1.
OWNER/ DCPL will examine the bids to determine whether they are complete,
whether the documents have been properly signed, and whether the bids are
generally in order.
25.2.
The OWNER/DCPL will determine to its/ their subjective satisfaction whether the
bidder has submitted a responsive bid and is qualified to perform the WORK,
satisfactory and such determination shall not be open to question.
25.3.
The determination will also take into account the bidders financial and technical
capabilities, as well as such other qualifications as the OWNER / DCPL deem
necessary and appropriate. The concurrent commitments of bidders shall also be
taken into consideration while assessing bidders financial/ organizational
capability for executing this CONTRACT.
26. COMPLIANCE TO BID REQUIREMENT

26.1.
Bidders are requested to resolve all their clarifications / queries to the bidding
document on or before pre-bid meeting date. Thereafter bidders are requested to
submit their bid on Zero deviation basis in total compliance to Bidding
Document without any deviation /stipulation / clarification / assumption.
Accordingly, Bidder must submit format for Compliance to Bid requirement as
per EXHIBIT-E2 to Proposal Forms duly filled in alongwith Techno-Commercial
part of Bid. Bids not conforming to biding document in totality and / or nonaccompanied by necessary documents as asked for in the Bidding Document
shall be liable for rejection.
26.2.
The provisions of the following clause of the bidding document must be adhered
to without any deviations. The bid containing exceptions/ deviations on the
following stipulations/ conditions shall be liable for rejection.
i.
Time Schedule.
ii.
Schedule of Prices.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 11 of 18
iii.
Defect Liability Period
iv.
Liquidated Damages for Delay in Completion of Work.
v.
Arbitration.
vi.
Earnest Money Deposit/ Security Deposit.
Bidder shall not be allowed to submit any price implication or revised price after
submission of bid, unless there is change in the stipulations of the bidding document and
such changes are incorporated through an amendment and any price implication is
specifically sought by DCPL against the amendment. In case Exceptions and deviations
submitted by bidder alongwith Bid are not considered as acceptable and no amendment
is issued, then in such a case the bidders would be required to withdraw such
exceptions/ deviations in favour of stipulations of the bidding document and bidders
would not be eligible for submission of price implication/revised price, failing which such
Bid(s) shall be considered as non-responsive and rejected.
27. COMPLETE
SCOPE
OF
SUPPLIES
WORK
AND
QUALIFICATION
OF
ENGINEERING AGENCY
The complete scope of supplies and WORK / services has been defined in the Bidding
Document. Only those bidders who take complete responsibility for the WORK and who
bid for the complete scope of supplies and WORK as contained in the Bidding Document
shall be considered for further evaluation.
28. OPENING OF PRICE BIDS
Only Bidders, who are technically and commercially acceptable on the basis of
requirements mentioned in the Bidding Document, have submitted their compliance letter
for Bidding Document including any amendment thereof and have confirmed withdrawal
of all deviations (technical/commercial) mentioned in their offer/ subsequent
communication, shall be considered eligible by OWNER / DCPL for opening of price part
of their bids. Techno-commercially acceptable bidders shall be informed in advance of
the date & time for opening of price bids. Such bidders may depute their authorized
representatives to attend the same.
29. EVALUATION AND COMPARSION OF PRICES
Bids shall be evaluated on the Total Evaluated Bid Price by adding the prices for
following items as per following formula:
(X) = (Y) + (Z)
Where,
(X) = Total Evaluated Bid Price
(Y) = LUMPSUM PRICE after deducting the cenvatable taxes and duties from the
quoted LUMPSUM price of SP-0
(Z) = Loading on account of TRANSFORMER LOSSES.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 12 of 18
The bidder shall state the transformer losses viz. Differential Copper Loss, Differential
Power Loss and Auxiliary Loss separately. These loses shall be taken into account for
evaluation. The losses mentioned shall be guaranteed figures. No Changes in the
guaranteed figures will be allowed after bid opening.
The details for which shall be as follows:
The factors and the respective Indian Rupees value per unit of differential loss(applicable
for each item/unit of the facilities) for purpose of Evaluation of Bids shall be as stipulated
below as per CBIP (Central Board of Irrigation & Power) norms:
Sl.
No.
1.
Equipment
100 MVA,
220/33 kV, 3
Phase,
Power
Transformer
Value of F in Indian Rupees

(applicable for each item/unit of the
facilities) per unit of parameter
differential per KW
Rs. 1,03,570/- per kW
(Rupees One Lac Three Thousand
Five Hundred and Seventy only)
Rs. 2,21,300/- per kW
(Rupees Two Lac Twenty One
Thousand and Three Hundred only)
Rs. 88,530/- per kW
(Rupees Eighty-eight Thousand Five
Hundred and Thirty only )
Parameter to be
taken for applying
differential price
factor (F)
Differential Copper
loss (KW)
Differential Iron
loss (KW)
Auxiliary loss (KW)
The loading factor is applicable after taking into account permissible deviations in losses
as mentioned in IS 2026.
Total works shall be awarded to one agency based on total lowest (L1) evaluated price
as per the provisions of the Bidding Document.
30. CONTACTING OWNER/ CONSULTANT
No bidder shall contact the OWNER/ DCPL on any matter relating to its bids from the
time of bid opening to the time of Award of CONTRACT, failing which will result in the
rejection of that bidders bid.
31. OWNERS RIGHT TO ACCEPT/ REJECT BIDS
The OWNER reserves right to accept or reject any bid and to annul the bidding process
and reject all bids at any time prior to award of Contract without thereby incurring any
liability to the affected bidder(s) or any obligation to inform the affected bidder(s) of the
ground of OWNERs action
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 13 of 18
32. NOTIFICATION OF AWARD

The OWNER will notify the successful bidder in writing by Letter/ Fax of Acceptance that
its bid has been accepted. The acceptance of Bid will constitute the formation of
CONTRACT. The Time Schedule of the contract shall be reckoned from the date of
issue of Letter/ Fax of Acceptance.
33. PURCHASE ORDER/ DETAILED LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE
Purchase Order / Detailed Letter of Acceptance shall be issued within 30 (Thirty) days of
the Notification of Acceptance of Bid.
34. CONTRACT AGREEMENT
CONTRACT documents for agreement shall be prepared after the notification of
Acceptance of Bid. Until the formal CONTRACT is signed, the Bidding Document and
Amendment and any modifications thereto and/or therefrom agreed upon by the OWNER
to be read with the bidders final bid shall be considered as CONTRACT.
The CONTRACT document shall consist of the following:
a) Original Bidding Document issued with its enclosures, drawings etc.
b) Addendum/ Corrigendum/ Amendment to Bidding Document issued, if any.
c) Letter/ Fax of Acceptance
d) Detailed Letter of Acceptance alongwith accepted price-schedule and other
enclosures
e) Secrecy Agreement, if any.
f)
The agreement to be signed between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
Any deviations or stipulations made and accepted by the OWNER after acceptance of
the bid shall be treated as amendment(s) to the CONTRACT and shall be governed by
the conditions relating to amendment of CONTRACT.
35. SIGNING OF CONTRACT
The CONTRACTOR shall execute a formal CONTRACT with the OWNER in the Form
of Contract forming part of the Bidding Document within 10 (Ten) days from the date of
issue of PURCHASE ORDER / DETAILED LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE on a non-judicial
stamp paper of Madhya Pradesh (India) of value not less than Rs 100/-. The cost of nonjudicial stamp paper shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 14 of 18
36. SECURITY DEPOSIT

A sum of 10% of the accepted value of tender shall be deposited by the contractor as
security deposit with the Owner. Refer clause 3.5 of GCC for details for submission of
security deposit.
37. FRAUDULENT PRACTICES
37.1.
The owner requires that Bidders/ Vendors/ Contractors observe the highest
standard of the ethics during the award/ execution of Contract. Fraudulent
Practice means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence the award of a
contract to the detriment of the owner, and includes collusive practice among
bidders (prior to or after bid submission)designed to establish bid prices at
artificial non competitive levels and to deprive the owner of the benefits of free
and open competition.
37.2.
DCPL will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder
recommended for award has engaged in fraudulent practices in competing for the
contract in question.
37.3.
Bidder is required to furnish the complete and correct information/ documents

required for evaluation their bids. If the information/ documents forming basis of
evaluation is found to be false/forged, the same shall be considered adequate
ground for rejection of bids and forfeiture of Earnest Money Deposit.
37.4.
In case the information/document furnished by the Bidder / Vendor / Contractor

forming basis of evaluation of his bid is found to be false/forged after the award of
the contract, Owner shall have full right to terminate the contract and get the
remaining job executed at the risk & cost of such Bidder/ Vendor/ Contractor
without any prejudice to other rights available to owner under the contract such
as forfeiture of Security Deposit, Withholding of payment etc.
37.5.
In case, the issue of submission of false documents comes to the notice after
execution of work, Owner shall have full right to forfeit any amount due to the
Bidder/Vendor/Contractor along the forfeiture of Security deposit furnished by the
bidder/vendor /contractor.
37.6.
Further, such bidder/Vendor/ contractor shall be put on Blacklist Holiday/

Negative List of owner debarring them from future business with Owner for a time
period.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 15 of 18
COMMERCIAL QUESTIONNAIRE
NOTE: - 1. The Bidder shall submit reply to each query.
2. The bidders reply/confirmation as furnished in the Commercial Questionnaires
(CQ) shall supersede the stipulation mentioned elsewhere in the Bid.
SL.
No.
Bidders Reply /
Confirmation
Query
1.
Please confirm that Master Index Document along with

Amendment, if any, duly signed and stamped on each page has
been submitted along with the Bid.
2.
Confirm that all pages of the Bid have been numbered in

sequential manner.
3.
Confirm that Pre-Qualification Bid (PART - I), TechnoCommercial Bid (PART - II) and Priced Bid (PART - III) has been
submitted as specified in detailed in Instructions to Bidders.
4.
Confirm that you have studied complete Bidding Document

including Technical and Commercial Part and your Bid is in
accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Document.
5.
Confirm that the price part does not include any terms and
condition. In case of any terms and condition is mentioned in the
price part, the same shall be treated as null and void.
6.
Confirm your compliance to total scope of work mentioned in the

Bidding Document.
7.
Confirm your acceptance for 'SCOPE OF SUPPLY mentioned in

the Bidding Document.
Please note that scope of supply mentioned in the Bidding
Document is not limitative and except for the material specifically
identified as that to be issued by OWNER, CONTRACTOR's
scope shall include supply of all materials required for completion
of Work irrespective of whether such materials are mentioned in
the Bidding Document or not.
8.
Confirm your acceptance for Time Schedule as mentioned in the

tender document.
9.
Confirm your acceptance for critical stipulations of the Bidding

Document as per Instruction to Bidders.
10.
Confirm that your Bid is substantially responsive to the

requirements of the Bidding Document and you have not
stipulated any material deviation and submitted your bid on Zero
Deviation basis.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 16 of 18
SL.
No.
Bidders Reply /
Confirmation
Query
11.
Confirm that while proposing the list of construction equipments,

you have considered all relevant construction equipments
required for successful commissioning of equipments.
12.
Confirm that you have proposed adequate project/site

organisation with qualified supervisory personnel having
sufficient experience.
13.
Confirm that all costs resulting from safe execution of Work, such
as safety induction, use of protective clothing, safety glasses and
helmet, safety precaution taken during monsoon, or any other
safety measures to be undertaken by the CONTRACTOR for
execution of Work are included in the Lump sum Price.
14.
Please confirm that all safety rules & regulations as mentioned in

Bidding Document or notified at later date by OWNER during
execution shall be adhered by CONTRACTOR within Lump sum
Price.
15.
Confirm that the following safety precautions shall be followed by

CONTRACTOR as mandatory:
- Use of safety goggles while grinding
- Use of helmet/ safety shoes/ Hand gloves
- Crane movement area to be barricaded
- Cylinders of flammable gases to be stacked upright
- Earthing of equipment to be made proper
- Toe boards to be provided in scaffolding platforms
- Excavations to be properly shored / slopped
- Safety net for construction.
16.
Confirm the following: "The PERT submitted by the bidder with his bid, are indicative
and shall not be basis for extra compensation in case actual
needs are higher.
Detailed planning schedule developed by CONTRACTOR after
Contract award may be subject to fluctuations depending upon
actual progress of the project and available Work front.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 17 of 18
SL.
No.
Bidders Reply /
Confirmation
Query
17.
Please furnish the bio data of key personnel including nominated

Project Director Project Manager, Engineering Manager,
Engineering Co-ordinator, Purchase Manager, QA/QC Manager,
Commissioning Manager, Commissioning Engineer, etc. These
will be reviewed and approved by Engineer-in-charge.
18.
Please confirm that your Lump sum Price includes cost towards
third party inspection if any.
19.
Please confirm that the scope of this bid package is on turnkey

basis, with single point responsibility to CONTRACTOR including
residual process design, detailed engineering, procurement,
supply, fabrication, project management, inspection, expediting,
construction, erection, installation, testing, start-up precommissioning, commissioning, performance guarantee runs
and handing over the plant to OWNER. The scope of work
mentioned under various sections shall not be considered as
limitative and CONTRACTORs scope shall include completion of
any activities of work not mentioned in the bid package but
required to complete the Work in all respects and making it
functional.
20.
Please confirm that the CONTRACTOR shall supply all

chemicals, consumables required for pre-commissioning as per
provision of Bidding Document.
21.
Please confirm that you have considered this Contract as

indivisible works contract and not divisible contract.
22.
The safety measures as mentioned in GCC/SCC shall not be

considered as limitative. The CONTRACTOR will be required to
develop their stringent safety measures and submit the same to
Engineer-in-charge with the provision of a dedicated safety group
closely monitoring the construction activities in all working shifts.
23.
Please confirm that your subcontractor for construction shall be

meeting the requirements as specified in Special Conditions of
Contract including the provision of GCC. Also that the agency for
executing Electrical work shall have a valid licence for carrying
out the Work in the state of Madhya Pradesh.
24.
Confirm that your bid is valid for 6 (Six) Months from the due
date of submission of bid.
25.
Please confirm that you have submitted price break-as specified

in Schedule of Prices.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ITB 18 of 18
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT

VOLUME - I
SECTION 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol - I : Sec 3 : GCC
CONTRACT

INDEX
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION NO.
/ CLAUSE NO.
I
II
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
III
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
DESCRIPTION
DEFINITION OF TERMS
GENERAL INFORMATION
LOCATION OF SITE AND ACCESSABILITY
SCOPE OF WORK
LAND FOR CONTRACTORS FIELD OFFICE, GODOWN AND
WORKSHOP
SAFETY STANDARDS FOR TEMPORARY BUILDINGS
COLLECTION OF DATA TENDERERS RESPONSIBILITY
RETIRED GOVERNMENT OR COMPANY OFFICERS
SIGNING OF CONTRACT
FIELD MANAGEMENT
RATES TO BE IN FIGURES AND WORDS
GENERAL
INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT
SINGULAR AND PLURAL
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN HIS OWN INFORMATION
SECURITY DEPOSIT/CONTRACT PERFORMANCE
GUARANTEE
FORCE MAJEURE
EXTENSION OF TIME
FORFEITURE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT
ACTION WHEN WHOLE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT IS
FORFEITED
CONTRACTOR REMAINS LIABLE TO PAY COMPENSATION
OF ACTION NOT TAKEN UNDER CLAUSE 3.12
COMPENSATION FOR ALTERATION IN OR RESTRICTION OF
WORK
CHANGE IN CONSTITUTION
ON DEMISE OF CONTRACTOR
MEMBERS OF THE OWNER OR INDIVIDUALLY
OWNER NOT BOUND BY PERSONAL REPRESENTATIONS.
CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE AT SITE
CONTRACTOR'S SUBORDINATE STAFF AND THEIR
CONDUCT.
SUBLETTING OF WORK
POWER OF ENTRY
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY WITH THE MECHANICAL
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
CONTRACT
SECTION NO.
/ CLAUSE NO.
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.38
3.39
IV
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
4.23
4.24
4.25
4.26

DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL, INTER-COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AIR
CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR AND OTHER AGENCIES
OTHER AGENCIES AT SITE
NOTICES
RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS
RIGHT OF OWNER TO DETERMINE/ TERMINATE CONTRACT
PATENTS AND ROYALTIES
LIENS
OPERATION OF CONTRACT
SCOPE AND INTENT
TYPE OF CONTRACT
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES
CONTRACT SUM
CONTRACT BILLS
CHANGE OF CONSTITUTION
OWNER NOT BOUND BY PERSONAL REPRESENTATIONS
CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT IN FULL OR PART
TYPOGRAPHICAL OR CLERICAL ERRORS
PERFORMANCE OF WORKS
EXECUTION OF WORKS
COORDINATION AND INSPECTION OF WORK
WORK IN MONSOON AND DEWATERING
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND
ERECTION WORK
DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER
DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR
SETTING OUT WORKS
RESPONSIBILITY FOR LEVEL AND ALIGNMENT
MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR
MATERIALS PROCURED WITH ASSISTANCE OF OWNER
MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM DISMANTLING
ARTICLES OF VALUE FOUND
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN INSTRUCTIONS
ALTERATION IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGNS AND
EXTRA WORKS
ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATION ISSUED
ABNORMAL RATES
INSPECTION OF WORKS
ASSISTANCE TO ENGINEERS
TEST FOR QUALITY WORKS
SAMPLES
ACTION AND COMPENSATION IN CASE OF BAD WORK
SUSPENSION OF WORKS
OWNER MAY DO PART OF WORK
POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETION
DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD FROM THE DATE OF ISSUE OF
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
CONTRACT
SECTION NO.
/ CLAUSE NO.
V
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
VI
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
6.14

DESCRIPTION
CONTRACTORS FIELD ORGANIZATION/ SUBCONTRACTORS AND EQUIPMENTS
OFFICE ACCOMMODATION'S AT SITE
CONTRACTORS FIELD ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT AND STAFF ASSISTANCE FROM THE
CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR'S SUBORDINATE STAFF AND THEIR
CONDUCTS
LABOUR
SUB-CONTRACTS
LABOUR REGULATIONS
SITE ORDER BOOK
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY WITH THE MECHANICAL,
ELECTRICAL INTER-COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AIR
CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS AND THE AGENCIES
OTHER AGENTS AT SITE
CERTIFICATE AND PAYMENTS
SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PAYMENTS
LUMPSUM ITEMS IN TENDER
RUNNING ACCOUNT PAYMENTS TO BE REGARDED AS
ADVANCE
NOTICE OF CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL PAYMENT
RECEIPT OF PAYMENT
RATES FOR SAME ITEMS OF WORK
DEDUCTION FOR UNCORRECTED WORK
FLUCTUATIONS
UNFIXED GOODS AND MATERIALS
FINAL DECISION AND FINAL CERTIFICATE
CERTIFICATE AND PAYMENTS NO EVIDENCE OF
COMPLETION
VII
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
TAXES AND INSURANCE

TAXES, DUTIES, OCTROI ETC.
STATUTORY VARIATIONS IN TAXES/DUTIES
CENVAT
INSURANCE
DAMAGE TO PROPERTY
VIII
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
LABOUR LAWS AND SAFETY REGULATIONS

LABOUR LAWS
IMPLEMENTATION OF APPRENTICES ACT 1961
CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE OWNER
HEALTH AND SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORKERS
SAFETY REGULATION
ARBITRATION
JURISDICTION
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
CONTRACT
SECTION NO.
/ CLAUSE NO.

DESCRIPTION
8.8
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
IX
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
SAFETY CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL WORKS

COMPLIANCE WITH STATUTORY REQUIREMENT
IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY REGULATIONS
RELEVANT INDIAN STANDARD CODES ON SAFETY
CONTRACTORS OBLIGATION ON SAFETY
MAJOR CONTRACTS
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE OF MANPOWER TO BE
DEPLOYED
HEALTH ASSURANCE
RESTRICTIONS IN USE OF MANPOWER AND NORMAL
TIMINGS FOR WORK
TRAINING
MANDATORY
TRAINING OF CONTRACTOR'S PROPRIETORS, PARTNERS,
DIRECTORS AND MANAGERS
SUPERVISORS TRAINING
WORKER'S TRAINING
REFRESHER TRAINING
ADMINISTRATION OF TRAINING
CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING HIS
EMPLOYEES
ISSUE OF ENTRY PASS
OBLIGATION TO FOLLOW WORK PERMIT SYSTEM
REQUIREMENT OF SUPERVISION
USE OF PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
HAZARD COMMUNICATION
INJURY NOTIFICATION AND INVESTIGATION
REQUIREMENT OF HOUSE KEEPING
DISPLAY BOARD AT SITE
PARTICIPATION IN SAFETY ACTIVITIES
NOTE
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.9.1
9.9.2
9.9.3
9.9.4
9.9.5
9.9.6
9.9.7
9.10
9.11
9.12
9.13
9.14
9.15
9.16
9.17
9.18
9.19
APPENDICES TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

APPENDIX NO.
APPENDIX-A
APPENDIX-B
APPENDIX-C
APPENDIX-D
APPENDIX-E
APPENDIX-F
APPENDIX-G
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
DESCRIPTION
PROFORMA OF AGREEMENT
FORM OF INCOME TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE
PROFORMA COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
FORMAT OF HYPOTEHCATION BOND
FORMAT FOR INFORMATION BY CONTRACTOR
CONTRACT

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

SECTION - I
DEFINITION OF TERMS
1.0
In the Contract Documents, as herein defined, where the context so admits, the
following words and expressions will have the following meanings. Any word or phrase
defined in the body of the Contract Documents as opposed to being defined in this
Clause 1.0, Section 1 of the General Conditions of Contract, shall have the meaning
assigned to it in such definition throughout the Contract Document, unless the contrary
is expressly stated or the contrary clearly appears from the context:
1.1
Approved or Approval means an approval granted in writing.
1.2
Applicable Law shall mean all statutes, including the act, codes, ordinances,
decrees, rules, regulations, municipal by-laws, judicial or arbitral or administrative or
ministerial or departmental or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings or
awards, policies, voluntary restraints, guidelines, or any provisions of such laws,
including general principles of common and civil law and equity, binding on or
affecting the Parties referred to in the context in which such word is used.
1.3
Bidder means the Person who has submitted the Tender to the Owner, for executing
the Work.
1.4
"Contractor" means the Bidder(includes his/ its legal representative, successor and
permitted assigns) whose Tender has been accepted by the Owner pursuant to
delivery of the Fax of Acceptance.
1.5
"Contract Documents" mean collectively the (i) Tender;(ii) Designs;(iii) Drawings;(iv)

Specifications;(v) agreed variations, if any; and (vi) all other document constituting the
Tender and acceptance thereof including these General Conditions of Contract and
the Special Conditions of Contract.
1.6
"Contract" shall mean the legally binding contract to be entered into between the
Owner and the Contractor in the format prescribed in Annexure, for executing the
Work, together with all Contract Documents.
1.7
"Completion Certificate" means the certificate to be issued by Engineer-In Charge to

the Contractor in accordance with Clause 6.12, confirming the Work assigned to the
Contractor by the Owner having been completed, to the satisfaction of EIC.
1.8
"Drawings" includes all maps, plans and tracings or prints thereof with any
modifications annexed to the Contract Document Approved in writing by the EIC and
such other drawings as may, from time to time, be furnished or Approved in writing by
the EIC.
1.9
Earnest Money means such amounts as deposited by a Bidder with the Owner, at
the time of submission of its Tender.
1.10
The 'Engineer-in-Charge' (EIC) shall mean the engineer in charge designated as

such by the Owner and shall include those who are expressly authorized by the
Owner to act for and on his behalf for operation of the Contract.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 1 of 79
CONTRACT

1.11
"Equipment" means all appliances and equipment of whatsoever nature for the use in
or for the execution, completion, operation of / maintenance of the Work unless
intended to form part of the Permanent work.
1.12
"Final Certificate" in relation to a work means the certificate issued by the EIC after
the Period of Liability is over.
1.13
Fax of Acceptance or Fax of Acceptance of Bid shall mean an intimation by the

Owner through a Fax/Letter to successful Contractor that his Bid has been accepted in
accordance with the provisions contained in the said Fax of Acceptance of Bid.
1.14
Notice in Writing or Written Notice shall mean a notice in written, typed or printed
characters sent (unless delivered personally or otherwise proved to have been
received) by registered post to the last known private or business address or
registered office of the addressee.
1.15
"Owner" means Bharat Oman Refineries Limited, a company incorporated in India

having its registered office at Bharat Oman Refineries Limited, BORL Res. Complex,
Bina District: Sagar 470124 , Madhya Pradesh and corporate office at BPCL Refinery,
Mahul, Mumbai 400 074 and shall include their successors or assigns.
1.16
"Permanent Work" means and includes works which will be incorporated in and form
a part of the Work to be handed over to the Owner by the Contractor on completion of
the Contract.
1.17
"Period of Liability" in relation to a work means the specified period from the date of
issue of Completion Certificate up to the date of issue of Final Certificate during which
the Contractor stands responsible for rectifying all defects that may appear in the
Works.
1.18
Person means and includes any natural person, limited or unlimited liability
company, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), partnership (whether
registered, unregistered, general, limited or unlimited), sole proprietorship, trust, firm,
union, unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, Hindu undivided
family, estate, court, tribunal, agency, Government, ministry, department, commission,
self-regulatory organization, arbitrator, board, or other entity, enterprise, authority, or
business organization whether or not required to be incorporated or registered under
any Applicable Law or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity
that may be treated as a person under Applicable Law.
1.19.
Schedule of Quantities shall be such as given in the Contract Bill.
1.20
"Subcontractor" means any person or firm or company (other than the Contractor) to
whom any part of the work has been entrusted by the Contractor, with the prior written
consent of the EIC, and the legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns
of such person, firm or company.
1.21
Site In-Charge shall have such meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 5.2 below.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 2 of 79
CONTRACT

1.22
"Specification" shall mean the various technical specifications attached and referred
to in the Contract Documents. It shall also include the latest editions, including all
addenda / corrigenda, of relevant Indian Standard Specifications, specifications of the
other countries published before entering into Contract.
1.23
"Tender" means the tender submitted by the Contractor for acceptance by the
Owner.
1.24
The Site" means the areas on which the Works are to be executed or carried out and
any other places provided by the Owner for purpose of the Contract.
1.25
"Work" shall mean the works to be executed in accordance with the Contract or part
thereof as the case may be and shall include extra, additional, altered or substituted
works as required for purpose of the Contract.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 3 of 79
CONTRACT

SECTION II
GENERAL INFORMATION
2.1
LOCATION OF SITE & ACCESSIBILITY
2.1.1
The Owner is operating a grass-root Refinery of 6 MMTPA at Bina in the State of

Madhya Pradesh.
2.1.2
The Site is located at a distance of 17 km from Bina town/ Bina Railway Junction. The
nearest railway station is Agasod Bina. The nearest port is Kandla, which is approx.
700 km from the Site. The nearest airport is at Bhopal, which is approx.150 km.
2.1.3
Non-availability of access roads or permits or entry of vehicles and equipment's to any

specific area shall, in no case be the cause to condone any delay in the execution of
the Works or be the cause for any claims by the Contractor for extra compensation.
2.2
SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work shall be as set out in the Schedule of Rate(s), Special Conditions of
Contract, Scope of Work (SOW)and specifications.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary materials, equipment, labour etc. for the
execution and maintenance of the Work till completion unless otherwise mentioned in
Annexure SOW or other Contract Document All material that go with the Work to be
used by the Contractor shall be Approved by Engineer-in-Charge, prior to procurement
and use. The Contractor shall secure all such Approvals from the EIC at the earliest,
so as to ensure that seeking such Approvals does not delay the execution of the Work
by the Contractor, since time is of the essence of the Contract.
2.3
2.4
2.5
LAND FOR CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE, GODOWN ANDWORKSHOP

The Owner may, at its discretion and convenience and for the duration of the
execution of the Work, make available near the Site, limited land for the construction
of Contractor's field office, godowns, workshop and assembly yard required for the
execution of the Contract.
The Contractor shall at, its own cost and expense, construct all such temporary
buildings and provide suitable water supply and sanitary arrangement, as Approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor hereby covenants that the Contractor shall,
upon completion of the Work undertaken by the Contractor under the Contract,
remove all such temporary structures erected and have the area provided by the
Owner near the Site cleaned, as directed by EIC, to the satisfaction of Engineer-inCharge.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 4 of 79
CONTRACT

If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the Engineer-in-Charge may,
at the cost, risk and expense of the Contractor, remove all such structures and
dispose off the debris as the EIC deems fit and get the Site cleared as aforesaid. The
Contractor shall forthwith be required to pay all expenses so incurred in this regard
and shall have no claim in respect of any such debris disposed off, as aforesaid.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Clause 2.5, the Owner reserves the right to
direct the Contractor for security reasons or for material interest or otherwise, at any
time during the pendency of the Contract, to vacate the land provided by the Owner,
as set out hereinabove, by serving a 7 (seven) days notice to the Contractor.
2.6
SAFETY STANDARDS FOR TEMPORARY BUILDINGS

All temporary buildings, sheds, workshops, field station etc. be constructed by the
Contractor, shall be in conformation with the safety and security regulations of the
local laws and bye-laws of the area/ State of Madhya Pradesh, as regards the type of
structure.
2.7
COLLECTION OF DATA BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITY

The Bidder shall be deemed to have visited the Site and its surroundings, to acquaint
himself fully of the Site and no claims whatsoever will be entertained on the plea of
ignorance or difficulties involved in execution of Work or carriage of materials.
2.8
RETIRED GOVERNMENT OR OWNERS OFFICERS

No engineer of Gazetted rank or other Gazetted officer, employed in engineering or
administrative duties in an engineering department of any State/ Central Government
or of the Owner (Ex Government Employee) is allowed to work as a Contractor or its
employee/ consultant/ advisor for a period of 2 (two) years from the date of his
retirement from Government service or the employment of the Owner, without the
previous written consent of the Owner.
The Contract, if awarded, is liable to be canceled by the Owner, without cause or
liability, if either the Contractor or any of its employees is found, at any time, to be an
Ex Government Employee executing any part of the Work without obtaining the
permission of the relevant State / Central Government or of the Owner before
submission of Tender, or engagement in the Contractor's service as the case may be.
2.9
SIGNING OF THE CONTRACT

Refer Special Conditions of Contract.
Failure on the part of the successful Bidder to sign the Contract within the time period
stipulated in Clause 2.9.1 above shall lead to forfeiture of Earnest Money deposited by
the Bidder at the time of submission of its Tender and the acceptance issued by the
Owner to such Bidders Tender shall be considered as withdrawn and canceled,
without any obligation towards such Bidder.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 5 of 79
CONTRACT
2.10

FIELD MANAGEMENT
2.10.1 The field management will be the responsibility of the Engineer-in-Charge. The
Engineer-in-Charge may also authorize one or more of his representatives to perform
his duties and functions.
2.10.2 Coordination of Work - The Engineer-in-Charge shall coordinate the work of various
agencies engaged at Site so as to ensure minimum disruption of work carried out by
different agencies simultaneously. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to plan
and execute the Work strictly in accordance with the Site instructions and instructions
issued by the EIC, to avoid hindrance to the works executed by other agencies/
contractors.
2.11
RATES TO BE IN FIGURES AND WORDS

The Bidder should quote in English, both in figures as well as in words, the rates and
amounts tendered by the Bidder in the Schedule of Rates of Tender, submitted by the
Bidder for each item and in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The amount
for each item should be worked out and entered and requisite total given of all items be
in both figures and words. The tendered amount for the Work shall be entered in the
Tender, duly executed by the Bidder.
In the event of any discrepancies between the rates in figures and words or the amount
shown in the Tender, the following procedure shall be followed by the Owner, to clear
such discrepancy:
a) When there is difference between the rates in figures and words, the rate which
corresponds to the amount worked out by the Bidder shall be taken as correct.
b) When the rate quoted by the Bidder in figures and words tally but the amount is
incorrect, the rate quoted by the Bidder shall be taken as correct.
c) When it is not possible to ascertain the correct rate by either of above methods, the
rate quoted in words shall be taken as correct.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 6 of 79
CONTRACT

SECTION III
GENERAL TERMS OF CONTRACT
3.1
INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT
3.1.1
Should there be any discrepancy, inconsistency, error or omission in the Contract or

any Contract Document, such discrepancy, inconsistency, error may be referred to
Engineer-in-Charge, who shall give his decisions and issue to the Contractor,
instructions directing in what manner the Work is to be carried out. The Contractor
agrees that the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and conclusive and the
Contractor shall carry out Work, strictly in accordance with this decision.
3.1.2
Work shown upon the Drawings but not mentioned in the Specifications or described in
the Specifications without being shown on the Drawings shall nevertheless be held to
be included in the same manner as if they had been specifically shown upon the
Drawings and described in the Specifications.
3.1.3
Headings and marginal notes to the clauses of these General Conditions of Contract or
to Specifications or to any other Contract Document are solely for the purpose of giving
a concise indication and not a summary of the contents thereof, and they shall never
be deemed to be part thereof or be used in the interpretation or construction thereof of
the Contract.
References to a statute or statutory provision include (a) that statute or provision as
from time to time modified, re-enacted or consolidated; and (b) any subordinate
legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision.
3.1.4
3.1.5
The words including, include, in particular and words of similar effect shall not be
deemed to limit the general effect of the words that precede them.
3.1.6
References to employees, consultants, of the Contractor or workmen appointed by

the Contractor shall deem to include a reference to the employees, directors, agents
and/or workmen of the Contractor and any Sub-contractors appointed by the
Contractor.
3.2
SINGULAR AND PLURAL

In these Contract Documents unless otherwise stated specifically, the singular shall
include the plural and vice-versa wherever the context so requires.
3.3
3.3.1
Special Conditions of Contract shall be read in conjunction with these General

Conditions of Contracts, Specifications, Drawings and any other documents forming
part of the Contract Documents, wherever the context so requires.
3.3.2
Notwithstanding the subdivision of the documents into these separate sections and
volumes every part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and
complementary of every other part and shall be read with and into the Contract so far
as it may be practicable to do so.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 7 of 79
CONTRACT

3.3.3
Where any portion of these General Conditions of Contract is repugnant to or at

variance with any provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract then, unless a
different intention appears, the provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract shall
be deemed to override the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract and shall
to the extent of such repugnancy or variations, prevail.
3.3.4
Wherever it is mentioned in the Specifications and/or the Contract Documents that the
Contractor shall perform certain Work or provide certain facilities, it is understood that
the Contractor shall do so at its own cost, risk and expense.
3.3.5
The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian Standards, the
job specifications contained herein and codes referred to. Where the job specifications
stipulate requirements, in addition to those contained in the standard codes and
specifications, these additional requirements shall also be satisfied.
3.4
CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN HIS OWN INFORMATION

The Bidder, in fixing its rate shall for all purposes whatsoever be deemed to have
himself independently obtained all necessary information for the purpose of preparing
the Tender. The correctness of the details given in the Contract Documents to help the
Bidder to make up the Tender is not guaranteed in any manner whatsoever.
The Bidder shall be deemed to have examined the Contract Documents, to have
generally obtained its own information, in all matters whatsoever that might affect the
carrying out the Works at the Scheduled Rates and to have satisfied itself to the
sufficiency to its Tender. Any error in description of quantity or omission there from
shall not vitiate the Contract or release the successful Bidder/ Contractor from
executing the Work comprised in the Contract according to Drawings and
Specifications at the Scheduled Rates. The Bidder is deemed to have known the
scope, nature and magnitude of the Works, the requirements of the Owner under the
Tender, the requirement of materials and labour involved etc. and as to what all
Works the Bidder has to complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents
whatever be the defects, omissions or errors that may be found in the Contract
Documents. The Bidder shall be deemed to have visited the Site and its surroundings,
to have satisfied itself to the nature of all existing structures, if any, roads, bridges and
culverts, means of transport and communications, whether by land, water or air, and
as to possible interruptions thereto and the access to and regress from the Site, to
have made enquiries, examined and satisfied itself as to the Site for obtaining sand,
stones, bricks and other materials, the sites for disposal of surplus materials, the
available accommodation as to whatever required, depots and such other buildings
as may be necessary for executing and completing the Works, to have made local
independent enquiries as to the subsoil water and variations thereof, storms,
prevailing winds, climatic conditions and all other similar matters affecting these
Works. The Bidder is deemed to have acquainted himself as to its liability for payment
of Government taxes, customs duty and other charges. No claims whatsoever will be
entertained by the Owner from the Contractor, on plea of ignorance or difficulties
involved in execution of Work or carriage of materials at the Site or any other reason
whatsoever.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 8 of 79
CONTRACT

Any neglect or failure on the part of the Contractor in obtaining necessary and reliable
information upon the foregoing or any other matters affecting the Contract shall not
relieve it from any risks or liabilities or the entire responsibility from completing the
Works at the Schedule Rates and time in strict accordance with the Contract
Documents.
No verbal agreement or inference from conversation with any officer or employee of
the Owner either before or after the execution of the Contract shall in any way affect or
modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained.
3.5
SECURITY DEPOSIT
3.5.1
A sum of 10% of the total Contract Value of the Tender shall be deposited by the
Contractor as security deposit with the Owner (Security Deposit)This may be
deposited initially at 2.5% of the value of contract (referred as initial Security Deposit)
within 10 days of receipt by him of the notifications of acceptance of tender and the
balance 7.5% will be recovered in installments through deductions at the rate of 10%
of the value of each running account bill till the total security deposit amount is
collected, after which no further deductions from bills will be made on this account,
subject to clause 3.5.3 below. The Earnest Money deposited with the Tender shall be
adjusted towards Security Deposit, provided, it is furnished by demand draft
Alternatively, the Contractor may, at his option, deposit the full amount of 10% of the
accepted value of the tender towards the Security Deposit within 10 days of receipt by
him of the notifications accepting his tender.
3.5.2
Contractor can also furnish the Security Deposit amount through a Bank Guarantee
from schedule 'A' Bank in the form prescribed under Appendix C to the satisfaction of
the Owner.
3.5.3
If the Contractor / subcontractor or their employees shall break, deface or destroy any
property belonging to the Owner or other agency during the execution of the contract,
the same shall be made good by the Contractor at his own expenses and in default
thereof, the Engineer-in-Charge may cause the same to be made good by other
agencies and recover expenses from the Contractor (for which the certificate of the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be final). These expenses can be recovered from the
Security Deposit if recovery from other sources is not possible.
3.5.4
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, but subject to

Clause 3.5.7, all compensation or other sums of money payable by the Contractor to
the Owner under terms of the Contract may, at the option of the Owner, be deducted or
set off from (a) any sums which may be due or may become due to the Contractor by
the Owner on any account whatsoever; or (b)by way of invocation of the Security
Deposit/Contract Performance Guarantee. In the event of his Security Deposit or
Contract Performance Guarantee being reduced by reasons of any such deductions or
invocation as aforesaid, the Contractor shall within three days from such reduction/
invocation, make good in cash, bank draft or Government Securities endorsed as
aforesaid any sum or sums which may have been deducted from or realized out of his
Security Deposit or Contract Performance Guarantee, or any part thereof. No interest
shall be payable by the Owner from sum deposited as Security Deposit/ Contract
Performance Guarantee.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 9 of 79
CONTRACT

3.5.5
The Security Deposit/Contract Performance Guarantee shall be held by the Owner, as

security for the due performance of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract,
provided that nothing herein stated shall make it incumbent upon the Owner to utilize
the Security Deposit/ Contract Performance Bank Guarantee in preference to any other
remedy which the Owner may have, nor shall be construed as confining the claims of
the Owner against the Contractor to the quantum of the Security Deposit/Contract
Performance Guarantee.
3.5.6
The Contractor shall ensure that the bank guarantee towards security deposit shall be
kept valid till three months after the expiry of the Defect Liability Period and thereafter
satisfactory completion/ rectification of defects and after making necessary adjustment
for any defect left unattended, the security deposit in Cash or Bank Guarantee as
applicable shall be released.
3.5.7
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Contract, the Parties agree
that any remedies available to the Owner under this Contract for recovery of amounts
claimed by the Owner from the Contractor (including indemnification rights) are
independent of, and in addition to, such other rights and remedies as the Owner may
have under this Contract, law or in equity or otherwise, including the right to seek
damages, specific performance, rescission, restitution or other injunctive relief, none of
which rights or remedies shall be affected or diminished thereby
3.6
3.7
FORCE MAJEURE
3.7.1
Events of Force Majeure

Events of Force Majeure shall mean any event or circumstance that adversely
affects, prevents or delays any party to the Contract in the performance of its
obligations in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, but only if and to
the extent that such events and circumstances are not within the affected partys
reasonable control, directly or indirectly, and which the affected party could not have
prevented through the employment of prudent utility practices or through reasonable
skill and care, and which the party cannot remedy by exercise of due diligence.
3.7.2
Effect of Force Majeure - Should any Event of Force Majeure prevent or delay the
performance by a party of any of its obligations under the Contract then, provided that
notice is given to the party in accordance with the provisions of clause 3.7.4, the party
which is prevented or delayed in the performance of its obligations shall be excused
from performance or performance in accordance with the time specified herein, for so
long as the relevant Event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such
partys performance is prevented, hindered or delayed thereby..
3.7.3
Instances of Force Majeure

Events of Force of Force Majeure shall include, without limitation, but subject to the
provisions of clause 3.7.1, the following:
a. Acts of God
b. Acts of war or the public enemy whether war be declared or not.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 10 of 79
CONTRACT

c. Public disorders, insurrection, revolution, rebellion, sabotage, riots or violent

demonstrations; and
d. Explosions, fires, earthquakes or other natural calamities and
e. Strikes or lockouts or other industrial action by workers or employees.
3.7.4
Notice of Force Majeure : Procedure

If either party desires to invoke an Event of Force Majeure as a cause for delay in the
performance of any obligation hereunder, that party shall, not later than 7 days after the
commencement of such Event of Force Majeure or at such time as a notice can be
practically given if the Event of Force Majeure prevents the giving of notice, give written
notice to the other party as detailed below:
a) the date of commencement and nature of the Event of Force Majeure; and
b) the date on which the Event of Force Majeure terminated (if before the date of
notice) or alternatively, if the Event of Force Majeure is continuing, its expected
duration, to the extent known by the notifying party.
3.7.5
Mitigation of delay
The party affected by the Event of Force Majeure shall use all reasonable efforts to
prevent and reduce to a minimum and mitigate the effect of any delay occasioned by
any Event of Force Majeure, including recourse to alternate acceptable sources of
services, materials and supplies and ways of executing the Work and reasonable
adjustment of work activities.
3.7.6
Costs During Force Majeure

In the Event of Force Majeure conditions occurring, each party shall bear its own costs
incurred resulting from such event(s).
3.8
EXTENSION OF TIME
If the Contractor desires an extension of the time for completion of the Work on
grounds of it having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other
grounds due to a Force Majeure Event, the Contractor shall apply, in writing to the
Engineer-in-Charge at the earliest and not later than 7 days of the date of such
hindrance detailing the grounds and reasons on account of which the Contractor
desires such extension. The Engineer-in-Charge shall, if in his opinion (which shall be
final), considers the grounds set out by the Contractor as reasonable grounds,
authorize such extension of time as the EIC may, in his opinion seems it to be
necessary and proper, provided such extension in time is granted only once.
Should the Force Majeure condition continues beyond reasonable period, of which
Engineer-In-Charge will be sole judge, the Owner will be entitled to terminate the
Contract and process final bill based on value of Work already done by the Contractor.
3.9
INTENTIONALLY DELETED
3.10
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 11 of 79
CONTRACT
3.11

FORFEITURE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT

Notwithstanding anything contained herein, whenever any claim against the Contractor
for the payment of any sum of money arises out of or under the Contract or the Work
or in relation to carrying out the Work, the Owner shall, at its option and without
prejudice to any other rights and entitlements it may have under other Contract
Documents, under Applicable Laws or equity, be entitled to recover such sum by
appropriating in part or whole, the Security Deposit of the Contractor, and to sell any
Government securities etc. forming part of such security, in the event the Security
Deposit/Contract Performance Guarantee amount is insufficient to fulfill the dues of the
Contractor against the Owner, the Owner shall be entitled to recover the balance
amounts due payable by the Contractor by deducting the said amounts from any sums
then due and payable by the Owner to the Contractor or which at any time thereafter
may become due payable to the Contractor, till such time the Owner has not recovered
its entire due amounts. The Contractor shall pay to the Owner forthwith on demand,
any balance amounts remaining due.
3.12
ACTION WHEN WHOLE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT IS FORFEITED
3.12.1 In any case in which under any clause or clauses of the Contract, the Owner shall have
forfeited the whole of the Security Deposit and Contract Performance Guarantee
(whether paid in one sum or deducted by installment) or the Contractor would have
committed a breach of any of the terms contained in the Contract or would have shown
its inability to pay the amounts payable in terms of Clause 3.10, the Owner shall, at its
option, have the right, subject to Clause 3.5.7to adopt any of the following recourses as
the Owner may deem best suited to his interest and investments:
a) To rescind the Contract(of which rescission notice in writing to the Contractor under
the hand of the Owner shall be conclusive evidence) in which case the security
deposit/ contract performance guarantee of the Contractor shall stand forfeited and
be absolutely at the disposal of the Owner.
b) To employ labour, paid by the Owner and to supply materials to carry out the Work
or any part of the Work, debiting Contractor with the cost of labour, cost of tools
and plants and equipment charges, the cost of the materials for which a certificate
of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and conclusive against the Contractor and
10% of costs as above to cover all departmental charges and crediting him with the
value of the work done in all respects in the manner and at the same rates as if it
had been carried out by the Contractor under the term of his contract. The
certificate of Engineer-in-Charge as to the value of the work done shall be final and
conclusive against the Contractor.
c) To measure up the Work of the Contractor and to take such part thereof as shall be
unexecuted out of his hand to give it to another contractor to complete in which
case any expenses which may be incurred in excess of the sum which would have
been paid to the original Contractor, if the whole Work had been executed by him
(of the amount of which excess, the certificate in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge
shall be final and conclusive) shall be borne and paid by the original Contractor and
may be deducted from any money due to him by the Owner under the contract or
otherwise or from his security deposit or from the proceeds of sale thereof, of a
sufficient part thereof.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 12 of 79
CONTRACT

3.12.2 In the event of any of the above recourses being adopted by the Owner at its discretion,
the Contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by the
Contractor by reason of it having purchased or procured any materials or Equipment or
incurred or suffered any other expenses or entered into any agreements/ sub-contracts
or made any advances on account of or with a view to the execution of the Work of the
performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid
any sum for any Work actually performed under the Contract unless the Engineer-inCharge certifies in writing, the performance of such work, and the value payable in
respect thereof and the Contractor shall only be entitled to be paid the value so certified
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.13
CONTRACTOR REMAINS LIABLE TO PAY COMPENSATION OF ACTION NOT

TAKEN UNDER CLAUSE 3.12.
In any case in which any of the rights conferred upon the Owner by Clause 3.12 hereof
shall have become exercisable and the same had not been exercised by the Owner,
the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof
and such rights shall, notwithstanding be exercised by the Owner in the event of any
further case of default by the Contractor, for which by any clause hereof the Contractor
is declared liable to pay compensation and the liability of the Contractor for past and
future compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the Owner putting in force
the rights under sub-clause (a), (b) or (c) vested in him under the preceding clause, the
Owner may, if it so desires take possession of all or any Equipments, plant, machinery,
materials and stores in or upon the Works or the Site thereof belonging to the
Contractor or procured by the Contractor and intended to be used for the execution of
the Work or any part thereof paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract
rates or in case of these not being applicable at current market rates to be certified by
the Engineer-in-Charge whose certificate thereof shall be final otherwise the Engineerin-Charge may give notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of the works, foreman
or other authorized agent, requiring him to remove such tools, plant, materials or
stores from the premises (within a time to be specified in such notice), and in the
event of the contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the Engineer-inCharge may remove them at the contractor's expense or sell them by auction or
private sale, at the cost, risk and expense of the Contractor and without any further
notice as to the date, time or place of sale and utilize such amounts towards
completing the Work or not sell the equipments and use the same, at the cost and
expense of the Contractor, to complete the Work originally assigned to the Contractor.
In such eventuality, the Owner shall book only the cost of labour etc. in the name of the
Contractor and not the cost of material seized by the Owner, to be utilized for
completing the Work. In the event the equipments are sold, in the manner set out
herein above, any additional amount left with the Owner from such sales, after
recovering all its cost and expenses shall be refunded by the Owner to the Contractor.
A certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge in relation to the value at which the material/
Equipment is sold and/or cost incurred in completing the Work shall be final,
conclusive and binding on the Contractor and no disputes shall be entertained by the
Owner in this regard, except for granting the Contractor a reasonable opportunity to
present its case before the EIC alone.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 13 of 79
CONTRACT
3.14

COMPENSATION FOR ALTERATION IN OR RESTRICTION OF WORK

If at any time from the commencement of the Work, the Owner, for any reasons
whatsoever not require the whole or part of the Work as specified in the Tender, to be
carried out, the Engineer-in-Charge shall give notice in writing of the same to the
Contractor, who shall have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever
including on account of any profit or advantage which the Contractor might have
derived from the execution of the Work in full, but which the Contractor did not derive,
in consequence of the full amount of the Work not having been carried out. The
Contractor further shall have no claims for compensation by reason of any alterations
having been made in the original Specifications, Drawings, designs and instructions
which shall involve any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated.
3.15
CHANGE IN CONSTITUTION
Where the Contractor is a partnership firm the prior Approval, in writing, of the Owner
shall be obtained before any change is made in the constitution of the firm Where the
Contractor is an individual or a Hindu undivided family business concern, such
Approval as aforesaid shall likewise be obtained before Contractor enters into any
agreement with other parties where under, the reconstituted firm/ other Person would
have the right to carry out the Work hereby undertaken by the Contractor. In either
case if prior Approval as aforesaid is not obtained, the Contract shall be deemed to
have been allotted in contravention of Clauses3.21 hereof and the same action may be
taken and the same consequences shall ensure as provided in the said clause.
3.16
ON DEMISE OF CONTRACTOR
Without prejudice to any of the rights or remedies under the Contract, if the Contractor
(being an individual) dies, the Owner shall have the option of terminating the Contract
without compensation to the legal heirs of the Contractor.
3.17
MEMBERS OF THE OWNER OR INDIVIDUALLY

No director or official or employee of the Owner shall, in any way be personally bound
or liable for the acts or obligations of the Owner under the Contract or answerable for
any default or omission in the observance or performance of any of the acts, matters or
things which are herein contained.
3.18

The Contractor shall neither be entitled to increase the Schedule of Rates after
submitting the Tender nor shall have any other right or claim whatsoever by reason of
representation, explanation or statement or alleged representation, promise or
guarantees given or alleged to have been given to him by any Person.
3.19
CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE AT SITE

The Contractor shall provide and maintain an office at the Site for the accommodation
of its agent and staff and such office shall be open at all reasonable hours to receive
instruction, notices, or other communications from the Owner.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 14 of 79
CONTRACT
3.20

CONTRACTOR'S SUBORDINATE STAFF AND THEIR CONDUCT
3.20.1 The Contractor shall, within a period of 7 days from the date of execution of the
Contract, name and depute a qualified engineer having sufficient experience in
carrying out work of similar nature, to whom the equipments, materials, if any, shall be
issued and instructions for works given. The Contractor shall also provide, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, sufficient and qualified staff to superintend the
execution of the Works, competent sub-agents, foreman and leading hands including
those specially qualified by previous experience to supervise the type of works
comprised in the Contract, in such manner as will ensure Work of the best quality and
expeditious working. Whenever in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, additional
properly qualified supervision staff is considered necessary, they shall be employed by
the contractor without additional charges on account thereof. The Contractor shall
ensure to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge that Subcontractors, if any shall
provide competent and efficient supervision over the work entrusted to them.
3.20.2 If and whenever any of the Contractor's or Sub contractor's agents, sub-agents,
assistants, foreman or others employees are, in the opinion of Engineer-in-Charge,
guilty of any misconduct or are incompetent or insufficiently qualified or negligent in the
performance of their duties hereunder or that in the opinion of the Owner or Engineerin-Charge, it is undesirable for administrative or any other reason for such person or
persons to be employed for executing the Works, the Contractor, if so directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge, shall at once remove such person or persons from employment
thereon or services. Any person or persons so removed from the Works shall not again
be employed or appointed in connection with the Works without the written permission
of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any person so removed from the Works shall be
immediately replaced by the Contractor, at its own expense, by another qualified and
competent substitute, should the contractor be requested to repatriate any person
removed from the works he shall do so and shall bear all costs in connection herewith.
3.20.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper behavior of all its and its
Subcontractor(s) staff, foreman, workmen, and others and shall exercise a proper
degree of control over each of them and in particular and without prejudice to the said
generality, the Contractor shall be bound to prohibit and prevent any employees from
tress-passing or acting in any way detrimental or prejudicial to the interest of the
Owner or the community or of the properties or occupiers of land and properties in the
neighborhood and in the event of such employee so trespassing, the Contractor shall
be responsible there for and relieve the Owner of all consequent claims, actions,
losses and/or damages or injury or any other grounds whatsoever. The decision of the
Engineer-in-Charge upon any matter arising under this Clause shall be final and
binding on the Contractor.
3.20.4 If and when required by the Owner, all Contractor's personnel entering upon the
Owners premises shall be properly identified by badges of a type acceptable to the
Owner which must be worn by such personnel, all times during the period they are at
the Owners premises.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 15 of 79
CONTRACT
3.21

SUB LETTING OF WORK

i)
No part of the Contract nor any share or interest there shall in any manner or
degree be transferred assigned sublet by the Contractor directly or indirectly to any
firm or corporation whosoever except as provided for in the succeeding sub-clause,
without the consent writing of the Owner.
ii) Subcontractors for temporary works etc.

The Owner may at its discretion give written consent to subcontractor for execution
of any part of the works at the site, being entered into by the Contractor provided
each individual subcontract is submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge before entered
into and is Approved by him.
iii) List of subcontractors to be supplied
At the commencement of job the contractors shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge
list of all subcontractors or firms for approval with particulars of the general nature of
the subcontract or works.
iv) Contractor's liability not limited by Sub contractors
Notwithstanding any subletting or Subcontracting with such Approval as aforesaid
and notwithstanding that the Engineer-in-Charge shall have received copies of any
Sub contracts, the Contractor shall be and shall remain solely responsible all acts of
the Subcontractor and its employees/ workmen/ agents for the quality and proper
and expeditious execution of the Works and the performance of all the conditions of
the Contract in all respects as if such subletting or subcontracting had not taken
place and as if such work had been done directly by the Contractor.
v) Owner may terminate subcontracts
If any Subcontractor engaged upon the works at the site executes any work which
in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge is not in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the Owner may by written notice to the Contractor require him to
terminate such subcontract and the Contractor upon the receipt of such notice shall
terminate such subcontract and the latter shall forthwith leave the works, failing
which the Owner shall have right to remove such subcontractors from the site.
vi) No remedy for action taken under this clause
No action taken by the Owner under the clause shall release the Contractor of any
of its liabilities under the Contract or give rise to any right to compensation,
extension of time or otherwise failing which the Owner shall have the right to
remove such subcontractors from the site.
The Contractor shall be responsible to cause its Subcontractors to comply with all
Applicable Laws and permits, and shall assume liability for all acts or omissions of any
Subcontractor as if the acts or omissions were the acts or omissions of the Contractor.
All references to the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor shall be deemed to
include a reference to the acts, omissions or negligence of its Subcontractors.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 16 of 79
CONTRACT

The Operator shall ensure that all agreements with Subcontractors include language
which will effectively subjugate such agreements to the Contract. The Contractor shall
also ensure that appropriate language shall be included in all such agreements with
Subcontractors which ensures that all rights/ benefits accruable to the Contractor out of
such agreements is irrevocably assigned to the benefit of the Owner and the Owner
shall always have the right to enforce such beneficial rights.
3.22
POWER OF ENTRY
If the Contractor shall not commence the Work in the manner previously described in
the Contract or if he shall, at any time in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge.
i)
Fail to carryout the Works in conformity with the Contract Documents, or
ii) Fail to carryout the Works in accordance with the time schedule, or
iii) suspend the Work or the Works for a period of seven days without authority from
the Engineer-in-Charge or
iv) Fail to carryout and execute the Works to the satisfaction of the Engineer-inCharge, or
v) Fail to supply sufficient or suitable constructional plant, Equipment, temporary
works, labour, materials or things, or
vi) Commit or suffer or permit any other breach of any of the provisions of the Contract
Documents on its part to be performed or observed or persist in any of the above
mentioned breaches of the Contract for the seven days, after notice in writing shall
have been given to the Contractor by the Engineer-in-Charge requiring such
breach to be remedied, or
vii) Abandon the Works, or
viii) During the continuance of the Contract, become bankrupt, is generally unable to
pay debts as they become due, make any arrangement or composition with its
creditors, or permit any execution to be levied or go into liquidation whether
compulsory or voluntary (including but not limited to appointment of a provisional
manager, trustee or liquidator) not being merely a voluntary liquidation for the
purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction then in any such case.
Then in any one or more instances mentioned above, the Owner shall have the right to
terminate the Contract in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.
The Owner shall have, without prejudice to other rights and remedies available to it
under the Contract Documents, Applicable Laws or in equity, the right to enter upon
the works and take possession thereof and of the materials, temporary works,
Equipments (belonging to the Contractor), and stock thereon, and to revoke the
Contractor's license to use the same, and to complete the works, by its agents, other
contractor or workmen, or to relate the same upon any terms and to such other person,
firm or corporation as the Owner in its absolute discretion may think proper to employ
and for the purpose aforesaid to use or authorize the use of any materials, temporary
works, Equipments and stock as aforesaid without making payment or allowance to
the Contractor for the said material other than such as may be certified in writing by the
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 17 of 79
CONTRACT

Engineer-in-Charge to be reasonable, and without making any payment or allowance

to the Contractor for the use of the temporary said works, Equipments and stock or
being liable for any loss of damage thereto, and if the Owner shall by reason of its
taking possession of the works or of the works being completed by other contractors
(due account being taken of any such extra work or works which may be omitted) then
the Owner shall, without prejudice to the other rights and remedies, have the right to
deduct amount of such excess as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge from the Security
Deposit, Contract Performance Guarantee and/or any money which may be due for
work done by the Contractor under the Contract and not paid for. Any deficiency shall
forthwith be made good and paid to the Owner by the Contractor and the Owner shall
have power to sell in such manner and for such price as he may think fit all or any of
the Equipments, materials etc. constructed by or belonging to and to recoup and retain
the said deficiency or any part thereof out of the proceeds of the sale.
3.23
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY WITH THE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL,

INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS AND
OTHER AGENCIES
3.23.1 Without repugnance to any other condition, it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor executing the Work in close co-operation and co-ordinate the works with
other contractors at the Site or their authorized representatives.
3.23.2 The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of any Applicable Laws
or bye-laws of any local or duly constituted authorities or public bodies which may be
applicable form time to time to the Works or any temporary works. The Contractor shall
keep the Owner indemnified against all penalties and liabilities of every kind arising out
of non-adherence to such statutes, ordinances, Applicable Laws, rules, regulations etc.
3.24
OTHER AGENCIES AT SITE

The Contractor shall have to execute the Work in such place and condition where other
agencies will also be engaged for other works. No claim shall be entertained to works
being executed in the above circumstances.
3.25
NOTICES
Any notice, letter, documents to be given hereunder by the Owner or the Engineer-inCharge may be served on the Contractor or its duly authorized representative at the
Site or may be served by registered mail direct to the address furnished by the
Contractor. Proof of issue of any such notice could be conclusive of the Contractor
having been duly informed of all contents therein.
Any communications to be given by the Contractor to the Owner shall be valid when
given in writing by registered mail and speed post directed to the address furnished by
the Owner.
Any such notices and other documents shall:
(a) if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been given and received at the place of
receipt on the date of delivery;
(b) if mailed, be deemed to have been given and received at the place of receipt on
the date of actual receipt. In the event of postal disruption, such notices or
documents must either be delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 18 of 79
CONTRACT
3.26

RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS

i)
The Owner reserves the right to distribute the Work between more than one
contractor. The Contractor shall cooperate and afford other contractors reasonable
opportunity for access to the works for the carriage and storage of materials and
execution of their works.
ii) Wherever the Work being done by any department of the Owner or by other
contractors appointed by the Owner is contingent upon work covered by the
Contract, the respective rights of the various interests involved shall be determined
by the Engineer-in-Charge to secure the completion of the various portions of the
work in general harmony.
3.27
RIGHT OF OWNER TO DETERMINE/ TERMINATE CONTRACT

i)
In addition to other grounds set out in these General Conditions of Contract

elsewhere, the Owner shall, at any time be entitled to determine and terminate the
Contract, if in the opinion of the Owner the cessation of the work becomes
necessary owing to paucity of funds or for any other cause whatsoever, in which
case the cost of Approved materials at the site at current market rates as verified
and Approved by Engineer-in-Charge and of the value of the work done to date by
the Contractor, to the satisfaction of the Owner shall be paid for in full at the rates
specified in the Contract. A notice in writing from the Owner to the Contractor of
such determination and termination and the reason there for, shall be the
conclusive proof of the fact that the Contract has been so determined and
terminated by the Owner.
ii) Should the Contract be determined under sub-clause (i) of this clause and the
Contractor claims payments to compensate expenditure incurred by him in the
expectation of completing the whole of the Work, the Owner shall consider and
admit such claim as are deemed fair and reasonable and are supported by
vouchers to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Owner's decision on
the necessity and propriety of any such expenditure shall be final and conclusive
and binding on the contractor. The Contractors submission of the Tender shall be
considered to be its deemed acceptance of all terms of the Contract Documents
including this clause.
3.28
PATENTS AND ROYALTIES
3.28.1 The Contractor, if licensed under and patent covering equipment, machinery, materials
or compositions of matter to be used or supplied or methods and process to be
practiced or employed in the performance of the Contract, agrees to pay all royalties
and license fees which may be due with respect thereto. If any equipment, machinery,
materials or composition of matters, to be used or supplied or methods and processed
to be practiced or employed in the performance of the Contract is covered by a patent
under which the Contractor is not licensed then the Contractor before supplying or
using the equipment, machinery materials, composition method or processes shall
obtain such licenses and pay such royalties and license fees as may be necessary for
performances of the Contract. In the event the Contractor fails to pay any such royalty
or obtain any such license, any suit for infringement of such patents which is brought
against the contractors or the Owner as a result of such failure will be defended by the
Contractor at its own expense and the Contractor will pay any damages and costs
awarded in such suit. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner if the Contractor
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 19 of 79
CONTRACT

has acquired knowledge of any plant under which a suit for infringement could be
reasonably brought because of the use by the Owner of any equipment, machinery,
materials, process, methods to the supplied hereunder. The Contractor agrees to and
does hereby grant to Owner, together with the right to extend the same to any of the
subsidiaries of the Owner as irrevocable, royalty-free license to use in any country, and
invention made by the Contractor or its employee in or as a result of the performance of
the work under the Contract.
3.28.2 The drawings, blue prints, tracings, reproducibles, models plans, specification and
copies thereof, furnished by the Owner as well as drawings, tracings, reproducibles,
plans, specifications, design, calculations etc. prepared by the Contractor for the
purposes of execution of works covered in or connected with the Contract shall be the
property of the Owner and shall not be used for any other work but are to be delivered
to the Owner at the completion of the Contract.
3.28.3 Where so desired by Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor agrees to respect the secrecy
of any document, drawings etc. issued to him for the execution of the Contract, and
restrict access to such documents, drawings etc. to the minimum and further, the
Contractor agrees to execute an individual SECRECY agreement from each or any
person employed by the Contractor having access to such documents, drawings and to
any other agency or individual without the written Approval by Engineer-in-Charge.
3.29
LIENS
3.29.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract, if at any time, there
should be evidence or any lien or claim for which the Owner might have become liable
and which is chargeable to the Contractor, the Owner shall, without prejudice to other
rights and remedies available to the Owner, have the right to retain out of any payment
then due or thereafter to become due an amount sufficient to completely indemnify the
Owner against such lien or claim and if such lien or claim be valid the Owner may pay
and discharge the same and deduct the amount so paid from any money which may be
or may become due and payable to the Contractor. If any lien or claim remain unsettled
after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund or pay to the Owner all moneys
that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien or claim including all
costs and reasonable expenses.
3.29.2 Contractor will not disclose details of the work to any person or persons except those
engaged in its performance, and only to the extent required for the particular portion of
the work being done.
3.29.3 Contractor will not give any items concerning details of the work to the press or a news
disseminating agency without prior written Approval from. Contractor shall not take any
pictures on site without written Approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
3.30
OPERATION OF CONTRACT
3.30.1 Law Governing - Regardless of the place of contracting, place of performance or

otherwise, this Agreement, and all amendments modifications, alterations, or
supplements, thereto shall be governed by the laws of India and particularly the State of
Madhya Pradesh for the nature, validity and interpretation thereof.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 20 of 79
CONTRACT

3.30.2 Non waiver of defaults - Any failure by the Owner or the Contractor at any time, or from
time to time, to enforce or require the strict keeping and performance of any of the
terms or conditions of this agreement, or to exercise a right/ power hereunder, shall not
constitute a waiver of such terms, conditions or rights/ power, and shall not affect or
impair same, or the right of the Owner or the Contractor, as the case may be, at any
time to avail itself of same.
3.31
SCOPE AND INTENT
3.31.1 Scope: The general character and the scope of the work is illustrated and defined by
the Annexure SOW, the Specifications and the Bills of Quantities herewith attached and
the signed Drawings. If the Contractor shall find any discrepancy in or divergence
between the Drawings and or the Contract Bills he shall immediately give to the Owner
a written notice specifying the discrepancy or divergence and the Owner shall issue
instructions in regard thereto, which shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
3.31.2 Extent: The Contractor shall carry out and complete the work in every respect in
accordance with the Contract Documents, and with the directions of and to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner may in its absolute discretion and
from time to time issue further drawings, details and/or written instructions, written
directions and written explanations all of which are collectively referred to as Owner's
instructions. All such Drawings and instructions shall be consistent with the Contract
Documents, true developments thereof and reasonably inferable there from.
3.31.3 Intent: The intention of the Document is to include all labour and materials, equipment
and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the Work. All such Drawings
and instructions shall be consistent with the Contract Documents, true developments
thereof and reasonably inferable there from. Materials of work described in words,
which so applied, have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to
such recognized standard.
3.31.4 The descriptions given in the Schedule of Quantities shall, unless otherwise stated, be
held to include wastage on materials, carriage and cartage, carrying and return of
empties, hoisting, setting, fitting and fixing in position and all other labourers necessary
in and for the full and entire execution and completion of the work as aforesaid in
accordance with good practice and recognized principles.
3.32
TYPE OF CONTRACT
3.32.1 The Contract shall be a lump sum contract.

3.33
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES
3.33.1 The Schedule of Quantities given in the Contract Bill is provisional and is meant to
indicate the intent of the work and to provide a uniform basis for tendering.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 21 of 79
CONTRACT

3.33.2 The Owner reserves the right to increase or decrease the tendered quantities or revise
specifications, drawings, designs of any or every item or delete them at any stage of
work. The successful Bidder claim for compensation or damages on account of these
shall not be entertained. Such deviations will be adjusted at the rates contained in the
Contractor at prevailing market rates, if the rates are not available in the Contract, by
issuing variation order(s). In case it becomes necessary for the Owner to temporarily
suspend or postpone the work, partly, or fully due to unforeseen circumstances, the
Owner shall not be liable for any compensation on account of resultant delays.
3.33.3 Any error in description or in quantity or omission of items from Contract Bill shall not
vitiate the Contract but shall be treated as a variation.
3.34
CONTRACT SUM
3.34.1 The Contract sum shall not be adjusted or altered in any way whatsoever otherwise
than in accordance with the express provisions of these conditions and subject to any
error whether of Arithmetic or not in the computation of the Contract Sum shall be
deemed to have been accepted by the parties hereto.
3.35
CONTRACT BILLS
3.35.1 The quality and quantity of the work included in the contract sum shall be deemed to be
that which is set out in the Contract Bills which Bills unless otherwise expressly stated
in respect of any specified item shall be deemed to have been prepared in accordance
with the principles of the standard method of measurement of building works last before
issued by the Indian Standard Institution but same as aforesaid nothing contained in the
Contract Bills shall override, modify or affect in any way whatsoever the application or
interpretation of that which is contained in these conditions.
3.35.2 Any error in description or in a quantity or omission of items from the Contract Bills shall
not vitiate the Contract but shall be corrected and deemed to be a variation required by
the Owner.
3.36
Signature of Bidder/ tender by other than individuals

The Bidder shall contain the name, residence and place of business of Person or
Persons making the tender and shall be signed by the Bidder with his usual signature
with company stamp. Partnership firms shall furnish the full names of all partners in the
Tender. It should be signed in the partnership name by all the partners or in case of a
company by duly authorized representative followed by the name and designation of
the person signing with company stamp.
Tender by company or corporation registered under the Applicable Laws shall be
signed by the authorized representative and a power of attorney in that behalf shall
accompany the Tender.
When a Bidder signs a Tender in a language other than English, the total amount
tendered should in addition be written in the same language. One witness should attest
the signature at least.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 22 of 79
CONTRACT
3.37


The contractor shall not be entitled to any increase on the schedule rates or any other
right or claim whatsoever by reason of representation, promise or guarantee given or
alleged to have been given to him by any person.
3.38
CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT IN FULL OR PART
3.38.1 The Owner reserves its right to cancel the Contract in the event of one or more of the
following situations, If the Contractor:
(i) shall offer or give or agree to give to any person in the Owner service or to any
other person on its behalf any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or
reward for doing or forbearing to do or for having done or forborne to do any acting
relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any other contractor for the Owner:
or
(ii) shall enter into a contract with the Owner in connection with which commission has
been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his knowledge, unless the particulars of
any such commission and the terms of payment thereof have been previously
disclosed in writing to the Accepting Authority/ Engineer-in-Charge;
or
(iii) shall obtain a contract with the Owner as a result of wrong tendering or other non
bonafide methods of competitive tendering;
or
(iv) being an individual or a firm, such individual or any partner of the firm (as
applicable) shall at any time be adjudged bankrupt, insolvent, generally unable to
pay debts or have a receiving order or order for administration of his estate made
against him or shall take or become subject to any proceedings for bankruptcy,
liquidation or composition (other than a solvent restructuring or reorganization)
under any Applicable Laws relating to insolvency or bankruptcy for the time being
force or make any conveyance or assignment of his / its assets or composition or
arrangement for the benefit of his/its creditors or purport so to do or if any
application be made under any Applicable Laws relating to insolvency for the time
being in force for the sequestration of its estate or if a trust deed be executed by
him for benefit of its creditors;
or
(v) where the Contractor is a company, (a) making of a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors (b) admission of any proceedings against the Contractor for its
bankruptcy or insolvency, or similar action or seeking liquidation, winding up,
reorganization, arrangement, compromise, adjustment, protection, relief, or
composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking appointment of a receiver or
provisional liquidator or other similar official for all or any substantial part of its
property; (c) institution of proceedings by the Contractor seeking to adjudicate itself
bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
arrangement, compromise, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of itself or
its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief
of debtors (including passing of a resolution to authorize any of the aforesaid
actions),
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 23 of 79
CONTRACT

or
(vi) Shall suffer an execution being levied on its goods and allow it to be continued for a
period of 15 days
or
(vii)Assigns, transfers, sublets (engagement of labour on a piece-work basis or of
labour with materials not to be incorporated in the work, shall not be deemed to be
subletting) or otherwise parts with or attempts to assign, transfer sublet or otherwise
part with the entire works or any portion thereof without the prior written Approval of
the Accepting Authority/Owner.
3.38.2 The Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy which shall have
accrued or shall accrue hereafter to the Owner, by a notice in writing to cancel the
Contract as whole or only such items of work in default from the Contract.
3.38.3 The Engineer-in-Charge shall on such cancellation by the Owner have powers to:
(i) Take possession of the Site and any materials, equipments, implements, stores,
etc., thereon, and/ or
(ii) Carry out the incomplete Work by any means at the risk and cost of the Contractor.
3.38.4 The Owner in the event of cancellation will be entitled to procure the requirement in the
open market and recover excess payment over and above the Contractor's agreed
price, if any, from the Contractor, reserving to itself the right to forfeit the Security
Deposit/ Contract Performance Guarantee, if any, made by the Contractor against the
Contract.
3.38.5 On cancellation of the Contract in full or in part, the EIC shall determine what amount, if
any, is recoverable from the Contractor for completion of the works or part of the works
or in case the works or part of the works is not to be completed the loss of damage
suffered by the Owner on account of the said non performance. In determining the
aforesaid amounts credit shall be given to the Contractor for the value of the work
executed by him up to the time of cancellation, the value of Contractors materials if
any, taken over and incorporated in the work and use of plant and machinery, if any
belonging to the Contractor. The Owner in that event will be entitled to procure the
requirement in the open market and recover excess payment over the Contractor's
agreed price, if any, from the Contractor, reserving to itself the right to forfeit the
Security Deposit/ Contract Performance Guarantee.
3.38.6 The Contractor is aware that the said goods are required by the Owner for the ultimate
purpose of materials production and that non-delivery may cause loss of production and
consequently loss of profit to the Owner. In this event of the Owner exercising the
option to claim damages for non-delivery other than by way of difference between the
market price and the contract price. The Contractor shall pay to the Owner, fair
compensation to be agreed upon between the Owner and the Contractor.
3.38.7 The provision of this clause shall not prejudice the right of the Owner from invoking the
provisions of clause 'Delayed Delivery' as aforesaid.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 24 of 79
CONTRACT

3.38.8 Any excess expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Owner in completing the
works or part of the works or the excess loss or damages suffered or may be suffered
by the Owner as aforesaid after allowing such credit shall without prejudice to any other
contractor on any account, and if such moneys are not sufficient the Contractor shall be
called upon in writing and shall be liable to pay the same within 7 days.
3.38.9 If the Contractor shall fail to pay the required sum within the aforesaid period of 30
days, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to sell any or all of the Contractors
unused materials, Equipments, implements, temporary building etc. and apply the
proceeds of sale thereof towards the satisfaction of any sums due from the Contractor
under the Contract and if thereafter there be any balance outstanding from the
Contractor, it shall be recovered in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.
3.38.10Any sums in excess of the amounts due to the Owner and unsold materials,
Equipments, etc. shall be returned to the Contractor provided always that if cost or
anticipated cost of completion by the Owner of the Works or part of the Works is less
than the amount which the Contractor would have been paid had he completed the
works or part of the works, such benefits shall not accrue to the Contractor.
3.39
CONTRACTOR AS INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall be an independent contractor with respect to the Work assigned
to him under the Contract and other services offered by the Contractor hereunder, and
neither Contractor nor its Subcontractors nor the employees of other shall be deemed
to be agents, representatives, employees or servants of the Owner in the performance
of the Work or any part thereof, or in any manner dealt with herein. The Owner and
the Contractor covenant and agree that in the performance of the Work by the
Contractor, the Contractor shall not perform any act or make any representation to any
Person to the effect that the Contractor or any of its agents, representatives or
Subcontractors is represented to be an agent or partner or joint venture partner or
collaborator of the Owner.
3.40

The Contractor will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its agents, officers,
directors, subcontractors and employees from and against any and all claims, damages,
losses, liabilities, expenses (including reasonable legal fees), penalties, demands and
causes of action arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work provided that
any such claims, damages, loss and/or expense arise out of: (a) the gross negligence,
fraud or willful act of the Contractor or any of its agents, employees or officers: (b) any
violation of Applicable Law by the Contractor or any of its agents, employees or officers: (c)
breach by the Contractor of the Contract Documents and/or any documents executed or
instructions or Approvals issued, pursuant to the Contract Documents; and/or (d) material
misrepresentation to the Owner by the Contractor.
3.41
TYPOGRAPHICAL OR CLERICAL ERRORS
3.41.1 The Owners clarification regarding partially omitted particulars or typographical or

clerical errors shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 25 of 79
CONTRACT

SECTION IV
PERFORMANCE OF WORK
4.1
EXECUTION OF WORKS
4.1.1
All the Works shall be executed in strict conformity with the provisions of the Contract
Documents, Applicable Laws and with such explanatory detailed Drawings,
Specifications, and instructions as may be furnished from time to time to the Contractor
by the Engineer-in-Charge whether mentioned in the Contract or not. The Contractor
shall be responsible for ensuring that Works throughout are executed in the most
substantial, proper and workman like manner with the quality of material and
workmanship in strict accordance with the Specifications and to the entire satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.1.2
Wherever it is mentioned in the Specifications that the Contractor shall perform certain
Work or provide certain facilities/ materials, it is understood that the Contractor shall
do, so at its cost, risk and expense.
4.1.3
The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian Standards, the
job specification contained herein and codes referred to. Where the job specification
stipulate requirements in addition to those contained in the standard codes and
specifications, such additional requirements shall also be satisfied.
4.2
COORDINATION AND INSPECTION OF WORK

The coordination and inspection of the day to day work under the Contract shall be the
responsibility of the Engineer-in-Charge. The written instructions regarding any
particular job will normally be passed by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized
representative. A work order book will be maintained by the Contractor for each sector
in which the aforesaid written instructions will be entered. These will be signed by the
Contractor or its authorized representative by way of acknowledgment each time,
within 12 hours of receipt.
4.3
WORK IN MONSOON AND DEWATERING
4.3.1
The completion of the Work shall entail working in all season including the monsoon
season also. The Contractor must maintain a labour force required for executing the
Work and execute the same as per the time schedule prescribed in the Contract. No
extra rate will be considered for work executed in monsoon season.
4.3.2
During monsoon and other period, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
keep the working Site free from stranded water/ water logging, at its own cost and
expense.
4.4
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 26 of 79
CONTRACT

4.5
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR EXECUTION OF WORK.
4.5.1
Place of work
The Work has to be executed at Bina Refinery, Bina (MP). The Contractor should
apprise himself of all the conditions prevailing in such location and the restrictions
placed on movement of personnel and Equipment, types of equipment and tools
permitted, working methods allowed etc. in the light of security and safety regulations
operative in the area. The safety regulations to be complied with, by the Contractor are
given in the Contract Documents. No idle time wages or compensation for temporary
stoppage of work or restrictions would be paid, and the rates quoted for the various
items of work should cover the cost of all such contingencies and eventualities.
Substantial structures and utilities exist both above ground and underground, adjacent
to the work site. (The Work may get restrained by the existence of such structures and
utilities.) Special care is necessary in transportation, storage, working of Equipments
and other activities to protect the existing features and prevent damage to the Owners
facility. Necessary protective structures, barricades etc. have to be erected at various
places as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. No extra payment for such protective Works
will be made by the Owner unless specially provided in the Schedule of Rates
Approved by the Owner.
Owner will extend all necessary help for co-ordination with external agencies, if any, if
requested for by the Contractor.
4.5.2
The working time or the time of work is 48 hours per week. Overtime work is permitted
in cases of need and the Owner will not compensate the Contractor for the same. Shift
working at 2 or 3 shifts per day may become necessary and the Contractor should take
this aspect into consideration for formulating his rates for quotation. No extra claims
will be entertained by the Owner on any account whatsoever.
4.5.3
The Contractor must arrange for the placement of workers in such a way that the
delayed completing of the work or any part thereof for any reasons whatsoever will not
affect their proper employment. The Owner will not entertain any claim for idle time
payment whatsoever.
4.5.4
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, reports at regular intervals regarding the
state and progress of Work. The details and Performa of the report will mutually be
agreed after the award of Contract.
4.6
DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER
4.6.1
Where Drawings are attached with the Tender, these shall be for the general guidance
of the Contractor to enable him to visualize the type of work contemplated and scope
of work involved. The Contractor will be deemed to have studied the Drawings and
formed an idea about the work involved.
4.6.2
Detailed working drawings on the basis of which actual execution of the Work is to
proceed will be furnished from time to time by the Owner or the Engineer-in-Charge or
his representative during the progress of the Work. The Contractor shall be deemed to
have gone through the drawings supplied to him thoroughly and carefully and in
conjunction with all other connected drawings and bring to the notice of the Engineerin-Charge, discrepancies, if any, therein before actually carrying out the Work. In case
of such discrepancies, the Operator shall act in accordance with the EICs instructions.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 27 of 79
CONTRACT

4.6.3
Copies of all detailed working drawings relating to the Works shall be kept at the
Contractor's office of the Site and shall be made available to the Engineer-in-Charge at
any time during the term of the Contract. The Drawings and other documents issued by
the Owner shall be returned to the Owner on completion of the Works. Reference is
also invited to enclosed Drawings and other Contract Documents.
4.7
DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR
4.7.1
Where drawings/ data are to be furnished by the Contractor, they shall be as

enumerated in the Special Conditions of Contract, and shall be furnished within the
specified time.
4.7.2
Where Approval of Drawings before execution of a Work has been specified, it shall be
the Contractor's responsibility to have these drawings prepared as per the directions of
Engineer-in-Charge and get the same Approved before proceeding with such Work.
Any changes that may have become necessary in these drawings during the execution
of the Work shall have to carried out by the Contractor to the satisfaction of Engineerin-charge at no extra cost. All final Drawings shall bear the certification stamps as
indicated below duly signed by both the Contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge.
"Certified true for ....................................................... Project
Agreement No. ...............................................
Signed
CONTRACTOR
ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
4.7.3
A period of 3 weeks from the date of receipt shall be required for Approval of drawings
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.8
SETTING OUT WORKS
4.8.1
The Engineer-in-Charge shall furnish the Contractor with only the four corners of the
Site and a level bench mark and the Contractor shall set out the works and shall
provide efficient staff for the said purpose and shall be solely responsible for the
accuracy of such setting out.
4.8.2
The Contractor shall provide, fix and be responsible for the maintenance of all stakes,
templates, level marks, profiles and other similar things and shall take all necessary
precaution to prevent their removal or disturbance and shall be responsible for the
consequences of such removal or disturbance should the same take place and for their
efficient and timely reinstatement. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the
maintenance of all existing survey marks, boundary marks, distance marks and center
line marks, either existing or supplied and fixed by the Contractor. The work shall be
set out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Approval thereof or joining in
setting out the work, shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 28 of 79
CONTRACT

4.8.3
Before beginning the works, the Contractor shall at his own cost and expense, provide
all necessary reference and level posts, pegs, bamboos, flags, ranging, rods, strings
and other materials for proper layout of the Work in accordance with the scheme, for
bearing marks acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge. The center longitudinal or face
lines and cross lines shall be marked by means of small masonry pillars. Each pillar
shall have distinct mark at the centre to enable theodolite to be set over it. No work
shall be started until all these points are checked and Approved by the Engineer-inCharge in writing but such Approval shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his
responsibilities. The Contractor shall also provide all labour, material and other
facilities, as necessary, for the proper checking of layout and inspection of the points
while executing the Work.
4.8.4
Pillars bearing geodetic marks located at the Site of units of work under construction
should be protected and fenced by the Contractor.
4.8.5
On completion of works, the Contractor must submit the geodetic documents

according to which the Work was carried out to the Owner/ EIC for its confirmation/
observations.
4.9
RESPONSIBILITY FOR LEVEL AND ALIGNMENT

The Contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the horizontal and
vertical alignment, the levels and correctness of every part of the Work and shall rectify
effectually any errors or imperfections therein. Such rectifications shall be carried out
by the Contractor, at his own cost, risk and expense, when instructions are issued to
that effect by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.10
MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR
4.10.1 The Contractor shall procure and provide the whole of the materials required for
executing the Work including tools, tackles and Equipments for the completion and
maintenance of the works except the materials which will be issued by Owner and
shall make his own arrangement for procuring such materials and for the transport
thereof. The Owner may give necessary recommendation to the respective authority if
so desired by the Contractor but assumes no responsibility of any nature in this regard.
The Owner will insist on the procurement of materials which bear ISI stamp and / or
which are supplied by reputed suppliers borne on DGS & D list.
4.10.2 All materials procured should meet the Specifications given in the Contract
Documents. The Engineer-in-Charge may, at his discretion, ask for samples and test
certificates for any batch of any material procured. Before procuring, the Contractor
should get the Approval of Engineer-in-Charge for any material to be used for the
Works.
4.10.3 Manufacturer's certificate shall be submitted for all materials supplied by the
Contractor. If, however, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge any tests are required
to be conducted on the materials supplied by the Contractor, these will be arranged by
the Contractor, promptly at his own cost and expense.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 29 of 79
CONTRACT
4.11

MATERIALS PROCURED WITH ASSISTANCE OF OWNER

Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in any or all the clause of the
Contract Documents where any materials for the execution of the Contract are procured
with the assistance of the Owner, either by issue from Owner's stock or purchase made
under orders or permits or license issued by the Government, the Contractor shall hold
the said material as trustee for the Owner and use such materials economically and
solely for the purpose of the Contract and not dispose them off without the permission
of the Owner in any manner whatsoever and return, if required by the Engineer-inCharge all surplus or unserviceable materials that may be left with him after the
completion of the Contract or at its termination for any reason whatsoever.
In the event of breach of the aforesaid condition, the contractor shall in terms of the
licenses on permits, and / or for criminal breach of trust, be liable to compensate the
Owner at double rate or high rate, in the event of those materials at that time having
higher rate or not being available in the market, then any other rate as determined by
the Engineer-in-Charge and his decision in this regard shall be final, conclusive and
binding on the Contractor.
4.12
MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM DISMANTLING

If the Contractor in the course of execution of the Work is called upon to dismantle any
part, for reasons other than those stipulated in clauses 4.20 and 4.24 hereunder, the
materials obtained in the work of dismantling etc. will be considered as the Owner's
property and will be disposed off by the Owner or by the Contractor after receiving the
Owners written consent, to the best advantage of the Owner.
4.13
ARTICLES OF VALUE FOUND

All gold, silver and other materials, of any description and all precious stones, coins,
treasure, relics, antiquities and other similar things which shall be found in, under or
upon the Site, shall be property of the Owner/ Government of India and the Contractor
shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and shall
from time to time deliver the same to such person or persons indicated by the Owner.
4.14
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN INSTRUCTIONS

Should any discrepancy occur between the various instructions furnished to the
Contractor, his agents or staff or any doubt, arise as to the meaning of any such
instructions or should there be any misunderstanding between the Contractor's staff
and the Engineer-in-Charge's staff, the Contractor shall refer the matter immediately in
writing to the Engineer-in-Charge whose decision thereon shall be final and conclusive
and no claim for losses alleged to have been caused by such discrepancies between
instructions, or doubts, or misunderstanding shall in any event be admissible against
the Owner.
4.15
ALTERATIONS IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGNS AND EXTRA WORK
4.15.1 The Engineer-in-Charge shall have power to make any alterations in, omissions from,
additions to or substitution for, the Schedule of Rates, the original Specifications,
Drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or
advisable during the progress of the Work and the Contractor shall be bound to carry
out such altered, extra, new items of work in accordance with any instructions which
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 30 of 79
CONTRACT

may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-charge and such alterations,
omissions, additions or substitutions shall not invalidate the Contract in any manner
whatsoever and any altered additional or substituted work which the Contractor may
be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the Work shall be carried
out by the Contractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do
the main work. The time for completion of work may be extended for the part of the
particular job at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge, for only such alterations,
additions or substitutions of the work, as he may consider as just and reasonable. The
rates for such additional, altered or substituted work under this clause shall be worked
out in accordance with the following provisions:
4.16
a)
If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are specified in the
Contract, the Contractor is bound to carry out the additional, altered or substituted
work at the same rates as are specified in the Contract.
b)
If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are not specifically
provided in the Contract, the rates will be derived from the rates for similar class
of works as specified in the Contract. The opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, as
to whether the rates can be reasonably so derived from the items in the Contract,
will be final and binding on the Contractor.
c)
If the rates for the altered, additional or substituted work cannot be determined in
the manner specified in sub-clause (a) and (b) above, then Contractor shall, within
7 days of the date of receipt of order to carry out the work, inform the Engineer-inCharge of the rates he intends to charge for such class of work, supported by
analysis of the rate or rates claimed, and Engineer-in-Charge shall determine the
rate or rates on the basis of prevailing market rates of such materials plus 10% to
cover Contractor's supervision, overheads & profit; and labour cost at Schedule of
Labour Rates and approve such payment accordingly. The opinion of the
Engineer-in-Charge as to current market rates of materials and the quantum of
labour involved per unit of measurement will be final and binding on the
Contractor.
d)
Provision contained in sub-clause (a), (b) & (c) above will apply where the value of
alterations, additions and substitutions do not exceed plus or minus 25% of total
contract value.
ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATIONS ISSUED

In case of any class of work for which there is no Specification given by the Owner in
the Contract Documents, such work shall be carried out in accordance with Indian
Standard Specifications and if the Indian Standard Specifications do not cover the
same, the Work should be carried out as per standard Engineering Practice subject to
the Approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.17
ABNORMAL RATES
The Bidder is expected to quote rate for each item after careful analysis of cost
involved for the completion of Work, considering all Specifications and conditions of
Contract. This will avoid loss of profit or gain, in case of curtailment or change of
specification for any item. In case it is noticed that the rates for any item, quoted by the
Bidder are unusually high or unusually low it will be sufficient cause for the rejection of
the Tender, unless the Owner is convinced about the reasonableness of the rates on
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 31 of 79
CONTRACT

scrutiny of the analysis for such rate to be furnished by the Bidder on demand and
before the execution of the Contract.
4.18
INSPECTION OF WORK
4.18.1 The Engineer-in-Charge will have full power and authority to inspect the Works at any
time wherever in progress either on the Site or at the Contractor's premises /
workshops wherever situated, premises / workshops of any person, firm or corporation
where work in connection with the Contract may be in hand or where materials are
being or are to be supplied, and the Contractor shall afford or procure for the Engineerin-Charge every facility and assistance to carry out such inspection. The Contractor
shall, at all times during the usual working hours and at all other time for which
reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative to
visit the Works have been given to the Contractor, either himself be present to receive
order and instructions or post his authorized representative/ Site In-Charge duly
accredited in writing for the purpose. Orders given to the Contractor's agent shall be
considered to have the same force as if they had been given to the Contractor himself.
The Contractor shall give not less than seven days, notice in writing to the Engineer-inCharge before covering up or placing any work beyond reach of inspection and
measurement. In the event of breach of above the same shall be at Contractor's risk
and expenses for carrying out such measurement or inspection.
4.18.2 No material shall be dispatched by the Contractor before obtaining the Approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge in writing..
The Contractor is to provide, at all times during the execution of the Work and the
maintenance period, proper means of access with ladders, gangways, etc. and the
necessary attendance to move and adopt, as directed for inspection or measurement
of the works by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.19
ASSISTANCE TO THE ENGINEERS

The Contractor shall make available to the Engineer-in-Charge, free of cost necessary
instruments and assistance in checking of the progress of the Works and taking
measurement of work.
4.20
TESTS FOR QUALITY OF WORK
4.20.1 All workmanship shall be of the respective kinds described in the Contract Documents
and in accordance with the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be
subjected from time to time to such test at Contractor's cost as the Engineer-in-Charge
may direct at the place of manufacturer or fabrication or on the Site or at all or any
such places. The Contractor shall provide assistance, instruments, labour and
materials as are normally required for examining, measuring and testing any
workmanship as may be selected and required by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.20.2 All the tests necessary in connection with the execution of the Work as decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge, shall be carried out at the field testing laboratory of the Owner by
paying the charges as decided by the Owner from time to time. In case of nonavailability of testing facility with the Owner, the required test shall be carried out at the
cost and expense of the Contractor at Government or any other testing laboratory as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 32 of 79
CONTRACT

4.20.3 If any tests are required to be carried out in connection with the work or materials or
workmanship not supplied by the Contractor, such tests shall be carried out by the
Contractor as per the instructions of Engineer-in-Charge and cost of such tests shall be
reimbursed by the Owner.
4.21
SAMPLES
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge for Approval when requested or
if required by the Specifications, adequate samples of all materials and finishes to be
used in the Work. Such samples shall be submitted before the Work is commenced
and in ample time to permit tests and examinations thereof. The Contractor shall
ensure that all materials furnished and finishing applied in actual Work shall be fully
identical to the Approved samples.
4.22
ACTION AND COMPENSATION IN CASE OF BAD WORK

If it shall appear to the Engineer-in-Charge that any work has been executed with
unsound, imperfect or unskilled workmanship, or with materials of any inferior
description, or that any materials or articles provided by the Contractor for the
execution of the work are unsound or of a quality inferior to that contracted for, or
otherwise not in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall on demand in
writing from the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative, specifying the
work, materials or articles complained of, notwithstanding that the same have been
inadvertently passed, certified and paid for forthwith shall rectify or remove and
reconstruct the works specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or
articles at his own expense and cost, and in the event of failure to do so within a period
to be specified by the Engineer-in-Charge in his demand aforesaid, the Contractor
shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of one percent of the estimated cost of
the whole work, for every week limited to a maximum of 10 percent of the estimated
cost the whole work, while his failure to do so shall continue and in the case of any
such failure the Engineer-in-Charge may on expiry of notice period rectify or remove
and re-execute the work or remove and replace with others, the materials or articles
complained of as the case may be, at the risk and expense of the Contractor in all
respects. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to any question raising under this
clause shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Contractor.
4.23
SUSPENSION OF WORKS
i)
Subject to the provisions of sub-para (ii) of this clause, the Contractor shall, if
ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative temporarily
suspend the works or any part thereof for such period and such time as so ordered
and shall not, after receiving such written order, proceed with the Work therein
ordered to be suspended, until he shall have received a written order to proceed
therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to claim compensation for any loss or
damage sustained by him by reason of temporary suspension of the Works
aforesaid. An extension of time for completion corresponding with the delay caused
by any such suspension of the works as aforesaid will be granted to the Contractor,
should he apply for the same, provided that suspension was not consequent to any
default or failure on the part of the Contractor and provided such extension does not
cause any losses to the Owner on account of shut down of Owners facility for more
than the stipulated time.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 33 of 79
CONTRACT

ii) In case of suspension of entire work, ordered in writing by Engineer-in-Charge, for

a period of more than 6 (six) months, the Contractor shall have the option to
terminate the Contract. In such termination, the Contractor shall be entitled to
amounts for such work as duly executed by the Contractor, to the satisfaction of
the Owner and no other amounts/ compensation of any nature shall be paid to the
Contractor for such suspended period.
4.24
OWNER MAY DO PART OF WORK

Upon failure of the Contractor to comply with any instructions given in accordance with
the provisions of the Contract, the Owner shall, subject to Clause 3.5.7 additionally
have the right to place additional labour force, tools, equipments and materials on
such parts of the work, instead of assuming charge for the entire Work. In such cases,
the Owner may designate or also engage another contractor to carry out the said work.
In such cases, the Owner shall deduct from the amount which otherwise might become
due to the Contractor, the cost of such work and materials with ten percent added to
cover all departmental charges and should the total amount thereof exceed the amount
due to the Contractor, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
4.25
POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETION

The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to take possession of or use any
completed or partially completed work or part of the work at any time, with or without
notice. Such possession or use shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of any work
completed in accordance with the Contract. If such prior possession or use by the
Engineer-in-Charge delays the progress of work, equitable adjustment in the time of
completion will be made and the Contract shall be deemed to be modified accordingly,
at the option of the Owner.
4.26
TWELVE MONTHS PERIOD OF LIABILITY FROM THE DATE OF ISSUE OF

4.26.1 The Contractor shall guarantee the work executed for a period of 12 months from the
date of issue of Completion Certificate. Any damage or defect, that may lie
undiscovered at the time of issue of Completion Certificate, connected in any way with
the Equipment or materials supplied by him or in the workmanship shall be rectified or
replaced by the Contractor at his own cost and expense as deemed necessary by the
Engineer-in-Charge or in default, the Engineer-in-Charge may cause the same made
good by other workmen and deduct expenses (for which the certificate of Engineer-inCharge shall be final) from any sums that may be then or at any time thereafter,
become due to the Contractor or from his Security Deposit / Contract Performance
Guarantee.
4.26.2 If the Contractor feels that any variation in work or quality of materials or proportions
would be beneficial or necessary to fulfill the guarantees called for, he shall bring this to
the notice of the Engineer-in-Charge in writing. The work will not be considered as
complete and taken over by the Owner until all the temporary works, labour, Site office
and staff colonies etc. constructed by the Contractor is removed and work site cleaned
to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 34 of 79
CONTRACT

4.26.3 Care of Work - From the commencement to completion of Works, the Contractor shall
take full responsibility for the care of all Works including all temporary work, and in
case any damage or loss or injury happens to the Work or any part thereof or to any
temporary work, from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall at its own cost and
expense, repair and make good the same, so that at completion the work shall be in
good order and in conformity in every respect with the requirements of the Contract,
the Engineer-in-Charge's instructions and the Contract Documents.
4.26.4 Defects prior to taking over - At any time, before the work is taken over, the Engineerin-Charge shall
a) Decide that any work done or materials used by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor is defective or not in accordance with the Contract or the Approval
issued by EIC or that the Works or any portion thereof are defective or do not fulfill
the requirements of Contract (all such matters being herein after called 'Defects' in
this clause) and
b) As soon as reasonably practicable, gives to the Contractor, notice, in writing of the
said Defect specifying particulars of the defects alleged to exist or to have
occurred, then the Contractor shall at his own cost and expense and with all speed
make good the Defects so specified.
In the case the Contractor shall fail to do so, the Owner may subject to Clause 3.5.7
take, at the cost and expense of the Contractor, steps such as may in all
circumstances be reasonable to make good such Defects. The expenditure, so
incurred by the Owner shall be recovered from the amount due to the Contractor or
from the Security Deposit/Contract Performance Guarantee. The decision of the
Engineer-in-Charge with regard to the amount to be recovered from the Contractor will
be final and binding on the Contractor. As soon as the Works have been completed in
accordance unless otherwise approved by the EIC, in writing. If any defect is not,
remedied within a reasonable time, the Owner may proceed to do the Work at the
Contractor's cost, risk and expense and deduct from the final bill or the Security
Deposit such amount as may be decided by the Owner. If by reason of any default on
the part of the Contractor a Completion Certificate has not been issued in respect of
every portion of the Work within one month after the date fixed in the Contract for the
completion of the Works, the Owner shall be at his liberty to use the Works or any
portion thereof in respect of which a Completion Certificate has not been issued
provided that the Works or the portion thereof so used as aforesaid shall be afforded
reasonable opportunity for completing these works for the issue of Completion
Certificate.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 35 of 79
CONTRACT

SECTION V
CONTRACTORS FIELD ORGANIZATION / SUB-CONTRACTORS AND EQUIPMENTS
5.1
OFFICE ACCOMMODATION AT SITE

The Contractor shall provide and maintain an office at the Site at his own cost and
expense for the accommodation of his agents and staff and such office shall be open
at all reasonable hours to receive instruction, notices or other communications from the
Owner/ EIC.
The Contractor shall also provide, erect and maintain where directed by the Owner,
simple watertight office accommodation for the Owner/ EIC / their personnel. The
accommodation shall be well lighted, ventilated and provided with windows, doors with
a lock. This should be minimum of 250 sq. ft. area with a provision of a separate toilet.
5.2
CONTRACTORS FIELD ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT

Contractor's Site In-charge : The Contractor shall, for the entire term of the
Contract, keep on his roles, qualified and competent engineers, one of whom will be
designated as Site In-Charge and who will be responsible for the carrying out of the
Works to the true meaning of the Drawings, Specifications and Schedule of the
Quantities. Any instructions and directions given by the Owner/ EIC to the Site InCharge shall be deemed to have been issued to the Contractor. Attention is called to
the importance of requesting instructions from the Owner/ EIC before undertaking any
Work where Owners/ EICs directions or instructions are required. Any Work done in
advance of such instructions will be liable to be removed by the Contractor at his own
cost and expense, and without any liability to the Owner.
Equipment: The Contractor shall provide and install all necessary hoists, ladders,
scaffolding, tools, tackles, plants, Equipments, transport for labour / materials and plant
necessary for the proper carrying on execution and completion of the Work, to the
satisfaction of the Owner/EIC.
Watchman : The Contractor shall make his own security arrangements to guard the
Site and premises at all times, at his own cost and expense. The security arrangements
shall be adequate to maintain strict control on the movement of material, Equipments
and labour. The Contractor shall extend the security arrangements to guard the materials stored and/or fixed on the premises by the Subcontractor(s) also. It is clarified that
this security arrangement to be made by the Contractor shall be subject to & under the
control of the overall security arrangement of the Refinery which is controlled by the
Owner.
Storage of Materials: The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain proper
sheds for the storage and protection of the materials etc. and also for the execution
of Work which may be prepared on the Site.
Scaffolding, Staging, Guard-rails: The Contractor shall provide steel scaffolding,
staging, guard-rails, and temporary stairs which shall be required during construction or
for execution of Work. The support for the scaffolding, staging, guard-rails and
temporary stairs shall be strong and adequate for the particular situation. The
temporary access, if any set up shall be rigid and strong enough to avoid any chance of
mishaps. The arrangement proposed shall be subject to the Approval of the Owner/
EIC.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 36 of 79
CONTRACT
5.3

EQUIPMENT AND STAFF ASSISTANCE FROM THE CONTRACTOR

Theodolite, levels, plumb bobs, prismatic compass, chain, steel and metallic tapes and all
other electrical/electronic instruments found necessary for the Works shall be provided by
the Contractor for the due performance of the Contract and as instructed by Owner/ EIC.
The EIC, Clerk of works or a personnel authorized by EIC may use any or all measurement
instruments or tools belonging to the Contractor as and when he chooses to, for checking
the complete Works as well as the work in progress.
The Contractor will provide all scaffolding and ladders that may be necessary for taking
measurement at Site
The Contractor should provide all the apparatus required for conducting on site tests.
The Contractor shall provide the following Equipments and machinery in good working
condition and in the required number at the Site during the entire period of the Contract, as
and when required:
(i) No plant, machinery, temporary works, Equipments or materials or any part thereof
shall be removed from the Site, without the consent of the Owner, which shall not
be unreasonably withheld where the same is no longer immediately required for the
purpose of completion of the works.
(ii) The Owner shall not, at any time be liable for the loss of or injury to any of the
Equipment, plant, machinery, temporary works or materials which have been
deemed to become the property of the Owner under sub-clause (i) of this Clause.
5.4
CONTRACTORS SUBORDINATE STAFF AND THEIR CONDUCTS
5.4.1
The Contractor, on the date of award of the Contract, shall name and depute a
qualified engineer having sufficient experience in carrying out work of similar nature to
whom the equipments, materials, if any, shall be issued and instructions for Works
given. The Contractor shall also provide, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge
sufficient and qualified staff to superintend the execution of the Works, competent subagents, supervisor and leading hands including those specially qualified by previous
experience to supervise the type of Works comprised in the Contract in such manner
as will ensure work of the best quality and expeditious working. Whenever in the
opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, additional properly qualified supervision staff is
considered necessary, they shall be employed by the Contractor without additional
charges on account thereof. The Contractor shall ensure to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge that Subcontractors, if any shall provide competent and efficient
supervision over the Work entrusted to them.
5.4.2
If and whenever any of the Contractors or Subcontractor's agents, assistants,

supervisor or other employees, are in the opinion of Engineer-in-Charge guilty of any
misconduct or be incompetent or insufficiently qualified or negligent in the performance
of their duties or that in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer-in-Charge, it is
undesirable for administrative or any other reason for such person or persons to be
employed in the Works, the Contractor, if so directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, shall
at once remove such person or persons from his employment thereon. Any person or
persons so removed from the Works shall not again be employed in connection with
the Works without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any person so
removed from the Works shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor, at his own
cost and expense by a qualified and competent substitute. Should the Contractor be
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 37 of 79
CONTRACT

requested to repatriate any person removed from the Works, he shall do so and shall
bear all costs in connection herewith.
5.4.3
All Contractors personnel entering upon the Owners premises shall be properly
identified by badges issued by the Owner which must be worn all times on Owners
premises.
5.5
LABOUR
The Contractor shall employ labour in sufficient number either directly or through
Subcontractors, when such subletting is permitted, to maintain the required rate of
progress and of quality to ensure workmanship or the degree specified in the Contract
and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
The Contractor shall employ no child labour and shall comply with the provisions of
Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation Act) 1986. If female labour is engaged the
Contractor shall make necessary provisions for safeguarding small children and
keeping them clear of the site of operation. Labours may be permitted to stay at the
designated area at the Site. However any compliance required to be made or any
deposits to be paid with local regulating authorities shall be done/borne by the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all wages, salaries, allowances and
payments of whatever nature due and payable to the workman, staff, officers, and
technicians engaged by him for the purpose of completion of the Contract, directly
without intervention of any intermediaries & without any liability to the Owner.
The Contractor also undertakes that no amount by way of commission or otherwise is
deducted by him or intermediaries from the wages of the workmen. It is specifically
understood and agreed between the parties that there is no priority of contract
between the Owner and the workmen, staff, Subcontractors and officers engaged by
the Contractor and that it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor for payment
of dues to such workmen, staff and officers. It is further clarified that these workmen,
staff, officers etc., hired by the Contractor shall not have any claims of any nature
against the Owner and all their claims shall lie only against the Contractor or the
Subcontractor, as the case may be.
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge fort nightly a distributions return of
the number and descriptions by trade of the people employed on the Works. The
Contractor shall also submit on the 4th and 19th of every month to the Engineer-in-Charge
a true statement showing in respect of the second half of the preceding month and first half
of the current month (i) the circumstance under which they happened and the extent of
damage and injury caused by them (ii) the member of female workers who have been
allowed maternity benefits provided under the provisions of the Maternity Benefit Act, 1961
and the rules framed there under. In the event of any loss/ damages caused to the Owner
on account of the failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with the applicable
provisions of the Labour Regulations as detailed in Clause 5.7 below, then without
prejudice to the other rights available to the Owner under the terms of this Contact, the
Contractor shall be liable to indemnify the Owner and hold it harmless to the extent of such
loss/ damage suffered by the Owner (including payments if any made by the Owner under
and for observance of the Labour regulations). It is clarified that such liability on the part of
the Contractor shall be without prejudice to its right to claim indemnity from its
Subcontractor.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 38 of 79
CONTRACT
5.6

SUB-CONTRACTS
The whole of the Works included in the Contract shall be executed by the Contractor to
whom the Work is entrusted and the Contractor shall not directly or indirectly transfer
assign or undulate the Contract or any part share thereof or any interest therein
without the prior written consent of the Owner and no undertakings shall relieve the
Contractor from the full and entire responsibilities of the Contract or from active
superintendence of the Works during the progress.
The Contractor or his agent shall be in attendance at the superintend the executions of
Works with such additional assistance in each trade as the Engineer-in-Charge may
consider necessary. Order given to the Contractor's agent shall be considered to have the
same force as if they have been given to the Contractor himself.
The Contractor will be responsible for the complete co-ordination of all the Works
including that of Subcontractors, for arranging runs of all services and working to the
requirements and layouts of the specialists trades for execution of the Works.
(i) The Contractor shall make payment to the nominated Subcontractor within three
days of the Contractors receipts of the payment from the Owner against the
Contractors certificates, provided that before any certificate is issued, the
Contractor shall upon request, furnish to the Owner proof that all nominated
Subcontractors accounts included in previous certificate have been duly
discharged in default whereof the Owner may pay the nominated Subcontractor
upon a certificate of the Owner and deduct the amount thereof from any sums due
to the Contractor. The exercise of the power shall not create privity of contract as
between Owner and Subcontractor.
(ii) The Owner in their absolute discretion may recommend payment to the nominated
Subcontractor directed by the Owner and deduct the amount thereof from the same
due or which may become due to the Contractor or recover the same as a debt
from the Contractor.
5.7
LABOUR REGULATIONS
The Contractor will comply with, carry out, observe and perform all the provisions of
the Contract Labour (Regulations and Abolition Act), 1970(as amended from time to
time) and the rules framed there under, the Minimum Wages Act 1948 (as amended
from time to time) and the rules framed there under, the Payment of Wages Act 1936
(as amended from time to time) and the rules framed there under, the Workers
Compensation Act 1923 (as amended from time to time) and the rules framed there
under, the Employees Provident Fund And Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952 (as
amended from time to time) and the rules and the schemes framed there under, the
Employees State Insurance Act 1948 (as amended from time to time) and the rules
framed there under, the Maternity Benefit Act 1961 (as amended from time to time)
and the rules framed there under, the Industrial Dispute Act, 1947 (as amended from
time to time) and the rules framed there under, and all other applicable central as well
as state acts, laws, rules, regulations, notifications and orders, as may be in force from
time to time in relation to labour, contract labour, workmen, employees and conditions
of their service (Labour Regulations).
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 39 of 79
CONTRACT

The Contractor shall also ensure and be responsible to see that any Subcontractor to
whom he may have sub-contracted any part of the Work also complies with, carries out
and observes all the provisions of the Labour Regulations.
If the Contractor or the Subcontractor(s) shall fail to comply with, carry out, observe or
perform or shall commit a breach of any of the provisions of the Labour Regulations,
and if the Owner there upon complies with the said Labour Regulations and for that
purpose has to make any payment or payments of any nature whatsoever to the labour
employed by the Contractor or by the Subcontractor or the Owner suffer any losses,
damages, costs, charges and expenses and the Contractor or any Subcontractor of his
fails to comply with, carry out, observe or perform or shall commit a breach of any of
the provisions of the Labour Regulations and as a result thereof the Owner is
prosecuted or any legal or other proceeding are taken against the Owner and the
Owner suffers any other losses or damages then the Contractor shall indemnify and
keep and hold the Owner and all its employees harmless and indemnified against all
such payments which the Owner may be required or may have to make whether to the
workman of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor or to any other party or parties or
authority or authorities whatsoever and against all such fines, penalties, compensation,
damages or other amounts as aforesaid and against all losses, damages, cost,
charges and expenses. It may be clarified that the above shall be without prejudice to
any other rights or remedies which the Owner may have against the Contractor under
the Contract Documents, Applicable Laws or in equity, for the recovery of the aforesaid
amounts mentioned in this Clause. The Owner shall further be entitled to deduct all
such amounts from any payments, that may be or may become due to the Contractor
under the Contract Documents or under any other contract or otherwise howsoever.
The EIC shall certify the amount or amounts to be so paid by the Contractor to the
Owner and his certificate in respect thereof shall be final and binding on the
Contractor.
5.8
SITE ORDER BOOK

The Engineer-in-Charge shall communicate or confirm his instructions to the Contractor in
respect of the executions of Work in a work site order book maintained in the office of
EIC. The Site In-Charge shall confirm receipt of such instructions by signing the relevant
entries in the book.
Any instructions issued by the Site-in-Charge orally, shall be of no immediate effect but
shall be confirmed in writing by the Contractor to the Site-in-Charge within seven days and
if not dissented from in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge to the Contractor within 7 days
from receipt of Contractors confirmation shall take effect as from the expirations of the
letter said 7 days.
Provided always that (a) if the Engineer-in-Charge within 7 days of giving such oral
instructions himself confirm the same in writing, then the Contractor shall not be obliged to
confirm as aforesaid and the said instruction shall take effect as from the date of Engineerin-Charges confirmation and (b) provided that if neither the Contractor nor the Engineer-incharge shall confirm such oral instructions in the manner and at the time aforesaid but the
Contractor shall nevertheless comply with the same then the Engineer-In-Charge may
confirm the same in writing at any time prior to the issue of the Final Certificate and the
said instructions shall there upon be deemed to have taken effect on the date on which it
was issued.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 40 of 79
CONTRACT

The Contractor shall provide and do everything necessary for the proper execution of
the Works according to the true intent and meaning of the Drawings and Specifications
taken together, whether the same may or may not be particularly shown on the
Drawings or Described in the Schedule of Quantities, provided that the same can be
reasonably inferred therein from. Figured dimensions and all dimensions and
particulars to be taken from the actual work.
The whole of the Work must be proceeded with such section and at such times as
directed by the Owner.
The EIC may, from time to time, issue further drawings or written instructions which are
hereafter collectively referred to as EICs Instructions in regard to:a) The variation or modification of the design quality or quantity of Works or the
addition or omission or substitution of any Work.
b) Any discrepancy in the Drawings or between the Schedule of Quantities and / or
drawings and /or specifications.
c) The removal from the Site of any materials brought thereon by the Contractor
and/or the substitution on any material thereof.
d) The removal or re-execution or both of any Works executed by the Contractor.
e) The dismissal from the Works of any persons employed thereupon.
f)
The opening up for inspection of any Work covered up.
g) The amending and making good of any defects of Works improperly carried out.
The Contractor shall forthwith comply with and execute any Work comprised in such
EICs Instructions. Any instructions given verbally shall be deemed as instructions
for the proper execution of the Works as long as they do not involve any extra
charges.
If the Contractor after receipt of written notice from the EIC requiring compliance
within seven days fails to comply with such Drawings or EICs instructions or both as
the EIC may issue, Owner may employ and pay other persons to execute any such
work whatsoever that may be necessary to give effect to such Drawings on EICs
instructions and all cost incurred in connection therewith as certified by the EIC shall
become due to the Contractor under the Contract or may be recovered as a debt.
5.9
CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY WITH THE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL

INTER-COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND OTHER AGENCIES
Without repugnance to any other condition, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
executing the Work and to work in close co-operation and co-ordinate the works with other
contractors or their authorized representatives and the Contractor will put up a joint
scheme, showing the arrangements, with other contractors/agencies for carrying his
portion of Work to the Engineer-in-Charge, and get the Approval. The Contractor before
finally submitting the schemes to the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the written agreement
to such scheme of the other agencies. The Engineer-in-Charge, before communicating his
Approval of the scheme, with any required modifications shall get the final agreement of all
the agencies, which shall be binding. No claim in any manner whatsoever shall be
entertained on account of the above.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 41 of 79
CONTRACT

The Contractor shall conform in all respects, with the provisions of any statutory
regulations, ordinances or by laws of any local or duly constituted authorities or public
bodies which may be applicable from time to time to the Works or any temporary works.
The Contractor shall keep the Owner harmless and indemnified against any and all
penalties and liabilities of every kind arising out of non-adherence to any Applicable Laws.
5.10
OTHER AGENTS AT SITE

The Contractor shall have to execute the Work in such place and condition where other
agencies will also be engaged for other works such as site grading, filling and leveling,
electrical and mechanical engineering works etc. No claim shall be entertained to Works
being executed in the above circumstances.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 42 of 79
CONTRACT

SECTION VI
CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS
6.1
SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PAYMENTS

i)
CONTRACTOR'S REMUNERATION
The price to be paid by the Owner to the Contractor for the whole of the Work to be
done and the performance of all the obligations undertaken by the Contractor
under the Contract Documents shall be ascertained by the application of the
respective Schedule of Rates (the inclusive nature of which is more particularly
defined by way of application but not of limitation, with the succeeding sub-clause
of this clause) and payment to be made accordingly for the Work actually executed
and Approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The sum so ascertained shall (excepting
only as and to the extent expressly provided herein) constitute the sole and
inclusive remuneration of the Contractor under the Contract and no further
payment whatsoever shall be or become due or payable to the Contractor under
the Contract.
ii) SCHEDULE OF RATES TO BE INCLUSIVE

The prices/ rates quoted by the Contractor shall remain firm till the issue of Final
Certificate and shall not be subject to escalation. Schedule of Rates, shall be
deemed to include and cover all costs, expense and liabilities of every description
and all risk of every kind to be taken in executing, completing and handing over the
Work to the Owner by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be deemed to have
known the nature, scope, magnitude and the extent of the Works and materials
required, though the Contract Documents may not fully and precisely furnish them.
He shall make such provision in the Schedule of Rates as he may consider
necessary to cover the cost of such items of work and materials as may be
reasonable and necessary to complete the Works. The opinion of the Engineer-inCharge as to the items of work which are necessary and reasonable for completion
of work shall be final and binding on the Contractor, although the same may not be
shown on or described specially in the Contract Documents.
Generality of this present provision shall not be deemed to cut down or limited in
any way because in certain cases it may and in other cases it may not be expressly
stated that the Contractor shall do or perform a work or supply articles or perform
services at his own cost or without addition of payment or without extra charges or
words to the same effect or that it may be stated or not stated that the same are
included in and covered by the Schedule of Rates.
iii ) SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER EQUIPMENTS, MATERIALS, LABOUR ETC.
Without in any way limiting the provision of the preceding sub-clause, the Schedule
of Rates shall be deemed to include and cover the cost of all constructional work,
temporary work (except as provided for herein), pumps, materials, labour, the
insurance, fuel, stores, and appliances to be supplied by the Contractor and other
matters in connection with each item in the Schedule of Rates and the execution of
the Works or any portion thereof, finished complete in every respect and
maintained as shown or described in the Contract Documents or may be ordered in
writing during the continuance of the Contract.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 43 of 79
CONTRACT

iv) SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER ROYALTIES, RENTS AND CLAIMS

The Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include and cover the cost of all
royalties and fees for the articles and processes, protected by letters, or otherwise
incorporated in or used in connection with the Works, also all royalties, rents and
other payments in connection with obtaining materials of whatsoever kind for the
Works and shall include an indemnity to the Owner which the Contractor hereby
gives against all actions, proceedings, claims, damages, costs and expenses
arising from the incorporation in or use on the Works of any such articles,
processes or materials. Octroi or other municipal or local board charges if levied on
materials, equipment or machineries to be brought to the Site for use on Work shall
be borne by the Contractor.
v) SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER TAXES AND DUTIES
No exemption or reduction of customs duties, excise duties, sales tax, quay or any
port dues, transport charges, stamp duties or state Government or local body or
Municipal Taxes or duties, Taxes or charges shall be deemed to be included in and
covered by the Schedule of Rates. The Contractor shall also obtain and pay for all
permits or other privileges necessary to complete the work.
vi) SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER RISKS OF DELAY
The Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include and cover the risk of all
possibilities of delay and interference with the Contractor's conduct of Work which
occur from any cause including orders of the Owner, in the exercise of his powers
and on account of extension of time granted due to various reasons and for all
other possible or probable causes of delay.
vii) SCHEDULE OF RATES CANNOT BE ALTERED
For work under unit rate basis, no alteration will be allowed in the schedule of item
of Works(i.e. description of item) or any of them being modified, altered, extended,
diminished or omitted. The Schedule of Rates are fully inclusive rates which have
been fixed by the Contractor and agreed to by the Owner and cannot be altered.
For such unit rate contract, the payment will be made according to the Work
actually carried out, for which purpose an item wise, work wise, Schedule of Rates
shall be furnished, suitable for evaluating the value of Work done and preparing
running account bills.
6.2
6.3
LUMPSUM ITEMS IN TENDER

For the items in the Tender where it includes lump sum in respect of parts of work the
Contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items at the same rates as are
payable under the Contract for such items, or if the part of the Work in question is not
complete/ not capable of measurement, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, the
Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion approve the lump sum amount entered in the
Tender or a percentage thereof and the certificate in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge
shall be final and conclusive against the Contractor with regards to any sum of or sums
payable to him under the provisions of this clause.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 44 of 79
CONTRACT
6.4

RUNNING ACCOUNT PAYMENTS TO BE REGARDED AS ADVANCES

All running account payments shall be regarded as payment by way of advance
against the final payment only and not as payments for work actually done and
completed and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect, or
unskilled work to be removed and taken away and reconstructed or re-erected or be
considered as an admission of the due performance of the Contract, or any part
thereof in this respect, or of the accruing of any claim by the Contractor, nor shall it
conclude, determine or effect in any way the powers of the Owner under these
conditions or any of them as to the final settlement and the adjustments of the
accounts or otherwise, or in any other way vary or effect the Contract. The final bill
shall be submitted by the Contractor within one month of the date of physical
completion of the Work, otherwise the Engineer-in-Charge certificate of the
measurement and of total amount payable for the Work accordingly shall be final and
binding on all parties.
The Contractor shall make out an assessment of the Work performed during the
preceding week and submit a Weekly Running Account Bill (in the form prescribed by
the Owner) in triplicate to the Site Engineer for the work performed during the said
month/ period.
If there has been an omission or failure to perform any service(s)/ work during the
month/ period, Contractor shall make a deduction from the Running Account Bill for
each such omission or failure at the rate(s) elsewhere herein prescribed in this behalf
and in respect of any omission or failure for which no specific rate for deduction has
been prescribed, at the rate(s) or in the amount(s) specified in this behalf by the
Engineer-in- Charge.
The amount certified for payment by the Engineer-in-Charge on any Running Account
Bill shall be conclusive for the determination of any on account payment and no claim
shall be entertained by the Owner contrary thereto or in contradiction thereof. Payment
of the Running Account Bills shall be made to the Contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of
receipt and acceptance of relative Bill(s) by the Site Engineer. Final Bill payment will
be released within 30 days time.
6.5
NOTICE OF CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL PAYMENT

Should the Contractor consider that he is entitled to any extra payment or
compensation or to make any claims whatsoever in respect of the works, he shall
forthwith give notice in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge that he intends to claim extra
payment and/or compensation. Such notice shall be given to the Engineer-in-Charge
within two days from the ordering of any work or happening of any event upon which
the Contractor bases such claims, and such notice shall contain full particulars of the
nature of such claim with full details and amount claimed. Failure on part of the
Contractor to put forward any claim with the necessary particulars as above within the
time above shall be an absolute waiver thereof.
6.6
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 45 of 79
CONTRACT
6.7

RECEIPT OF PAYMENT
Receipt for payment made on account of work when executed by a firm must be
signed by a person holding due power of attorney in this respect on behalf of the
Contractor, except when the Contractor are described in their tender as a limited
company in which case the receipts must be signed in the name of the company by
one of its principal officers or by some other person having authority to give effectual
receipt for the company.
6.8
RATES FOR SAME ITEMS OF WORK

In case where the same item of work is mentioned at one or more places in the
Schedule of Quantities, the lowest of the rates quoted by the Contractor for the item
shall be taken for the payment of this item.
6.9
DEDUCTION FOR UNCORRECTED WORK

If the Owner deems in-expedient to correct work damaged or not done in accordance
with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the Contract price shall be made
therefore.
6.10
FLUCTUATIONS
The Contractor shall not claim any extras for fluctuation of price and the Contract Price
shall not be subject to any rise or fall of prices.
6.11
UNFIXED GOODS AND MATERIALS

Unfixed materials and goods intended, delivered to and placed on adjacent to the work
shall not be removed except for use upon the work unless the Owner/ Architect has
consented in writing to such removal which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld. Where the value of any such materials or goods has been included in any
Interim Certificate under the Contract for which the Contractor has received payment,
such material and goods shall become the property of the Owner.
6.12
6.12.1 Application for Completion Certificate

When the Contractor fulfills his obligation under clause 4.26.4 he shall be eligible to
apply for Completion Certificate. The Contractor may apply for separate Completion
Certificate in respect of each such portion of the work by submitting the completion
documents along with such application for Completion Certificate.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall normally issue to the Contractor the Completion
Certificate within one month after receiving an application therefor from the Contractor
after verifying from the completion documents and satisfying himself that the work has
been completed in accordance with and as set out in the construction and erection
drawings and the Contract Documents.
The Contractor, after obtaining the Completion Certificate is eligible to present the final
bill for the work executed by him under the terms of Contract.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 46 of 79
CONTRACT

6.12.2 Completion Certificate

Within10 days of the completion of the work in all respects the Contractor shall be
furnished with a certificate in the format (attached herewith as Appendix-D) by the
Engineer-in-Charge of such completion, but no certificate shall be given nor shall the
work be deemed to have been executed until all scaffolding, surplus materials and
rubbish is cleared off the site completely or until the work shall have been measured by
the Engineer-in-Charge whose measurement shall be binding and conclusive. The
work will not be considered complete and taken over by the Owner, until all the
temporary works are removed & cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
If the Contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this clause on or before
the date fixed for the completion of the work, the Engineer-in-Charge may at the
expense of the Contractor remove such temporary works and dispose of the same as
he thinks fit and clean off the site to his entire satisfaction, and the Contractor shall
forthwith pay the amount of all expenses so incurred and shall have no claim in respect
of any such temporary works as aforesaid, except for any sum actually realized by the
sale thereof.
Completion Certificate Documents - For the purpose of clause 5.8, the following will be
deemed to form the completion documents.
i)
The Technical documents according to which the work was carried out.
ii) Three sets of construction drawings showing therein the modification and
corrections made during the course of execution signed by the EIC.
iii) Completion Certificate for 'embedded' and 'covered' up works.
iv) Certificates of tests performed for various works.
v) Certificates of final levels as set out for various works.
vi) Materials appropriation statement for the materials issued by the Owner for the
works and list of surplus materials returned to the Owner's store duly supported by
necessary documents.
6.13
FINAL DECISION AND FINAL CERTIFICATE

Upon Expiry of the period of liability and subject to the Engineer-in-Charge being
satisfied that the works have been duly maintained by the Contractor during monsoon
or such period as herein before provided in clause 4.26.1 and that the Contractor has
in all respect duly made up any subsidence and performed all his obligations under the
Contract, the Engineer-in-Charge shall (without prejudice to the rights of the Owner to
retain the provisions of relevant clause hereof) give a certificate herein referred to as
the Final Certificate to that effect. The Contractor shall not be considered to have
fulfilled the whole of his obligations under the Contract until Final Certificate have been
given by the Engineer-in-Charge notwithstanding any previous entry upon the work
and taking possession, working or using of the same or any part thereof by the Owner.
6.14
CERTIFICATE AND PAYMENTS NO EVIDENCE OF COMPLETION

Except the Final Certificate, no other certificates or payments against a certificate or on
general account shall be taken to be an admission by the Owner of the due
performance of the Contract of any part thereof or of occupancy or validity of any claim
by the Contractor.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 47 of 79
CONTRACT

SECTION VII
TAXES AND INSURANCE
7.1
INCOME TAX, WORKS CONTRACT TAX, SALES TAX, MISCELLANEOUS

PAYMENTS
a) Royalty
All royalties etc., as may be required for any Borrow Areas, including right of
way etc. to be arranged by Contractor shall be deemed to have been included
in the quoted prices.
Contractor's quoted rates should include the royalty on different applicable
items as per the prevailing State Government rates. Any increase in prevailing
rate of royalty shall be borne by the Contractor at no extra cost to Owner.
Royalty, only for free issue materials, if any, shall be borne by Owner.
b) Income tax/ other statutory deductions at the prevailing rate will be deducted
from Contractors bills as per Income Tax Ac t/ other Applicable Laws.
c) Service Tax
i.
Refer Special Condition of Contract (SCC).
ii.
As per Cenvat Credit Rules 2004, Owner can avail credit on payment of
service tax to the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish the following
information in invoice, bill / challan issued by him:
Name and address of the Contractor

Service tax registration number/ STC No.
Sr. no. of the invoice / bill / challan
Date of issue
Description and value of input service
Service tax paid/ payable
d) Cenvat
i.
It is to be noted that the Contractor shall be required to submit the valid

documentary evidence(s) for Excise Duty paid by them to concerned
authorities for Owner to claim CENVAT benefit.
ii.
Necessary documents such as Transporters copy of challan/ Bill of Entry

Triplicate Copy for availing CENVAT benefit to be given in thename of the
Owner indicating consignee as the Owner for availing Excise Duty, Copy of
Registration with Central Excise Authority and any other document required
by the Owner shall be furnished by Contractor to enable Owner to claim
CENVAT. Payment shall only be made as per payment terms indicated in
Bidding Document against R.A. Bills against receipt of requisite document
(cenvatable documents) in this regard from the Contractor.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 48 of 79
CONTRACT

iii.
The classification of goods as per Central Excise should be correctly done to

ensure that CENVAT benefits are not lost by the Owner on account of any
error on the part of the Contractor. The Owner shall be at liberty to withhold
the payment of CENVATABLE duties (viz. Central Excise Duties etc.) if the
requirements as specified in the Clause are not fulfilled by the Contractor.
The price of materials shall stand reduced accordingly.
iv.
The Contractor shall furnish the details of Excise Duty component included
in his Price for the purpose of CENVAT benefit.
v.
The amount of ED indicated, as part of Quoted Price shall be considered for

evaluation of their offer. Contractor is required to pay all taxes and duties
nevertheless and must furnish CENVATABLE documents for the amount of
ED paid by him, subject to minimum of the amount of ED indicated by him in
the bid document.
In case Contractor fails to submit necessary
CENVATABLE documents for the amount of ED & CVD indicated and
considered for evaluation then the necessary recovery shall be made from
the Contractor bills. In case of any quantity variation during the execution of
the Contract, the above amount shall be adjusted accordingly.
e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner shall not bear any liability in respect of:
f)
i.
Personal taxes on the personnel deployed by Contractor, his Sub-Contractor

and Agent etc.
ii.
The Corporate Taxes in respect of Contractor and his Sub-Contractor and

other Agents, Indian or foreign based.
iii.
Any other taxes/ duties/levies except for those specified under para a) to e)
above.
Firm Prices
Contract Price shall remain firm and fixed till the completion of Work in all
respects and no escalation in prices on any account shall be admissible to the
Contractor.
7.2
TAXES, DUTIES, OCTROI ETC.

The Contractor agrees to and does hereby accept full and exclusive liability for the
payment of any and all taxes, duties, Octroi etc. now or hereafter imposed, increased
modified, and all the sales taxes, now in force and hereafter increased, imposed, or
modified from time to time in respect of works and materials and all contributions and
taxes for unemployment compensation, insurance and old age pensions or annuities
now or hereafter imposed by any Central or State Governmental authorities which are
imposed with respect to or covered by the wages, salaries, or other compensations
paid to the persons employed by the Contractor and the Contractor shall be
responsible for the compliance with all obligations and restrictions imposed by the
Labour Law or any other law affecting employer - employee relationship and the
Contractor further agrees to comply and secure the compliance by all subcontractors,
with all applicable Central, State, Municipal and Local laws and regulations and
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 49 of 79
CONTRACT

requirements of any Central, State or Local Government agency or authority,

Contractor further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless from any liability or
penalty which may be imposed by the Central, State or Local Authorities by reason of
any violation by Contractor or Subcontractor of such laws, regulations or requirements
and also from all claims, suits or proceeding that may be brought against the Owner
arising under, growing out of, or by reason of the work provided for by the Contract by
third parties, or by Central or State Government authority or any administrative
subdivision thereof.
7.3
STATUTORY VARIATIONS IN TAXES / DUTIES
7.3.1
Refer Special Condition of Contract (SCC).
7.4
INSURANCE
Contractor shall at his own expense carry and maintain insurance with reputable
insurance companies to the satisfaction of the Owner as follows:
i)
Employees State Insurance Act

The Contractor agrees to and does hereby accept full and exclusive liability for the
compliance with all obligations imposed by the Employees State Insurance Act,
1948, and the Contractor further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Owner
harmless from any liability or penalty which may be imposed by the Central, State
or Local Authority by reason of any asserted violation by the Contractor or
Subcontractor, of the Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 and also from all
claims suits or proceedings that may be brought against the Owner arising under,
growing out of or by reason of the work provided for by the Contract whether
brought by employees of the Contractor, by third parties or by Central or State
Government authority or any political subdivision thereof.
The Contractor agrees to filling, with the Employees State Insurance Corporation,
the Declaration Forms and all forms which may be required in respect of the
Contractor's or Subcontractor's employees and who are employed in the work
provided for or those covered by ESI Act under any amendment to the Act from time
to time. The Contractor shall deduct and secure the agreement of the subcontractor
to deduct the employee's contribution as per the first schedule of the Employee
State Insurance Act from wages and affix the Employee's contribution Cards at
Wages payment intervals. The Contractor shall remit and secure the agreement of
the subcontractor to remit to the State Bank of India, Employees State Insurance
Corporation Account, the Employee's contribution as required by the Act. The
Contractor agrees to maintain all Cards and records as required under the Act in
respect of employees and the payments and the Contractor shall secure the
agreement of the subcontractor to maintain such records. Any expenses incurred
for the contributions, making contribution or maintaining records shall be to the
Contractor's or subcontractor's account.
The Owner shall retain such sum as may necessary, from the total contract value
until the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory proof that all contributions as required
by the employees State Insurance Act, 1948 have been paid.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 50 of 79
CONTRACT

ii) Workman's Compensation and Employee's Liability Insurances

Insurance shall be effected for all the Contractor's employees engaged in the
performance of the Contract. If any of the work is sublet, the Contractor shall require
the subcontractor to provide workman's compensation and employee's liability
insurance for the latter's employees if such employees are not covered under the
Contractor's insurance.
iii) Any other insurance required under Applicable Law or regulations or by
Owner
Owner shall cover Project Materials and Equipment under an overall Marine-cumErection Insurance Policy. Contractor shall carry and maintain any and all other
insurance's which may be required under any law or regulation from time to time.
He shall also carry and maintain any other insurance which may be required by the
Owner.
iv) Automobile Liability Insurance
Contractor shall take out an Automobile Liability Insurance to cover all risks to
Owner for each of his vehicles plying on works of the Contract and these insurances
shall be valid for the total contract period. No extra payments will be made for this
insurance. Owner shall not be liable for any damage or loss not made good by the
insurance company, should such damage or loss result from unauthorized use of
the Vehicle.
v) Third party risk liability insurance1
A policy to cover 3rd party risk liability to the following limits shall be taken by the
Contractor:
7.5
i.
Maximum damage payable in the grant of single accident Rs. 1,00,000 only
(Rupees One Lakh Only)
ii.
Maximum damage payable in course of the entire construction period Rs.

10,00,000 only (Rupees Ten Lakhs only)
DAMAGE TO PROPERTY
i)
Contractor shall be responsible for making good, to the satisfaction of the Owner
any loss of and any damage to all structures and properties belonging to the Owner
or being executed or procured or being procured by the Owner or of other agencies
within the premises of all the work or the Owner, if such loss or damage is due to
fault and/or the negligence or willful acts or commission of the Contractor, his
employees agents, representative or subcontractor.
ii) The Contractor shall indemnify and keep the Owner harmless of all claims for
damage to property other than Owner's property arising under or by reason of this
agreement if such claims result from the fault and/or negligence or willful acts or
commissions of the Contractor his employees, agents, representative or
subcontractors.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 51 of 79
CONTRACT

SECTION VIII
LABOUR LAWS & SAFETY REGULATIONS
8.1
LABOUR LAWS
The Contractor undertakes to ensure due and complete compliance with all Applicable
Laws including without limitation the Labour Regulations, applicable to the labour,
personnel contract labour, workmen, employees employed/appointed or whose services
are otherwise availed of by the Contractor or the Subcontractor. Applicable Laws include
without limitation, (i) The Minimum Wages Act, 1948 (as amended from time to time) and
the rules framed there under, (ii) the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970
(as amended from time to time) and the rules framed there under, (iii) The Workmens
Compensation Act 1923 (as amended from time to time) and the rules framed there under,
(iv) The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 (as amended from time to time) and the rules
framed there under, (v) the Provident Fund & Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 etc.
The consideration payable under this Contract is inclusive of all the amounts payable by
the Contractor to its Subcontractors, its workmen, staff, employees, agents etc. The
Contractor shall keep the Owner harmless and indemnified, for the entire term of the
Contract and thereafter, for and against any and all demands, claims liabilities arising out
of or in relation to such payments or demands from workmen, employees, sub-contractors,
agents of the Contractor or Subcontractors or any demands or claims of any statutory and
competent authorities of the Central/ State Government. Further, the Owner shall have
right, exercisable at its discretion, to inspect the records of the Contractor/ its
Subcontractor(s) at any time and prescribe necessary correction or additional steps in this
regard for checking / ensuring compliance with this Clause and other Applicable Laws and
in the event the Contractor failing to effect such compliance within the time prescribed by
the Owner, the Owner shall be entitled to withhold from the amount payable by the Owner
to the Contractor, such amounts as are payable to the workmen/ employees/ agents/ of the
Contractor / Subcontractors or to Sub-contractors under any Applicable Laws including the
Labour Regulations and make such payments to the workmen/ employees/ agents/
Subcontractors.
8.2
IMPLEMENTATION OF APPRENTICES ACT 1961

The Contractor shall comply with provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 and the rules
/ orders issued there under from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure will be
breach of the Contract and the Engineer-in-Charge may, at his discretion, cancel the
Contract. The Contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on
account of any violation by him of the provision of the Apprentices Act, 1961.
8.3

i)
The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner and every member, officer and employee
of the Owner, also the Engineer-in-Charge and his staff against all actions,
proceedings, claims, demands, costs, expenses whatsoever arising out of or in
connection with the matters referred to in in these General Conditions of Contract
and other Contract Documents and all actions, proceedings, claims, demands,
costs and expenses which may be made against the Owner for or in respect of or
arising out of any failure by the Contractor in the performance of his obligations
under the Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be liable for or in respect of
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 52 of 79
CONTRACT

any demand or compensation payable under Applicable Law in respect of or in

consequences of any accident or injury to any workmen/ employee/ agent/
Subcontractor of the Contractor or other person in the employment of the Contractor
or his sub-contractor and the Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the
Owner against all such damages and compensations and against all claims,
damage, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof
or in relation thereto.
ii) Payment of claims and damages
Should the Owner have to pay any money in respect of such claims or demands as
aforesaid, the amount so paid and the costs and expenses so incurred by the
Owner in this regard shall be charged to and paid by the Contractor and the
Contractor shall not be at liberty to dispute or question the rights of the Owner to
demand such payments, notwithstanding the same may have been made without
his consent or authority or under Applicable Laws or otherwise to the contrary.
In every case to which by virtue of the provisions of Section 12, Subsection (i) of
the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 or other applicable provisions of the
Workmen's Compensation Act or any other act, the Owner is obliged to pay
compensation to a workmen employed by the Contractor in execution of the Works,
the Owner will recover from the Contractor, the amount of compensation so paid
and without prejudice to the rights of the Owner under the said section 12,
subsection (2) of the said act, the Owner shall be at liberty to recover such amount
or any part thereof by deducting it from the Security Deposit and / or from any sum
due payable by the Owner to the Contractor whether under the Contract or
otherwise. The Owner shall not be bound to contest any claim made under section
12, subsection (i) of the said Act except on the written request of the Contractor
and upon his giving to the Owner full security for all costs and expenses which the
Owner may incur in this regard (including reasonable legal fees) for which the
Owner might become liable, in consequence of contesting such claims.
iii) Employment Liability
a) The Contractor shall be solely and exclusively responsible for engaging or
employing persons for the execution of the Work. All employees engaged by
the Contractor shall be on his/their pay roll and paid by him/them. All disputes
or differences between the Contractor and his/their employees shall be settled
by him/them. The Owner has absolutely no liability whatsoever concerning the
employees of the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner and
keep the Owner harmless and indemnified against all losses or damages or
liability arising out of or in the course of the Contractor employing persons or
relations with his/their employees. The Contractor shall make regular and full
payment of wages and on any complaint by the any employee of the Contractor
or his Subcontractor regarding nonpayment of wages/salaries or other dues,
Owner reserves the right to make such payments directly, to such employee or
subcontractor of the Contractor and recover the amount in full from the bills of
the Contractor, and the Contractor shall not claim any compensation or
reimbursement thereof. The Contractor shall comply with the Minimum Wages
Act applicable to the area with regard to payment of wages or his employees
and also of employees of his subcontractor.
b) The Contractor shall advise in writing, to all of his employees and the
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 53 of 79
CONTRACT

employees of his subcontractors as follows:It is fully understood that your

appointment and/or deployment is only in connection with the execution of the
Contract to us from the Owner and it does not give you any right of claim for
employment by the Owner.
8.4
HEALTH AND SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORKERS

In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the Works for performance of
the Contractors part of the Contract, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be
complied with all the rules and regulations of the local sanitary and other authorities or
as framed by the Owner from time to time for the protection of health and sanitary
arrangements for all workers.
8.5
SAFETY REGULATIONS
i)
In respect of all labour, directly or indirectly employed in the work for the
performance of Contractor, the Contractor shall at his own expense arrange for all
safety provisions as per safety codes of CPWD, Indian Standard Institution, The
Electricity Act, The Mines Act and any such other acts as applicable.
ii) The Contractor shall ensure that he, his Subcontractor and his, or their personnel
or representatives shall comply with all Fire / Safety regulations issued from time to
time by the Owner or otherwise howsoever and should any injury resulting in death
or not or loss / or damage due to Fire to any property or a portion thereof, occurred
as a result of failure to comply with such regulations, the Contractor shall be held
responsible for the consequences thereof and shall keep the Owner harmless and
indemnified.
8.6
ARBITRATION
a) Any dispute or difference of any nature whatsoever any claim, cross-claim, counterclaim or set off of the Owner against the Contractor or regarding any right, liability,
act, omission, or account of any of the parties hereto arising out of or in relation to
the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Sole Arbitration of the Managing
Director of Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd., or of an Officer of Bharat Oman Refineries
Ltd. who may be nominated by the Managing Director. The Contractor will not be
entitled to raise any objection to any such arbitrator on the ground that the arbitrator
is an Officer of the Owner or that he has dealt with the matters to which the Contract
relates to or that in the course of his duties as an Officer of the Owner he had
expressed views on all or any other matters in dispute or difference. In the event of
the arbitrator to whom the matter is originally referred being transferred or vacating
his office or being unable to act for any reason, the Managing Director as aforesaid
at the time of such transfer, vacation of office or inability to act may at the discretion
of the Managing Director designate another person to act as arbitrator in
accordance with the terms of the Contact to the end and intent that the original
Arbitrator shall be entitled to continue the arbitration proceedings notwithstanding
his transfer or vacation of office as an Officer of the Owner, if the Managing Director
does not designate another person to act as arbitrator on such transfer or vacation
of office or inability of original arbitrator. Such persons shall be entitled to proceed
with the reference from the point at which it was left by his predecessor. It is also be
a term of the Contract that no person other than the Managing Director or a person
nominated by such Managing Director of the Owner shall act as the sole arbitrator
hereunder. The award of the arbitrator so appointed shall be final conclusive and
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 54 of 79
CONTRACT

binding on all parties to the Contract. The Arbitration shall be conducted in

accordance with the provisions of the (Indian) Arbitration Act and Conciliation Act,
1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof and the rules made there
under for the time being in force.
b) The award shall be in writing and published by the Arbitrator within 60 days after
entering upon the reference or within such extended time not exceeding further
three months as the Sole Arbitrator shall in writing under his own hands appoint.
The parties hereto shall be deemed to have irrevocably given their consent to the
Arbitrator to make and publish the award within the period referred to herein above
and shall not be entitled to raise any objection or protect thereto under any
circumstances whatsoever. The award rendered shall be a reasoned award and
shall be binding on the parties.
c) The arbitrator shall be at liberty to appoint, if necessary any accountant or
engineering or other technical person to assist him, and to act by the opinion so
taken.
d) The arbitrator shall have power to make one or more awards whether interim or
otherwise in respect of the dispute and difference and in particular will be entitled to
make separate awards in respect of claims or cross-claims of the parties.
e) The arbitrator shall be entitled to direct any one of the parties to pay the costs of the
other party in such manner and to such extent as the arbitrator may in his discretion
determine and shall also be entitled to required one or both the parties to deposit
funds in such proportion to meet arbitrators expenses whenever called upon to do
so.
f)
8.7
The language of the proceedings will be English and the place of proceedings will
be Bina, District Sagar (MP).
JURISDICTION
Subject to Clause 8.6 above, Courts of competent jurisdiction in the State of Madhya
Pradesh shall alone shall have jurisdiction to entertain any application or other proceedings
in respect of anything arising under the Contract Documents. Any award or awards made
by the Sole Arbitrator shall be filed, if required, in the Courts of competent jurisdiction in the
State of Madhya Pradesh alone.
8.8
STATUTORYREQUIREMENTS
a) The Contractor will be fully responsible for complying with all relevant provisions of
the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 and shall pay rates of
wages and observe hours of work/conditions of employment according to the rules
in force from time to time.
b) The Contractor will be fully responsible for complying with the provisions of the
Workmens Compensation Act, 1923 and shall ensure safe working conditions for
his workers as well as workers of his sub-contractors/ agencies etc.
c) The Contractor shall comply with provisions of payment of all Applicable Laws,
including without limitation, as per the following acts:
(i)
Payment of wages Act, 1936
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 55 of 79
CONTRACT
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)

Workmens Compensation Act, 1923

Industrial Dispute Act, 1947
Minimum Wages Act, 1948
Employees State Insurance Act, 1948
Maternity Benefit Act, 1961
Mines Act, 1952 or
Employee Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952
Building and Other Construction Work Act/ Cess Act
d) Any amendments/ modifications thereof or any other Applicable Law relating thereto
and rules made there under from time to time.
e) The Contractor shall be liable to pay his contributions and his employees
contributions to the State insurance scheme in respect of all labour employed by
him for the executions of the Contract, in accordance with the provisions of the
Employees State Insurance Act of 1948 as amended from time to time. In case the
Contractor fails to submit full details of his account of labour employed and the
contributions payable, the Engineer-in-Charge shall recover from running bills of the
Contractor an amount of the contribution assessed by him. The amount so
recovered shall be adjusted against the actual contribution payable for Employees
state insurance.
f)
Engineer-in-Charge shall on a report having been made by an inspecting office as

defined in the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 have the power
to deduct from the money due to the Contractor any sum required or estimated to
be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker (s) by reasons of nonfulfillment of conditions of the Contract for the benefit of workers no-payment of
wages or of deductions made from his or their wages which are not justified by the
terms of Contract or non-observance of the aforesaid regulation.
g) Local labour will have to be engaged to the extent possible and as stipulated by M.
P. State Government.
h) The Contractor shall comply to Madhya Pradesh Labour Welfare Fund Act and
make contribution as per section 9 of the Madhya Pradesh Labour Welfare Fund
Act, 1982 and all other applicable provisions under which it is mandatory to deposit
Labour Welfare Fund on biannual basis at the end of each 6 months period. The
present (Jan 2014) biannual rate of contribution is as under:
i)
ii)
Employee/ Worker Contribution: Rs 6.00 per employee/ worker.

Employer Contribution: Rs 18.00 per employee/ worker. (Minimum Employer
Contribution shall be Rs 500.00).
The contribution is payable through bank Demand Draft in favour of Welfare

Commissioner, M.P. Labour Welfare Board Bhopal payable at Bhopal along
with statement of employees and employer contribution in the Form A. The address
of welfare authority is as under:
M.P. Labour Welfare Board
83, Malviya Nagar, Bhopal (M.P.)
Pin 462 002
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 56 of 79
CONTRACT

SECTION-IX
SAFETY CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL WORKS2
9.1

Any consultants, contractors or other third parties working in the field shall abide by
a) The safety regulations for working in areas of the work as defined in scope of work.
b) All requirements under The Factories Act 1948 and the rules framed there-under in
the M P Factories Rules, as applicable.
c) Applicable Environment Regulations in force and also the systems and procedures
in M.P/ state of work.
Contractor shall follow complete HSE (Health, Safety and Environmental Policy) of the
Owner
.
9.2
IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY REGULATIONS

The Contractor shall at his own expense arrange and comply with all safety provisions
as stipulated by the company / Bureau of Indian Standards/the Electricity act/Factory
act/OISD and other acts as applicable, in respect of all personnel, directly or indirectly
employed by the Contractor for the work. The Contractor shall ensure that he, his
Subcontractor and workers employed by him shall comply with all fire/safety/health
regulations issued from time to time by the company.
If he fails to do so, his failure will be a breach of the Contract and Engineer-in-charge
may, at his discretion, stop all works or cancel the Contract. The Contractor shall also
be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation by him of the
safety requirements. Should any injury to people or loss or damage due to fire/or
accident to any property or a portion thereof occur as a result of failure to comply with
such regulations, the Contractor shall be held responsible for the consequences
thereof and shall keep the company harmless and indemnified.
9.3
RELEVANT INDIAN STANDARD CODES ON SAFETY

a) IS :3764 -1992-Excavation work-code of safety
b) IS :4014(Part 1 &2)-1967-Safety regulations for steel tubular scaffolding
c) IS :3696(Part 1)-1987-Safety code for scaffolds
d) IS :3696(Part 2)-1987-Safety code for Ladders
e) IS:7293-1974 -Safety code for working with construction machinery
f)
IS:4081-1986 -Safety codes for blasting and related drilling operations
g) IS:3016-1982 -Code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting

operations
h) IS:4130-1991-Demolition of buildings-Code of safety
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 57 of 79
CONTRACT

i)
IS:5216(Part 1 & 2)-1982-Recommendation on safety procedures and practices in

Electrical work.
j)
IS:5121-1969-Safety code for piling and other deep foundations
k) IS:10667-1983-Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for protection foot

and leg.
l)
IS:1989(Part 2)-1986-Leather safety boots and shoes for heavy metal industry
m) IS:6994(PART 1)-1973-Specification for safety gloves: part -1- Leather and cotton
gloves
n) IS: 2925-1984-Specification for Industrial safety helmets
o) IS:3521-1983-Industrial safety belts and harnesses
9.4
CONTRACTORS OBLIGATIONS ON HSE

Safety action plan for each construction site prepared by the Owner shall be binding
on Contractor and shall adhere to the same.
The Contractor shall at all times designate a supervisor possessing required
experience and skill for safety and health duties. Some examples of duties, which
shall be assigned, are: (i)
Observance of safety action plan for the work and conditions stipulated in the
tender/agreement.
(ii) Provision, construction and maintenance of safety facilities like access roadways,
pedestrian routes, barricades and overhead protection.
(iii) Construction and installation of safety signs
(iv) Safety provisions peculiar to each trade
(v) Testing of lifting machinery's such as cranes and goods hoists and lifting gears
such as ropes and shackles.
(vi) Inspection and maintenance of access facilities such as scaffolds and ladders.
(vii) Inspection and cleaning of welfare facilities such as toilets, clothing,
accommodation and canteens.
(viii) Transmission of the relevant parts of the safety plans to each work group.
(ix) Emergency and evacuation plans.
(x) Information to management quickly about unsafe practice and defective
equipment.
(xi) Dissemination of information's on health and safety.
(xii) Attend safety meetings and provide all information's about safety and health and
also implement at work spot resolutions taken during the meetings.
(xiii) Assist Owners Engineers in conducting the mock drill.
(xiv) Maintain vigil on use of personal protective equipment by the workers.
(xv) Safety talks to supervisors and workers.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 58 of 79
CONTRACT
9.5

MAJOR CONTRACTS
All contractors who employ more than 50 workers, the following facilities are to be
provided by the Contractor at site at his own cost.
1. Arrangement for clean drinking water close to work spot
2. Toilet facilities
3. Canteen where tea and snacks are available
4. A crche where 10 or more women workers are having children below the age of six
years.
5. Transport arrangement for attending to emergencies
6. Arrangement of First Aid.
9.6
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE OF MANPOWER TO BE DEPLOYED

Contractors shall deploy only experienced and qualified supervisors and workmen,
who are well conversant with the safety & environment regulations in the Sea and
Coastal areas.
The supervisors should be so qualified and experienced that they should be able to
assimilate the safety training inputs provided for such works.
Past experience must be on same type of job for which the supervisors would be engaged.
Contractors skilled workmen like Surveyors, Electronic Engineers, Sampling and
laboratory technicians, riggers other specialized equipment operators like power
generators etc. must have sufficient past experience and skills on relevant jobs. The
Electricians to be deployed on the job must have valid Wireman License.
All workmen must be capable of following instructions and training.
9.7
HEALTH ASSURANCE
Contractors will ensure that a qualified (minimum MBBS) medical practitioner
registered with the State Medical Council has medically examined all his workers
including supervisors, who would be deployed on the job. Only medically sound
persons as certified by the medical practitioner would be allowed on the job.
The medical certificates older by more than six months will not be accepted.
Health Assurance certificates submitted by the contractors may be periodically
checked at random by Engineer In Charge/ Owners authorities.
9.8
RESTRICTIONS IN USE OF MAN POWER AND NORMAL TIMINGS FOR WORK

Contractor shall put all efforts to deploy minimum manpower to execute the work
awarded to him in stipulated time by using modern techniques & mechanization.
Contractors deploying minimum manpower will be given due weights while renewing
his registration.
No Contractors employees shall normally work for more than 8 hours a day and not
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 59 of 79
CONTRACT

more than 48 hours in a week of seven days. After every 48 hours of working, an
employee must get one full days rest.
The normal duty timings for Contractors employees shall be between 8.30 AM and
17.30 PM.
Any deviation from above shall be with express permission from the Engineer-incharge.
9.9
TRAINING
9.9.1
Contractor must ensure that all his supervisors have undergone safety training.
9.9.2
Contractors responsibility for training his employees

a) Contractor must ensure that all his supervisors have undergone safety training and
keep document of such training. He shall also ensure that each of his employees
has received and understood from his supervisors necessary training on safety for
working in the Refinery/ Township premises.
b) Contractor must maintain records of training provided by him to his employees.
Such records must clearly mention a) what training has been provide, b) date, time
and duration of such training, c) who has provided the training, d) names of workers
who attended such training etc.
c) The records maintained in the form of a register must be available for examination
by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative who will sign on the register as a
token of his Approval.
9.10
ISSUE OF ENTRY PASS FOR REFINERY/ TOWN-SHIP PREMISES

Contractor shall follow the entry/ gate pass system for refinery/ township as
implemented by the Owner.
9.11
OBLIGATION TO FOLLOW WORK PERMIT SYSTEM

a) Do not carry out any work without a valid work permit issued by authorized persons
in the refinery/ township.
b) After obtaining a valid work permit and before the actual commencement of the
work, also obtain a clearance certificate from the officer of the unit/plant where the
work is to be carried out.
c) Comply with all the Fire and Safety permit conditions specified in the permit and
the clearance.
e) Prepare a safety action plan specific to the work before starting the work. Also
ensure that all supervisors and workers involved in the work properly understand
and follow the safety action plan.
f)
Display permit / clearance at site for checking by concerned officials whenever

required.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 60 of 79
CONTRACT
9.12

REQUIREMENT OF SUPERVISION
a) Contractor will not carry out any work without having a supervisor present at site. If
it is required to work simultaneously in more than one location under the same
Contract, one supervisor must be put in each of the locations. If a supervisor has to
leave his site for any reason, he must stop his site activities for that period of time.
b) Contractor must provide at least one full time on site safety supervisor when the
Contractor has engaged a man-power in excess of 50 in contract activities in the
Refinery. If the manpower is less than 50, the onsite safety co-ordination
responsibilities shall be assumed by any one of the Contractor's other supervisory staff.
In both the cases, the Contractor must specify in writing the name of such persons to
the Engineer-in Charge and Manager safety.
c) Contractors safety coordinator or his supervisor responsible for safety as the case may
be shall conduct at his work-site and document formal safety inspections and audits at
least once in a week. Such documents are to be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge for
his review and record.
d) Contractors safety supervisor or the supervisor responsible for safety shall maintain
separate safety register which will include 1) List of activities being carried out at site;
2) Safety Training details of all supervisors and workmen 3) records of all accidents,
first aid cases and near misses; 4) Records of all PPEs being used at site; 5) Records
of lifting tools and tackles including slings of all types; 6) Records of pressure vessels if
any at his site; 7) Records of all welding machines, gas cutting sets, compressors,
generators, pressure regulators, portable power tools, hand tools etc. 8) Copies of
safety inspection reports made by the safety supervisor as well as by the Owner's
representative.
e)
9.13
The contractors whose safety records are not satisfactory will be viewed seriously
and necessary action (viz. cancellation of Registration/Contracts) shall be taken
against him.
USE OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Contractor's all supervisors and workmen must use following Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) without which permission to work will be denied.
a)
Hard Hat
b)
Safety Shoes
c)
Boiler Suits
d)
Hand Gloves as per job requirement
e)
safety belt as applicable
f)
Eye protection goggles etc.
The PPEs shall be of standard quality and ISI approved.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 61 of 79
CONTRACT
9.14

HAZARD COMMUNICATION
a) Contractor must familiarize himself from the Owner, Engineer-in-Charge about all
known potential fire, explosion or toxic release hazards related to his contract. He
in turn will ensure that same information has been passed to his supervisors and
workmen. Proper record of such dissemination of information must be made by the
Contractor and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge on demand failing which further
continuation of work may be withheld.
b) In the event of any Contractor's employee spotting a fire or any serious hazards in
work premises, he shall identify himself and report location of FIRE when Engg In
Charge/ FIRE STATION OPERATOR is on the line. He shall wait until the fire
message is repeated by the Fire Operator and location confirmed.
c) The Contractor must ensure that each one of his employees clearly understand this
Fire Communication requirement. This may be ensured by the Contractor while
providing on the job training.
9.15
INJURY NOTIFICATION AND INVESTIGATION

Contractor must a) Report to the Owner supervisor on the job any injury sustained by any of his
employees or any near miss or any hazardous / dangerous incident at his work site.
Hiding of any accident or near miss would be viewed as serious misconduct.
b) Arrange to provide FIRST AID immediately to the injured employee.
c) Keep and maintain proper records of all such incidents in respect of his personnel /
work site.
d) Submit to the Engineer-in-Charge a first information report as per prescribed
Performa within 4 hours of the incident.
e) Arrange to immediately investigate the incident and furnish within 24 hours a written
investigation report in prescribed Performa to the Owner/Engineer - In Charge.
9.16
REQUIREMENT OF HOUSE KEEPING

Contractor must ensure highest standard of housekeeping in his area of work on a day
to day basis. An unsatisfactory housekeeping will earn negative rating, which will attract
penal actions like cancellation of registration/contract.
9.17
DISPLAY BOARDS AT SITE

Contractor must provide and maintain in his work site
a) Appropriate display board displaying information as per the Owners Work Site
Display Board specification.
b) Safety performance score board.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 62 of 79
CONTRACT
9.18

PARTICIPATION IN SAFETY ACTIVITIES

Contractor must attend all scheduled safety meetings as would be intimated to him by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
Contractor also must ensure that all his employees participate in safety promotional
activities organized in the work premises.
9.19
NOTE
a) Every person other than an employee of the Owner or a casual visitor entering
in the work site would be governed by the above conditions.
b) The term supervisor would mean any person who oversees the work of a group
of workmen. All other persons would be considered as workmen.
c) Violation of any of the above special conditions of safety would attract penal
actions including termination of the Contract/registration.
d) Meticulous adherence to these requirements would be documented by the
engineer-in-charge on conclusion of the work and placed in the dossier of the
Contractor. This performance would be given adequate weights at the time of
renewal of the registration.
e) Any dispute arising out of these conditions shall be referred by the engineer-incharge to the Owner.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 63 of 79
CONTRACT

APPENDIX A
PROFORMA OF AGREEMENT
CONTRACT AGREEMENT - As per BORLs format to be issued to Contractor subsequently.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 64 of 79
CONTRACT

APPENDIX - B
FORM OF INCOME TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE
1. Name and Style (of the company, firm, HUF or individual) in which the applicant is
assessed or assessable to Income Tax and address for the purpose of assessment
______________________________________________________________
2. Names and addresses of all companies, firms or association of persons in which the
applicant is substantially interested in his individual or fiduciary capacity.
Note: For the purpose of clause (2) above, the words "Substantially Interested" would have
the same meaning as in explanation to section 40A(2).
3. Income-tax Circle / Ward / District in which the applicant is assessed to Income
the Permanent A/c. no.
tax and
4. The following particulars are to be furnished concerning the Income-tax assessments for
the preceding five years.
Year
1
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
Total Income
assessed
2
Tax demanded
3
Tax
Paid
4
Balance
Due
5
5. a) Whether any penalty for concealment has been imposed under the provision of the
Income-tax Act, 1961or wealth Tax 1957on or after 1st April, 1975.
i)
If the answer is in affirmative give the date, amount of penalty imposed and section
under which imposed.
ii) Whether any appeal has been filed against the penalty order before the Appellate
Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax or before the Income-tax appellate Tribunal.
If so, the result thereof along with the date of Appellate order.
b) Whether convicted for an offence within the meaning of section 277 of the Income-tax
act, 1961 or under Section 36 (2) of the wealth Tax, 1957 or under section 199/200 of
the Indian Penal code. If so, the date of the conviction order.
c) Total contract amount received by the applicant, whose name is mentioned against (1)
above, during the preceding accounting years (Give date of the previous year) being
previous years of
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 65 of 79
CONTRACT

6. In case there has been no Income - Tax assessment for any year, whether returns have
been submitted under section 139(1) and 139(2) and 139(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 or
tax has been paid in advance under section 210(3) of Income-tax Act, 1961 and if so, the
amount of income returned for each year and tax for each of the four years mentioned
above and the Income-tax Circle/ Ward/District concerned where such returns have been
filed, give reasons for the same.
7. Whether any attachment or certificate proceedings pending in respect of arrears.
8. The name and address of branch(es) if any
I declare that the above information is correct and complete to the best of my information
and belief.
Signature of Contractor ___________________________________
Registration No.______________________ Signature____________
Address : ______________________________________________
Date
: ______________________________________________
I hereby certify that :

i)
The assesses has furnished complete information about all companies in which he is
substantially interested and the firms and associations of
persons in which he is
partner or member respectively.
ii) The returns of income due from the assesses have been filed.
iii) The assesses has paid all tax demands due other than those which have been stayed
by competent authority.
iv) The assesses has been cooperating with the Department in facilitating the completion
of the pending assessments.
a) The period of three years has expired from the date of Appellate order of the
Income-tax Appellate Tribunal confirming or partially conforming the penalty levied
on or after 1-4-75 under section 271(1) of the Income tax act, 1961, or u/s 18(1)
of the Wealth tax Act, 1957.
OR
In cases where no appeal has been filed by the assesses against the penalty
imposed on or after, 1-4-75 u/s 271(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, or u/s 18(1)
of the Wealth Tax Act, 1957, the period of three years has expired from the date of
the imposition of the penalty
b) The period of three years has expired from the date of the order of conviction on or
after 1-4-75 u/s 277 of the Income-tax Act, or under section 36(2) of the Wealth Tax
Act 1957, or u/s 199/200 of the Indian Penal Code.
Delete whichever is inapplicable.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 66 of 79
CONTRACT
i)

There is no information before me that the companies in which the

assesses is
substantially interested and the firms and associations of persons in which he is partner
or member, respectively and deliberately not filing the returns or not paying the tax
demands or not co-operating with the Department in facilitating the completion of the
pending assessments.
ii) There us no information before me that persons having a substantial interest in the
applicant company / being members of the applicant association/being partners of the
applicant firm are deliberately not filing their returns of income tax or not paying their tax
demands or not co-operating in facilitating the completion of the pending assessments.
This certificate is valid for a year from the date of issue.
Date :
Signature of I.T.O.____________________
Circle/Ward/District
Seal : _________________________
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 67 of 79
CONTRACT

APPENDIX-C
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE
(On non-judicial paper of appropriate value)
To
Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd,
Village+ Post- Agasod
Dist-Sagar - 470113
Madhya Pradesh
Dear Sirs,
M/s...(hereinafter
referred
as
BIDDER
/
SUPPLIER)
(..BIDDERS / SUPPLIERS name and address) have
taken tender for the WORK of ____________________________________________
(Name of work) for Bharat Oman Refineries Limited, Bina with registered office at Admin
Building, BORL Refinery Complex, Bina, Dist-Sagar- 470113, Madhya Pradesh, India
(hereinafter referred as BORL) , Vide Tender / Fax Of Acceptance / Purchase Order
reference ______________________ dated ___________________________
The tender conditions provide that the BIDDER / SUPPLIER shall pay a sum of
Rs.________________(Rupees_____________________________) as Earnest Money /
Initial Security Deposit / Full security deposit in the form therein mentioned.
The form of payment of Earnest Money / Initial security deposit/ Full security deposit includes
guarantee executed by schedule 'A' Bank, undertaking full responsibility to indemnify BORL
in case of default .The said BIDDER / SUPPLIER have approached us and at their request
and in consideration of the premises, we ________________(Bank's Name) having our
Office at _____________________ (hereinafter referred as "GUARANTOR") have agreed to
give such guarantee as hereinafter mentioned
1. GUARANTOR hereby undertake and agree that if default shall be made by BIDDER /
SUPPLIER in performing any of the terms and conditions of the tender, GUARANTOR
do hereby irrevocably bind themselves and undertake to pay to BORL on first demand in
writing by BORL without protest or demur or proof or condition and without reference to
the BIDDER/ SUPPLIER
the said amount of Rs. ____________(Rupees
___________________)
2. BORL shall have the full liberty without reference to GUARANTOR and without affecting
this guarantee to postpone for any time or from time to time the exercise of any of the
powers and rights conferred on BORL under the tender with said BIDDER/SUPPLIER
and to enforce or to forbear from endorsing any powers or rights or by reason of time
being given to the said BIDDER/SUPPLIER which under law relating to the sureties
would but for provision have the effect of releasing the GUARANTOR.
3. BORL
shall
have
the
right
to
recover
the
said
sum
of
Rs.____________________________
(Rupees_______________________)
from
GUARANTOR in manner aforesaid and such rights shall not be affected or suspended
by reason of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been raised by the said BIDDER
/SUPPLIER and or that any dispute or dispute are pending before any officer, tribunal or
court.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 68 of 79
CONTRACT

4. The guarantee herein contained shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or
winding up, dissolution or change of constitution or insolvency of the said
_____________________________ (BIDDER'S / SUPPLIER'S Name)
5. GUARANTOR'S
liability
under
this
guarantee
is
restricted
to
Rs
_____________________ (Rupees___________________). This guarantee shall
remain in force until _____________________ ____________. Unless a demand under
guarantee is made against GUARANTOR within the aforesaid date, all rights under the
said guarantee shall be forfeited and GUARANTOR shall be relived and discharged from
all liabilities there under.
6. GUARANTOR have power to issue this guarantee in your favour under Memorandum
and Articles of Association and the undersigned has full power to do under the Power of
Attorney dated ___________________granted to him by the Bank.
Yours faithfully,
___________________
Bank by its Constituted Attorney
Signature of a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the bank
The term "Bidder" shall be applicable for the participants in the tender before
finalization of contract for submission of Earnest Money Deposit and for all
correspondence, while the term "SUPPLIER "shall be applicable for successful
bidder to whom job shall be awarded and for deposit of Initial Security Deposit / Full
security deposit as per tender conditions.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 69 of 79
CONTRACT

APPENDIX-D
PROFORMA OF COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
Name of the Work
Name of the Contractor
Contract No. & Date
Date of commencement of work
Actual date of completion of the work
Extension of time granted
If yes, the letter ref.
Value of completed work
Yes/No/Recommended.
Date.
Rs.
Date of taking over of the completed work :

Certified that the above work has been completed in all respects as per drawings,
specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge on _________ and has been taken
over from the Contractor.
It is also certified that the Contractor has cleared / cleaned the site (witnessed by the
concerned engineer from the Owner on dated.___________) as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
_____________________
ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
Name:
Countersigned:
______________________
DEPARTMENTAL HEAD
Name:
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 70 of 79
CONTRACT

APPENDIX-E
FORMAT OF HYPOTHECATION BOND
Re:
Letter of Hypothecation
Dear Sirs,
WHEREAS Bharat Oman Refineries Limited (hereinafter called "the OWNER" which
expression shall include its successors and assigns) has awarded me*/us* a contract for
_________________________________ (hereinafter called "the works" which expression
shall include any and all amendments and/or variations therein and extra works) on the terms
and conditions stated in the Acceptance of Tender No. _________________________dated
_________________ (hereinafter called "the Contract" which expression shall include any
amendments thereto and/or variations therein and any formal contract executed in
supersession thereof).
AND WHEREAS The OWNER has at my*/our* request agreed to advance (hereinafter called
"The said advance") to me*/us* upto __________________ of the value of
_____________________ (hereinafter called "the said material") brought by me*/us* to site of
works for permanent incorporation in the works upon the conditions, inter-alia of my*/our*
furnishing security and binding myself*/ourselves* in the matter hereinafter appearing.
NOW THEREFORE, the consideration of the premises aforesaid I*/We* ______________
carrying on business in sole proprietor ship*/partnership* under the name and style
of____________________so as to bind myself*/ourself* and my*/our* executors,
administrators, representatives and permitted assigns/ successors and permitted assigns, DO
HEREBY undertake to and agree with the OWNER as follows:
The value of the said materials for the purpose of calculating the said advance shall be
determined by the Engineer-in-charge, whose computation in this behalf shall be final and
binding.
The said advance shall be confined to such of the said materials as are brought to the site of
work for permanent incorporation in the works to meet the reasonable requirements of the
works for the time being as determined by the Engineer-in-charge, whose decision shall be
final.
Without prejudice to any other mode of recovery available to the OWNER, the said advance
may be recovered from my*/our* Running Account Bills and Final bill(s) to the extent of the
value as determined by the Engineer-in-charge (whose decision shall be final) of the said
materials incorporated in the works covered by the relative bill(s).
I*/We* shall maintain and cause to the maintained a daily account of the said materials brought
to the site of works for permanent incorporation in the works and or all issue made there from,
and shall fortnightly or oftener as required by the Engineer-in-charge, submit an inventory of
the said materials at site as verified by the Site Engineer.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 71 of 79
CONTRACT

I*/We* shall forthwith on demand and without protest or demur repay the OWNER the
unadjusted balance of the said advance for the time being remaining unpaid, and shall until
repayment thereof pay interest on the balance demanded at the rate of 17.5% (Seventeen
point five percent) per annum from the expiry of 7 (Seven) days from the date of demand and
until repayment thereof in full.
As security for the said advance and the unadjusted balance thereof remaining from time to
time I*/We* do hereby hypothecate by way of first charge to and in favour of the OWNER the
whole of my*/our* present and future materials which now have been brought to or may
hereafter from time to time during the continuance of this security be brought to or in or upon or
about the site of works for permanent incorporation in the works, the materials herein
hypothecated being inclusive or the said materials, but not confined thereto, AND:
I)
Should the unadjusted balance for the time being of the said advance at any time exceed
____________of the value of the said materials hypothecated to the OWNER as
determined by the Engineer-in-charge (whose decision shall be final) I*/We* upon being
required by the OWNER shall be forthwith provide further materials approved by the
OWNER of a sufficient value to make good the shortfall, or shall pay the OWNER an
amount sufficient to make good the shortfall:
II) I*/We* shall allow the OWNER and its servants, and agents at all times to take inspections
of the materials hereby hypothecated to the OWNER and of all my*/our* books and records
pertaining thereto and produce as and when required by the OWNER and/or its servants or
agents any and all such evidence as it/they may require to procure the cost and value of
any of the materials hereby hypothecated;
III) The materials hereby hypothecated shall be kept at my*/our* risk and expense in all
respects and I*/We* shall at my*/our* own expenses during the continuance of this security
keep the said materials in good and marketable condition and insured against such risks as
the OWNER may require for the full marketable or replacement value thereof in the joint
names myself*/ourselves*and the OWNER in an insurance company or companies to be
approved by the OWNER and shall deliver the policy(i.e.s) of insurance and the receipt for
the last premium paid for every such policy of insurance to the OWNER with exclusive right
in the OWNER to receive all proceeds of any such insurance and undertake on my*/our*
part to pay to the OWNER all proceeds of any policy relative to the materials hereby
hypothecated received by me*/us* during the continuance of this security and undertake to
renew and keep in full force and effect and maintain such insurance throughout the
continuity of this security and to deliver to the OWNER the renewal receipt and policies
therefore, with right in the OWNER to apply all sums received under any insurance as
aforesaid in or towards the liquidation of the said advance or the unadjusted balance
thereof for the time being outstanding;
IV) It shall be lawful for the OWNER and its servants, agents and nominees at any time during
the continuance of this security and without any notice to me*/us* to enter into or upon any
place or premises where or wherein any of the materials hereby hypothecated may be
situated or kept or stored (and to effect such entry, if necessary as my*/our* attorney and in
my*/our* name for which purpose and to do all acts, deeds and things deemed necessary
by the OWNER in connection therewith I/WE do hereby appoint and authorize the OWNER
and its servants and gents and nominees), and to inspect, value superintend, dispose of
and/or take particulars of all or any part of the materials hereby hypothecated and to check
any statements, accounts, reports and information relative thereto AND also if I*/We* shall
fail to repay on demand any monies which ought to be paid by me*/us* hereunder or shall
commit any breach of this agreement of under any circumstances which in the sole
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 72 of 79
CONTRACT

judgment for the OWNER is prejudicial to or imperil or is likely to prejudice or imperil the
security created hereunder or if distress or execution is levied or enforced against any of
my*/our* property or assets whatsoever or I*/We* shall suspend or cease to carry on
business or if the said Contract is cancelled or terminated, then and in any such case, it
shall be lawful for the OWNER to take charge, of seize, recover, receive appoint receivers,
remove and/or take possession of all or any part of the materials hereby hypothecated and
either forthwith or any time and from time to time sell, realize or dispose of the same in any
manner including by public auction or tender or private contract and whether with or without
intervention of the court all or any part of the materials hereby hypothecated or otherwise
deal therewith in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the OWNER in its
discretion thinks fit.
V) I*/We* hereby undertake to give immediate possession to the OWNER on demand of all
materials hereby hypothecated to the OWNER, and agree to accept the accounts of sales
and realizations given by the OWNER as conclusive proof of amounts realized and relative
expenses and to pay on demand any shortfall or deficiencies therein shown, the proceeds
of sale or otherwise realizations of the materials hereby hypothecated to the OWNER to be
applied by the OWNER in or towards the repayment of the said/or the unadjusted balance
thereof for the time being.
VI) Subject to the powers of the OWNER and my*/our* obligations hereunder, I*/WE* shall be
entitled to use the materials here by hypothecated to the OWNER in the ordinary course of
construction/ performance of the works so long as I*/We* an*/are* not prohibited in writing
by the OWNER from time to time.
The materials hereby hypothecated and all proceeds of sales and other realizations and
proceeds of insurance thereof shall always to be kept distinguishable and be held as the
exclusive property of the OWNER specifically appropriable to the security hereby created
and I*/We* shall not without the prior permission of the OWNER create any mortgage or
encumbrance whatsoever upon or over or affecting the same or any part thereof, nor
otherwise suffer or allow to be done anything that may prejudice the security hereby
created.
The material hereby hypothecated and presently brought upon, lying, stored or be in or upon
the site of works are my*/our* exclusive and un-cumbered property with full right in me*/us* to
create the security in respect thereof in favour of the OWNER as herein envisaged, and all
future materials which are or shall be brought into, laying stored or be in or upon or about the
site of works for permanent incorporation in the works shall likewise be my/our exclusive
property without any charge, lien or interest in any other person and shall be exclusively
appropriable to the security hereby created in favour of the OWNER.
The OWNER shall not in any way be responsible in respect of the quantity, weight, amount
value, condition and final turn out or otherwise of or for the materials hereby hypothecated to
the OWNER, if the same happen to be in the possession of the OWNER and for any loss,
destruction or deterioration thereof, or damage thereto caused by theft, pilferage, robbery, fire,
riot or civil commotion malicious damage or otherwise howsoever, whatever may be the
circumstances or the reason under or for which the loss, destruction deterioration or damage,
including any act, commission, negligence or default of the OWNER or any of its nominees,
agents or servants.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 73 of 79
CONTRACT

The security hereby created shall operate and be a continuing security for the unadjusted
balance of the said advance from time to time due to the OWNER notwithstanding that there
may be a nil balance at any time or from time to time and notwithstanding that the said
advance or unadjusted balance may exceed the limits of the said advance as herein
envisaged.
All expressions herein used and not herein defined shall unless repugnant to the subject or
contract thereof carry the meaning assigned to them under the said contract.
Yours faithfully,
_____________
Name**
Place:
Date:
NOTE: *Strike out what is not applicable.
** To be signed by all the partners of a partnership firm.
*** Signature(s) is/are not to be witnessed.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 74 of 79
CONTRACT

APPENDIX-F
FORMAT FOR INFORMATION BY CONTRACTOR
1.
Name of the Contractor/ Consultant
2.
Postal Address (Office)
Telephone No : Office
Fax No.
3.
4.
5.
6.
: Office
Contract Person
Mobile No.
E-mail
Name of Mumbai representative of the
Contractor/ Consultant(if any)
Address
:
:
Telephone No
Fax No.
Mobile No.
E-mail
Constitution of the Contractor/
Consultant
:
:
Name of the person(s) holding the

Power of Attorney/ resolution and
their present nationality with their
liabilities
Names ofDirector/Partners, their

present nationality with their
liabilities.
Partnership deed / Article of

Association of Memorandum of
Association (Attach Xerox copies)
Whether holding valid license for the
trade, if so give details (Documents to
be attached)
Type of works / trade
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 75 of 79
:
:
CONTRACT
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

a) Description of work executed in

the last 3 (three) years (along with
cost and time overrun) for major
clients in the tabular form
containing following fields
Description of the job

Name of the Client and location of
the job
Contract value
Actual value of job executed
Schedule completion period
Actual completion
(PO copies and performance reports
from clients are to be attached)
Details of approvals and registration

with other companies (Attach Xerox
copies)
Maximum value of single work order
which has been completed (PO copy
and performance report of the same to
be submitted)
a. Minimum value of contact you are
interested in
:
:
:
:
:
b. Maximum value of contract you can

undertake
c. Type of work you intend to

undertake
List of machinery, tools, equipment,
workshop owned
List
of
personnel
employed
(engineers, supervisors, technicians,
skilled workers, unskilled workers,
office staff etc.)
Please attach bio-data of supervisors,

engineers and key personnel
ISO 9000/14000 certificate (if, any)
Submit the copyof following
documents
:
:
Safety assurance plan
Quality assurance plan
Provide data on safety records /

accident statistics for past 3 years
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 76 of 79
CONTRACT
15.

Provident fund No (Documents to

be attached)
ESIC No. (Documents to be

attached)
Sales Tax Registration No.

(Documents to be attached)
Registration No. Under WCT Act

along with full address of the sales
tax assessing authority under
whose jurisdiction the Contractor
falls (Documents to be attached)
Service Tax Registration

(Documentary evidence required)
:
:
Service Tax Return for last year

(Documentary evidence required)
16
a) Name of the Bankers
:
:
17.
b) Current year solvency certificate

(Original or attested by issuing
bank)
Income Tax Returns for last 3 years
along with PAN (Documents to be
attached)
a) Last Years Turnover
18.
b) Last 3 years Balance Sheet with

Auditors note etc.
19.
20.
21.
:
:
:
:
c) Last 3 years Profit& Loss Account

Are your partners / directors related to
any other organization, and if so,
please furnish details.
a. Whether any partner is an exemployee of any State/ Central
Government/ the Owner? if so, give
details.
:
:
b. Whether you have under your

employment, dismissed any State/
Central Government/ Owners
servant / employee.
Whether you are connected with any

other party already registered with us
and if so, give details
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 77 of 79
CONTRACT
22.
23.
24.
Supporting
servicesfrom
outside
agencies (Give details)
Details about litigation (pending as
well as settled) if any.
Any other special / relevant
information.

:
:
:
Place : ___________________
Signature : __________________
Date : ____________________
Designation : ________________
COMPANY SEAL
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 78 of 79
CONTRACT

APPENDIX-G
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
GCC 79 of 79
SPECIAL CONDITION OF
CONTRACT
VOLUME - I
SECTION 4
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol - I : Sec 4 : SCC
CONTRACT
INDEX
CLAUSE NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
GENERAL
2.
TIME SCHEDULE
3.
WATER , POWER AND LAND
4.
LABOUR LICENSE & APPLICABLE LAWS
5.
PROVIDENT FUND
6.
UTILISATION OF LOCAL RESOURCES
7.
TRANSPORT REQUIREMENT OF WORKERS
8.
DRAWINGS & OWNER DOCUMENTS
9.
TAXES, DUTIES AND LEVIES
10.
CENVAT BENEFITS
11.
CONSIGNEE
12.
13.
CONSTRUCTION AIDS, EQUIPMENTS, TOOLS & TACKLE
14.
IMPORT LICENSE
15.
QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAMME
16.
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT & SITE ORGANISATION
17.
ADDITIONAL WORKS/EXTRA WORKS
18.
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS LICENCE
19.
WITHHOLDING, ACCOUNTING AND TAX REQUIREMENTS
20.
RENTS & ROYALTIES
21.
STATUTORY APPROVALS
22.
MEASUREMENT OF WORK
23.
GENERAL GUIDELINES DURING AND BEFORE ERECTION
24.
COMPLETION DOCUMENTS
25.
SITE CLEANING
26.
PACKING, FORWARDING AND SHIPMENT
27.
PRE-COMMISSIONING / COMMISSIONING
28.
SPARE PARTS
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
CONTRACT
CLAUSE NO.
DESCRIPTION
29.
SUB CONTRACTORS
30.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
31.
CERTIFICATE OF VERIFICATION & GOOD CONDITION OF MATERIAL
32.
SAP SYSTEM
33.
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
34.
PENALTY
35.
SURPLUS MATERIAL
36.
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
37.
IMPORT DUTY ON CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS
38.
REQUIREMENT OF EMPLOYMENT VISA FOR FOREIGN NATIONALS
39.
HSE MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SAFETY REQUIREMENT
40.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY IN COMPLETION OF WORK (LD)
41.
TEMPORARY WORKS
42.
PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
43.
INSURANCE
44.
INDEMNITY AND OTHER REMEDIES:
45.
CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
APPENDICES TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

APPENDIX NO.
DESCRIPTION
APPENDIX-I
TIME SCHEDULE
APPENDIX-II
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RADIOGRAPHY & OTHER NDT

SERVICES
APPENDIX-III
PF COMPLIANCE
APPENDIX-IV
COMPLIANCE STATUS OF LABOUR LAWS
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
CONTRACT
1. GENERAL
1.1
These Special Conditions of Contract shall be read in conjunction with the

General Conditions of Contract (GCC), specifications of WORK, drawings
and any other document forming part of this CONTRACT wherever the
context so requires.
1.2
Notwithstanding the sub-division of the document into separate sections and

Parts/volumes, every part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary of
every other part and shall be read with and into the CONTRACT so far as it
may be practicable to do so.
1.3
In all matters relating to non-technical requirements and/or not relating to

technical specifications, in the event of an irreconcilable conflict, the
commercial documents consisting of the Detailed Letter of Acceptance along
with amendment/Addendum, the Special Conditions of Contract (SCC),
Instruction to Bidders, Notice Inviting Tender and the General Conditions of
Contract shall supersede in order of precedence to the other sections of the
Bidding Document.
1.4
Where any portion of the GCC is repugnant to or at variance with any

provisions of the SCC, then unless a different intention appears, the
provision(s) of the SCC shall be deemed to override the provision(s) of GCC
only to the extent that such repugnancies of variations in the SCC are not
possible of being reconciled with the provisions of GCC.
1.5
Without prejudice to the provisions of the GCC, whenever in the Bidding

Document it is mentioned or stated that the CONTRACTOR shall perform
certain work or provide certain facilities, it is understood that the
CONTRACTOR shall do so at his own cost and the CONTRACT PRICE
shall be deemed to have included cost of such performance and/or provision,
as the case may be.
1.6
The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the applicable relevant
Indian &International Standards, the job specifications contained herein and
the codes referred to by expression or implication. Where the job
specifications stipulate requirements in addition to those contained in the
standard codes and specifications, these additional requirements shall also
be satisfied.
1.7
In case of an irreconcilable contradiction in the technical requirements or

technical specifications between Indian standards, General Conditions of
Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, Instruction to Bidders,
Specifications, Drawings, Schedule of Lump sum Price and or Detailed
Letter of Acceptance/ Purchase Order to the extent that the two provisions
cannot co-exist or be read together to satisfy both or all, the following shall
prevail in order of precedence:
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 1 of 40
CONTRACT
i)
Formal Contract
ii) Detailed Letter of Acceptance/ Purchase Order along with Statement of

Agreed Variations, if any, and its enclosures such as Schedule of Prices/
Rates etc.
iii) Fax of Acceptance (FOA)
iv) Job Specifications/Scope of Work
v) Drawings
vi) Technical/Material Specifications
vii) Quality Assurance Procedure
viii) Applicable Codes & Standards
ix) Special Conditions of Contract and its Annexures
x) General Conditions of Contract
xi) Instructions to Bidders
xii) Other Documents
1.8
DEFINITIONS
a) In addition to GCC, following words and expressions will have the
meanings asunder:
i)
COMMISSIONING shall mean that the work and activities have been
completed in accordance with provisions of bidding document.
ii) WORK TIME SCHEDULE or COMPLETION SCHEDULE shall have

the meaning assigned to it as defined in clause 2.0 of SCC.
iii) PLANT/ UNIT shall mean 220/33 KV Substation and associated
facilities which shall include associated systems, sub-systems,
auxiliaries and connection / tie up as mentioned in CONTRACT.
iv) The word CUSTOM DUTY shall be read as IMPORT DUTY
wherever appearing in the Bidding Document.
b) At any time the expressions DCPL, PMC, Consultant, and
CONSULTANT are encountered, they shall be understood to have the
meaning of CONSULTANT.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 2 of 40
CONTRACT
2. TIME SCHEDULE
2.1
The WORK shall be executed strictly as per WORK TIME SCHEDULE

attached as Appendix 1 to this SCC. The time period of completion
includes the time required for mobilizsation as well as testing, rectifications, if
any,
retesting,
mechanical
completion,
pre-commissioning
and
commissioning in all respects to the satisfaction of DCPL/OWNER as per the
provisions of the Bidding Document.
2.2
If at any time during the performance of the WORK, CONTRACTORS actual

progress is, as determined by OWNER and for reasons other than as per
APPROVED CHANGE ORDER, inadequate to meet the requirements of the
COMPLETION SCHEDULE, OWNER may so notify CONTRACTOR who
shall there upon take such steps as may be necessary to promptly make up
for his delay at CONTRACTOR's own cost and shall forthwith inform
OWNER of such undertakings.
If OWNER considers said steps insufficient or if within a reasonably short
period, as determined by OWNER, CONTRACTOR does not improve his
performance to meet the requirements of the COMPLETION SCHEDULE,
OWNER may, without prejudice to other rights it may have hereunder:
a) Require precise additional measures such as an increase in
CONTRACTORS management, engineering staff and work forces, an
increase in the number of shifts, overtime operations, additional days of
work per week and an increase in the amount of construction equipment,
all without additional cost to OWNER; and / or at any time, withdraw any
or all parts of the scope of WORK from the CONTRACTORS
performance, for performance by another contractor; and/or terminate the
CONTRACT in accordance with the provisions of CONTRACT.
b) The exercise of any of the above options by OWNER shall not amount to
or be deemed to be a waiver of any breach of CONTRACT committed by
CONTRACTOR.
c) In case of delay beyond the Contractual Delivery Date, OWNER shall
grant any required adjustment to the COMPLETION SCHEDULE as may
be reasonable and necessary to reflect the total delaying effect for
enabling the contractor to complete the contractual commitment.
However, such adjustments shall be considered without prejudice to right
of BORL to accept the Liquidated Damages in accordance to provisions
of the bidding document. In such event the CHANGE ORDER (S), as
originally APPROVED, shall be deemed to be fully inclusive of all costs,
direct and indirect, associated with such adjustment to the COMPLETION
SCHEDULE.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 3 of 40
CONTRACT
3. WATER, POWER AND LAND

3.1
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide within the Scope of

Work, all facilities necessary for performance of the WORK including (but not
limited to)transportation, handling and CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT,
vehicles, vessels and any additional land at or about the job site(s) required
for the CONTRACTORs field office(s), camps, go downs, workshops and
residential accommodation for CONTRACTORs staff, quarry right, borrow
areas and access roads to or about the job site(s) and other temporary works
and facilities whatsoever.
3.2
The OWNER does not warranty or undertake the provisions of any facility
aforesaid or otherwise whatsoever to the CONTRACTOR or assistance in
obtaining, procuring the same or other assistance whatsoever for on in the
performance or testing the work(s) and the CONTRACTOR shall not imply by
conduct, expression or assurance or by any other means any promise or
obligation on the part of the OWNER contrary to the provisions hereof, and
any such promise or obligation understood by the CONTRACTOR shall not
be binding upon the OWNER.
3.3
CONSTRUCTION POWER
OWNER shall provide free electrical power supply (230 / 440 volts) as
construction power. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for making
distribution arrangements including supply of power cables as per work
requirements & BORL electrical department instructions for welding, stress
relieving and other purposes such as exhaust fans, AC/ventilation units etc.
However Contractor will be responsible for making arrangement for alternate
power arrangement in case of outages/power cuts.
3.4
CONSTRUCTION WATER
OWNER shall provide potable water free of cost at one point near the project
site for the cleaning and hydro- testing as well as for drinking purposes.
However, it is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to draw the water supply
from the source point and make distribution arrangements as per work
requirements & transport it to wherever required.
Suitable facilities must be provided by the Contractor to direct waste water to
plant drainages to prevent flooding of the work areas. The plant drainages
will have to be cleared by the Contractor on a daily basis to ensure smooth
flow.
However, non-availability of construction water due to delay in any other
reasons shall not entitle the CONTRACTOR for any claim on OWNER on
account of time and cost implications.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 4 of 40
CONTRACT
3.5
LAND FOR SITE OFFICE

Land for Contractor Site office/store/ fabrication yard in the demarcated area
will be allocated by Owner within Refinery complex on as is where is basis.
Removal of vegetation, leveling / filling / approaches etc. to the allocated
land, as required will be made by Contractor. The CONTRACTOR shall at
his own cost and initiative construct temporary buildings or works necessary
and make suitable arrangement for water and power supply thereto and for
provision of sanitary, drainage and dewatering arrangements in respect
thereof in accordance with plans/design, layouts previously approved by the
Engineer-in-charge in this behalf.
a) CONTRACTOR shall provide all weather fabrication sheds at their
fabrication yard for all pre-fabrication of piping and structural works to the
satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
b) Notwithstanding anything herein provided, the OWNER reserves the right
at any time during the pendency of the WORK to call upon the
CONTRACTOR to vacate the land or any part thereof on giving 7 (seven)
days written notice to the CONTRACTOR in this behalf.
c) Contractor shall maintain its own store for safe storage/warehousing of
all materials at site required for complete commissioning of 220 / 33 KV
Substation and OWNER/ DCPL will in no event be responsible for loss/
damage/ pilferage etc. of such materials.
4. LABOUR LICENSE & APPLICABLE LAWS

4.1
Before starting the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain a license from
the concerned authorities under the Contract Labour (Abolition and
Regulation) Act, 1970 and shall furnish copy of the same to the OWNER.
The labour license for the appropriate labour shall be kept valid for the total
contractual period including extended period, if any.
4.2
APPLICABLE LAWS
a) CONTRACTOR shall abide by and comply with, and secure compliance
by his subcontractors and vendors, with all applicable laws, of any
governmental authority having jurisdiction over the WORK.
b) CONTRACTOR shall obtain all licenses and permits, authorisations,
visas, labour quotas and work permits required by any applicable laws,
rules or regulations for him and his employees to perform the work and to
do business.
c) CONTRACTOR shall be liable for and shall indemnify and hold harmless
OWNER from and against any and all liabilities, damages, demurrages,
claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising out of or
resulting from violation by CONTRACTOR, his employees, agents,
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 5 of 40
CONTRACT
subcontractors or any other person of any applicable law and conditions

of permits, licenses and clearances, or resulting from the
misrepresentation, incorrect invoicing or under declaration of value on
equipment, bulk materials or supplies under the CONTRACT.
5. PROVIDENT FUND
5.1
The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the provisions of Employees

Provident Fund Act and register the establishment with the concerned
Regional Provident Fund Commissioner (RPFC) before commencing the
WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall deposit Employees and Employers
contributions in the designated account with the designated Authority every
month. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish alongwith each running bill, the
challan / receipt for the payment of provident fund made to the RPFC for the
preceding month(s).
Such challans / receipts shall pertain to the month, which shall be 3 (three)
months previous to the month of R.A. Bill and submission of such challlans /
receipts will start after three months of starting of construction works at site.
However, final bill shall be submitted with all balance challans / receipts on
such account.
5.2
In case the CONTRACTOR is not able to furnish the necessary documents,

confirming his compliance as per the PF Act, the OWNER shall as felt
necessary deduct an appropriate amount from the CONTRACTORs running
bill and retain the same as a security for the payment of the Provident Fund.
Such retained amounts shall be refunded to the CONTRACTOR only on
production of necessary documents confirming his compliance as per PF
Act.
6. UTILISATION OF LOCAL RESOURCES

6.1
The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the availability of local sub-contractors

and skilled/unskilled manpower and engage them to the extent possible for
performance of the works.
6.2
The CONTRACTOR shall not recruit personnel of any category from among
those who are already employed by the other agencies working at the site,
but shall make maximum use of local labour available.
6.3
Local Resources mentioned in clause 6 refers to resources available within

the state of Madhya Pradesh.
7. TRANSPORT REQUIREMENT OF WORKERS

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to arrange for the transport requirement of
his workers and staff for ease of mobility within the refinery as well as to reach the
refinery for daily work. The transport requirement shall include a good condition
vehicle(s) with valid vehicle insurance, its fuel, driver with valid license.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 6 of 40
CONTRACT
8. DRAWINGS & OWNER DOCUMENTS

8.1
The drawings accompanying the Bidding Document are generally indicative

of scope of WORK and are issued for bidding purpose only. Final
construction shall be carried out as per the drawings prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and approved by the OWNER or the CONSULTANT
concerned during the course of execution as per provision mentioned in
technical part.
8.2
The design criteria, specifications and other engineering requirements and

information required for designing the system are included in the Bidding
Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare Residual detailed
engineering drawings and other documents as required for performing or
completing the WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for
generating or acquiring such additional data or information as may be
required to perform the engineering, procurements, fabrication,
transportation, installation, testing, pre-commissioning or commissioning
activities.
8.3
All drawings requiring review shall be transmitted to DCPL with a copy to

OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall establish a compatible system with that
available with the CONSULTANT for transmission of some important/critical
drawings on e-mail. Extension of time shall not be permissible on account of
any delay in transmission of drawing for APPROVAL or for consequent
APPROVAL of such delayed drawings. The drawings/documents submitted
by the CONTRACTOR shall be reviewed by OWNER/DCPL.
8.4
During such review, DCPL and/or the OWNER may suggest modifications in
the drawings/documents. So long as the modifications suggested are to meet
the technical requirements or the specifications or are proposed for the
efficient operation of the PLANT without altering the basic design parameters
given in the Bidding Documents, these shall be carried out by the
CONTRACTOR within the respective scope of WORK or supply without extra
cost to the OWNER or extra time irrespective of the fact that these
requirements have not been detailed in Bidding Documents or in the
CONTRACTORs bid.
8.5
Review of design/drawings is not obligatory on the part of OWNER/DCPL

and therefore completeness correctness/soundness of the design/drawings
shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, irrespective of the fact
whether the same has been reviewed by OWNER/DCPL or not.
a. Notwithstanding review of designs & drawings by OWNER/DCPL, any
defect, if attributable to the CONTRACTOR, observed during
commissioning and/or operating the PLANT or otherwise shall be
rectified by the CONTRACTOR forthwith by carrying out all necessary
modifications, repairs, replacements and/or re-construction, as the case
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 7 of 40
CONTRACT
may be, within the scope of WORK and scheduled time and without any
extra cost to the OWNER.
8.6
The cost of preparing, submitting, correcting, modifying, re-performing and/or

resubmitting all documents and drawings furnished shall be deemed to be
included in the scope of WORK and the CONTRACT PRICE.
8.7
CONTRACTOR shall not without prior APPROVAL deviate from APPROVED

drawings / documents or those issued by OWNER.
8.8
OWNERS DOCUMENTS
a. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that OWNER shall not be bound to
provide him with any document other than those OWNER supplied
documents as comprehensively mentioned in the Bidding Documents.
b. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that all and any of same received before
the Fax of Acceptance are fit and sufficient for their purpose.
c. OWNER'S documents provided to CONTRACTOR shall remain the
property of OWNER. They shall not, without prior APPROVAL, be used
copied or communicated to any third party unless necessary for the
performance of the WORK and such third party agrees to be bound by
the provisions of this clause.
9. TAXES, DUTIES AND LEVIES

9.1
The CONTRACTOR shall accept full and exclusive liability at his own cost for
the payment of any and all taxes, duties, cess and levies howsoever
designated, as are payable to any government, local or statutory authority in
any country including Indias are now in force or as are hereafter imposed,
increased or modified and as are payable by CONTRACTOR, his agents,
SUBCONTRACTORS and its/their respective employees for or in relation to
the performance of this CONTRACT. The CONTRACTOR shall be deemed
to have been fully informed with respect to all such liabilities and considered
the same while submitting the offer.
9.2
Lump sum price quoted by the Bidder shall be inclusive of all applicable
taxes, duties, cess, levies etc. but excluding MPVAT on supplies, Service
tax on Services, Cenvatable Excise Duty (ED) on Indigenous goods,
Cenvatable Countervailing Duty (CVD) on Imported furnished goods
and Cenvatable Additional Import Duty (AID) on Imported furnished
goods,. Bidders shall strictly quote the above taxes & duties as per the
Schedule of Price attached with the Bidding Document.
9.3
Owner can claim CENVAT benefits for the Cenvatable components of Excise
Duty (ED), Countervailing Duty (CVD), Additional Import Duty (AID), MP VAT
and Service Tax for the supply of materials and services which are eligible
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 8 of 40
CONTRACT
for Cenvat Credit. Contractor shall submit valid necessary supporting

documents for the above taxes and duties within 3 months from the date of
Invoice, to enable OWNER to claim relevant benefits/ reimbursements.
Note: The supporting documents for ED/CVD/AID shall include Excise
invoice, Importer Invoice, Proof of Material Receipt in Factory, Proof of
material used in Project & Contractors undertaking that they have not
claimed Cenvat benefit (EXHIBIT E-9) etc.
9.4
Madhya Pradesh (MP) Value Added Tax (VAT) on Supplies shall be extra at
actual. The Input Tax Credit amount shall be reimbursed to Contractor upon
production of all relevant documents necessary to claim Input Tax Credit by
Owner on supply of materials which are eligible for Input Tax Credit as per
MP VAT Act and Owner is able to take MP VAT Credit in accordance with
the provisions of MP VAT Act and Bidding Document.
Note: The relevant documents for MP VAT shall include Original Tax Invoice,
Proof of Payment of MP VAT etc.
9.5
Form 49 (Road Permit) shall not be issued by BORL. Contractor shall issue
their own road permit for all incoming materials as applicable from outside
Madhya Pradesh for this contract.
9.6
For all foreign items, contractor shall import the material against their own
import/ export code and their after the material shall be transferred in the
name of BORL, through Importers Invoice. Material can be dispatched
directly from Customs Port to BORL site. All formalities for custom clearance
in India shall be done by Contractor.
9.7
TDS under Income Tax Act and MP Works Contract Tax shall be deducted
from the Contractors Running Account Bills at applicable rate during
currency of the contract.
9.8
Successful Bidder shall get registered in Madhya Pradesh for execution of

Works contracts within the state of Madhya Pradesh. Bidders shall provide
the details for registration in Madhya Pradesh (if already registered) along
with the Techno Commercial Bid.
9.9
OWNER will not issue C-Forms for interstate purchase of goods by the
CONTRACTOR.
9.10
CONTRACTOR shall full and exclusive liability for payment of all TAXES
arising directly or indirectly out of the performance of the WORK and
CONTRACTORs obligations hereunder.
9.11
All TAXES levied and imposed on CONTRACTOR and his employees will be
for the account of CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR shall also be liable for
interest and/ or all penalties arising due to non-payment or late payment of
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 9 of 40
CONTRACT
any applicable TAXES. In the event OWNER pays or is required to pay any
TAXES, interest and/ or penalty due to default of CONTRACTOR,
CONTRACTOR shall forthwith reimburse such amounts to OWNER. If
CONTRACTOR fails to reimburse such amounts to OWNER within fourteen
(14) days of receipt of a demand from OWNER, OWNER shall be entitled to
deduct such amounts from any payments due and payable by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR under the CONTRACT.
9.12
Any costs, expenses or losses arising due to the re-export of the imported
goods or re-import of goods, shall be for the account of CONTRACTOR.
9.13
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and keep harmless OWNER against liability,

losses or damages suffered by OWNER arising due to the failure of
CONTRACTOR or any of his employees or SUB-CONTRACTORS to pay
any TAXES, including interest and penalties in relation thereto or comply with
any of the provisions of any tax laws under the CONTRACT.
9.14
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for all TAXES payable by his

SUB-CONTRACTOR (S) and their employees including but not limited to
Indian corporate TAXES.
9.15
CHANGE IN TAX :a) For the purpose of this Sub-article

RELEVANT TAX means excise duty, Countervailing Duty, Additional
Import Duty, MP VAT and service tax to the extent arising in connection
with the performance of the WORK.
CHANGE IN TAX means any application of RELEVANT TAX in India
which differs from the rates as applicable as on date of submission of last
price bid/ price implication as a result of which CONTRACTOR:
i.
Becomes obliged to pay or account for any increase in costs arising

our of any increase in RELEVANT TAX because of increase in the
rate at which any RELEVANT TAX is charged.
ii.
Ceases to be obliged to pay or account for any RELEVANT TAX or

enjoys any reduction in costs, in either case because or any
RELEVANT TAX ceasing to be imposed, levied or charged and/ or a
decrease in the rate at which any RELEVANT TAX is charged.
iii.
For avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that OWNER shall not be liable

for any increase in RELEVANT TAX due to any fluctuations or
devaluations in the currency exchange rate.
iv.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in case the CONTRACT

period is extended due to reasons attributable to CONTRACTOR,
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 10 of 40
CONTRACT
any statutory increase in RELEVANT TAX including any increase due

to exchange fluctuations shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.
9.16
TAXES, DUTIES AND LEVIES IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES

The Contractor agrees to and does hereby accept full and exclusive liability
at his own cost for the payment of any and all taxes, duties and levies etc as
are payable to any government, local or statutory authority in any country
other than India, as are now in force or as hereafter imposed, increased or
modified, and as are payable by Contractor, his agents, sub-contractor and
their employees etc. for performance of work under this contract. The
Contractor shall be deemed to have been fully informed with respect to all
such liabilities and considered the same in his bid, and the contract shall not
be varied in any way on this account. Income tax/other statutory deductions
at the prevailing rate will be deducted from Contractor's bills as per Income
tax Act / other statutory laws.
10. CENVAT BENEFITS

10.1
The CONTRACTOR shall be required to submit valid documents of Service

Tax, Excise duty, CVD (Countervailing duty) and AID (Additional Import Duty)
for the OWNER to claim CENVAT benefit in respect thereof.
10.2
The classification of goods as per Central Excise/ Custom tariff should be

correctly done to ensure that CENVAT benefit is not lost by the OWNER on
account of any error on the part of the CONTRACTOR. It is the responsibility
of the CONTRACTOR to ascertain the applicable rules and follow the
provisions of the Excise Act/ the Excise Rules applicable from time to time
and in case of lapse in following the appropriate procedure/submission of
appropriate documents, which may result in disallowance of OWNERS
Cenvat claim, the OWNER reserves the right to withhold the payment of
Cenvatable duties as per the provisions of sub-clause no. 10.3 below.
10.3
The OWNER shall withhold payment of Cenvatable Duties (Central Excise

Duty and CVD &AID on Imports) and Cenvatable Service Tax if the relevant
documentation is not made available to OWNER, to enable OWNER to claim
CENVAT benefit for the amount indicated in Schedule of Prices due to the
fact that the item is not Cenvatable by nature or by its use, the item is
supplied with wrong classification or wrong documentation.
11. CONSIGNEE
11.1
Imported Tagged/Untagged Equipments For all finished goods brought to

site for permanent incorporation in the Work, consignee shall be OWNER
(BORL).
11.2
CONTRACTOR is expected to plan the delivery and flow of tagged

equipments into the refinery premises so that these are directly unloaded on
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 11 of 40
CONTRACT
the civil foundations which are constructed in advance by the

CONTRACTOR. In case, it is not possible to do so due to sequential holds
etc., then such tagged equipments shall be temporarily stored within the
Battery Limit of the PLANT.
12. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
13. CONSTRUCTION AIDS, EQUIPMENTS, TOOLS & TACKLE
13.1
The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for making available for

executing the WORK, all requisite CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT including
Special Aids, Vehicles, Cranes and all tools, tackle and testing equipment
and appliances including import thereof as required. In case of imports the
rates applicable for levying Custom Duty on such equipments and the duty
draw back applicable thereon shall be ascertained by the CONTRACTOR
from the concerned authorities of the Government of India. It shall be clearly
understood that OWNER shall not in any way be responsible for arranging
Custom Clearance and/or for payment of any duties or other levies on such
equipments and the CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for all taxes,
duties, levies and charges whatsoever and documentation with regard there
to. No adjustment whatsoever in CONTRACT PRICE shall be permissible for
any change in customs duties or on other levies or on drawbacks applicable
in respect of such equipment brought in to India.
14. IMPORT LICENSE

The import License for import of materials required for completion of the WORK
shall be obtained by the CONTRACTOR.
15. QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAMME
15.1
The CONTRACTOR shall indicate in its techno-commercial bid the Quality

Assurance Programme containing the overall quality management and
procedures required to be adhered to during the execution of the
CONTRACT. After the Acceptance of Bid a detailed quality assurance
programme to be followed for the execution of the CONTRACT under
various divisions will be mutually agreed to.
15.2
The CONTRACTOR shall establish, document and maintain an effective

quality assurance system as outlined elsewhere in the CONTACT document.
15.3
The OWNER/DCPL shall be entitled at any time and/or at any stage of the
WORK to inspect, witness and/or review the Quality Assurance Programme.
15.4
For, detailed Quality Assurance plan refer Clause 8.07 Vol- II : Section E01
of bidding document.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 12 of 40
CONTRACT
16. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT & SITE ORGANISATION

16.1
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall without prejudice to his overall responsibility to
execute and complete the WORK as per specifications and TIME
SCHEDULE, progressively deploy adequate equipments, and tools & tackles
and augment the same as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge depending on
the exigencies of the WORK so as to suit the construction schedule. No
construction Equipment shall be supplied by the Owner.
CONTRACTOR to ensure deployment of suitable cranes and take all
safety precautions during execution of WORK
16.2
SITE ORGANISATION
The CONTRACTOR shall however without prejudice to his overall
responsibility to execute and complete the WORK as per specifications and
TIME SCHEDULE progressively deploy adequate qualified and experienced
personnel together with skilled/unskilled manpower and augment the same
as decided by Engineer-in-Charge depending on the exigencies of WORK to
suit the completion schedule without any additional cost to OWNER.
17. ADDITIONAL WORKS/EXTRA WORKS

OWNER reserves the right to execute any additional works/extra works, during the
execution of WORK, either by themselves or by appointing any other agency.
18. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS LICENCE
18.1 The CONTRACTOR or its nominated sub-Contractor(s), as the case may be,
shall have a valid Electrical CONTRACTORs license for working in the State
in which the job site is located. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a copy of the
same to Engineer-in-charge before commencement of any electrical work or
work pertaining to Electrical System.
18.2 No electrical work or work pertaining to electrical system(s) shall be permitted
to be executed without a valid Electrical Contractors License being produced
by the CONTRACTOR or SUBCONTRACTOR, as the case may be, intending
to execute the WORK.
19. WITHHOLDING, ACCOUNTING AND TAX REQUIREMENTS
The CONTRACTOR shall withhold from wages and salaries of its agents, servants
or employees all sums required to be withheld by the laws of India, and to pay the
same promptly and directly when due to the proper authority(ies). The
CONTRACTOR further agrees to comply with all accounting and reporting
requirements under the laws of India, and to pay and bear the cost of such
compliance. Upon request by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR will furnish OWNER
evidence of payment of applicable withholding taxes in India.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 13 of 40
CONTRACT
20. RENTS & ROYALTIES

Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall pay all tonnage and other
royalties, rents and other payments or compensation (if any) for getting stone, sand,
gravel, clay, bricks or other materials required for the WORK or any temporary
works.
21. STATUTORY APPROVALS
21.1
Unless otherwise specified in the Bidding Document, it shall be the

CONTRACTORs sole responsibility to obtain all approvals from any
authority required under any statute, rule or regulation of the Central or State
Government concerned for the performance of the CONTRACT and/or the
contractual WORK. The application on behalf of the OWNER for submission
to relevant authorities alongwith copies of required certificates complete in all
respects shall be prepared and submitted by the CONTRACTOR well ahead
of time so that the actual construction/commissioning of the works is not
delayed for want of the approval/inspection by the concerned authorities. The
CONTRACTOR shall arrange for the inspection of the works by the
authorities and will undertake necessary coordination and liaison required
and shall not be entitled to any extension of time for any delay in obtaining
such approvals.
21.2
Statutory fees, if any, paid for all such inspections and approvals shall be
reimbursed at actuals to the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER on production
of documentary evidence.
21.3
Any deficiency(ies) as pointed out by any such authority shall be rectified by

the CONTRACTOR within the scope of WORK at no extra cost to the
OWNER. The inspection and acceptance of the WORK by such authorities
shall, however, not absolve the CONTRACTOR from any of its
responsibilities under this CONTRACT.
21.4
REGISTRATION
AUTHORITIES
OF
THE
CONTRACTOR
WITH
STATUTORY
Within 30 days of execution of the CONTRACT agreement, the

CONTRACTOR shall, in so far as necessary, register itself and the
CONTRACT at their own cost with the Reserve Bank of India, Income Tax,
Sales Tax, MP Commercial Tax and other statutory authorities as required
under the rules and regulations governing in India, if not already registered.
The CONTRACT PRICE shall be deemed to include all costs towards the
same. A copy of all documents related to all such registration shall be
submitted to OWNER for record.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 14 of 40
CONTRACT
22. MEASUREMENT OF WORK

This being a lump sum CONTRACT, mode of measurement of WORK appearing
anywhere in the GCC or elsewhere in the Bidding Documents shall not be
applicable.
22.1
The CONTRACTOR shall submit Billing Schedule in accordance with

BREAK UP OFLUMPSUM PRICE which will be reviewed and approved by
OWNER/DCPL. The progressive payment will be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR on the basis of this APPROVED Billing Schedule.
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish the total quantities for each activity
included in Billing Schedule based on engineering progress till date. The
quantities indicated against each item of WORK shall be reasonable and
assessed on the basis of volume of WORK involved. In case, during
execution of WORK, it is noticed that quantities against certain items are not
reasonable and have been furnished with the intent of getting payment not in
proportion of WORK involved then the quantity of such items shall be
modified as per decision of DCPL/ OWNER. The payment made earlier shall
be adjusted accordingly.
22.2
For assessing the %age of WORK done in accordance with terms of

payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit the measurement sheets based on
drawings approved for construction. All measurements shall be in metric
system. Such measurements will be in a proforma approved by OWNER.
The measurements shall be signed in token of acceptance by the
CONTRACTOR or his authorised representative. The percentage of WORK
done shall be calculated for each activity based on measurement sheets.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit the bill in the approved Performa in
quadruplicate to the OWNER/DCPL of the WORK.
22.3
Wherever WORK is executed based on instructions of OWNER/DCPL, or

details are not adequate in the drawings, physical measurements shall be
taken by the CONTRACTOR in the presence of OWNER/DCPL.
22.4
Measurement of weights shall be in Metric Tonnes correct to the nearest

kilogram. Linear measurements shall be in meters, correct to the nearest
centimetre.
22.5
All payments made to the CONTRACTOR against progressive payments

through Running Account Bills shall be considered as advance payment
only.
22.6
The invoices raised by CONTRACTOR from time to time, should have

compatibility with SAP System so that the data can be directly transferred
electronically in to SAP System.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 15 of 40
CONTRACT
23. GENERAL GUIDELINES DURING AND BEFORE ERECTION

23.1
CONTRACTOR to mobilize Cranes and other resources, as required, to

meet the sequence/ schedule of completion at no extra cost to OWNER.
23.2
Detailed erection scheme for all critical equipments will be developed and
submitted by the CONTRACTOR on award of work for approval of Engineerin-charge at site. All the Cranes and lifting tackles are subjected to load
testing by authorised testing and certification agency at site / should have
valid load test certificates. For the purpose of load testing of cranes, the
CONTRACTOR will submit a Procedure for Load Testing of Cranes to the
Engineer-in-Charge. The actual load testing shall be carried out in
accordance with the procedure, as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to OWNER will arrange required loads for
load testing purpose.
23.3
All lifting tackles to be used during erection shall be appropriately labeled /

stamped for their safe working loads. The safe working loads mentioned on
labels/ stamping on lifting tackles will be as per the latest test certificates,
which will be made available by CONTRACTOR (in original) before actual
use of such lifting tackles at site.
23.4
During the performance of the work the CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost
keep structures, materials and equipment adequately braced by guys, struts
or other approved means which shall be supplied and installed by the
CONTRACTOR as required till the installation work is satisfactorily
completed. Such guys, shoring, bracing, strutting, planking supports etc.
shall not interfere with the work of other agencies and shall not damage or
cause distortion to other works executed by the CONTRACTOR or other
agencies.
23.5
The CONTRACTOR shall duly comply with manufacturers recommendations

and detailed specifications for the safe storage and installation of the various
equipments and machines at site.
24. COMPLETION DOCUMENTS

Completion documents shall be in accordance with technical Sections of the Bidding
Document. In addition to the above, following documents (if applicable) shall be
submitted as a part of the completion documents:
a) Welding Procedure Qualification Report.
b) Welder Qualification Report.
c) Radiographic Procedure Qualification.
d) Radiographic Report alongwith radiographs (Radiographs only with the original).
e) Batch Test Certificate from manufacturers for electrodes.
f)
Any test results & reports.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 16 of 40
CONTRACT
g) Pre-commissioning and Commissioning checklists.

h) All statutory approvals and certificates.
i)
Documents indicating satisfaction of all other requirements as specified in the

respective specifications.
j)
As built drawings in hard and soft copies.
k) Field test reports for all Mechanical, Electrical,

Communication systems and fire alarm system (if any).
l)
Instrumentation
and
Material Inspection/Test Report for supply of all materials.
m) A certificate from OWNERs ware house/store that all the mandatory spares
have been handed over to them.
n) Any other drawing/document/report specified elsewhere in the Bidding
Documents.
25. SITE CLEANING
The CONTRACTOR shall take care to keep the job site clean at all times for easy
access and also from the safety point of view to the satisfaction of the Engineer-inCharge.
26. PACKING, FORWARDING AND SHIPMENT
26.1
IMPORTED SUPPLIES
a) The CONTRACTOR wherever applicable, shall after proper painting,
pack and crate all items in a sea worthy packing for shipment in a
manner suitable for export to a tropical, humid climate in accordance with
internationally accepted export practices and in such a manner so as to
protect them from damage and deterioration in transit by road, rail and/or
sea and during storage at the site till the time of erection. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage(s) due to improper
packing.
b) The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER of the date of each
shipment from the port of embarkation as well as of the expected date of
arrival of such shipment at the designated port of arrival only for the
OWNERs information.
c) The CONTRACTORs notification shall give complete shipping
information concerning the weight, size and content of each package and
such other information OWNER may require.
26.2
INDIGENOUS SUPPLIES
a) The CONTRACTOR shall, wherever applicable, after proper painting,
pack and crate all items in such a manner as to protect them from
deterioration and damage during rail and road transportation to the site
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 17 of 40
CONTRACT
and during storage at the site till the time of erection. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage(s) due to improper
packing.
b) The CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER of the date of each dispatch
from his works and expected date of arrival at the site for the information
of OWNER.
c) The CONTRACTORs notification shall also give all shipping information
concerning the weight, size and content of each packing and such other
information as the OWNER may require.
26.3
DOMESTIC INVOICES
a) The following documents shall be sent to the OWNER within 3 (three)
days from the ate of dispatch:
Invoice (2 copies)
Packing List (2 copies)
Test Certificate (4 copies)
Railway receipt/Lorry receipt (2 copies)
b) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for loading, unloading and other
handling of all materials commencing from manufacturers/ suppliers
work/port of disembarkation till the material is erected, tested and
commissioned. He shall be solely responsible for transportation/
shipment, proper storage and safe custody of all equipment and
materials.
c) For imported as well as indigenous supplies, Lorry Receipt (LR) and
Railway Receipt (RR) for inland transportation shall be made in the name
of the OWNER (BORL) as the consignee. Road permits for inland
transportation shall not be issued by Owner.
27. PRE-COMMISSIONING / COMMISSIONING

27.1
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to commission the PLANT and to

demonstrate the CONTRACTORs guarantees with respect thereto. The
COMMISSIONING shall to the extent necessary be carried out by
CONTRACTORs personnel with the association of the OWNERs Personnel
for the purpose of familiarization of operation of the PLANT. The
CONTRACTOR shall within its responsibilities for COMMISSIONING the
PLANT, train OWNERs personnel at site in such number and for such period
as the CONTRACTOR considers reasonably necessary for operation of the
PLANT.
27.2
It is envisaged that the PLANT will be commissioned within the contract

period and the mobilisation and/or retention of the CONTRACTORs
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 18 of 40
CONTRACT
personnel until completion of Commissioning shall be included within the

lump sum price of services (Price FORM-SP0).
27.3
In case Commissioning of the PLANT are not conducted by Owner within 2

(Two) months of the written notification to commission the plant by the
Contractor, due to reasons solely attributable to Owner, the Contractor may
in consultation with the Owner demobilise some or all of its personnel
brought to or retained at the site for the purpose of Commissioning. The
Contractor shall re-mobilise the required personnel on receipt of written
notice for Commissioning as stipulated above, and the OWNER and
CONTRACTOR shall agree upon the reasonable cost to be incurred by the
CONTRACTOR for re-mobilisation of such personnel, which shall be payable
in addition to the lump sum price of services (Price FORM-SP0) specified in
the CONTRACT.
27.4
In
addition,
within
the
CONTRACTORS
responsibilities
for
PRECOMMISSIONING/COMMISSIONING and within the price of services
the CONTRACTOR shall be required to maintain watch and ward of and
ensure the safety and integrity of the PLANT until successful completion of
COMMISSIONING of the PLANT. If COMMISSIONING of the PLANT
commences later than 02 (Two)months of the written notification to
commission the plant by the Contractor, due to reasons attributable to
OWNER, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall agree upon the
reasonable cost incurred for maintaining watch and ward and preservation of
the PLANT beyond the said 02 (Two) months period and upto
commencement of COMMISSIONING, which shall be payable to the
CONTRACTOR in addition to the Contract price and shall be included within
and form part of the final bill of CONTRACTOR.
27.5
If however, the PLANT cannot be commissioned within the said period for
reason(s) attributable to the CONTRACTOR or if commissioning and/or the
Performance Test conducted indicates that the PLANT does not perform to
the contractual specifications and requirements, then the Bank Guarantee(s)
shall even after the extension aforesaid continue to be extended upto and
until successful COMMISSIONING and Performance Tests of the PLANT. In
either event, the OWNER will be entitled to encash the Bank Guarantee(s) if
the Bank guarantee is not extended or substituted by an acceptable
Corporate Guarantee, as the case maybe, at least 14 (Fourteen) days prior
to the date of expiry of Bank Guarantee(s).
28. SPARE PARTS

28.1
COMMISSIONING SPARES
The CONTRACTOR shall procure and supply all spare parts required during
start up and commissioning of the various systems as enumerated in the
Bidding Documents. The lump sum CONTRACT PRICE shall be deemed to
be inclusive of the provision of all such COMMISSIONING spares required till
successful COMMISSIONING of the PLANT. The CONTRACTOR should
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 19 of 40
CONTRACT
make available all the COMMISSIONING spares required at site at least 4

(Four) weeks prior to COMMISSIONING.
28.2
MANDATORY SPARES
The CONTRACTOR shall within the CONTACT PRICE supply all mandatory
spares as specified elsewhere in the Bidding Document. The handing over of
the spares will be followed through SAP system and the templates against
individual category of items shall be duly filled in by the CONTRACTOR
including price for each item before handing over the mandatory spares to
OWNER.
28.3
O&M SPARES
a) The Bidder will furnish a price list of operation & maintenance (O&M)
spares, as recommended by manufacturers of various equipment other
than COMMISSIONING & mandatory spares dealt above. Price of these
spares shall not be included in quoted lump sum price, however itemized
price for O&M Spares shall be submitted within 3 (Three) months after
award of work as per Price FORM SP-9. The Price List will be valid for a
period of 12 (twelve) months after Commissioning. FORM SP-9 shall not
be considered for evaluation and finalisation of L1 bidder.
b) In addition to such lists, CONTRACTOR shall for each item also supply
comprehensive equipment list, complete with relevant drawings and
vendors comprehensive spare parts manual for that equipment, to
enable OWNER to ascertain and verify its spare parts requirements.
28.4
All spare parts shall be properly packed and protected and shall be marked,
tagged as appropriate, and accompanied by such documentation as
OWNER shall specify for ease of post-delivery administration which shall
include, but not by way of limitation, a detailed packing list for each
consignment.
29. SUB CONTRACTORS

29.1
MINIMUM ACTIVITIES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR

a) A minimum of the following activities shall be performed by the
CONTRACTOR directly and shall not be sub-contracted:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
Project Management
Engineering
Planning
Procurement
Construction
Commissioning
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 20 of 40
CONTRACT
b) Bidders
may
sub-contract
construction
work,
to
the
SUBCONTRACTOR(s) having prior proven experience of similar WORK
and on specific approval by OWNER/DCPL after award of WORK.
c) Following the notification of Acceptance of Bid, the CONTRACTOR will
submit to the OWNER for approval the details of sub-contractors for
construction. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that very competent and
resourceful agencies with proven track record and performance should
be proposed for the WORK to be sub-contracted.
d) The list of construction sub-contractors proposed in the Bids by the
Bidders shall be considered as indicative only.
e) The CONTRACTOR shall deploy all manpower relating to works at site
i.e. Project Manager, Quality Control engineers for various disciplines,
planning engineers and front line supervisors for civil, electrical,
Mechanical, piping and instrumentation job from his organisation. Subcontracting of these activities shall not be permitted under any
circumstances.
30. TERMS OF PAYMENT
30.1
ON ACCOUNT PAYMENTS
The basis and terms of payment for various items of Schedule of Lump sum
prices, without prejudice to any other mode of recovery available to OWNER,
shall be as follows:The Lump sum price shall be paid under the following category with
CEILING as follows:
a) Design and Detailed Engineering (SP-1) - 2%
b) Supply Portion (other than Civil & Structural items) (SP-2) - 70%
c) Fabrication, Erection / Installation (other than Civil & Structural items)
Site Work (SP-3) + Civil & Structural (Inclusive of cost for Supply items &
Construction) (SP-4) [Balance Lump sum amount as per SOR [Total
Lump sum Amount (-) Amount Mentioned at ((a) + (b)) above]
In case the price(s) quoted exceed the limits specified herein above the
excess amount shall be paid in Final Bill.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit further breakup for various activities of
WORK for the purpose of billing for each discipline such as civil and
structural, Mechanical, Piping, Electrical, Instrumentation, Insulation,
Painting including breakup for Design &Detailed Engineering which will be
reviewed and approved by Engineer-in-charge at the time of Kick-off
meeting. The CONTRACTOR shall be paid monthly running account bills at
stages of completion of individual item/work, based on the value assessment
by Engineer-in-charge in the following manner after deductions of necessary
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 21 of 40
CONTRACT
dues payable by CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in accordance with various

provisions made elsewhere in this document.
No Mobilization Advance and Secured Advance shall be payable to the
contractor.
30.2
30.3
BASIC DESIGN AND DETAILED ENGG. (SP-1 OF SCHEDULE OF

PRICES)
10% upon submission of drawings and engineering details on pro-rata

basis.
65% upon final approval by CONSULTANT/OWNER on pro-rata basis.
15% on submission of the following documents on pro-rata basis:

o
All Certificates and documents pertaining to the equipments

comprised in the Plant/ Works;
Operating and Instructions Manuals with respect to the Plant/ Unit.
As Built Drawings for the Plant/ Unit along with its electronic files.
5% on Mechanical completion of switchyard.
5% upon successful commissioning and on completion of all jobs and

issue of COMPLETION CERTIFICATE.
SUPPLIES PORTION (FORM SP-2 & SP-5) :
10% (Ten Percent) of total supply value (excluding mandatory spares

and special tools & tackles) on placement of Purchase Order by
CONTRACTOR for major tagged items (like transformers, GIS, SAS, 220
KV Breaker, isolators, CTs, PTs, Lightning Arrestor) on pro-rata basis.
This payment shall be released after submission of Bank Guarantee for
equivalent value. This Bank guarantee shall be valid upto the contractual
Date of Completion. However this bank guarantee shall be released after
receipt of all materials at site and acceptance of same.
35% against proof of shipment/ dispatch of material on pro-rata basis.
45% upon receipt of material at site, test certificates, issue of certificate

of Verification & Good condition at site and submission of valid
CENVATABLE documents to OWNER on pro-rata basis.

Notes :1. Following Documents shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR for

enabling the OWNER to release the payment against dispatch
document:Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 22 of 40
CONTRACT
a. Contractors Certified Copy of Invoice(s).

b. Packing List.
c. Inspection Release Note
d. Certified Copy of Railway Receipt/ Original Lorry Receipt on door
delivery basis.
e. Insurance Certificate
f.
30.4
30.5
Certificate of Conformance.
SUPPLY OF
TACKLES:-
MANDATORY
SPARES
AND
SPECIAL
TOOLS
&
90% upon receipt of mandatory spares and special tools & tackles at site
and handing over to OWNER.

CONSTRUCTION/ INSTALLATION PORTION (FORM SP-3 & SP 6)

A. CIVIL
90% upon completion of WORK on pro-rata basis as certified by

Engineer-in-Charge.

B. STRUCTURAL
5% on finalisation of quantity, plan and approval of fabrication

drawings.
25% upon supply and acceptance of material at site on pro-rata

basis.
35% upon alignment, welding, fabrication and application of Primer&

Painting.
25% on transportation and erection at site.

C. ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION ETC.
55% on completion of installation, on pro-rata basis.
35% on testing loops and system, on pro-rata basis.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 23 of 40
CONTRACT

31. CERTIFICATE OF VERIFICATION & GOOD CONDITION OF MATERIAL

31.1
The CONTRACTOR shall before supply of material covered within the scope
of supply at his own risks, cost and initiative undertake or cause to be
undertaken all tests, analysis and inspections as shall be required to be
undertaken with regard to the materials under the specifications and any
codes, practices, orders and instructions with respect thereto and cause the
results thereof to be recorded, reported or certified, as the case may be, and
shall not offer for delivery or deliver any material which has not passed such
tests/analysis or Inspection and which are not accompanied by the test
results, reports and/or certificates in this behalf provided in the applicable
specifications, code(s) and or practices.
31.2
On arrival of the material at site the CONTRACTOR shall give a written

notice thereof to the Engineer-in-charge and Site engineer or Inspection
Agency notified by the OWNER in this behalf to inspect the materials, and
shall keep in readiness for the inspection the materials and the relevant test
results, reports and certificates applicable thereto.
31.3
Notwithstanding any other provisions in the contract documents for analysis

or tests of materials and in addition thereto the CONTRACTOR shall if so
required by the Engineer-in-charge or site Engineer/Inspection Agency in
writing at its own risks and costs, analysis, test, prove and/or weigh all
materials (including incorporated materials) required to be analysed, tested,
proved and/or weighed by the Engineer-in-Charge or site Engineer/
Inspection Agency and shall have such analysis/test conducted by the
Agency(ies) or Authority(ies) if any, specified by the Engineer-in-Charge or
site Engineer/Inspection Agency. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all
equipment, labour, materials and other things whatsoever required for
testing, preparation of the samples, measurement and/or proof of weighment
of the materials directed by the Engineer-in-Charge or site
Engineer/Inspection Agency.
31.4
If on inspection or proof, analysis or tests as aforesaid or otherwise the

Engineer-in-Charge or site engineer/Inspection Agency nominated by the
OWNER in this behalf is prima-facie satisfied that the material received is in
conformity with the material requirements of the Bill of Materials, the
description given in the shipping documents and in the CONTRACTORs
invoices in this behalf and that the test reports/results/Certificates given in
respect thereof are prima-facie in conformity with the relevant result(s),
report(s), certificate(s) required in respect thereof in terms of the
specifications and/or relevant codes and practices, and that the material
appears to be prima-facie in good order and condition, the Engineer-in-
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 24 of 40
CONTRACT
charge shall issue to CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Verification and Good

Condition of material in respect of such material, and this shall constitute the
Certificate of Verification and Good Condition which is envisaged in the
Contract documents.
31.5
Such certificate is only intended to satisfy the OWNER that prima-facie the
material supplied by the CONTRACTOR is in order and shall not otherwise
absolve the CONTRACTOR of his/its full responsibility under the contract in
relation there to, including in relation to specification fulfillment and/or
performance or other guarantees.
32. SAP SYSTEM

32.1
OWNER has implemented the ERP package SAP for all of its functions. The
functions related to project execution such as Materials Management
(Purchasing &Warehousing), Contracts Management including payment of
invoices and Financial Management are part of the SAP System. The
CONTRACTOR to ensure that the invoices raised by them from time to
time(including the terms of payment), should have compatibility with SAP
System so that the data can be directly transferred electronically into SAP.
The list of spares & other materials to be supplied by the CONTRACTOR to
the OWNER, also requires to be electronically transferred.
32.2
For the purpose of PROJECT capitalisation

and submit the project capitalisation plan
capitalisation data as required. OWNER and
develop acceptable procedures which shall
providing the required level of information.
CONTRACTOR shall prepare

for providing owner with the
CONTRACTOR shall mutually
as a minimum be capable of
33. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

33.1
CONTRACTOR shall in no event be liable for loss of profits, loss of interest,

loss of production, or any other indirect or consequential damages arising
from its performance under this CONTRACT.
33.2
OWNER shall in no event be responsible for or liable to the CONTRACTOR

or his sub-contractors/vendors for consequential damages suffered by the
CONTRACTOR or his sub-contractors/vendors including without limitation,
business interruption or loss of profits etc., however, suffered in the
performance of the CONTRACT.
34. PENALTY
34.1
PENALTY ON ACCOUNT OF DEVIATIONS IN TRANSFORMER LOSSES:The contractor shall ensure that the transformers supplied by him is in line
with the guaranteed transformer losses viz. Differential Copper Loss,
Differential Iron Loss and Auxiliary losses quoted by the contractor in the
bidding documents and the same which has been considered for evaluation
of the bid.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 25 of 40
CONTRACT
In case if the transformer losses during guaranteed test runs are found to be
within the permissible limits as mentioned in IS 2026, however, is beyond the
guaranteed value declared in the bidding document, penalty shall be
imposed for the excess loss over the corresponding guaranteed value by
applying the below stated factors:
Sl.
No.
1.
Equipment
100 MVA,
220/33 kV, 3
Phase,
Power
Transformer
Parameter to be
taken for applying
differential price
factor (F)
Differential Copper
loss (KW)
Differential Iron
loss (KW)
Auxiliary loss (KW)
Value of F in Indian Rupees

(applicable for each item/unit of the
facilities) per unit of parameter
differential per KW
Rs. 1,03,570/- per kW
(Rupees One Lac Three Thousand
Five Hundred and Seventy only)
Rs. 2,21,300/- per kW
(Rupees Two Lac Twenty One
Thousand and Three Hundred only)
Rs. 88,530/- per kW
(Rupees Eighty-eight Thousand Five
Hundred and Thirty only )
All penalties mentioned above (i.e. Differential Copper loss, Differential Iron
loss and Auxiliary loss) are mutually exclusive, and shall be applicable for
each criterion mentioned above.
In case if the losses during guaranteed test runs are found to be within the
permissible limits as mentioned in IS 2026, however is better than the
guaranteed value declared in the bidding document, no bonus shall be
claimed by the contractor.
34.2
PENALTY ON ACCOUNT OF NON-COMPLIANCE OF HEALTH, SAFETY

& ENVIRONMENT (HSE)
The contractor shall adhere consistently to all provisions of HSE
requirements of the Bidding Document. In case of non-compliance or
repeated failure in implementation of any of the HSE provisions as
mentioned in Contractors HSE Guidelines; OWNER/ DCPL may impose
stoppage of work without any cost & time implication to the OWNER and/or
impose a penalty as mentioned in detail in Contractors HSE Guidelines of
the Bidding Document.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 26 of 40
CONTRACT
35. SURPLUS MATERIAL

35.1
An inventory shall be made by the CONTRACTOR of all surplus materials

including but not limited to scrap, wastages and unserviceable material
supplied and / or remaining in the hands of the CONTRACTOR upon
completion/determination of the CONTRACT for whatsoever reason, and the
CONTRACTOR shall forthwith, upon being required to do so, place the
OWNER in undisputed possession of the same. CONTRCATOR shall
transport and deposit all such surplus material to OWNERs store / godown.
However, ownership of all empties, wooden scraps, unused tor steel,
structural steel, plates, cement, sand, bricks, aggregates, stones and
concrete and the product of dismantling temporary works shall remain with
the CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to remove the
same from the job site subject to satisfactory proof of supply.
35.2
If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to return to the OWNER any surplus material
within the provision hereof above, the CONTRACTOR shall be liable to pay
to the OWNER the cost of such materials delivered at OWNERs stockpile /
godown plus departmental charges calculated at 25% (Twenty Five percent)
of the said cost determined by the OWNER, and the decision of the OWNER
as to such cost shall be final and binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
36. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

Contractor shall follow the specifications for Construction, Supervision and
Management enclosed with the Bidding Document.
37. IMPORT DUTY ON CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS
The Contract Price shall include the following Import duties i.e Custom Duties,
Countervailing Duty (CVD),Additional Import Duty, Custom Education Cess for all
materials and consumables envisaged to be imported for incorporation in the
permanent works. Contractor shall be fully responsible for port clearance including
stevedoring, handling, unloading, loading, storage, inland transportation and receipt
of materials at site etc. and cost thereof shall be included in the contract price. The
contractor shall also be fully responsible for any delays, penalties, demurrages,
shortages and other charges and losses, if any, in this regard.
37.1
Contractor is liable to pay custom duty on the equipments brought into India
for executing the project. The Contractor shall be fully liable for observing all
the formalities in this regard as well as to pay the custom duty chargeable on
the equipments, including any deposit payable for such purposes. No
adjustment in contracted rates shall be permissible for any change in duty
drawback applicable in respect of equipment & machinery brought in India
for the use of the project and for re-export of equipment and machinery, on
completion of the project.
37.2
If the Custom Authorities require the Contractor to furnish a bond to secure

payment of any custom duty in respect of any import and that such Bond
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 27 of 40
CONTRACT
shall be furnished by the Owner, the Owner may at the request of the
Contractor furnish the said Bond against the Contractor furnishing a Bank
Guarantee to the Owner, of the like amounting the form and from a Bank in
India approved by the Owner.
37.3
If for any reason the Owner is required by the Customs Authorities during
pendency of Contract to pay any customs duty due to the importation or
retention by the Contractor of any imports, the Contractor shall forthwith on
demand by the Owner pay the same to the Owner, with the right in the
Owner (without prejudice to any other mode of recovery or right of the
Owner) to deduct the same from the on account and other payments due
and/or becoming due or payable to the Contractor from time to time. The
payments under such a case shall be subject to submission of Bank
Guarantee from a Bank approved by Owner, by the Contractor in favour of
the Owner for an amount equivalent to amount of custom duty.
37.4
The obligations undertaken and/or any bond or facility provided by the Owner
to the Contractor shall be based on the clear understanding that the said
equipment shall be utilised by the Contractor only for the performance of the
work covered under this contract and that the Owner shall be discharged
forthwith from all said obligations and shall be entitled forthwith to
discontinue and recall any bond or other facility to the Contractor if the
Contractor shall utilise or permit to be utilised the said equipment(s) or any of
them for the performance of any work other than the work covered by the
Contract in which event any amount due from Contractor in this connection
shall also carry interest @22% (Twenty two percent) per annum from the
date of relative payment by Owner up to the date of recovery in full.
38. REQUIREMENT OF EMPLOYMENT VISA FOR FOREIGN NATIONALS

38.1
Foreign nationals, if any, coming to India for execution of Projects/ Contracts

will have to apply for Employment Visa only and that grant of Employment
Visa would be subject to strict adherence of following norms:
38.2
Employment Visa is granted only for the skilled and qualified professionals or
to a person who is being engaged or appointed by a Company, Organization,
Industry or Undertaking etc. in India on contract or employment basis at a
senior level, skilled position such as technical expert, senior executive or in
managerial position etc.
39. HSE MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SAFETY REQUIREMENT

39.1
The CONTRACTOR, during entire duration of the Contract, shall adhere to

HSE requirements per bidding documents.
39.2
The CONTRACTOR shall also adhere to Owners safety requirements

enforced at Site from time to time.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 28 of 40
CONTRACT
39.3
The CONTRACTOR shall establish document and maintain an effective

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) management system.
39.4
In case CONTRACTOR fails to follow the instructions of Engineer-in-charge

with respect to above clauses, next payment due to him shall not be released
till CONTRACTOR complies with the instructions to the full satisfaction of
Engineer-in-charge.
40. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY IN COMPLETION OF WORK (LD)

40.1
The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the Contract, shall
be strictly observed by the Contractor. The work shall throughout the
stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with all the diligence (time
being essence of the Contract) and the contractor shall pay to the Owner as
Liquidate Damages, an amount equal to 1/2% (half percent) of the Total
Contract Value, for every week of delay or part thereof, subject to a
maximum of 5% (five percent) of the Total Contract value.
40.2
All sums payable by way of Liquidated Damages due to delay in completion

of work as stipulated in the tender document shall be considered as
reasonable, pre-estimated and genuine without reference to the actual loss
or damage which shall have been sustained by the Owner. Successful
Bidder will agree to the same without any protest or demure.
41. TEMPORARY WORKS

All temporary works, ancillary works, enabling works, including dewatering of
surface and subsoil water, preparation and maintenance of temporary drains at the
work site, preparation and maintenance of approaches to working areas, wherever
required, for execution of the work, shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR
and all costs towards the same shall be deemed to have been included in the
quoted prices.
42. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
42.1
CONTRACTOR shall obtain all safety clearance (viz. Excavation, Hot/ Cold
work permit) from Owner, as may be required from time to time, prior to start
of work. Work without safety permit shall not be carried out. Safety permit
and fire service facility, if available, shall be provided on daily allocation basis
upon application.
42.2
CONTRACTOR shall obtain plans and full details of all existing and planned
underground services from Engineer- in- Charge and shall follow these plans
closely at all times during the performance of work. CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for location and protection of all underground lines and
structures at his own cost.
42.3
Despite all precautions, should any damage to any structure / utility etc.
occur, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer- in- Charge and
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 29 of 40
CONTRACT
CONTRACTOR shall forthwith carry out repair at his expenses under the
direction and to the satisfaction of DCPL and Owner/concerned authority.
42.4
CONTRACTOR shall take all precautions to ensure that no damage is

caused to the existing pipelines, cables etc. during construction. Valve cabin
of existing pipelines, other existing structures, existing stone pitching and
other stabilisation measures along the track route damaged/disturbed during
construction shall be repaired and restored to their original condition by
CONTRACTOR after completion of construction to the complete satisfaction
of Owner/ DCPL.
42.5
CONTRACTOR shall in consultation with Owner/ DCPL and the concerned

authorities, take adequate measures for strengthening the existing electric
poles, telephone poles etc. in the proximity of the pipeline / cable alignment.
CONTRACTOR shall take adequate protective measures to prevent damage
to these facilities during construction. CONTRACTOR shall have to adopt
such method of construction as will be suitable for working in these areas
using the limited space available and without causing any damage to these
facilities. Contractor shall be deemed to have taken cognizance of all such
constraints, etc. while working in this area and Contractor shall not be
entitled to any extra claim at a later stage.
43. INSURANCE
Insurance shall be in the scope of the contractor till the complete commissioning and
handing over of 220/ 33 KV Substation. Contractor shall ensure himself to cover all
job, which shall include all jobs like Detailed Design & Engineering, Procurement,
Supply, Transportation up to BORL Bina Site, Storage, Construction, Erection,
Installation, Testing and Commissioning and all other related jobs for successful
completion of 220 / 33 KV Substation.
The Contractor shall at all times maintain sufficient insurance cover against fire and
injury/ death, and such other insurances, as necessary to cover all the liabilities,
present or future, whether foreseeable or otherwise, which may arise on account of
any accident or otherwise, during the course of the Contract.
44. INDEMNITY AND OTHER REMEDIES:
The Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold and keep indemnified, the Owner,
its affiliates, employees, directors and agents from and against all Losses incurred
or suffered by the Owner, its affiliates, employees, directors and agents , as a result
of, arising from, or in connection with or relating to:
a) gross negligence, fraud or willful act of the Contractor, Sub-Contractor or their
respective agents, employees or officers:
b) any violation of Applicable Law by the Contractor, Sub-Contractor or their
respective agents, employees or officers:
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 30 of 40
CONTRACT
c) breach by the Contractor of the Tender Documents, Contract/ and/ or any

documents executed or instructions or Approvals issued, pursuant to the
Contract/; and/ or
d) material misrepresentation to the Owner by the Contractor.
e) any matter or thing done or omitted to be done by the Contractor or any of its
Sub-Contractor(s) or their employees, workmen, representatives, agents,
servants or suppliers in the execution of the Contract;
f)
any action or suit being brought against the Contractor or any of its SubContractor(s) or their employees, workmen, representatives, agents, servants or
suppliers for anything done or omitted to be done in execution of the Contract
The obligations of the Contractor under this clause shall survive the termination or
expiry of the Contract.
For the purposes of this Clause [44] the term (a) Losses shall mean all losses,
liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, (whether or not resulting from third party
Claims), including those resulting from actions, proceedings, Claims and including
interests and penalties with respect thereto and out-of-pocket expenses, including
reasonable attorneys and accountants fees and disbursements and (b) Claims
includes any notice, demand, claim, action, assessment taken by any governmental
authority or a third party whereby any person: (i) may be placed or is sought to be
placed under an obligation to make payment; (ii) is likely to suffer any loss, damage,
cost, expense, liability, penalty or prosecution; (iii) may be enjoined or restrained
from doing any act or thing; and/or (iv) may be deprived of any relief, allowance,
credit or repayment otherwise available;
Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
Any particular remedy or remedies of a party in respect of any default by another
party shall not preclude the use by a party of any other remedy in respect thereof
whether available at law, in equity, under legislation or otherwise or as may be
expressly provided for in the Contract or the Bidding Document. No such remedy
shall be exclusive or dependent upon any other remedy and a party may from time
to time exercise any one or more of the remedies referred to herein, at law and
equity independently or in combination, such remedies being cumulative and
alternative.
Whenever any claim against the Contractor for the payment of any sum of money
arises out of or under the Contract (including in relation to carrying out the Work or
provision of Supplies), Owner shall, at its option and without prejudice to any other
rights, remedies and entitlements it may have under other Contract or the Bidding
Documents, Applicable Law or equity, be entitled to recover such sum from the dues
payable to the Contractor or by appropriating in part or whole, the Performance
Guarantee of the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay to BORL forthwith on
demand, any balance amounts remaining due.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 31 of 40
CONTRACT
45. CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Contractors Representations and Warranties: Contractor represents and warrants to
Owner that:
45.1
Good Standing. Contractor is a company duly organized, validly existing

and in good standing under the laws of India and the execution, delivery and
performance of the Contract have been duly authorized by all requisite
corporate action and will not violate any provision of any law, government
instrumentality rule, regulation, permit, statute or ordinance, or violate any
provision of its charter or bylaws or any indenture, agreement or instrument
to which it is a party or by which it or its property may be bound or affected.
45.2
No Violation of Law. Contractor is not in violation of any Applicable Law,

statute, order, rule or regulation promulgated, or judgment entered, by any
national, state or local governmental instrumentality that, for either an
individual violation or for a number of violations in the aggregate, would
adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under the Contract.
45.3
Licenses. Contractor is, or will be, the holder of all national, state, local or
other permits required to conduct its business.
45.4
Qualifications. Contractor has (a) examined this Agreement thoroughly and

become familiar with its terms and, (b) by itself and through its
Subcontractors, Contractor possesses the full experience and proper
qualifications to provide the Works for electricity generating facilities and that
it realizes that completion and detailing will occur during performance of the
Contract.
45.5
Approvals, Certificates, Permits and Licenses. Contractor has obtained,

or has no reason to expect that it will not in due course and without undue
delay obtain, all of the approvals, certificates, permits, and licenses with
respect to any applicable authority or instrumentality of government, or any
department or agency thereof, necessary, required or appropriate in
connection with the Contractor's performance.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 32 of 40
CONTRACT
APPENDIX-I TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

TIME SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
Complete 220 / 33 kV Substation Package
including five (5) nos. 220 kV Bays in 220 kV
Outdoor Air Insulated Switchyard, 33 kV GIS,
associated LT AC & DC System,
Interconnection of existing 33 KV System at
CPP with the new 33 kV GIS alongwith
associated modification in the existing 33 KV
Switchgear, Substation Control, Protection
and Automation System, Illumination,
Earthing, lightning Protection, AC &
Ventilation and Fire Detection, Alarm &
Protection system alongwith associated Civil,
Structural, Architectural, etc. system and
successful commissioning of new 220 / 33kV
Substation including removal and shifting of
approx. 100 nos. of concrete railway
sleepers alongwith cable drums, cable trays,
structure and civil material to remaining yard
and re-fencing of the same shall be in the
scope of the contractor.
TIME OF COMPLETION
The completion period shall be 18

(Eighteen) Months for complete
commissioning and handing over of
site to BORL from the date of Fax of
Acceptance/ Letter of Acceptance.
(BIDDING DOCUMENT NO. : 7703-71-60TS-001)

Note:
1. The time of completion shall be reckoned from the date of notification of award, i.e.
date of issue of Fax of Acceptance.
______________________________
SIGNATURE AND SEAL OF BIDDER
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 33 of 40
CONTRACT
APPENDIX-II TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RADIOGRAPHY & OTHER NDT FOR PLANT
WORKS CONTRACTS
1. CONTRACTOR shall appoint radiography/NDT agency(ies) only after
acceptance of such agency(ies) by OWNER/DCPL However, acceptance of
radiography/ NDT agency by OWNER/DCPL shall not absolve the
CONTRACTOR of his responsibility to execute radiography work as per
requirements of the Contract.
2. CONTRACTOR shall mobilize Radiography/ NDT agency at site along with
adequate number of radiography resources/ NDT equipments& appliances,
commensurate with the welding activity and quantum of Radiography/NDT work
load to avoid delays in Radiography/ NDT and consequent generation of back
log. In the event of generation of back log leading to Delay/ Holdup of
subsequent activities OWNER/DCPL has right to engage additional agency for
carrying out the radiography at the risk and cost of CONTRACTOR including
100% overhead charge.
3. Radiography Check Shots
a. To verify that radiographs are being taken on the prescribed / selected welds /
spots only, 5% of already radio graphed spots shall be selected by the Engineerin Charge or his designated person for check shots. The check shots shall be
taken up before any further radiography work.
b. Radiography of all the check shots shall be taken by the CONTRACTOR at no
extra cost to DCPL/ OWNER. If mismatch / variation is found in any of the check
shot as per para 3 (a),CONTRACTOR shall have to take re radiography of the
entire lot represented by mismatched check shot (a days production or more as
decided by Engineer In Charge) at his own cost.
c. In the event of any non matching / variation is observed in re radiography of the
entire lot as per para 3(b) above with reference to the earlier radiographs taken,
the radiography agency shall be forthright debarred from site. CONTRACTOR
shall then carryout re-radiography up to maximum of 100% of all the prescribed
/ selected welds/ spots radio graphed by the debarred radiography agency (as
per direction of the Engineer In Charge} at his own cost by engaging a separate
Radiography agency acceptable to OWNER/DCPL. The process for verification
of radiographs through check shots shall be continued as per clause 3(a) above
from the lots selected by the Engineer In-Charge till 2(two) consecutive lots are
found with matching check shot radiographs to the satisfaction of DCPL/
OWNER.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 34 of 40
CONTRACT
APPENDIX-III TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

PF COMPLIANCE
The contractors must ensure the following compliance with specific reference to
the following Act.
Sl. No.
Acts
1.
PF & MP Act 1952
Compliance
Obtaining separate PF Code No from Local/Sagar.
Remittance of monthly contribution challan under that code.
Maintenance of monthly returns, annual returns, nomination
form, eligibility register for all contractual including sub
contractual staff deployed at BORL.
Inspection by Engineer In charge for above compliance
Contract Labour
2
(R & A) Act
Obtaining Form V from Principal employer i.e. BORL. In case of

sub contracting, Principal contractor shall be principal employer
for sub contractors.
BORL will issue FORM V only to its principal contractor.
Obtaining Labour license from RLC Central Jabalpur
Submission of Form VIA for commencement /completion of
work
Maintenance of various records and registers under Act
Filling half yearly returns. Annual returns etc.
Factory Act 1948
Ensuring Safety compliance at site

Applicable safety norms to be followed as per Factory rules.
Rules pertaining to leave with wages and all its records
Deployment of workmen as per rules i.e not below the age of
18 years.
ESI
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
ESI is not applicable. However, in future if it is made applicable,

all compliance have to be done with regard to workmen.
SCC 35 of 40
CONTRACT
Sl. No.
5
Acts
Minimum Wages
Act 1948
Compliance
Display of wages to be paid category wise at notice board (in
Hindi) of the contractor where work is being carried out.
Requisite returns to be submitted by contractor.
Payment of wages
act 1936
Display of date and venue for disbursement of wages at site.

Submission of returns under payment of wages Act.
Workmen
Compensation Act
1923
Compliance under Act
Maternity Benefit
Act
Payment of Bonus
Act 1965
10
Industrial Dispute
Act 1947
11
Gratuity Act 1972
Compliance under Act if applicable
12
BOCW Act 1996
All compliance including cess payment if applicable
In addition, all other applicable labour laws must be complied with as enumerated in
GCC & SCC.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 36 of 40
CONTRACT
APPENDIX-IV TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

COMPLIANCES STATUS OF LABOUR LAWS
Compliances Status of Labour Laws for the Month of .
At Bharat Oman Refineries Limited, Bina
(Date of Submission: On or before 15th Day of subsequent month)
Name of the Contractor
________________________________________________________________
Labour License No.________________________________________________,
Valid up to___________________
Area/unit of Work: _______________________________________________________
==================================================================
1. The Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970 & Rules 1971:
A. Number of Employees/workers as per License:
.
B. Actual number of Employees/workers deployed at BORL Bina site:
Category
Male
Female
Company Staff
Highly Skilled workers
Skilled Workers
Semi Skilled Workers
Unskilled Workers
TOTAL
Number of contract worker of Madhya Pradesh Domicile.
C. Nos. employees in Form XIII (Register of workmen employed by contractor):
..
D. Nos. of employees in Form XVI (Muster Roll/Attendance Register):
..
E. Welfare activities: .
==================================================================
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 37 of 40
CONTRACT
==================================================================
2. The Employees Provident Fund &Misc Provision Act 1952:
A. PF Code number: ..,
B. Submission date of PF challan: ,
Amount of wages as per challan ...
C. Number of subscriber as per challan: ,
D. Number of subscriber working at BORL Bina site:
,
(Authorized Signatory: .)
E. Details of Form 5/ 10: No. of new joining, as per FORM 5..;
No. of employees resigned, as per FORM 10 ..
F. Annual Return Submission: Amount: ,
Date: Receipt No: .
G. Enclosed statement showing the recoveries of contribution as per the provisions of
The Employees Provident Fund &Misc Provision Act 1952, in below format for
employees / workers deployed at BORL Bina site (Mandatory).
Sr. Name of
No. Employee
/Worker
PF A/c
Number
Basic Salary
for Provident
Fund
Contribution
Employee/
Worker
Provident
Fund
Contribution
Employee/
Worker
voluntary
Provident
Fund
Contribution
Employer
Provident
Fund
Contribution
Provident
Fund
Admin
Charges
Basic Salary
for Pension
Fund
Contribution
Employer
Pension
Fund
Contribution
EDLI
Contribution
==================================================================
3. The Minimum wages Act 1948 & Madhya Pradesh Minimum wages Rules 1958
A. Minimum wage rate paid to:
Un-Skilled Workers: Rs.. per day,
Semi Skilled Workers : Rs per day,
Skilled Workers: Rs...per day,
Highly Skilled Workers : Rs. per day.
==================================================================
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 38 of 40
EDLI
Admin
Charges
CONTRACT
==================================================================
4. The Payment of wages Act 1936 & Madhya Pradesh Payment of Wages Rules
1962
A. Actual Payment date
Actual Amt paid.
==================================================================
5. The Payment of Bonus Act 1965 & Madhya Pradesh Rules 1975:
A. Amount of Bonus Paid .
B. Copy of form D ..
==================================================================
6. The Workmen's Compensation Act 1923 & Madhya Pradesh Workmen's
Compensation rules 1958
A. Workmens Compensation Policy Number:..
Valid up to:
B. Nos. of cases reported ..,
C. Amount Paid DD Number ..
Date .. Bank ...
Brief about the case: ...........................
.
==================================================================
(Authorized Signatory: .)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 39 of 40
CONTRACT
==================================================================
7. The Factories Act 1948 & M.P Rules 1962:
A. Details of incident / Accident reported this month :
....................
B. List of PPEs provided to workman : .....
C. Payment of leave not availed by workmen : ...

..............
D. Details as per FORM 18 (Register of leave with wages):
Total Number of workmen
as per FORM 18 in the
month.
Total working days in the

month.
Total number of days

actually worked by
workmen.
Declaration
This is to certify that the above information given by me is correct. We have complied
with all the labour laws including the Employees Provident Fund and Misc. Provision Act
1952, Payment of Wages Act 1906, contract Labour (R & A ) Act 1970 And other labour
laws , Rules and Regulations as applicable on us, during the month of ...
Authorized Signatory: .
Date:
Name : ..
Rubber stamp: ..
==================================================================
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SCC 40 of 40
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT

VOLUME - I
SECTION 5
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol I : Sec 5 : HSE

1.0
INTRODUCTION
Bharat Oman Refineries Limited (BORL) has set up a 6 MMTPA grass-root refinery
at Bina, Madhya Pradesh, India. Other than the Refinery, there is a Crude Receipt
Terminal located at Vadinar, Jamnagar, Gujarat, India and a 936 km long cross
country pipeline across Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh to transfer the crude oil from
Vadinar to Bina.
BORL believes that all the manufacturing and related activities should be conducted
in a safe way to ensure the safety of people working in its premises.
It is to be ensured that contractors, who work for BORL, comply with HSE standards
as per the companys policy and observe safe practices & procedures at work to
protect health and safety of their employees and others.
Safety of the contract personnel needs enhanced focus due to constant change of
persons leading to lack of awareness. Statistics and experience show that an
additional benefit from improved HSE performance leads to overall effectiveness in
the execution of contract work.
In particular, the contractor has an independent responsibility for his own HSE
performance. BORL is responsible for clearly communicating its HSE requirement
to the contractor and for monitoring the contractor's performance with respect to
HSE. HSE standards of the contract employees should be in line with the BORL
employees and any violation observed will be dealt with strictly (including
termination of the contract).
These guidelines are applicable to all contracting agencies, O&M operators, other
service providers, etc. who work for Bharat Oman Refineries Limited.
1.1
DEFINITIONS:
Owner / Company shall mean Bharat Oman Refineries Limited.
Agreement shall mean the contract agreement between owner and contractor
for activities assigned to the contractors.
Contractor shall mean the person/persons, firm or company whose tender has
been accepted by the Competent Officer of BORL or contractors legal
Representative/ his successors and permitted assignee/sometimes engaged in
job on verbal instructions, due to exigency/emergency etc.
Engineer in charge shall mean the person authorized by the Competent
Officer of BORL to whom contractor or his/her employees report to for work
instruction.
Contract shall mean the totality of the agreement between the parties as derived
from the contract documents.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 1 of 34

2.0
HSE ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACT

In addition to the usual features of a contact there shall be a separate clause
dealing with the contractors compliance with Health, Safety and Environmental
requirements. The sub-contractors if engaged shall follow all the HSE
requirements of BORL applicable to main contractor.
2.1
HEALTH:OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
2.1.1
MEDICAL FITNESS
i.
Before planning the posting of the worker to BORL, the concerned supervisor
shall have a general overview that the person is not physically or mentally
incapacitated for the planned job.
ii.
The contractor shall arrange the medical examination of the workers as per
the BORL policy.
iii.
The contractor shall produce the certificate of medical fitness of the worker at
the time of gate pass application on the format as required by BORL.
iv.
The contractor shall ensure the compliance to the completion of the various
specific medical examinations (SME) as per the BORL policy. At present the
SME is required for the following jobs
v.
vi.
Confined space entry (Specify if inert space entry)
Work at Height
Work in SRU (Sulphur Recovery Unit)
Work in CPP (Captive Power Plant)
Work in High Noise Area
Canteen work
Operation of a crane, locomotive or fork-lift truck, or to give signals to

them
Driving (other than specified in clause1.4.7)
Work at White oil gantry or Railway Gantry of BDT (Bina Dispatch

Terminal)
The contractor shall ensure compliance to the Form-32 medical examination

for
Confined space entry ,
Work at Height (>30 Meters)
Any specific job as suggested by Fire &Safety dept.
The contractor shall ensure that the posting of the workers in the jobs
requiring SME or Form-32 shall be in accordance with the fitness status in
the medical examination.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 2 of 34

vii.
The contractor shall follow-up with the workers for the medical
recommendation as suggested on the medical fitness certificate / Form 32.
viii.
The contractor shall ensure timely renewal of the medical certificate, that is
within one year for:
Periodic Medical Examination for all the workers (if not specified)
Confined space entry (Specify if inert space entry)
Work at Height
Canteen work

them (age < 45 years)
Driving (other than specified in clause 1.4.7)
Work at White Oil Gantry or Railway Gantry of BDT
Six months for:
Work in SRU (Sulphur Recovery Unit)
Work in CPP (Captive Power Plant)
Work in High Noise Area

them (age > 45 years)
ix.
The cost of all these medical examinations (if any) should not be directly or
indirectly recovered from the workers & shall be borne by the contractor
company.
x.
In case of any medical related dispute BORL will be the final authority to
arrive at a decision.
2.1.2
WORKPLACE INJURIES / EXPOSURES

i.
The contractor shall periodically educate, train, motivate & supervise the
workers at the opportunities of tool box talk or during the job on the possible
health hazards, risks involved in the job & the good safety practices for
prevention of such workplace injuries / exposures.
ii.
The contractor shall ensure that in case of any such incident, the person is
sent to Occupational Health Centre (OHC) along with his / her supervisor for
the treatment & the documentation.
iii.
The contractor shall cooperate, arrange & ensure that:
iv.
The injured gets the complete treatment as advised,
v.
The injured gets the medical attention on the recommended frequency at the
govt. approved hospitals / clinics.
vi.
The person is brought to the OHC for fitness certificate in all (except the First
Aid cases), for the medical examination & fitness, before resuming the
duties.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 3 of 34

vii.
2.1.3
The injured gets all required rehabilitative care.
HEALTH PROMOTION ACTIVITIES

The contractor shall ensure that the workers actively participate in all the health
promotional activities as & when organized / supported by BORL.
2.1.4
DISCLOSURE
The contractor shall disclose any such important medical information he has, to
the medical facility at BORL in writing, if any of his workers has any potential or
recognized significant health hazard to the health of the worker / his colleagues.
2.1.5
IMPROVEMENTS
The contractor shall periodically update his supervisors & the workers about the
prevailing medical related requirements at BORL.
2.2
Safety Guidelines for Contractors/ Sub-Contractors:
2.2.1
Responsibilities
i.
The contractor shall be fully responsible for supervision of its personnel to

ensure that they strictly adhere to all applicable Safety requirements.
ii. The contractor shall appoint one of its personnel on the work site as a Safety
Representative.
iii. The contractors Site Manager on site shall be responsible for coordinating
the contractors safety activities.
2.2.2
Alcohol and Drugs

The contractor shall ensure that any time during the performance of the work his
personnel are not under the influence of any alcoholic liquor, drug or other
intoxicating substances.
2.2.3
Conduct of Contractors Personnel

The contractor shall instruct his personnel to comply with the following:
i.
No one shall enter any part of the complex, including the work site except for
undertaking the work assigned.
ii. Smoking is strictly prohibited. Anybody found smoking would be immediately

removed from the complex. Such a person shall be barred from working for
any other contractor employed by BORL.
iii. No fire or naked light, matches, cigarette lighters or any apparatus that can
cause ignition, shall be allowed in the complex.
iv. Personal Protective equipment shall be used and worn in accordance with
the safety procedure.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 4 of 34

v.
2.2.4
It is essential that good housekeeping is maintained throughout the

period of any work, both at work site and around any temporary building.
The working area shall be kept tidy at all times, escape and other access
ways shall be kept clear of objects. Safety equipment shall be kept in an
accessible place. Scrap/surplus material shall be removed daily, cleaning
up only at the end of the job is not considered sufficient. Spillage of oil or
chemical shall be cleared up immediately in view of the fire hazard,
slippery surfaces, toxic substances etc. Appropriate safety precaution
shall be taken during the cleaning up. While returning permit, acceptor
will certify housekeeping and issuer will check the same before signing
the permit.
Equipment supplied by Contractor

The contractor shall provide and operate his equipment in compliance with the
BORL Procedures. Maintenance and use of equipment should be as per the
standard practice and it should not create any hazard during the use. Contractor
should deploy skilled workmen for operating the machine.
Contractors to inspect tools/tackles at quarterly interval and necessary records are
to be maintained as per company format. Engineer In-charge will carry out random
audits to ensure system compliance.
2.2.5
Personal Protective Equipment

i.
The contractor/ sub-contractor shall supply following mandatory personal

protective equipment to its all employees & supervisors :
Sl. No.
1.
PPE Type
Specification
Quantity
Frequency
EN:397,
Yearly
Quarterly
Polka Dotted
2 Pairs
Weekly
Safety Helmet
IS:2925
2.
Safety Goggles
EN:166,
ANSI: Z 87.1
3.
Safety Hand
Gloves
4.
Boiler Suit
Cotton
3 Sets
Yearly
5.
Safety Shoes
EN-345,
1 Pair
Yearly
IS:15298
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 5 of 34

ii. The contractor/ sub-contractor shall also provide following PPEs as per job
requirements such as but not limited to:
Sl. No.
PPE Type
IS/EN/EU
Quantity
Frequency
1.
Ear Plug (Ear Muff on
Monthly
need base)
EN 352-2,
ANSI: Z3.19,
EN-352-1
Dust Mask
IS:9473,EN-
Weekly
Job
Need Base
2.
149
3.
Full Body Harness
IS: 3521
with double lifeline

4.
Face Shield
Specific
EN:166.1.B.3.9
Job
Need Base
Specific
5.
EN-374-(JKL)
AND EN-388CE, EN-374-CE
1 Pair
Weekly
EN-345
1 Pair
Half Yearly
CE-0493
1 Pair
Monthly
EN-398, EN-
Job
Need Base
407
Specific
IS:2925 ,EN-
Yearly
ANSI: Z 87.1
Quarterly
Over Spectacles
EN-166, EN-
Quarterly
Goggles (need base)
170, EN-172
PVC/Nitrile/Rubber
gloves
(For Chemical/Civil
Jobs)
6.
Gum Boots (Civil

Jobs)
7.
Leather Gloves for

Welders
8.
9.
Leather Apron
Helmet mounted
welders shield
10.
Chemical Splash
166
Goggles (need base)

11.
iii. The contractor/ sub-contractor shall ensure that the quality of PPEs is
maintained as per BORL guidelines. Contractor/ sub-contractor is
responsible for providing personal protective equipment to their employees
as per above specifications, quantity & frequency.
iv. The contractor/ sub-contractor shall ensure that personal protective
equipment are maintained in good condition and shall be worn as per the
requirement.
v. All the PPE should be available while working and proper supply to be
ensured by the contractor for routine wear and tear/loss.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 6 of 34

vi. Use of PPE is mandatory and any violation of the same shall be penalized.
vii. Contractor shall provide contractors employees with the mandatory personal
protective equipment and the personal protective / safety equipment as
specified in the work permits. The contractor shall also provide additional
PPE, if instructed for safe execution of the job.
viii. Contractors PPE and other safety equipment shall conform to BORL
specifications and sample shall be approved by BORL safety representative
before procurement. Sufficient stock of mandatory PPEs shall be kept and
maintained at site.
ix. Contractor employees and employees of Subcontractors shall wear safety
helmet and coverall of the same color with logo/emblem of the main
contractor.
x. Contractor employees should be trained in proper use and maintenance
PPE.
of
xi. The damaged PPE shall be periodically replaced with new ones.
2.3
ENVIRONMENT:
2.3.1
The contractor shall perform their jobs in an eco-friendly manner and in

consonance with the objective of BORL Environment Management System. The
contractor
shall
inculcate
environmental
awareness
among
their
workmen/personnel and strive for enhancement of systems and skills for
minimizing the environmental impact out of their activities/services.
2.3.2
The contractor shall avoid wastage of water, compressed air, electric power,
steam, etc. supplied to them from owner's source of supply for execution of the
job.
2.3.3
The contractor shall ensure that while carrying out Modification/Repair/

Replacement jobs of any equipment or pipeline, the spillage of Hydrocarbon,
Oily Sludge etc. are cleaned and routed to nearby OWS, at regular interval as
well as after completion of jobs.
2.3.4
Before attending any blinding/de-blinding jobs, during pipeline transfer operation

all tools, tackles &spares shall be kept ready at site in order to minimize
Hydrocarbon spillage.
2.3.5
Should there be a discharge or escape of appreciable quantity of pollutants or

contaminants during performance of its obligations under this Contract which
occurs as a result of activities of Contractor or its sub-Contractor, the Contractor
shall immediately take all action necessary to contain, control, recover or
disperse the substance and to eliminate the safety and environmental risks and
correct the damage resulting there from.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 7 of 34

2.3.6
The contractor shall clear and level the work site and remove all metallic and
nonmetallic surplus materials, scrap, debris and other waste materials generated
out of his job, from time to time as well as after completion of job. The
contractors shall not throw away cut gaskets, used electrode pieces, hand
gloves, cotton bags, polythene bags, etc., into open channel drains or pipelines
system. They are to be collected and to be deposited in bins/waste collectors
earmarked for the purpose or disposed off in the areas as per the direction of
Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor is responsible for keeping his place neat and
clean. Also all temporary office shall be maintained in a healthy and hygienic
condition.
2.3.7
Contractor shall return all surplus materials & scrap to the owner's stores.
2.3.8
Contractor's vehicles, trucks, tractor, cranes and other portable equipment e.g.
Air Compressor, DG Set, Dewatering Pumps etc. used inside BORLpremises
(where Hydrocarbon is used as fuel) for execution of the job must be
mechanically sound and have an exhaust complying pollution norms. The
contractor shall ensure to avoid idle running of vehicles and equipment used for
execution of the job.
2.3.9
Special precautions and personal protection shall be taken as per BORLHSE

procedures during the following jobs:
i.
Handling of Hazardous Chemicals, Gases & Materials etc. (e.g. Spent

Catalyst/Clay/Carbon/Resins, Acids, Chlorine, Ammonia, Pyrophoric Iron,
etc.).
ii.
Working in presence of Suspended Solids (e.g. Catalyst, Refractory, Sand,

Dust, etc.)
iii.
Cleaning/handling of Oily Sludge.
2.3.10 BORL is having "QUALITY, ENVIRONMENT, OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND

SAFETY (QEHS) POLICY." Please refer Annexure I. Contractor/ Subcontractor will educate their personnel working at BORL w.r.t. QEHS Policy and
all out efforts shall be made for compliance to the above policy.
2.3.11 For contracts related to construction related activities, the contractor to use only
fly-ash based products for building materials and road embankment, such as
cement or concrete, fly-ash bricks/blocks/tiles, clay fly-ash bricks/blocks/tiles or
cement fly-ash bricks/blocks/tiles or similar products in combination or in
aggregate of them in every project in line with MoEF gazette notification.
2.3.12 For contracts related to solid material handling such as fly ash, pet-coke, coal,
limestone, sulfur, etc., the contractor is required to take all necessary
precautions so as avoid the dusts getting air borne or spillages on roads &
drains, etc. during transportation and handling of the same. Precaution during
transportation may include use of enclosed vehicles, proper covering of the
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 8 of 34

consignment with tarpaulin, water sprinkling, etc. as suitably directed by

Engineer-in-charge.
2.3.13 For activities related to generation & handling of E-Waste, spent lead acid
batteries & contaminated chemical drums the contractor is required to ensure
the handling of the same is carried out in line with related BORL Environment
Dept. guidelines.
3.0
ADMISSION TO BORL PREMISES
3.1
ENTRY IN BORLPREMISES
CONTRACTOR shall allow only its employees, Subcontractors, and suppliers
directly connected with the work, to enter BORL premises only after attending
necessary safety induction training endorsed by F&S.
3.2
VEHICLES AND PARKING
3.2.1
Contractor shall furnish transportation for all of Contractors employees from the
designated entry gate to the job site and return. The BORL Representative will
designate the routes and parking areas to be used by Contractor's vehicles in
BORL premises. Contractor shall observe all of the BORLs traffic regulations at
all times while in the refinery and other BORL premises.
3.2.2
All Contractors owned, rented, or leased vehicles or equipment (i.e. air

compressors, generators, welding equipment, forklifts, cranes, etc.) entering the
Refinery and other BORL premises shall be properly identified and has a valid
Safety Certificate and Gate Pass. Only vehicles required for execution of work
are allowed in the Refinery and other BORL restricted premises; all other
vehicles shall be parked outside the Refinery or BORL restricted premises.
3.2.3
A safety clearance from F&S dept. is required to all the vehicles entering in
BORL operational area. The timings of vehicle inspection is from 09:00 AM to
11:00 AM.
3.2.4
The contractor shall comply with all points of checklist given in Annexure II of
safety inspection of vehicles before coming for inspection.
3.3
TRAFFIC REGULATIONS
All traffic signs, signals, and road markings must be obeyed. Unless otherwise
posted, the speed limit in BORL facilities is 30 KMPH. In all cases, the low
posted speed limit shall govern.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 9 of 34

4.0
SAFETY RULES AND PROCEDURES
4.1
SMOKING AND CARRYING OF MATCHES / LIGHTERS

Smoking is prohibited in all BORL Areas. Carrying of matches and lighters into
BORL premises is prohibited. Violators will be refused entry into the restricted
area and shall be dealt administratively as violation. Contractor shall be
responsible for strict adherence to these regulations by contractors employees
or the employees of contractors sub-contractors.
4.2
BATTERY OPERATED AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS

Non-intrinsically safe battery operated items e.g. flashlights, mobile phone,
pagers, personal monitors, etc. are not permitted inside the operational area.
Electrically operated tools & equipment should be suitable for use as per the
area classification and should be certified by BORL electrical dept.
4.3
FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

Contractors shall furnish all portable fire extinguishers and safety equipment
required at construction sites during construction. The fire extinguishers shall be
certified by BORL Fire & Safety dept. and proper tag / sticker shall be provided
by the contractor. The firefighting equipment shall be regularly inspected &
maintained.
Contractors shall not use, alter, or move BORL firefighting equipment.
Firefighting equipment shall be accessible at all times.
4.4
SCAFFOLDING AND LADDERS
4.4.1
All scaffolds shall be erected by competent and qualified personnel and shall
conform to requirements of BORL guidelines and safe work practices for
scaffolds and ladders. These requirements include the mandatory inspection,
tagging, approval, and certification of erected scaffold before use.
4.4.2
Contractors scaffold material samples shall be approved by BORL prior to

procurement. Scaffolding should be regularly inspected by competent person &
provided with inspection tag.
4.5
USE OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL
4.5.1
Only authorized personnel holding valid Radiation Work Permit License issued
by BARC shall handle radioactive material.
4.5.2
Contractor shall comply with all safety precautions and requirements as

specified in relevant clauses of BORL procedures and guidelines.
4.5.3
Contractor shall ensure that the following basic rules are strictly enforced:
i.
The ionizing radiation source shall not be left unattended.
ii.
Radiation film badge dose meter shall be used.
iii.
The exposure area shall be clearly identified, barricaded by rope or other

effective means and radiation warning signs posted.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 10 of 34

iv.
Contractor shall coordinate with BORL Inspection\ Instrumentation

Representative to ensure that, the Dose Rate at the barricade does not
exceed 0.25 milirems per hour.
v.
Contractor shall ensure availability of radiation meter at work site of

radiography
vi.
Contractor shall give 12 hours prior notice to Engineer inCharge Inspection \

Instrumentation before starting any radiography work inside Refinery or any
other BORL premises.
4.6
COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
4.6.1
Contractor shall comply with the BORL requirements for storing, handling and
using of compressed gas cylinders.
4.6.2
Cylinders which are approved by PESO should only be allowed to use in BORL
complex.
4.7
ROAD CLOSURES
4.7.1
No roads shall be barricaded or blocked in any way without written approval from
the BORLs representative & F&S dept. Use of a flag man is required to direct
traffic around congested areas. Road workers and workers on roadsides shall
wear reflective coverall or jacket.
4.7.2
Barricades, temporary walkways, signs, etc. should be provided for the safety of
pedestrians and roadside facilities. Barriers shall be equipped with reflectors or
lights so that it is readily visible at night.
4.8
VEHICLE / EQUIPMENT SAFETY CERTIFICATE
4.8.1
All vehicles and engine driven equipment entering BORL premises require a
Safety Certificate as such, contractor should meet the following general
requirements:
4.8.2
CONTRACTORS Vehicle or mobile equipment shall be in good condition and

meet the requirements of Vehicle and Equipment Safety. The number of
vehicles/ mobile equipment shall be kept to the minimum essential for the site
personnel and work requirements.
4.8.3
Contractors vehicle or equipment shall be provided with the appropriate type

and size of fire extinguisher certified by BORL Fire & Safety dept.
4.8.4
An approved type of spark arrestor shall be fixed to the exhaust of equipment

and vehicles entering hazardous area. Pool cars or buses shall not be allowed to
enter hazardous area. Mobile equipment, lifting appliances and vehicles to load
or unload material shall only be allowed with work permit and prior authorization.
4.8.5
In addition, contractors lifting equipment shall have a valid load test certificate
from a BORL approved third party. Safety valves on mobile equipment shall also
be third party certified.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 11 of 34

4.9
WELDING AND CUTTING
4.9.1
Contractor should obtain a Hot Work Permit prior to any welding works in BORL
premises and all requirements pertaining to hot work shall be strictly enforced.
Only a BORL approved type of Welding Blanket shall be used.
4.9.2
When welding work is carried out in a workshop or any similar location classified
as a permit free area, which is approved by Sr. VP (Mfg.), a work permit is not
required but the work shall be adequately supervised. The work area shall at all
times be kept clean of combustible and flammable material.
4.10
WORK PERMITS
4.10.1 As a general principle, no work in the BORL premises can be carried out unless
authorized by appropriate work permit, except those specified in the BORL
Guidelines and Procedures for Work Permit System. The nature of work may
also require additional permission, such as permission for radiography &
Excavation.
4.10.2 Contractor shall obtain appropriate written work permit (and additional
permission if required) through its BORL representative before starting any work
and an approved copy of the permit must be available at the job site.
5.0
CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT / MATERIALS

i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Contractor's engine driven equipment shall be equipped with BORL

approved type of spark arrestor and should be in good operating condition
before it can enter the Refinery and other BORL premises.
All battery boxes shall be covered and all gasoline lines and carburetors free
from leakages.
A current and valid BORL Safety Certificate shall be attached to all engine
driven equipment entering BORL.
Operation of engine driven equipment must comply with BORL Rules and
Regulations.
5.1
THIRD PARTY TEST CERTIFICATE
5.1.1
Contractor shall secure BORL approved Third Party Test Certificate (before
using any) of the following contractors equipment / equipment accessories:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Lifting appliances (crane, boom truck, truck, jig lift, forklift, pulley, D shackle
etc.)
Safety valves on mobile equipment, e.g. air compressor, hydro test machine,
vacuum truck etc.
Cargo tank of tank vehicles, e.g. fuel tanker, vacuum tank or pressurized
tank, etc.
All pressure vessels, e.g. compressors air receiver, SMPV, etc.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 12 of 34

5.1.2
5.2
And also produces test certificate once in year for all lifting appliance, valve
vacuum tank, pressure vessel, & once in six month for lifts, hoist, man basket
etc.
FORKLIFTS, INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS AND CRANES
Only persons holding appropriate Driving License may operate forklifts, industrial
trucks and cranes. Personnel are not permitted to ride/travel on forklifts,
industrial trucks and cranes.
5.3
STORING FUEL AND REFUELING ON BORL PREMISES
5.3.1
Contractor should not store fuel for refueling (vehicles & equipment) inside
BORL premises without BORL Representative approval.
5.3.2
Contractor should not transport fuel on vehicles or containers not approved for
that purpose.
6.0
ON-THE JOB CONTROL

Following tools are useful to ensure the safe practices on the job.
6.1
SAFETY SUPERVISION
6.1.1
It is the duty of the contractor to supervise his workmen during the job. The
concerned plant personnel shall oversee the supervision of safety, health and
environmental matters.
6.1.2
It is mandatory that contractors supervisor is present within the plant premises

till the job continues. The contractors supervisor will be in the close contact with
BORL Engineer in charge.
6.2
SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND SAFETY AUDITS
6.2.1
Safety inspection and auditing are important means for monitoring contractor
safety. Contractors Supervisor must discourage unsafe practices by contractor
employees through regular inspection at the work site. The compliance with work
permit system, mandatory PPEs of personnel, the operational condition of safety
equipment and the reliability, use of tools appropriate for the job, serviceability
and maintenance of work tools and equipment should be established by spot
checks. Concerned contractors safety supervisors shall carry out audit of their
facilities and equipment. It is the responsibility of Contractors to ensure that
necessary action is taken to rectify in a time bound manner.
6.2.2
Contractor should participate in half yearly HSE audit conducted by F&S

department of BORL. The result of these audits should be used for setting goals
for future improvements and winners should be awarded accordingly. A written
Inspection report shall be prepared and distributed to top management of the
same. The checklist for half yearly audit is as per Annexure III.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 13 of 34

6.3
NON COMPLIANCE/ SAFETY VIOLATION
6.3.1
Whenever the contractor is found to be working unsafe, he shall be advised

accordingly by the concerned plant management and F&S person to take
corrective action. If needed work shall be stopped until the situation is rectified.
Delay in work as a result of such stoppages shall be regarded as a breach of
contractual obligations.
6.3.2
Non-compliance / violation of safety standards by the contractor shall be viewed

seriously by the HOD of concerned plant/ Dept. / HOD F&S.
7.0
CONTRACT EMPLOYEES SAFETY TRAINING

It is the policy of BORL to provide systematic safety training and education to
Companys contractors and transporters personnel for observing safe work
practices.
7.1
SAFETY INDUCTION, MANDATORY AND JOB SPECIFIC FIRE & SAFETY

TRAINING
As a minimum requirement, all the contractors personnel working at BORL are
required to be trained in HSE aspects as detailed below:
7.1.1
Every person will be provided safety induction prior to deployment on work.
7.1.2
Permanent contractor have to fulfill the requirements of mandatory fire & safety
trainings.
7.1.3
Contractor employees will also attend job specific training on need basis.
7.1.4
Further, Contractor nominated safety representative also to train their workmen

and keep a systematic records of training as per details given below:
i.
Date and time of training given
ii.
Name and Signature of Safety Representative
iii.
Name and Signature of individual taken the training
iv.
Periodically contractor workmen training activities will be audited by record

checking and validation at random by Fire & Safety Dept.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 14 of 34

7.2
TOOLBOX TALKS
The toolbox talks as a part of continuous training for effective use of safety tips
on the job planned for that day. The Supervisor-in-charge of the Contractor
should give a ten to fifteen minutes talk to the Contract employees. This is the
most effective channel of communication as it takes less time, it is at the work
place and it is covering the immediate job they are handling so they can
precisely correlate the training while working. Toolbox talk is the right tool to
boost the safety awareness and to improve the Contract employees
participation as it involves a small group where direct contact is established to
make the safety message more effective. Records are to be maintained by
Contractor Supervisor of Tool Box talks. This should also reflect in monthly HSE
report.
8.0
EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND INCIDENT REPORTING
8.1
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
8.1.1
Contractor shall ensure that contractor employees clearly understand their

responsibility for an appropriate emergency response as per the BORL
Emergency Response & Disaster Management Plan through awareness /
refresher training and Safety Talks.
8.1.2
In the event of a major fire/ evacuation, contractor shall move contractors

employees away from the vicinity of the fire and out of the way of firefighting
activities in an orderly manner.
8.2
EMERGENCY SIRENS
There are various sirens to indicate emergency situation in the refinery or any
other BORL premises, as tabulated below. Proceed upwind, or crosswind if gas
release is upwind of your location, as indicated by wind socks/steam plumes.
Proceed to the appropriate emergency assembly area by the evacuation route
as indicated/ communicated.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 15 of 34

8.3
8.3.1
INCIDENTS REPORTING:
All incidents, property damage and near miss cases pertaining to contractor
activities shall be reported by Contractor to the engineer in charge and Fire &
Safety department.
8.3.2
Contractor employee, in case of any injury shall report to the plant personnel and
if nobody is available, should rush to the Occupational Health Centre for the
treatment. If further treatment is required outside company, contractor will
arrange for the further treatment. In case of lost time injury or fatality, contractor
is responsible for the treatment and compensation of the affected workmen. The
contractor will not only give information during the investigation of the Incident to
the investigation team but also arrange the witness of the same.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 16 of 34

9.0
RESPONSIBILITIES
9.1
RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR
9.1.1
To ensure that all tools and equipment used by his working crews are
maintained in good working condition and have been tested by the competent
authority.
9.1.2
Contractor is required to make safety documents and records available to BORL

Representative upon request.
These include, but are not limited to work
procedures, training records, performance records, environmental records,

licenses, permits, registrations and compliance plans.
9.1.3
To employ adequately qualified, trained, skilled and experienced persons for

specified activities.
9.1.4
To appoint adequate number of supervisors, who will be responsible for

implementing their HSE program.
9.1.5
To take immediate action to correct any violation of safety rules observed or

reported.
9.1.6
To ensure that appropriate warning signboards or tags are displayed on site.
9.1.7
To comply with safety norms lay down from time to time as per requirement of
job.
9.1.8
To keep a constant liaison with Engg-in-charge /BORL representative on safety

issues.
9.1.9
Photography is prohibited in all BORL controlled areas unless authorized.

Contractor shall
BORL
not
take
photographs
without
approval
of
the
representative. Contractor shall obtain permission from BORL
representative. Appropriate Work Permit shall
be obtained.
9.1.10 To ensure that his personnel are provided with mandatory personal protective
equipment. Also, contractor should ensure that job specific personal protective
equipment is available to his personnel.
9.1.11 The contractor has to give an undertaking before start of contract on HSE
related aspects as per annexure IV.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 17 of 34

9.2
RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR SUPERVISOR / SITE IN-CHARGE OF

CONTRACTOR
9.2.1
Contractor supervisor is the key person to comply with the HSE standards at
work site. He is responsible for overall coordination of the HSE procedures
prescribed herein:
i.
To facilitate AE/SIC, Fire & safety representative or any other person from
BORL to carry out safety inspections of his site.
ii.
To comply with recommendations given by concerned BORL Officer. All

Contractors Safety Personnel, including designated Safety Representatives,
should make daily inspection of the work area. The inspection should be
routine, planned, and designed to include communications with specific
people in the work place, and not just a visual site visit.
iii.
To get information from the concerned BORL personnel on hazards

associated with a particular job and to ensure that necessary precautions are
taken during the execution of that job accordingly.
iv.
Contractors job supervisors also should make daily inspection of their work
areas for the specific purpose of correcting unsafe acts or hazardous
conditions.
v.
To take action in consultation with concerned BORL personnel to rectify the

unsafe conditions at work site prior to start of the work.
vi.
When work is in restricted area, to select personnel adaptable to the work at

hand and will ensure that all safety requirements are being adhered to.
vii.
To ensure the use of mandatory PPEs by working crew under his control.
viii.
To review the work area for unsafe practices and conditions and initiate
corrective actions as required.
ix.
To maintain a constant awareness of fire hazards in their area of work

responsibility and to take action to eliminate the fire hazards if possible.
Matters beyond his ability to handle shall be reported to the concerned
engineer in charge.
x.
To know the plant emergency procedures. This will broaden the leadership
base, which may be required to scope up with serious incidents, personal
injuries, fires or evacuation.
xi.
To provide all relevant information to incident investigation team for any

incident resulting in personal injury, property/ environmental damage.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 18 of 34

10.0
HEALTH, SAFETY ANDENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM

Besides meeting BORL and other regulatory safety provisions, contractors must
have a written safety Program and shall be approved by Fire & Safety
department. The actual program that shall be developed will depend on
variables such as size of the firm, size of the project, nature of activities and the
location & number of contract employees.
The Contractor Management shall commit resources and all necessary support
to ensure the program is implemented to the satisfaction of the BORL.
Contractor shall ensure adherence to all laws, rules, regulation, and notification
of various government departments pertaining to health, safety and environment.
10.1
SITE SAFETY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES
10.1.1 The contractors safety program should establish responsibilities for

managers, engineers, supervisors, safety representatives, and the employees.
10.1.2 The contractors safety program should also include site safety organization with
respect to the overall site organogram. The contractors employee in-charge of
safety should be among the top in the organogram and should have authority
over other activities. There should be at least one dedicated, qualified and
experienced contractors safety Engineer or Supervisor exclusively responsible
for safety implementation / co-ordination. He shall be free from any other
responsibility and no compensation will be made by the BORL for the deputation
of contractors safety staff. The details of the safety officer/supervisor shall be
submitted to BORL F&S dept. in a format given in annexure V.Depending upon
the nature and size of the job, minimum strength of the contractors safety
personnel shall be as indicated in the table below.
Employee Strength
(including sub-contractor)
Minimum Strength
of Safety Staff
Max. No. of employees 30
One discipline (Engr./ Supvr.) with safety

experience can function on part time basis
No. of employees : 30 100
One Safety Supervisor on full time responsibility
One Safety Engineer on full time responsibility +

One Safety Supervisor on full time responsibility
Two Safety Engineer on full time responsibility +

Two Safety Supervisor on full time responsibility
No. of employees : > 500
One Safety Engineer + One Safety Supervisor

(for each 250 employees) on full time
responsibility
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 19 of 34

10.1.3 The number of employees mentioned above represents the maximum number of
contractor employees estimated to be engaged at the site on any day by the
contractor and their subcontractor. In case of block shutdown or turnaround
when the contractor is required to bring in additional manpower, the number of
contractor safety personnel shall be increased as per above table.
10.1.4 Contractors safety personnel shall possess the requisite qualification and
experience as given below:
10.2
SAFETY ENGINEER
Shall be a graduate engineer (Mechanical / Chemical / Electrical/ Civil/ IP/ CTM/
Safety) having a minimum of Two (2) years working experience in the field of
Safety. He should possess a recognized degree or diploma in industrial safety.
He must be able to speak, read and write English very well.
10.3
SAFETY SUPERVISOR
10.3.1 He shall be a diploma holder in engineering or science graduate having five (5)
years experience in handling construction or maintenance projects in process
Plant. He should possess a recognized degree or diploma in industrial safety.
He must be able to speak, read and write English well.
10.3.2 Curriculum Vitae of contractors safety personnel along with copies of all
certificates shall be submitted for BORLs review and approval before posting at
BORL site. The BORL reserves the right to evaluate the candidate based on
review of CV and verification of original certificates and/or personal interview.
10.4
SAFETY ORIENTATION
10.4.1 New contractors key personnel (i.e. supervisors, engineers and managers)
along with the workforce shall receive safety induction training from BORL F&S
department, as per applicable safety training procedure. In turn, these trained
Contractors key personnel shall conduct orientation to their respective
employees prior to job site mobilization / beginning work in form of tool box talks
on regular basis and generate record for the same. Such orientation should
include provisions of the written safety program and procedures applicable to the
contractors scope of work, and also should include the following:
i.
Clarification of the HSE responsibilities for contractor, subcontractor,

employee and all construction/project site personnel.
ii.
Clarification of HSE expectations of the contractor employees.
iii.
HSE rules& regulations within BORL.
iv.
The procedure / responsibilities on Incident reporting for personal injuries,

occupational illnesses, fire incidents, property damage incidents,
environmental incidents, traffic incidents and near-miss incidents.
v.
Toolbox meeting
requirement.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
schedule,
HSE 20 of 34
agenda
and
attendance
mandatory

vi.
The mandatory use of personal protective equipment on various specific

activities
vii.
Prompt reporting of unsafe acts or conditions.
viii.
Overview of BORLs emergency response plans and the contractor

employees action in case of an emergency/drill
ix.
10.5
Waste Handling and Disposal.
CONTRACTORS HSE MEETINGS AND TRAINING

Contractor site in charge along with the safety officer/ supervisor shall attend
monthly HSE meeting conducted on every second Tuesday of the month by
BORL. The meeting agenda should include HSE records and activities,
statistics, incidents, personal protective equipment and other employees
concern on HSE at work. Minutes of meeting shall be prepared by F&S dept. and
circulated to top management and participants. The format of the monthly report
is given in annexure VI.
10.6
SAFETY COMMUNICATION AND COORDINATION

For all practical purposes, it should be the responsibility of the contractor to have
all its employees & sub-contractors etc. informed and involved in various safety
communication and coordination activities.
10.7
RECORDKEEPING AND DOCUMENTATION
10.7.1 Records are required to support activities of contractor safety programs for both
control and audit purposes. Records that shall be maintained and retained within
the contract duration at the job site should include the following:
i.
Log of all injury cases reported and treated, showing date, name of injured,
job nature of injury and type of treatment given.
ii.
All incident investigation report (i.e. injury, illness, traffic, property damage,
environmental incident and as well as Near Miss Incidents).
iii.
Safety meetings or toolbox meeting records or minutes showing date of

meeting, who attended, the subjects discussed and who conducted the
meeting.
iv.
Job site inspection / audit reports and status of the action plans.
v.
Records to show dates, name of participants and subject of training

programs.
vi.
Lifting Tackles and crane or equipment inspection records, 3rd party

certificate.
vii.
PPEs stock & distribution records shall be maintained
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 21 of 34

11.0
SAFETY REPORTS & RECORD REQUIREMENTS.

The Contractor shall prepare and submit the monthly safety reports in prescribe
format given as Annexure II (through BORL representative) to Fire & Safety
department within the first five working days of the month.
12.0

Consultants, contractors/ sub-contractors or other third parties working in the
field shall abide by:
i.
The safety procedures for working in areas of the work as defined in scope of
work.
ii.
All requirements under The Factories Act 1948 and the rules framed thereunder in the M P Factories Rules& Gujarat Factory Rules, as applicable.
iii.
Applicable Environment Regulations in force and also the systems and

procedures in M.P/Gujarat state of work.
iv.
Contractor shall follow complete HSE (Health, Safety and Environmental

Policy) guidelines of BORL.
13.0
SAFETY INFRINGEMENT AND PENALTY SCHEME

All contractors/ sub-contractors and their employees working in BORL premises
shall comply with the BORL safety procedures, guidelines and safe work
practices. Violation of these BORL procedures / guidelines / safe work practices
shall be dealt according to penalty system as follows:
13.1
PENALTY STAGES
VIOLATION
MINOR
MAJOR
FIRST
SECOND
THIRD
FOURTH
Caution
Notice
Penalty
Rs. 500/-
Penalty Rs.
1000/- *
Multiplied
Penalty Rs.
1000/-*
Penalty
Rs. 2000/- *
Penalty
Rs. 5000/- *
Multiplied
* The BORL reserves the right to impose more severe penalty, i.e. suspend/terminate the
employee, his supervisor or the site manager.
Note: - The penalties may be revised from time to time by BORL management.
BORL employee is authorized to charge the infringement note to contractor for
any violation observed at site in prescribe format ( Annexure- II) with the copy to
safety dept. In case of any disagreement, BORL SAFETY representative shall be
the final authority to decide whether an infringement is minor or major for
violations which are not listed in the penalty system. Fire & Safety Department is
authorized to issue infringement report to the BORL representative. The format
of the penalty is as per annexure VII. The Engineer in Charge of the Contract
shall take necessary action and provide feedback to Fire & Safety Department
with copy of receipt from bank.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 22 of 34

13.2
MINOR VIOLATION (Examples)

i.
Not wearing personal protective equipment (PPE) at work site.
ii.
Minor traffic violation (wrong parking)
iii.
Blocking of emergency equipment or exits.
iv.
Using unapproved scaffolding.
v.
Not keeping proper housekeeping
vi.
Not providing shoring for the excavations.
vii.
Over speeding
13.3
MAJOR VIOLATION (Examples)

i.
Smoking, carrying matches or lighter.
ii.
Working without valid work permit.
iii.
Non-compliance to work permits condition.
iv.
Repeating minor violations more than twice.
v.
Major traffic violation.
vi.
Found guilty of negligent driving resulting in a vehicle incident.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 23 of 34

ANNEXURE - I
BORL QEHS POLICY
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 24 of 34

ANNEXURE - II
VEHICLE / EQUIPMENT SAFETY CHECKLIST
F/003/SFT/003
Date
Vehicle/Equipment type :
No.:_______________
____________________
BORL
Contractor
validation: Six Month
Sr.
No
Company Name:
ITEM
Vehicle Reg./Serial
_________________ ReREQUIREMENT
1.
Fire Extinguisher
Approved type and size, properly mounted, easily retrievable
2.
Exhaust System
Should not leak
3.
Spark Arrestor
Fitted with approved spark arrestor
4.
All Lights
Operable and covered with standard lens (includes reverse,

brake, hazard lamps & turn indicators), not cracked or
broken
5.
Reverse Beeper/
Horn
Available in vehicles where driver cannot see the rear, horn

loud enough, activated by gear lever
6.
Seat Belt
Seat Belt with seat belt assembly in proper working condition
7.
Tyres
Good condition
8.
Battery
Secured by clamp, terminals covered
9.
Fuel/Hydraulic
System
Good condition and not leaking
10.
Engine/Rotating
part guards
Guards in place where applicable
11.
Wind Shield
Good condition having proper visibility, no cracks
Y / N / NA
Wipers/Washers
12.
Brakes/Parking
Brake
Foot Brake Operable and efficient
13.
Rear View Mirrors
Both Side / Rear View in driver cab available and

adjustable, no cracks
14.
Body/canopy/booms Good condition
15.
First Aid Kit
Hand Brake Operable and efficient
Available & maintained
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 25 of 34

Sr.
No
ITEM
REQUIREMENT
Y / N / NA
Additional Checks For Cranes

16.
Safe Load Indicator
Working condition & tripping system not bypassed.

Anti two Block Alarm/Cut - out
Load Indicator
Over Hoist Alarm
Over Boom Cut Out/Alarm
17.
Limit Switches
For crawler & hydraulic cranes
18.
Glass enclosure for

Forklift
Good condition having proper visibility, no cracks
19.
ELCB Available
Applicable for welding machine or powered devices above

24V
20.
Third Party
Certificate
Valid certificate from approved third party for lifting

appliances, PSV of equipment. & tank/vessel/cylinders of
tankers
21.
Safety latches
Available in hooks & in good condition.

Wire Ropes Condition/anchorages
Hook with Latch in good condition
22.
Slings
Slings with load test and marking.
Operator
Operators certificate of competency
Requested B Vehicle User / Owners Signature

BORL Authorized Signature
Fire & safety department is responsible for the safety clearance at

the time of inspection. Responsibility of the vehicle before & after the
inspection lies with the user department/Engineer in charge.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 26 of 34

ANNEXURE - III
CONTRACTORS SAFETY PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST
Date:
Location / Area of audit :
Contractor's Safety Performance Checklist

Time: Hrs
Name of contractor company:

Name of auditees during audit:
Type of work involved:
Name of auditors:
Reporting department:
Name of Engineer In Charge:
Sl.
Check Points
No.
Does the Contractor have adequate number of Supervisors for the
1
jobs?
Are the Supervisors competent to ensure that the work force adhere
2
to all applicable safety requirements? ( As per the scope of safety
guidelines)
Is there any Incident/LTI occurred, ( If 2 FAC - 0 , 1 FAC - half
3
marked )
Detail Report available, Remedial measure taken , Briefing about
4
the incident done.
Does the contractor know the incident including Near miss reporting
5
system of BORL? Interview any Two Persons (supervisor & site in
charge).
Whether all the tools / equipment Including PPE's used are meeting
6
the standards? ( any certification CE, ISI Marked )
Whether PPE are being used and in good condition? ( Available with
Workers at field )
Full sleeve (Cotton overall)/ Boiler Suit
Safety Shoes
Safety Helmet
7
Safety Goggles
Hand gloves while working
Ear Plug/Muff in high noise area
Any specific PPE such as safety harness, respiratory
protectors / mask, welders screen, gum boot etc.
Does the workmen know about the nearest location of:
MCP,
Fire extinguishers,
8
Safety Shower,
Assembly Point, Wind socks, Siren Codes
First Aid Box,
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 27 of 34
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Remarks

Sl.
No.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Check Points
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Remarks
Does the contractor personnel know about the hazard associated

with their job/ chemicals / material handled and precautions to be
taken? ( Brief discussion at field )
Are contractor's personnel aware of the various types of permits for
different kinds of jobs?
Are the specified conditions of the permit complied?
Workplace maintained clean and orderly during / after the job?
Chemicals / materials handled properly?
Are the following equipment used by the contractors maintained in
good condition ? ( check for the different legal requirement & BORL
requirement like list, internal inspection)
Tools , Tackles
Electrical / Welding Generators/ Cutting Set with Flash
back Arresters.
Scaffolds
Cranes
Whether the contractor workmen/supervisor familiar with safety sign,
BORL Area classification, etc.?
Whether workmen undergone HSE training and records kept? (
compulsory training all were attended seek record )
All employee were taken mandatory fire & safety trainings ( record
&interview any two persons)
Whether toolbox talk conducted regularly and records kept properly?
Record checked
Asked the information from any of worker about tool box talk subject
Does the contractor attend safety committee meetings regularly?
Are the contractor's personnel familiar with emergency actions?
Emergency telephone numbers
What to do in case of fire?
What to do in case of toxic release?
Total
Overall Rating :
(Ref. of Rating: 0-50%- Below Avg,51-60% - Average, 60-75% - Satisfactory,
76-85% - Good,86-95% -V Good,96-100% - Excellent )
Name & Signature:
Auditor (BORL)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Auditee (Contractor/Owner)
HSE 28 of 34

ANNEXURE - IV
UNDERTAKING
We, M/s ____________________ have been awarded contract work order no.
___________ dtd. __.__._____ by M/s Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd.
We hereby
undertake as follows:
1. That we have understood the details of the work to be executed with reference to
the aforesaid work order and the requirements of manpower, equipment,
tools/tackles, safety equipment and other resources necessary to execute the work
thereof.
2. That we have got competent supervisors and workers with required qualification,
relevant experience / skills and trained for safe execution of the work.
Our
supervisors are well aware of the work hazards and have got adequate knowledge
and familiarity about the safe work practices / safe work methods, necessary safety
measures and precautions to be taken to avoid accidents during execution of the
work.
3. That we have read and understood the General and Special Conditions of the
contract work order under reference and agree to abide by the same.
4. That we have familiarized ourselves with the working conditions, understood all
necessary requirements for safe execution of the work, including HSE policy and
procedures of BORL and obtained all clarifications regarding the job.
5. That we undertake to ensure and strictly comply with safety procedures and safe
practices / methods relevant to the work for safety of our employees and property of
the company BORL and provide required personal protective equipment to all our
employees, as necessary for safety & to prevent probable injuries to our workers
and as per the safety requirements of the Company (BORL). We further undertake
to carry out the work in accordance with the HSE policy and procedures of BORL
6. That we shall also comply with all applicable regulations with respect to
environmental protection.
7. That we undertake to deploy competent and trained personnel for the job identified
who will possess requisite skill, certificate / license.
8. That we shall ensure use of right type of tools, tackles & equipment, maintained in
good working condition, suitable to the nature of the job under execution.
9. That we shall be responsible for safety of our employees and other persons at site /
property of the company and accountable for any accident due to negligence / fault
of our employees or our company and shall be ready to accept the responsibilities
for any legal consequences.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 29 of 34

Signed, Sealed & Delivered by

(Signature of the proprietor of the Company / Authorized person)
Name
Date
Name of Company
Company Seal
Witnesses
1. Signature
: ___________________
2. Signature
: ______________________
Name
: ___________________
Name
: ______________________
Date
: ___________________
Date
: ______________________
Address
: ___________________
Address
: ______________________
___________________
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 30 of 34
______________________

ANNEXURE - V
SAFETY ENGINEER / SUPERVISOR APPOINTMENT
Contractors Name: - ...
Nos. of Work force at site:-..
Details of Safety officer / Supervisor
Full Name: - ..
Date of Birth: - .Designation: - ...
Contact No :- Email ID: - ..
Appointment date: - .
Educational Qualification: 1)....
2)..
3)..
Professional Experience (In Chronological Order)
Sl.
No.
Name of Organization
Period of Service
From
Designation
Area of
Responsibility
To
Stamp and Signature of Contractors Owner / Site In Charge

Date:-______________
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 31 of 34

ANNEXURE - VI
CONTRACTORS MONTHLY SAFETY PERFORMANCE REPORT
CONTRACTORS MONTHLY SAFETY PERFORMANCE REPORT
REPORT FOR THE MONTH
CONTRACT NO
CONTRACTOR NAME
CONTRACT TITLE
CONTROLLING DEPT /TEAM
SITE INCHARGE
NAME : SIGNATURE : THROUGH : - ENGINEER IN CHARGE
NAME : SIGNATURE :TO , FIRE & SAFETY DEPT
Following data to be furnish
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
DESCRIPTION
THIS
MONTH
CUMMILATIVE
REMARK
Man Hours worked

No of Employees
Lost Work Cases (LWC) / Lost Time
Cases
Lost Work-Days
Restricted Workday Cases (RWC)
Medical Treat. Only Cases (MTC)
First Aid Cases (FAC)
Dangerous Occurrences (DO)
Near-Miss Incidents (NM)
Violations Notifications
Toolbox Meeting/Safety Training
Safety Audits
Detail of Accidents/Near miss/Dangerous Occurrence

Date & Time
Emp Name, ID, & Desig.
Brief Description
Recommendation
Detail of Tool Box Talk & Training

Date & Time
No of Participants
Topic
Detail of Safety Audits (Copy of Report should be attached with report)

Date & Time
Audit done by
Auditee
Details of Safety Violations by contractors (Report attached if any)

Date & Time
Brief Description of violations
Action taken /Remark
NOTE: - Copy of report to be sent to fire & safety on or before 3rd of the following month.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 32 of 34

ANNEXURE VII
PENALTY NOTIFICATION FOR CONTRACTORS SAFETY VIOLATIONS
From
To
Date
Engineer in Charge
Given below are violation details of Safety Regulations / Site Instructions committed by
a contractor working for your division.
Name :- Cont. Emp. No : Contractor :Location of Violation : -
Vehicle No :
Date :
Time :
Details of Violation: ..........................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................
...............
............................................................................................................................................
...............
Immediate action taken:..................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
...............
This violation is:
Minor Major
Action recommended:
Written warning
Penalty
Rs.____________
Suspension
Dismissal
Other_______________________________________
Signature
VIOLATION
FIRST
SECOND
THIRD
Fourth
MINOR
Caution
Penalty Rs.
Penalty Rs.
Multiplied
MAJOR
Penalty Rs.
1000/-*
Penalty
Rs.2000/- *
Penalty Rs.
5000/- *
Multiplied
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 33 of 34

* BORL reserves the right to impose more severe penalty, i.e. suspend/terminate the employee,
his supervisor or the site manager.
Note :
The Penalties may be revised from time to time by BORL management.
Engineer in Charge / HOD to forward this notification for further action as per applicability.
Copy of Receipt from Bank to be submitted to Engineer in Charge by the violator.
Bank Details For Penalty Deposits

Beneficiarys Name: - Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd.
Beneficiarys Bank Name & Branch :- State Bank of India, BINA
Account No / I.F.S.C. Code Number : - 10778895059 / SBIN0001427
Account code: 470315 RECOVERIES-ACCIDENT/ LOSSES/ SAFETY
CC
: Head Fire & Safety
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
HSE 34 of 34

BINA, MADHYA PRADESH

VOLUME II
FOR
220/33 KV SUBSTATION
DOCUMENT NO. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
CONSULTANT

Specification
OVERALL CONTENT
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
SECTION NO.
1.00.00
SECTION-E01
2.00.00
220 kV CIRCUIT BREAKER
SECTION- E02
3.00.00
220 kV DISCONNECTING SWITCH
SECTION- E03
4.00.00
220 kV CURRENT TRANSFORMER
SECTION-E04
5.00.00
220 kV CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
SECTION- E05
6.00.00
220 kV & 33 kV LIGHTNING ARRESTER
SECTION- E06
7.00.00
220 kV PLCC AND WT
SECTION-E07
8.00.00
OUTDOOR SUBSTATION MATERIAL AND

HARDWARE
SECTION-E08
9.00.00
SUBSTATION PROTECTION & CONTROL

SYSTEM (SPS & SCS)
SECTION-E09
10.00.00
SECTION-E10
11.00.00
220/33 kV POWER TRANSFORMER
SECTION-E11
12.00.00
33 kV / 433 V LT AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER
SECTION-E12
13.00.00
33 kV GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR
SECTION-E13
14.00.00
SECTION-E14
15.00.00
SECTION-E15
16.00.00
ACDB & DCDB
SECTION-E16
17.00.00
ILLUMINATION SYSTEM
SECTION-E17
18.00.00
SECTION-E18
19.00.00
DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF

STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
SECTION-E19
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL &

ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
SECTION-E20
21.00.00
SECTION-E21
22.00.00
AIR CONDITIONING & VENTILATION SYSTEM
SECTION-E22
20.00.00
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Technical Specification
General Specification

VOLUME-II
SECTION E01
FOR
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol.-II : Section-E01
SPECIFICATION
FOR
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
INTENT OF SPECIFICATION
E01:1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK, TERMINAL POINT

AND EXCLUSION
E01:2
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E01:8
4.00.00
SITE CONDITION
E01:9
5.00.00
CO-ORDINATION WITH STATUTORY

BODIES AND OUTSIDE AGENCIES
E01:9
6.00.00
FACILITIES TO BE ARRANGED
BY CONTRACTOR
E01:10
7.00.00
CO-ORDINATION WITH OTHER

CONTRACTORS AND OWNERS SYSTEM
E01:10
8.00.00
GENERAL REQUIREMENT
E01:10
9.00.00
DRAWINGS, DATA AND MANUALS
E01:13
10.00.00
SCHEDULE OF DELIVERABLES
E01:15
11.00.00
PROJECT COMPLETION
E01:16
12.00.00
PAST EXPERIENCE
E01:17
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE - A
SYSTEM DETAILS
E01:19
ANNEXURE B
LIST OF TENDER DRAWINGS
E01:20
ANNEXURE C
LIST OF STANDARDS
E01:22
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
1.00.00
1.01.00
This specification is intended to cover complete design, engineering,

manufacture, assembly, testing at manufacturer's works, supply and delivery,
properly packed for transportation F.O.R. Agasod, Bina, District. Sagar, Madhya
Pradesh of all equipment and accessories, Steel Structures including Civil,
Structural, Architectural work, complete erection, testing, commissioning &
putting into successful commercial operation of EHV Outdoor Substation
inclusive of supply of all labour; supervision, tools, implements and supplies as
required.
The substation configuration shall be based on drawings & SLD enclosed.
The GIS Switchgear shall be complete with all necessary terminal boxes, SF6
gas filling, interconnecting power & control wiring, grounding connections, gas
monitoring equipment, support structures, necessary fire fighting
arrangement, ventilation & air conditioning equipment, etc.
The equipment will be installed in 220 kV Air Insulated outdoor substation &
33 kV GIS switchgear. The 220 kV Air Insulated outdoor substation will be
double bus-bar scheme with main-1 cum transfer and main-2 buses and
having following circuits
The 220 kV Substation shall consist of the following:
i)
Transformer bays
: 2 nos.
ii) Line bays
: 2 nos.
iii) Bus coupler alongwith associated Bus PTs
: 1 no.
Provision shall be kept for future expansion of 220 kV Substation by at least

one bay on either side.
The 33 kV Switchgear will be GIS having double bus, Single Breaker system
with Change-Over Bus Tie (COBT) facility and bus sectionalisation system.
Each 33 kV GIS bus section will have the following feeders:
o
Bus section-1: One (1) Incomer for 220/33 kV 100 MVA Power
Transformer, One Bus Tie, Two (2) nos. Outgoing feeders for
interconnection with existing 33 kV switchgear and Three (3) nos. Spare
Outgoing feeders along with Line PT & Bus PTs as applicable.
Bus section-2: One (1) Incomer for 220/33 kV 100 MVA Power
Transformer, One Bus Tie, Two (2) nos. Outgoing feeders for
interconnection with existing 33 kV switchgear, Three (3) nos. Spare
Outgoing feeders and one (1) no. Transformer feeder for 33/0.433 kV 315
KVA Aux. transformer along with Line PT & Bus PTs as applicable.
Bus section-3 (Future. Provision shall be kept): One (1) Incomer for
220/33 kV Power Transformer and Three (3) nos. Spare Outgoing feeders
alongwith Line PT & Bus PTs as applicable.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 25
1.02.00
All items of equipment and system covered under this specification shall be
complete in all respect and any item of equipment or accessory not
specifically mentioned in this specification but considered essential for
efficient and satisfactory operation of individual equipment and system as a
whole shall be included in the offer.
1.03.00
The equipment shall conform in all respect to high standards of engineering

design and workmanship and should be capable of performing continuous
commercial operation within the parameters guaranteed.
1.04.00
Standard designs are preferred, provided they meet the requirements of this
Specification and serve the intended purpose. Alternative design may be
offered if the same provide substantial technical improvements or economic
advantages. However, it will be at the discretion of the Owner to accept such
alternative proposed design. All equipments are intended for continuous duty
at the specified ratings without forced cooling under the specified climatic
conditions, unless else specified.
1.05.00
All material and equipment supplied under this specification shall be new and
unused.
1.06.00
The work is subject to all the terms and conditions detailed in the documents
listed below, which shall form part of this specification as if bound together.
a. Tender Notice
b. Instruction to Bidders & Invitation of Bids
c. General & Special conditions of contract for supply, delivery & installation
of plant and materials.
1.07.00
In the event of any discrepancy with listed documents, the most stringent one
shall govern.
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Work
The scope of work shall include the following:
Detailed design, engineering, manufacture, testing & supply including

transportation, insurance, storage, erection, getting approval from
Electrical Inspector, testing and commissioning of following equipment
and systems required for new 220 kV / 33 kV Substation.
Interconnection of new 33 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear with existing 33

kV switchgears. For this purpose, four (4) nos. of outgoing feeders from
new 33 kV GIS (Two nos. from bus section-1 & two numbers from bus
section-2) shall be considered & connection shall be done by 3 runs
1/Cx400 sq.mm. Cu. cable per phase per feeder. Existing connection for
these four (4) sets of incomers of existing 33 kV Switchgears need to be
dismantled. The approximate running length between these two
switchgear (New 33 kV GIS & Existing 33 kV AIS) shall be considered as
approximately 1 KM. New cable trench & tray need to be considered.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 25
A new feeder differential relay (87F) shall also be provided at each set of
existing 33 kV incomer panel & the same shall be re-commissioned.
Existing feeder differential (87F) / transformer differential (87T) relays and
their connections for these four (4) sets of feeders of existing 33 kV
Switchgears need to be dismantled.
New loop-in connection between existing HT-201 & HT-202 for these four
(4) sets of incomers at existing 33 kV switchgear shall be done by
contractor and this shall be done by 3 runs 1/Cx400 sq.mm. Cu cable per
phase per feeder as per project requirement. Existing loop-in connection
for these four (4) sets of incomers of existing 33 kV Switchgears need to
be dismantled.
Associated CTs of existing 33 kV incomer feeders as well as loop in

feeders shall be replaced by new CT rating of 1000/1A (for feeder
differential protection) & 1000/5A (for metering) as indicated in key SLD &
the same shall be re-commissioned by the contractor also. However, Bus
Bar differential CTs need not to be changed.
CT input to the new feeder differential relay (87F) from the loop in feeders
for incomers at 33 kV existing switchgear shall also be done by contractor
by providing new cables (dismantling the existing connections) & the
same shall be re-commissioned. Pilot wire connection between the new
33 kV GIS & the existing 33 kV switchgear shall also be done by
contractor.
Contactor shall make necessary wiring connection for three (3) nos. of
Neuman Public Address System equipments and the same shall be
hooked-up with the existing PA System of the plant. Out of these three,
one will be located in the control room and the rest two shall be located in
the 220 kV Substation. The equipments are available in the existing 132 /
33 kV Substation and the same shall be transferred to the new 220/33 kV
Substation by the contactor. After installation the system need to be
commissioned by the contactor as a part of this contract.
Removal and shifting of approx. 100 nos. of concrete railway sleepers

along with cable drums, cable trays, structure and civil material to
remaining yard, re-fencing of remaining Yard, shall also be included as
part of site preparation activities.
Shifting of 12 fire water line of approximate length 225 meter alongwith

associated valves from western side of proposed substation towards DM
Tank area shall also be included as a part of site preparation. Modification
on the existing fire water line, additional equipment / plant, material,
services which are required to make the plants / systems, complete in
every respect in accordance with the technical specification of Fire
Protection System and for safe, trouble free & efficient operation and
guaranteed performance, shall be covered under the scope of the Bidder.
Bidder to note that presently for 220 kV communication system PLCC is

considered. However, this may change to OPGW system during detail
engineering, if so desired by the utility group. Hence, while bidding,
alternate price for OPGW communication system need to be provided.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 25
2.01.01
Scope of Supply
The scope of supply shall include but not limited to the following 1. Main Equipment
220 kV Systems
Outdoor air insulated strung buses for the Five (5) bays
-
Double bus-bar scheme with main-1 cum transfer bus and main-2
bus with twin ACSR moose conductor
5 sets of Three-Single Pole SF6 circuit breakers with support structure
16 sets of Horizontally rotating Center break mechanically ganged 3

phase motorized Isolators with single earth switch
4 sets of Horizontally rotating Center break mechanically ganged 3

phase motorized Isolators located in tandem configuration
12 nos. of single phase gapless metal oxide surge arrestor
6 nos. single phase Capacitive voltage transformer with 4 secondary
6 nos. single phase Capacitive voltage transformer with 3 secondary
12 nos. single phase 5 core current transformers
3 nos. single phase 4 core current transformers
4 nos. Line traps & PLCC system complete with 48 V Battery & Battery
Charger, coupling devices, line matching unit, etc.
3-1/2 tube Bus for equipment connection
Control, Protection & Automation system
33 KV Systems
Two nos. 220 kV / 33 kV, 100 MVA Power Transformers
Outdoor air insulated 3 tube buses for connection of Transformer 33

kV side with cable & other 33 kV equipments, e.g. LA, etc. as required.
6 nos. of single phase gapless metal oxide surge arrestor
Single core, 400 sq.mm. 19 / 33 KV (E) grade XLPE armoured cables

with terminations kits & joiting kits, as required
The 33 kV Switchgear will be GIS having double bus, Single Breaker

system with Change-Over Bus Tie (COBT) facility.
Each 33 kV GIS bus section will have the following feeders
Bus section-1: One (1) I/C for 220/33 kV 100 MVA Power
Transformer, One (1) Bus Tie, Two (2) O/G feeders for
interconnection with existing 33 kV switchgear and Three (3)
Spare O/G feeders alongwith Line PT & Bus PTs as applicable.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 25
Bus section-2: One (1) I/C for 220/33 kV 100 MVA Power
Transformer, One (1) Bus Tie, Two (2) O/G feeders for
interconnection with existing 33 kV switchgear, Three (3) Spare
O/G feeders and one (1) Transformer feeder for 33/0.433 kV 315
KVA Aux. transformer alongwith Line PT & Bus PTs as applicable.
Bus section-3 (Future. Provision shall be kept): One (1) I/C for
220/33 kV Power Transformer and Three (3) Spare O/G feeders
alongwith Line PT & Bus PTs as applicable.
Current & Voltage transformers for 33 kV GIS as per key SLD
2. Items in lots
Double tension and Single suspension string assembly
Spacers, clamps and connectors
220kV Bus post insulator
Conductor ACSR Moose
3 IPS Aluminium Tube for 220 kV Equipment Inter-connection and 33

kV equipment connection
LT power and control cables of required sizes
Galvanized steel ladder & perforated type Cable tray, marshalling kiosk,
and Junction boxes along with its supporting arrangement
Galvanized Lattice type substation Equipment support structure

including foundation bolt
Galvanized Lattice type substation Towers including foundation bolts for

girder support
Galvanized Lattice type substation Girders for conductor support
3. Items as system
Lightning protection system of entire substation and its control building
Earthing system for the entire substation including fence
Substation Automation system and Protection system using numerical

relays for 220 KV & 33 KV GIS systems inclusive of Bus bar protection
for 220 KV systems & 33 kV GIS system
110 V DC system comprising Ni-Cd battery, float cum boost charger,

DC Distribution board in duplicate set for the entire substation
1 no. 33 kV / 415V, 315 KVA Auxiliary Transformer & 415 / 240 V AC

Power supply system for the entire substation
Complete Fire protection system for the 220/33 kV Substation along

with associated control building, transformers, etc.
Illumination for the entire substation including control building. Control

building illumination system shall be consisting of LED lights.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 25
Ventilation for 33 kV GIS room, battery room, ACDB/DCDB/battery

charger room, toilet, pantry, etc.
Air-conditioning for the control room, office, etc.
4. Mandatory Spares as per list in detailed specification

5. Civil & Architectural Works
Final Site leveling work
Soil resistivity test
Foundation of towers, equipment structures, Power Transformers, LT

Aux. Transformer, etc.
Foundation for lighting poles, bay marshalling kiosk, panels, etc.
RCC Cable trenches with covers
Roads, drainage & sewerage within substation fence and connecting the
same with plant existing facilities
Anti-weed treatment and gravel surfacing of the substation area
Water supply including, pumps, overhead tanks & piping works up-to
nearest existing BORL water supply point
Sanitary, Toilet Fittings and Fixtures for control building. Standalone

septic tank & sewerage system need to be considered. However, the
same may also be connected to the existing sewerage system of the
plant, if so decided during detail engineering
Substation control Building
Supply of Materials required for above works
Road cutting and repairing for laying 33 kV cables if needed
6. Any other equipment necessary, not specifically indicated above but

requested for successful operation of the substation
2.01.02
Design Work
Design calculations for Electrical & Civil works, Bill of materials for all items
Plot plan, Key SLD
Layout of the substation including plan, elevation and clearance diagram &
erection key diagram
Control, metering, protection and signaling scheme of each piece of

equipment and the system
PLCC system for data, voice & inter tripping protection signals for
communication with Bina substations, users stations & State Load Dispatch
Center ( SLDC)
AC & DC Auxiliary System
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 25
Cable schedule and interconnections
List of equipment and respective ratings
Cabling and cable tray system
Grounding and lightning protection system including underground grounding

mat, over-ground grounding grid, air terminal network.
Lighting system including receptacles and power socket outlets for substations, buildings, roads, security lights etc.
Relay coordination and setting, insulation co-ordination, sag-tension charts
Preparation of installation, commissioning, operation & maintenance manuals
Any other design work as may be necessary for successful completion of the
work
2.01.03
Supply of Recommended spares for three-years operation along with tools &
tackles needed for equipment installation.
2.01.04
All relevant drawings, data and instruction manuals.
2.01.05
The scope is further elaborated in the following accompanying specifications

Section
Description
SECTION-E02
220 kV CIRCUIT BREAKER
SECTION- E03
SECTION- E04
220 kV CURRENT TRANSFORMER
SECTION- E05
220 kV CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
SECTION- E06
220 kV & 33 kV LIGHTNING ARRESTER
SECTION- E07
220 kV PLCC & WT
SECTION- E08
OUTDOOR SUBSTATION MATERIAL & HARDWARE
SECTION- E09
SUBSTATION PROTECTION & CONTROL SYSTEM

(SPS & SCS)
SECTION- E10
SECTION- E11
220/33 kV POWER TRANSFORMER
SECTION- E12
33 kV / 433 V LT AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER
SECTION- E13
33 kV GAS INSULATED SUBSTATION
SECTION- E14
SECTION- E15
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 7 of 25
2.01.06
SECTION- E16
ACDB & DCDB
SECTION- E17
ILLUMINATION SYSTEM
SECTION- E18
SECTION- E19
DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF

STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
SECTION- E20
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL &

ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
SECTION- E21
SECTION- E22
HVAC SYSTEM
Scope of Installation Work

The scope of installation work includes erection, testing, commissioning and
putting into successful commercial operation of all the substation equipment,
grounding system, lightning protection system, cabling work, stringing &
connections, illumination system as detailed in the sub specifications detailed
above including supply of all labour, materials, tools and tackles.
Laying of 100 mm thick 20 mm Gravel and spray of anti-weed powder/
chemical.
Fabrication & Installation of tower, gantry & structure, fence supports, fence,
etc. supplied under this Contract
Approval of the drawings & documents from Electrical Inspector as per
requirement.
2.02.00
Terminal Point & Exclusion

Stringing from dead end tower to terminal gantry including supply of stringing
hardwares is excluded but connection from outgoing lines to substation along
with connectors is included.
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
The 220 kV Air Insulated outdoor substation will be double bus-bar scheme
with main-1 cum transfer bus and main-2 bus. The basic design parameters
are as indicated in Annexure-A.
Each bay (consisting of one circuit breaker, adjacent disconnecting switches &
earth switches and associated CTs) shall be provided with a bay terminal kiosk.
Individual CT & CVT poles shall be wired to this kiosk for further shorting and
regrouping.
The 33 kV Switchgear will be GIS having double bus, Single Breaker system
with Change-Over Bus Tie (COBT) facility.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 25
Main Control building will be double storied, made of brickwork with RCC roof,
columns, beams. Control building first floor will house 33 kV GIS, All Protection
Panels, SAS, PLCC Panel, AC & DC distribution boards, Lighting distribution
boards & Panels, Battery & Charger panels, Fire panels, AC & Ventilation
panels, etc. Necessary air condition and ventilation system and fire protection
system shall be provided for the control building by the contractor. Ground floor
of the control building shall be used as cable cellar and shall be open on all the
four sides. The contractor shall design the layout of this control building.
4.00.00
SITE CONDITION
The substation is located in Village - Agasod, Bina, District - Sagar in the
state of Madhya Pradesh. The site is approachable from Bina by the state
highway no. SH-19 around 8 KM away from Bina towards Kurwai. The
nearest broad gauge rail link is at Bina, which is about 15 km and the nearest
airport is at Bhopal, which is about 135 km from the substation site. The
apparatus shall be suitable for satisfactory operation in the following
environment :Altitude
394 M above MSL
Design Ambient Temperature
500 C max. / 50 C min.
Relative humidity
80% max.
Basic wind speed as per IS:802
39m /sec
Seismic zone as per IS:1893
Zone-II as per IS 1893
Pollution level according to IEC60815
Heavily Polluted
Isoceraunic level
As per IS:2309
Substation formation level
397.1 m above MSL
Equipment & Tower foundation plinth level :
300 mm (above formation level)
Main control building level
500 mm (above formation Plinth

level)
Substation road level
5.00.00
:
:
200 mm (above formation level)
CO-ORDINATION WITH STATUTORY BODIES AND OUTSIDE AGENCIES

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for carrying out all co-ordination &
liaison work as may be required with Electrical Inspector, Factory Inspector &
other statutory bodies for implementation of the work. The application on behalf
of the Owner for submission to the Electrical Inspector & other statutory bodies
alongwith copies of drawings complete in all respects shall be done by the
Contractor & approval/certificates taken well ahead of time so that the actual
commissioning of equipment is not delayed for want of inspection and approval
by the Inspector & statutory bodies. The actual inspection work by the Electrical
Inspector shall be arranged by the Contractor.
However, official fees paid to Electrical Inspector/ statutory bodies, etc. in this
regard shall be borne by the Owner.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 25
6.00.00
FACILITIES TO BE ARRANGED BY CONTRACTOR
6.01.01
The Contractor will be given a plot of land at site for building his site office stores
for construction activity only.
6.01.02
Electricity will be provided at one point only. It will be the responsibility of the
contractor to arrange for further distribution. The contractor shall also arrange for
storing of materials with weather protection wherever necessary & proper
security arrangement till the installation is taken over by the Employer.
7.00.00
CO-ORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS & Owners SYSTEM

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for carrying out all co-ordination work
required with other contractors as well as with Purchaser & Owners System for
execution & completion of his work
8.00.00
GENERAL REQUIREMENT
8.01.00
Codes and Standards
8.01.01
The entire scope of work shall be carried out in accordance with established
engineering practice and in conformity to this specification and with the relevant
specifications and codes of practice of the Indian standards.
All equipment and materials shall be designed, manufactured and tested in
accordance with the latest applicable Indian Standards (IS) and IEC except
where modified and/or supplemented by this specification. In addition, work shall
also conform to the requirements of the following:
8.01.02
a)
IS: 10118-1982: Code of Practice for Selection, Installation and

Maintenance of Switchgear and Control gear Part-3 (Installation).
b)
Central Board Irrigation & Power (CBIP, New DelhiIndia) Technical

Manual on Layout of Substation, Report No. 3
c)
Indian Electricity Act and rules framed there under
d)
Fire insurance regulations
e)
Any other regulations laid down by Central/State/Local authorities during

the execution of this Contract.
Performance, Standards and Codes for Substation

Performance, testing and rating of the switchgear shall conform with the latest
edition of the following IEC publications:
IEC 60694
Common clause for HV switchgear and control gear
IEC 60129
A.C. disconnectors and earthing switches
IEC 60044
Current and Voltage transformers
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 25
IEC 60137
Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000V
IEC 61634
SF6 gas/ Use and handling of SF6
IEC 61128
A.C. Disconnecters - Bus transfer current switching by

Disconnectors
IEC 61129
A.C. Earthing switches induced current switching
IEC 60480
Guide to the checking of SF6 taken for electrical Equipment
IEC 60427
Synthetic testing of high voltage A.C. circuit breaker
IEC 60265
High Voltage switches
IEC 60270
Partial Discharge measurement
IEC 60815
Pollution levels
IEC 61259
Requirements for switching of bus charging currents with

Disconnector.
CENELEC/ SVDB
Pressure vessel codes
For other relevant IS / IEC / IEEE / ANSI / CBIP Publication, etc., please refer
to the list attached in Annexure C.
Compliance of the switchgear manufacturer with the provisions of this
specification does not relieve him of the responsibility of furnishing switchgear
and accessories of proper design, electrically and mechanically suited to
meet the operating guarantees at the specified service conditions.
8.01.03
Equipment and materials conforming to any other standard, which ensures equal
or better quality may be accepted. In such case, copies of the English version of
the standard adopted shall be submitted along with the bid.
8.01.04
The electrical installation shall meet the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules
as amended up-to-date, relevant IS code of Practice for respective equipment
and National Electrical code of India. In addition, other rules & regulations
applicable to the work shall be followed. In case of discrepancies, most
restrictive rules shall be binding.
8.02.00
Completeness of Supply & Installation
8.02.01
It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of the equipment &
installation. Nevertheless, the equipment & installation shall be complete &
operative in all aspects and shall conform to highest standard of engineering,
design & workmanship.
8.02.02
Any material or accessory which may not have been specifically mentioned but
which is necessary or usual for satisfactory & trouble free operation &
maintenance of the equipment shall be furnished without any extra charge.
8.02.03
The Contractor shall supply all brand new equipment & accessories as specified
herein with such modification and alteration as agreed upon in writing & after
mutual discussion.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 11 of 25
8.03.00
Proposal Data
The proposal data sheets annexed to this specification shall be filled in without
any ambiguity by typing in appropriate place on each page. These pages must
be properly signed by authorized representative of the Bidder as verification of
the data and submitted along with the bid to form part of the Bidder's formal
proposal.
8.04.00
Guaranteed Performance
The performance figures quoted in Technical Particular sheets shall be
guaranteed within the tolerance permitted by relevant standards. In case of
failure of the equipment to meet the guarantee, the equipment may be liable for
rejection.
8.05.00
Deviation
8.05.01
Should the Bidder wish to deviate from this specification in any way; he shall
draw specific attention to such deviation.
8.05.02
All such deviations shall be clearly mentioned on the Deviation sheet enclosed,
with reference to the respective clause of the specification. The deviation listed
elsewhere in the tender will not be considered.
8.05.03
Unless such deviations are recorded in the Deviation sheets and submitted with
the offer, it will be taken for granted that the offer is made in conformity with this
specification in all respect.
8.05.04
Similarly any deviation in Condition of Contract, shall be clearly indicated by the

bidder in the enclosed Schedule.
8.05.05
Unless such deviations are recorded in the deviation sheets and submitted with
the offer, it will be taken for granted that the offer is made in conformity with this
condition of contract in all respects.
8.06.00
Drawing Approval
Before starting manufacture of any equipment, the Contractor shall have to take
approval of relevant drawings and data from Owner in writing.
8.06.01
Any manufacture done prior to the approval of drawings/data shall be rectified in

accordance with the approved drawings/data by the Contractor at his own cost
and the equipment shall be supplied within the stipulated period.
8.07.00
Quality Assurance
8.07.01
Contractor shall follow his standard procedures for quality assurance and
control. However, said standard procedures shall be submitted to the Owner for
review and approval.
8.07.02
The procedures shall be in such a form as to clearly delineate the manufacturing

sequence and major inspection points and to reference Bidder's test and
inspection procedures.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 12 of 25
8.07.03
The Owner will inform the Contractor as to which of the inspection points and
tests will be witnessed. As a minimum, a final inspection of the equipment will be
made prior to shipment.
8.07.04
Manufacturing and quality control procedures shall be available for audit to the
Owner and/or its representative at the place of manufacture.
8.07.05
The Owner and/or its representative reserves the right to inspect the equipment
at the point of manufacture and witness factory and other such tests as may be
necessary to ensure conformance to the specification.
8.07.06
The Owner and/or its representative may inspect the Contractor's facilities prior
to award of contract.
8.07.07
The Owner and/or its representative may witness any/all of the tests described.
8.07.08
The Owner and/or its representative may conduct surveillance of the

Contractor's facilities for compliance to his standard procedures of quality
assurance & quality control while work on the specified equipment is in
progress.
9.00.00
DRAWINGS, DATA & MANUALS
9.01.00
Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted in triplicate with the bid and
in quantities and procedures as specified in General Conditions on Contract
and/or elsewhere in this specification for approval and subsequent distribution
after the issue of Letter of Intent.
9.02.00
To be submitted with the Bid

Layout drawing of the substation
Electrical single line diagram showing metering, protection scheme and a writeup of control philosophy.
Source and arrangement of procuring of aggregates, cement, steel, plants &
equipment, etc.
Type of plant & equipment proposed to be used.
Names of firms with which association is sought for to execute the work in the
contract.
Types of formwork proposed to be used for civil work.
List of different equipment.
Technical leaflets and general constructional details.
Type test report of similar equipment.
Implementation schedule.
Auxiliary power supply arrangement.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 13 of 25
9.03.00
To be submitted for Owners Approval and Distribution

After award of the contract, contractor will submit drawings in required nos. of
copies and within Thirty (30) days from the date of issue of Letter of Intent.
The drawings will be submitted progressively and will generally be as follows
Complete Bill of Materials
Single line diagram giving rating of each equipment
Design calculations in support of selection of equipment rating and system
design.
Layout of substations with sections, clearance diagram
Technical particulars of each equipment and accessories
Grounding & lightning protection drawings and details
Cabling, cable trench and tray layout with section & details
Dimensional general arrangement drawing along with cross-sections
Foundation plan and loading data
Design calculation and detail drawing for civil work related to this specification.
Design calculation, GA drawing for Sub-station structure including equipment
supporting structure and subsequently detailed drawings.
Mounting details of equipment and structure
Fire fighting and sump arrangement
Control schematic and wiring diagram.
Cable schedule and interconnection
Relay co-ordination.
Schedule for project management
Civil & structural analysis, design calculations and working drawings including
bar bending schedule and fabrication.
Erection and maintenance manual
Any other relevant drawing or data necessary for satisfactory installation,
operation and maintenance
9.03.03
Instruction manuals on substation equipment and its accessories (Reference)

The manual shall clearly indicate method of installation, check ups and tests
to be carried out before commissioning of the equipment.
9.04.00
The Owner may review the documents, if thought necessary. The contractor
shall note that the approval of drawings & documents by the Owner does not
relieve him of his contractual obligation.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 14 of 25
9.05.00
The bidder may note that the drawings, data and manuals listed herein are
minimum requirement only. The bidder shall ensure that all other necessary
write-up, curves, etc require to fully describe the equipment are to be
submitted with the bid.
9.06.00
All drawings shall be prepared by using AutoCAD and documents shall be

generated using Electronic version. The paper copy of the drawings &
document shall be submitted for approval & reference. All final drawings and
documents shall be submitted in CD in AutoCAD 2000 and MS office format
as applicable for Owners future reference. Also AutoCAD version of Main GA
drawings is to be submitted for Owners layout finalization.
10.00.00
SCHEDULE OF DELIVERABLES
Sl.
No.
Weeks from
LOI (D)
Description of Deliverables
A.
SUBSTATION DRAWINGS
I.
Electrical & Mechanical
1.
Key Single line diagram & vendor list
D+1
2.
Electrical Layout Plan & Elevation, Clearance

diagram
D+3
3.
Sag tension calculation
D+4
4.
Short circuit force & Spacer span calculation
D+4
5.
Equipment short circuit & Post Insulator span

calculation
D+4
6.
Direct Stroke Lightning protection calculation
D+4
7.
Substation Structural layout
D+4
8.
Control building equipment layout
D+4
9.
Grounding design
D+8
10.
Grounding layout
D+8
11.
Cable trench layout
D+8
12.
Control building cable trench layout
D+10
13.
DC System design & drawings
D+12
14.
AC System design & drawings
D+12
15.
Substation Erection
Erection sag chart
16.
Design & drawing of Illumination system
D+16
17.
Design & drawing of Fire Fighting system
D+10
18.
Design & drawing of Control Building Air

Conditioning system
D+10
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
drawing,
Page 15 of 25
list
of
hardware
D+12
Sl.
No.
11.00.00
Weeks from
LOI (D)
Description of Deliverables
II.
Civil & Structural
1.
Design & drawing of Gantry Structure
D+8
2.
Civil design & drawing of Control building
D+10
3.
Design & drawing of Substation Tower
D+10
4.
Design & drawing of Tower Foundation
D+12
5.
Design & drawing of Substation Equipment structure
D+16
6.
Design & drawings of Equipment foundation
D+16
6.
Design & drawing of Substation Cable Trench
D+16
7.
Design & drawing of Transformer
D+16
8.
Design & drawing of Substation Roads, Drains,

fence, gate
D+16
9.
Water Supply System
D+16
B.
MANUFACTURERS
MANUALS
1.
Technical Particulars
2.
GA and Part List
3.
Schematic drawing with Terminal numbers
4.
QAP, Test Schedule
5.
Spares list
6.
Installation, Commissioning & Operating Manuals
C.
Manufacturers Drawings, Data, Manuals for

Substation Control, Protection and Management
System
1.
Technical Particulars & system write-up
D+10
2.
Schematic drawing with Terminal numbers
D+14
3.
QAP, Test Schedule
D+16
4.
Spares list
D+16
5.
Installation, Commissioning & Operating Manuals
D+24
6.
Protection settings
D+16
D.
Cable Schedule & Interconnection
D+16
DRAWINGS,
DATA,
D+10
D+19
PROJECT COMPLETION
Project Completion & handing over in all respect
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 16 of 25
D+18 Months
12.00.00
PAST EXPERIENCE
12.01.00
The Main Bidder must have previous experience as asked in the bidders
qualification requirement under Vol-I of this tender document.
12.02.00
EHV Circuit Breaker

The manufacturer(s) whose SF6 Circuit Breaker are offered should have
designed, manufactured tested as per IEC/IS or equivalent standard supplied
the same for the specified system voltage and which are in satisfactory operation
for at least 2 (two) years as on the date of bid opening.
12.03.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Isolators are offered should have designed,

manufactured tested as per IEC/IS or equivalent standard supplied the same for
the specified system voltage and which are in satisfactory operation for at least 2
(two) years as on the date of bid opening.
12.04.00
The manufacturer(s) whose CT/CVT are offered should have designed,

the specified system voltage and fault level (in case of CT) which are in
satisfactory operation for at least 2 (two) years as on the date of bid opening.
12.05.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Surge Arresters are offered should have designed,
the specified energy capability and system voltage which are in satisfactory
operation for at least 2 (two) years as on the date of bid opening.
12.06.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Wave Trap are offered should have designed,
the specified system voltage and fault level which are in satisfactory operation
12.07.00
The manufacturer(s) whose 33 kV GIS are offered should have designed,

the specified system voltage and fault level which are in satisfactory operation
12.08.00
The manufacturer(s) whose XLPE Control Cables are offered should have
designed, manufactured tested and supplied as a single contract at least 50
Kms. of 1.1 kV grade PVC insulated control cable as on date of bid opening.
Further the manufacturer designed and supplied at least 1 Km. Of 27-core 2.5
Sq.mm. or higher size as on date of bid opening.
12.09.00
The manufacturer(s) whose XLPE Power Cables are offered should have
designed, manufactured tested and supplied as a single contract at least 50
Kms. Of 19/33 KV (E) grade XLPE insulated power cable as on date of bid
opening. Further the manufacturer designed and supplied at least 1 Km. Of 1core 400 Sq.mm. or higher size as on date of bid opening.
12.10.00
The manufacturer(s) whose AC/DC Board are offered should have designed,
manufactured tested and supplied at least 10 nos. of such boards consisting of
MCCB and Bus rating 500 Amps, 15 K.Amp. or higher capacity as on date of bid
opening.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 17 of 25
12.11.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Battery are offered should have designed,

manufactured tested and supplied at least 400 AH capacity sealed Nicad Battery
and such battery is in successful operation for more than 2 years in power sector
and or industrial sector as on date of bid opening.
12.12.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Battery Charger are offered should have designed,
manufactured tested and supplied at least five 10 KW chargers. The
manufacturer(s) whose Battery are offered should have designed, manufactured
tested and supplied at least 150 AH capacity sealed Nicad Battery and such
battery is in successful operation for more than 2 years in power sector and or
industrial sector as on date of bid opening.
12.13.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Transformers are offered should have designed,

manufactured type tested as per IEC/IS or equivalent standard supplied the
same for the specified system voltage and which are in satisfactory operation for
at least 2 (two) years as on the date of bid opening.
12.14.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Fire Fighting Equipment are offered should have
designed, manufactured type tested as per IEC/IS or equivalent standard,
supplied the same and which are in satisfactory operation for at least 2 (two)
years as on the date of bid opening.
12.15.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Air-conditioning Equipment are offered should

have designed, manufactured type tested as per IEC/IS or equivalent standard
supplied the same for the specified system voltage and which are in satisfactory
operation for at least 2 (two) years as on the date of bid opening.
12.16.00
The manufacturer(s) whose Sub-station Protection & Automation Equipment

are offered should have designed, manufactured, type tested as per IEC/IS or
equivalent standard, supplied, installed and commissioned sub-station control
system inclusive of bay terminals for at least two 220 kV sub-stations having
minimum 5 nos. of bay and the same are in satisfactory operation for at least 4
(four) years as on the date of bid opening.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 18 of 25
Annexure-A
SYSTEM DETAILS
Sl.
No.
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
6.1
6.2
7.0
E.H.V. System
220KV
Rated Voltage
Frequency
Phase
System Neutral
Fault Level (Sym)rms
Insulation Level
Basic Insulation level
Switching Impulse level
Power Frequency withstand voltage
dry/wet
8.0
Maximum radio interference Voltage
level between 0.5 and 2 MHz at 156
kV rms phase to ground Voltage
9.0
Minimum Visual Corona Extinction
Voltage
10.0 Minimum Clearance
10.1 Phase to Phase (Cond.-Cond)
10.2 Phase to Earth
11.0 Safety Clearances
11.1 Sectional Clearance
11.2 Height of the lowest live point on the
insulator from the ground
12.0 Minimum creepage distance
13.0 Bay width
14.0 Auxiliary Power Supply
14.1 A.C. Supply
:
245KV
: 50 Hz +3% to -5%
:
3
: Effectively Earthed
:
40 KA for 1 sec.
33KV
36KV
50 Hz +3% to -5%
3
Effectively Earthed
40 KA for 1 sec.
:
:
:
1050
460 kVrms
170
70 kVrms
1000 Micro volts
1000 Micro volts
156 kVrms
156 kVrms
:
:
2100 mm
2100 mm
320 mm (for outdoor)

:
:
4500 mm
2440 mm

2440 mm
:
:
31mm / kV
18 M
31mm / kV
As per GIS Manufr. std
14.2
D.C. Supply
15.0
Bus Configuration
16.0
16.1
16.2
17.0
17.1
17.2
17.3
Conductor
Main Bus
Equipment Interconnection
Bus Height
Main Bus (mm)
Equipment Connection
Jack Bus
415V10%, 3ph., 50Hz+3% to -5%, 4 W, effectively

earthed system; Fault level 15 KA r.m.s. symm.
110V + 10%, - 15% , 2 W, ungrounded system;
Fault level 15 KA
48V + 10%, - 15% , 2 W, positive earthed system
(for PLCC); Fault level 15 KA
GIS having double bus Single
Main-1 cum
Breaker system with ChangeTransfer and
Over Bus Tie (COBT) facility
Main-2 buses
:
:
Twin Moose
3.5 IPS Al. tube
GIS (hard drawn copper)

3.5IPS Al. tube (for outdoor)
:
:
:
11000 (From PL.)

5250 (From PL.)
16000 (From PL.)
Note : The above figures are for general guidance only. The Substation layout shall meet the
requirements of CBIP standards.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 19 of 25
Annexure-B
LIST OF TENDER DRAWINGS
A.
New Drawings of 220/33 KV Substation of BORL Refinery at Bina, MP
Sl. No.
TITLE
DWG. NO.
1.
MAIN SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM : 220/33 kV SYSTEM
2.
3.
PLOT PLAN
220 kV SUBSTATION LAYOUT PLAN
4.
220 kV SECTIONAL ELEVATION
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

LEGEND & COVER SHEET
MPPKVV 220 kV LINE FEEDER
kV BUS TRANSFER CUM COUPLER FEEDER
kV TRANSFORMER FEEDER
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM : 415 V SUBSTATION ACDB
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM : 110 V & 48 V SUBSTATION DCDB
33 KV SWITCHGEAR CUM CONTROL BUILDING LAYOUT
DRAWING
12.
CABLING : NOTES & DETAILS
13.
GROUNDING : NOTES & DETAILS
14.
ILLUMINATION : NOT`ES & DETAILS
15.
LIGHTNING PROTECTION : NOTES & DETAILS
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

ARCHITECTURE DRAWING
BLOCK DIAGRAM : 110 V DC BATTERY AND BATTERY
CHARGER
7703-71-60-A1-0101
2 SHEETS
7703-99-26-A0-0001
7703-71-26-A1-0401
7703-71-26-A1-0402
2 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A3-1201
7703-71-60-A3-1202
7703-71-60-A3-1203
7703-71-60-A3-1204
7703-71-60-A1-0106
7703-71-60-A1-0107
7703-71-60-A1-0404
7703-71-60-A4-0400
30 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A4-0600
33 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A4-0800
21 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A4-1000
6 SHEETS
7703-71-60-A1-1001
7703-71-60-A3-0109
LEGEND, SCHEME, GENERAL NOTES (FOR FIRE SYSTEM) CIVIL

& STRUCTURAL DETAILS
7703-41-32-A3-0507
SCHEME OF AIR COOLED PRECISION AIR CONDITIONERS

FOR 33 KV SWITCHGEAR CUM CONTROL BUILDING
SCHEME OF VENTILATION SYSTEM FOR 33 KV
SWITCHGEAR CUM CONTROL BUILDING
7703-71-32-A3-0501
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 20 of 25
7703-71-32-A1-0502
Annexure-B
B.
Existing Drawings of BORL Refinery at Bina required for construction

of new 220/33 KV Substation in the same Refinery
Sl. No.
TITLE
DWG. NO.
3.
99-12-A0-0002, Rev-2
OVERALL EARTHING LAYOUT
(PROPOSED) CABLE TRENCH LAYOUT FROM 132 11-26-A2-0150, Rev-1
KV SWITCH YARD TO CPP S/S-10
0-381-21-00429, Rev-3
SWITCHGEAR ROOM EQUIPMENT LAYOUT
4.
SWITCHGEAR ROOM FLOOR CUTOUT
1-381-21-02015, Rev-1
5.
FIRE WATER LAYOUT
6743-041-16-47-0203, Rev-2
6.
LAYOUT OF OWS & CRWS SYSTEM
6743-059-16-47-0202, Rev-1
7.
GREAD LEVEL
Scanned Doc, A4, 1Sh.
8.
REPORT ON SOIL INVESTIGATION FOR 132 KV

(EXISTING) SWYD OF BINA REFINARY AT BINA, MP.
05605-C-SOIL-1-INV-001,
Rev-2
1.
2.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 21 of 25
Annexure-C
LIST OF STANDARDS
The major Codes and Standards are listed here. Any other Codes, Standards, Rules
and Regulations amended up to date as applicable to different equipments and other
works shall be followed as per requirement.
Std. No.
A.
IS-5
IS-191
IS-325
IS-398
IS-617
IS-694
IS-800
IS-996
IS-1248
IS-1554
IS-1818
IS-1913
IS-2026
IS-2062
IS-2071
IS-2099
IS-2148
IS-2309
IS-2486
IS-2544
IS-2629
IS-2705
IS-2713
IS-3043
IS-3156
IS-3188
IS-3231
IS-3347
IS-3427
Standard Description
IS Standards
Colors for ready mixed paints and enamels
Specification for Copper
Three Phase Induction Motor
Alluminium conductor for overhead transmission line
Alluminium and Alluminium Alloy ingots and castings for general; engineering
purposes
PVC insulated cables for working voltage upto & including 1100 V
Code of practice for general construction
Single phase AC and universal motor
Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their
accessories
PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables
AC Isolators
General & safety requirements for luminaries
Power Transformers
Structural Steel
Method of High Voltage Testing
Bushing for alternating voltages above 1000 V
Flame proof enclosure for electrical apparatus
Practice for protection of building and allied structures against Lightning
Metal fitting of insulators for overhead power lines with a normal voltage
greater than 1000 V
Porcelain post insulators for system with a normal voltage greater than 1000 V
Recommended practice for hot-dip galvanizing on iron and steel
Current Transformer
Tubular steel pole for overhead power lines
Code of practice for earthing
Voltage Transformer
Characteristics of string insulator units
Electrical relay for power system protection
Dimension for porcelain transformer bushings for use in lightly polluted
atmosphere
AC metal enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated voltage above 1000
V and upto and including 52 KV (same as IEC 60298)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 22 of 25
Annexure-C
Std. No.
IS-3480
IS-3618
IS-3716
IS-3975
IS-4160
IS-4759
IS-4794
IS-5082
IS-5561
IS-5578
IS-5621
IS-5831
IS-6005
IS-6875
IS-7098
IS-8084
IS-8130
IS-8263
IS-8603
IS-8623
IS-8828
IS-9046
IS-9334
IS-9385
IS-9537
IS-9921
IS-9968
IS-10118
IS-10322
IS-11171
IS-11353
IS-11955
IS-12021
Flexible steel conductors for electrical wiring
Phosphate Treatment of Iron & Steel for Protection against Corrosion
Application Guide for Insulation Co-ordination
Low carbon galvanized steel wires formed wires and taps for armoring of
cables
Interlocking switch socket outlet
Hot-dip zinc coatings on structural steel and other allied products
Push button switches
Wrought Alluminium and Alluminium Alloy bar rods, tubes & sections for
electrical purpose
Electric power connectors
Guide for marking and insulated conductors
Hollow Insulator for use in Electrical Equipment
PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables
Code of Practice for Phosphating of Iron & Steel
Control Switches
Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables
Interconnecting busbar for AC voltage above 1000 V and upto and including
52 KV
Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords
Methods for radio interference test on high voltage insulators
Dimensions for porcelain transformer bushing for use in heavily polluted
atmosphere
LV switchgear and control gear assemblies (same as IEC Pub 60439)
Circuit breaker for over current protection for household and similar
installation (same as IEC Pub 60898)
AC contactors for voltage above 1000 V and upto and including 11KV
Electric motor operated actuator
High Voltage fuses
Conduit for electrical installation
Specification for Alternating Current Disconnectors (Isolators) and Earthing
switch for voltage above 1000 V
Elastomer Insulated Cables
Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of switchgear and
control gear
Luminaries
Dry type power transformer
Guide for uniform system of marking and identification of conductors and
apparatus terminals
Preferred current ratings
Control Transformers for switchgear and control gear for voltage not
exceeding 1000 V
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 23 of 25
Annexure-C
Std. No.
IS-12063
IS-12615
IS-12729
IS-13010
IS-13118
IS-13516
IS-13703
IS-13925
IS-13947
IS-15086
IS-15652
B.
IEC-60034
IEC-60056
IEC-60060
IEC-60068
IEC-60071
IEC-60076
IEC-60099
IEC-60168
IEC-60185
IEC-60189
IEC-60214
IEC-60233
IEC-60255
IEC-60269
IEC-60273
IEC-60298
IEC-60332
IEC-60376
IEC-60383
IEC-60437
IEC-60439-1
IEC-60529
IEC-60598
Classification of degree of protection provided by enclosures of electrical
equipment
Energy efficient 3 phase squirrel cage induction motor
Common specification for HV switchgear and control gear standards
AC Watt-hour meters Class 0.5, 1 and 2 - specification
HV alternating current Circuit breaker (same as IEC Pub 60056)
Method of synthetic testing of HV AC Circuit breaker (same as IEC Pub
60427)
Low voltage fuse for voltage not exceeding 1000 V AC or 1500 V DC (same
as IEC Pub 60269)
Shunt capacitor for AC Power systems having a rated voltage above 1000 V
Low voltage switchgear and control gear (same as IEC Pub 60947)
Surge Arrester
Insulating Mat for Electrical Purpose - Specification
IEC Standards
Rotating electrical machine
Contact assignment for Circuit breaker rated voltage lower than 52 KV
HV test technique
Environmental testing
Insulation coordination
Power Transformer
Surge Arrester
Test on indoor and outdoor post insulator or ceramic material or glass for
systems
Protective CT for transient performance
Low frequency cables wires with PVC insulation and PVC sheath
Tap changer
systems with nominal voltage greater than 1000 V
Electric Relay
Low voltage fuses
systems with nominal voltage greater than 1000 V
AC metal enclosed switchgear and controlgear
Test on electric and optical fiber cables under fire condition
Specification and acceptance of new SF6
Insulator for overhead for nominal voltage greater than 1000 V
Radio interference test on HV insulator
Low Voltage Switchgear & Control Gear Assemblies
Part 1 : Requirements for type tested and partially type tested assemblies
Degree of Protection provided by Enclosures
Luminaries
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 24 of 25
Annexure-C
Std. No.
IEC 60623
IEC 60707
IEC-60754
IEC-60870
IEC-60947
IEC-61000
IEC-62271
C.
IEEE 32
IEEE
C37.23-1987
IEEE-80
IEEE-383
IEEE 1106
IEEE-1115
IEEE 1184
D.
ANSI C.37.20
to 20c
ANSI C.37.13
ANSI C.5712.01
E.
Vented Nickel-Cadmium Prismatic Rechargeable Single cells
Methods of Test for the Determination of the Flammability of Solid Electrical
Insulating Materials When Exposed to an Igniting Source
Test on gases evolved during combustion of electric cable
Tele-control equipment & system
LV switchgear and control gear
Electromagnetic compatibility
High Voltage AC Circuit breaker
IEEE Standards
Neutral grounding devices, standard requirements, terminology and test
procedure
Metal enclosed bus and calculating loss in Isolated phase busduct
(ANSIC.57-12.01)
AC substation Grounding
Type test of class 1E Electric cables, Field plices and connections for Nuclear
Power Generating Station
Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for stationary Batteries
Guide for Selection and Sizing of Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Systems
ANSI Standards
Switchgear
Standard for Low Voltage Ac Power circuit, Breakers used in enclosures
Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformer, General requirement for
liquid immersed
CBIP Publications
CBIP - 295
Transformer
F.
NFPA Code
NFPA-70
National Electric Code
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 25 of 25

220 kV Circuit Breaker
VOLUME-II
SECTION E02
FOR
220 KV CIRCUIT BREAKER
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
SPECIFICATION
FOR
220KV CIRCUIT BREAKER
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
NTENT OF SPECIFICATION
E02: 1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
E02: 1
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E02: 2
4.00.00
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
E02: 2
5.00.00
TESTS
E02: 9
6.00.00
SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLES
E02:10
7.00.00
SPARES
E02:10
8.00.00
DRAWINGS DATA & MANUALS
E02:10
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE - A
SYSTEM DETAILS
E02:12
ANNEXURE - B
RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS
E02:13
ANNEXURE - C
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
E02:17
ANNEXURE - D
MANDATORY SPARES
E02: 19
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
1.00.00
1.01.00
This specification is intended to cover the design, manufacture, assembly,

testing at manufacturer's works, supply & delivery, properly packed for
transport F.O.R to site of 220 kV CIRCUIT BREAKER, complete with all
materials and accessories for efficient and trouble-free operation in a manner
acceptable to Owner.
1.02.00
The specification shall be read and construed in conjunction with other

sections of bidding document.
1.03.00
In the event of any discrepancy with listed documents, the stipulation of this
specification shall govern.
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Supply
Type, rating and connection of the equipment shall be as detailed in the
annexure. The equipment shall be offered in strict compliance with the same.
2.01.01
Each circuit breaker shall be complete with fittings and accessories as listed
in the annexure.
2.01.02
Terminal connectors suitable for: -
2.01.03
Following Auxiliary equipment shall be supplied
As required
a. One (1) set of Portable SF6 gas evacuating & filling equipment
b. Two (2) sets of SF6 gas leaked detectors
c. One (1) set of Circuit breaker operation analyzer.
d. One (1) no. SF6 filled gas cylinder with trolley
e. One (1) set of Gas Analyser equipment for measuring & analysis of acid,
moisture and air content in SF6 gas.
2.01.04
One set of special tools and tackles
2.01.05
Mandatory spare parts.
2.01.06
Recommended spare parts for three (3) years of operation in addition to

Mandatory spares.
2.01.07
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 19
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
3.01.00
The equipment will be used in 220/33 kV Substation of Bharat Oman

Refineries LTD. at Bina, District Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, having
characteristics as listed in the annexure.
3.02.00
The equipment will be installed outdoor in a hot, humid and tropical

atmosphere.
3.03.00
All equipment, accessories and wiring shall have tropical protection, involving
special treatment of metal and insulation against fungus, insects and
corrosion.
3.04.00
The maximum temperature in any part of the equipment at specified rating

shall not exceed the permissible limits as stipulated in the relevant standards.
3.05.00
The equipment shall be capable of withstanding the dynamic and thermal

stresses of listed short circuit current without any damage or deterioration.
3.06.00
There shall be no radio interference when the equipment is operated at

maximum service voltage.
3.07.00
The safety clearances of all live parts of the equipment shall be as per
relevant standards.
3.08.00
Corona shall be reduced to the minimum as per relevant standard by using

suitable devices.
3.09.00
The circuit breakers shall be suitable for continuous operation at locations up

to an altitude of 1000 meters.
4.00.00
4.01.00
Type and Duty
4.01.01
The 220kV circuit breaker shall be single pole sulphur hexafluoride (SF6)
type, having internal isolation without any sequential interlock.
4.01.02
The duty of the circuit breaker shall involve satisfactory interruption of short
circuit currents as listed in the annexure.
4.01.03
The breaker shall be suitable for operation even under out of phase condition
arising out of faulty synchronization.
4.01.04
The breaker shall be capable of clearing short-line fault of same magnitude

as rated short-circuit current.
4.01.05
The breaker shall be capable of interruption of low reactive currents

(lagging/leading) without undue over voltage.
4.01.06
Breakers with multi-break interruptions shall be so designed that the voltage

developed across a pole is uniformly distributed over the power breaks.
4.01.07
The circuit breaker shall be restrike free as per IEC under all duty condition.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 19
4.02.00
Constructional Feature
4.02.01
Each circuit-breaker shall comprise of three (3) identical poles complete with
individual operating mechanism for specified duty. Three poles shall be linked
together electrically for simultaneous closing.
4.02.02
The circuit-breaker shall be single pressure type. The design and construction
shall be such that there is minimum possibility of gas leakage and ingress of
moisture. Further, the arrangement shall be such that condensation of SF6 gas
on the internal insulating surfaces of the circuit breaker must not occur under
any condition.
4.02.03
Each pole shall form an enclosure filled with SF6 gas independent of two other
poles. The SF6 gas density of each pole shall be monitored and regulated by
individual temperature compensated gas density monitoring devices, which
shall be mounted at a convenient and easily approachable location. The device
shall have provision for low gas pressure alarm and breaker lockout
arrangement. Also pressure gauge shall be mounted at a convenient height so
that gas pressure can be visually observed.
4.02.04
The circuit-breaker shall have proper sealing so that leakage of gas outside is
not more than 1% per annum under all conditions of operation. Further, it shall
incorporate devices to absorb any moisture which may exist/be released within
breaker poles after assembly, gas charging and during operation. The devices
shall be so located as to permit easy removal/replacement.
4.02.05
The operating rod connecting the operating mechanism to the arc chamber
(SF6 media) shall have adequate seals. All gasketted surfaces shall be
smooth, straight and reinforced, if necessary, to minimise distortion and make
a tight seal.
4.02.06
The circuit-breaker units shall be complete with associated valves, piping,

gauges, pressure switches, seals, lubricants and other accessories /materials
to ensure proper assembly and functioning.
4.02.07
Suitable means shall be provided in the gas chamber of circuit breaker for
pressure relief so as to avoid damages or distortion during occurrence of
abnormal pressure increase or shock waves generated by internal electric fault
arcs. The position of vents, diaphragms and pressure relief devices, if
provided, shall be so arranged as to minimise danger to personnel in the event
of gas or vapour escaping under pressure.
4.02.08
Breaker shall be furnished with first charge of SF6 gas plus additional 20% of
total gas used which shall be supplied in non-returnable gas cylinders as spare
for future use.
4.02.09
The SF6 gas shall be supplied in properly treated steel cylinder of adequate
strength. Chemical analysis of gas supplied shall be furnished for
Owner/Purchaser's reference.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 19
4.02.10
The circuit breaker shall be provided with terminal pads of adequate size for
connection to Rigid Aluminum tube by expansion type terminal connector.
Adequate transversal and vertical force shall be considered for the terminals
so as to support the interconnecting tubes spanning around 10 meters during
short circuit and wind force.
4.03.00
Main Contacts and Arc Quenching Chamber
4.03.01
The main contacts shall have adequate area and contact pressure for
carrying rated continuous and short time current without excessive heating
liable to cause pitting and welding.
4.03.02
The tips of the arcing and main contacts shall be heavily silver plated.
4.03.03
The contacts shall be adjustable to allow for wear, shall be easily replaceable
and shall have minimum movable parts and adjustments.
4.03.04
The arc quenching device shall be of robust construction and shall not
require any critical adjustment. The devices shall be easily accessible and
removable for access to the breaker contacts.
4.04.00
Auxiliary Contacts
4.04.01
Each breaker shall be provided with six (6) normally open and six (6)
normally closed electrically separate spare auxiliary contacts, in addition
to those required for its own operation and indication.
4.04.02
The auxiliary contacts shall be convertible type so that normally open

contacts can be converted into normally close contact and vice versa at
site.
4.04.03
The auxiliary contacts shall be rated 10A at 240 V A.C. and 2A at 110 V
D.C.
4.05.00
Control & Interlock
4.05.01
All electrical and mechanical interlocks which are necessary for safe and
satisfactory operation of the circuit breaker shall be furnished. Breaker
operation shall be locked in case of low SF6 gas pressure and low air
pressure at preset values. Alarms shall be provided for low gas pressure
and low air pressure at values higher than lockout pressure of SF6 gas
and air. It is intended that before lockout occurs, the breaker shall be in trip
position.
4.05.02
The close and trip circuits shall be designed to permit use of momentary
contact switches and push buttons.
4.05.03
Each breaker pole shall be provided with two (2) independent tripping
circuits, valves, pressure switches and coils each connected to a different
set of protective relays. Each tripping circuit shall be fed through separate
DC source.
4.05.04
The breaker shall normally be operated by remote electrical control.

Electrical tripping shall be performed by shunt trip coils. Provision shall be
made for local electrical/local manual control. For this purpose,
local/remote selector switch, close & trip control switch, auxiliary relays,
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 19
indication lamps etc. shall be provided in the central control cabinet for the
breaker. Remote located control switch/push buttons and indicating lamp
shall be provided in the remote control panel which will be installed at
electrical control room.
4.05.05
The trip coils shall be suitable for trip circuit supervision during both open
and close positions of the breaker. The trip circuit supervision relay would
be provided in the remote control panel. Necessary terminals shall be
provided in the control cubicles.
Gas analyser contacts, pressure switch contacts, etc. shall be suitable for
direct use as permissive in closing, tripping, annunciation and control
circuits. DC supplies for all auxiliary circuits shall be monitored and
provision shall be made for remote annunciations.
4.06.00
Insulator
4.06.01
Insulator shall be wet-process porcelain, brown glazed and free from all
blemishes. Metal parts and hardware shall be hot-dip galvanized.
4.06.02
Insulator shall have adequate mechanical strength and rigidity to

withstand the duty involved.
4.06.03
When operated at maximum system voltage, there shall be no electrical

discharge. Shielding rings, if necessary, shall be provided.
4.06.04
Insulation shall be coordinated with basic impulse level of the system.

The creepage distance shall be as indicated in the annexure.
4.06.05
The insulator porcelain shall be in one integral piece in green and fired
stage. No jointed porcelain is acceptable.
4.07.00
Operating Mechanism
4.07.01
Operating mechanism shall be stored energy type, with motor operated

spring charged mechanism. Anti-pumping and trip free features complete
with 2x100% shunt trip coils shall be provided. The mechanism of the
breaker shall be such that the position of the breaker is maintained even
after leakage of operating media and/or gas.
4.07.02
All three breaker poles shall close simultaneously. Pole discrepancy

feature shall be provided to trip the breaker out if all the poles do not
close simultaneously within the stipulated time.
4.07.03
Circuit Breakers, where specified, shall have provision of both single and
three phase auto re-closing.
4.07.04
The mechanism shall be designed for electrical control from remote as

well as local position. In addition local manual trip button shall be
provided.
Operation counter and mechanical ON-OFF indicator shall be provided
for each pole.
4.07.05
4.07.06
The close and trip circuits shall be designed to permit use of momentary
contact switches and push buttons.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 19
4.07.07
Each breaker pole shall be provided with two (2) independent tripping
circuits, valves, pressure switches and coils each connected to a
different set of protective relays.
The trip coils shall be suitable for trip circuit supervision during both open
and close positions of the breaker.
4.07.08
Spring operated Mechanism

The mechanism shall have spring charging motor, opening and closing
spring with limit switch for automatic charging and other necessary
accessories to make the mechanism a complete operating unit.
The charging of closing spring for spring charged operating mechanism
shall take place automatically after each breaker closing operation. One
open close-open operation of the circuit breaker will be possible after
failure of power supply to the spring charging motor. It shall be provided
with the facility of spring charging manually.
Provisions shall be made to prevent a closing operation of the breaker
when the spring is in the partial charged condition. Mechanical interlocks
shall be provided in the operating mechanism to prevent discharging of
closing springs when the breaker is already in the closed position.
The spring operating mechanism shall have adequate energy stored in
the operating spring to close and latch the circuit breaker against the
rated making current and also to provide the required energy for the
tripping mechanism in case the tripping energy is derived from the
operating mechanism.
4.08.00
Control Cubicle
4.08.01
Besides the individual pole cabinets (for 220 kV) for housing components
of each pole, a common control cubicle shall be furnished to house
electrical, controls, monitoring devices and all other accessories except
those which must be located on individual poles.
4.08.02
The Pole cabinets and the cubicle shall be IPW-55, of gasketted

weatherproof construction, fabricated from sheet steel minimum 2 mm
thick.
4.08.03
The cubicle shall have front access door with lock & keys and removable
gland plate at the bottom for Owner's cable entry.
4.08.04
Thermostat controlled space heater, internal illumination lamp and 3 pin

5A socket with individual ON-OFF switches shall be provided in the
cubicle.
4.08.05
For local operation following shall be provided: -
4.08.06
a.
LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch.
b.
TRIP/CLOSE push buttons.
All electrical, connections between the control cubicle and individual

poles for 220 kV breakers shall be furnished.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 19
4.09.00
Wiring
4.09.01
Wiring shall be complete in all respects to ensure proper functioning of

the control, protection, and monitoring and interlocking schemes.
4.09.02
DC circuit for trip coil 1 & 2 shall be wired separately so as to connect

with duplicate DC supply.
4.09.03
Wiring shall be done with flexible 650V grade, PVC insulated,

switchboard wires with 2.5 mm2 stranded copper conductor. Wiring
between individual poles and control cubicle shall be routed through G.I.
conduits.
4.09.04
Each wire shall be identified at both ends with permanent markers bearing
wire numbers as per Contractor's wiring diagram.
4.09.05
Wire termination shall be done with crimping type connectors with

insulating sleeves. Wires shall not be spliced between terminals.
4.09.06
All spare contacts of relays, push buttons, auxiliary switches etc. shall be
wired upto terminal blocks in the control cubicle.
4.10.00
Terminal blocks
4.10.01
Terminal blocks shall be 650V grade, enclosed clamp type with engraved
numbers suitable for termination of at least two numbers of 2.5 mm2
stranded copper conductor
4.10.02
Not more than two wires shall be connected to any terminal. Spare
terminals equal in number to 20% active terminals shall be furnished.
Separate terminal blocks shall be used for AC/ DC wiring termination.
4.10.03
Terminal blocks shall be located to allow easy access. Wiring shall be so

arranged that individual wires of an external cable can be connected to
consecutive terminals.
4.11.00
Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) Gas
4.11.01
The SF6 gas shall be new and comply with relevant IEC 376, 376A and
376B and shall be suitable in all respects for use in the circuit breakers
under the various operating conditions.
4.11.02
SF6 gas shall be tested for quality, dew point, air, hydrolysable fluorides
and water content as per IEC and test certificates shall be furnished
covering all tests for each lot of SF6 gas. Further site test for moisture
and air content to be done prior to commissioning of the breaker
4.11.03
The high pressure cylinders in which SF6 gas is shipped and stored at site
shall comply with requirements of the following standards and regulations :
IS-4379, IS-7311
The cylinders shall also meet Indian Boiler Regulations.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 7 of 19
4.12.00
Support Structure
4.12.01
The equipment shall be supplied with support structures, which are

integral part of the breaker.
4.12.02
All support structure shall be hot dip galvanised after full chemical
treatment as per IS:4759 or equivalent.
4.12.03
The height of the support structure shall be decided based on, whichever
is higher, of the following:
a.
The minimum vertical distance from the bottom of lowest

porcelain part of the bushing shall be at least 2440 mm from top
of the plinth level of the foundation. The plinth level will be 300
mm above the substation grade level.
b.
The height of the lower terminal pad at the specified elevation

above the plinth level.
4.12.04
The design of the structure shall be submitted for approval.
4.13.00
Grounding
4.13.01
Each circuit breaker shall be provided with two ground pads for connection
to station ground mat.
4.13.02
The ground pad shall comprise buffed metal surface with two holes, M10
G.I. bolts and spring washers to receive 75x12 mm G.I. flat.
4.14.00
Auxiliary Equipment
4.14.01
A portable SF6 gas filling and evacuating system shall be supplied with
necessary gas valves, safety devices, gas purity monitoring devices,
regulators, vacuum pump, pressure gauges/switches, hose pipes etc.
4.14.02
The sensing probe of SF6 gas leaked detector shall be able to reach all
the points on the breaker where leakage is to be sensed. The accuracy
of the equipment shall be at least 10 ppm. It shall be free from induced
voltage effect.
4.14.03
An Operational Analyzer shall be supplied to record contact travel, speed

and for making measurement of operating timings, synchronization of
contacts in one pole or all poles.
4.15.00
Name Plate
4.15.01
Each circuit breaker and its operating devices shall be provided with
name plate clearly marked the particulars in accordance with IEC
62271.100
4.15.02
The name plate shall be provided in visible portion of normal service and
installation.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 19
5.00.00
TESTS
5.01.00
Routine Tests
During manufacture and on completion, all equipment shall be subjected

to the Routine tests as laid down in Indian/IEC Standard.
In addition to above tests specified by IEC, the speed curves for each
breaker shall also be obtained with the help of a suitable operation
analyser to determine the breaker contact movement during opening,
closing, auto-reclosing and trip-free operation under normal as well as
limiting operating conditions (Control Voltage, pneumatic pressure etc.)
5.02.00
Type Tests
5.02.01
Type test certificate, dated not more than five years back, shall be
furnished for the offered model of the circuit breaker.
5.02.02
The type test shall be as per IEC and the report shall include following
tests in addition to other mandatory tests specified in the standard.
5.03.00
i.
Short line fault twst
ii.
Out of phase making and breaking test as per IEC-60267 & IEC60056.
iii.
Rated line charging current breaking test.
iv.
Seismic withstand test in unpressurised condition.
v.
Corona extinction voltage test for 400kV breaker only.
vi.
Degree of protection test for out door cubicles.
Test Witness
Routine Tests shall be performed in presence of Owner's representative
if so desired by the Owner. The Contractor shall give at least seven (7)
days' advance notice of the date when the tests are to be carried out.
5.04.00
Test Certificates
5.04.01
Certified reports of all the tests carried out at the works shall be
furnished in required number copies for approval of the Owner.
5.04.02
The equipment shall be dispatched from works only after receipt of

Owners written approval of the test reports.
5.04.03
Routine test certificates of bought out components shall be furnished.
5.04.04
Type test certificate on any equipment or component if so desired by the

Owner, shall be furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be
type tested, free of charge, to prove the design.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 19
6.00.00
6.01.00
A set of special tools & tackle which are necessary or convenient for
erection, commissioning, maintenance and overhauling of the equipment
shall be supplied.
6.02.00
The tools shall be shipped in separate containers, clearly marked with

the name of the equipment for which they are intended.
7.00.00
SPARES
7.01.00
The Bidder shall submit a list of recommended spare parts for three (3)
years satisfactory and trouble-free operation, indicating the itemized
price of each item of the spares. The final quantity shall be decided
during placement of order.
7.02.00
The Bidder shall quote and supply mandatory spare parts as per the
list. The final quantity shall be decided during placement of order.
7.03.00
The list shall be complete with specification, make, identification number,

unit rate, quantity etc.
8.00.00
8.01.00
Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted with the bid and in
quantities and procedures as specified in General Conditions on Contract
and/or elsewhere in this specification for approval and subsequent
distribution after the issue of Letter of Intent.
8.02.00
8.02.01
Typical general arrangement drawings of the equipment.
8.02.02
Proposal Technical Particulars, leaflets on equipment and special tools

explaining construction features, principle of operation, special features
etc.
8.02.03
Type test certificate of the offered model of the circuit breaker for the
specified type tests.
8.03.00

(A) : Approval Category
(R) : Reference Category
8.03.01
Guaranteed Technical Particulars(A) & Quality assurance plan.(R)
8.03.02
Dimensional general arrangement drawing showing disposition of various

fittings, (A)
8.03.03
Structure Design & Drawings, with foundation plan and loading.(A)
8.03.04
Assembly drawing for erection at site with part numbers and schedule of
materials Transport/shipping dimensions with weights.(R)
8.03.05
Control schematic (A) and wiring diagrams (R).
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 19
8.03.06

operation and maintenance.
8.03.07
Instruction manuals on circuit breakers and its accessories.(R)

The manual shall clearly indicate method of installation, check ups and
tests to be carried out before commissioning of the equipment.
8.04.00
The drawings and documents marked with (A) above are of Approval
category and are subject to review by Owner. Those marked ( R) are for
reference category.
The Owner may review the documents marked (R) if thought necessary.
The contractor shall note that the approval of drawings & documents by
the Owner does not relieve him of his contractual obligation.
8.05.00
The bidder may note that the drawings, data and manuals listed herein
are minimum requirement only. The bidder shall ensure that all other
necessary write-up, curves, etc require to fully describe the equipment
are to be submitted with the bid.
8.06.00
All drawings shall be prepared by using AutoCAD and documents shall

be generated using Electronic version. The paper copy of the drawings &
document shall be submitted for approval & reference. All final drawings
and documents shall be submitted in CD in AutoCAD 2000 and MS office
format as applicable for Owners future reference.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 11 of 19
ANNEXURE-A
SYSTEM DETAILS
1.0
System
220KV
Rated Voltage
245 kV
Frequency
50 Hz +3% to -5%
Phase
System Neutral
Effectively Earthed
Fault Level (Sym.)
40 KA rms for 1 Sec.
2.0
Auxiliary Power Supply
2.1
A.C. Supply
415V 10%, 3 phase, 50 Hz +3% to -5%, 4

wire, effectively earthed system. Fault level
15 KA r.m.s symm.
2.2
D.C. Supply
110V+10%,-15%, 2 wire,
system. Fault level 15 KA.
3.0
Supply Point
3.1
Auxiliary power supplies listed above

will be made available to each circuit
breaker as below: A.C. Supply
Single feeder
D.C. Supply
Duplicate feeder
3.2
ungrounded
Isolating switch fuse unit / MCCB shall be provided at the circuit breaker for receiving
each incoming supply.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 12 of 19
ANNEXURE-B
RATINGS & REQUIREMENTS
System
220KV
1.0
Type
SF6, 3-1Pole
Electrically Ganged
2.0
Service
Outdoor
3.0
Pole
4.0
Rated Voltage
kV rms :
245
5.0
Rated Frequency
Hz
50 +3% to -5%
6.0
System Neutral Earthing
Effectively Earthed
7.0
Reference Standard
IEC-62271-100
8.0
Mechanical Endurance Class :
M1
9.0
Electrical Endurance Class
E1
10.0
Restrike Probability Class
C1
11.0
Electromagnetic Compatibility(EMC) :
12.0
Rated Insulation Level
12.1
Rated Lightning Impulse withstand

voltage
KV peak:
a)
b)
12.2
13.0
as per IEC 62271-1
between phase to
earth
1050
between phases
and CB open
1050
Rated one minute power frequency

withstand voltage
KV rms
a)
between phase to earth
460
b)
between phases
460
Corona extinction voltage

with CB open or close
in normal atmospheric
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 13 of 19
ANNEXURE-B
System
conditions
14.0
15.0
220KV
kv rms(min) :
156
Max.radio interference voltage

at 1.1 Urated /3
Micro-Volts
less than 2500
Rated normal Current at

site condition
Amps
2000
50oC
As per IS/IEC duly adjusted for site
16.0
Temperature rise
16.1
Design Ambient
Temperature
0C
16.2
Limit of temperature rise

condition
17.0
Rated Making & Breaking Capacity
17.1
Rated Short-circuit breaking current

(Symmetrical)
kA rms
:
40
17.2
Percentage D.C. component
As per IEC62271-100
17.3
Rated short-circuit making

current
(kA Peak)
100
Rated peak withstand current

KA (peak)
100
Rated short time withstand

current for rated duration
of 1 sec.
KA rms
40
Rated line charging breaking

current
Amps rms
125
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
Rated Out of phase breaking

current In % of rated Short Ckt.
Breaking current
25
17.8
Rated Out of phase making

current In % of rated out of phase
breaking current
100
17.9
Characteristic for short-line

fault related to rated short-circuit
breaking current
As per IEC-62271-100
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 14 of 19
ANNEXURE-B
System
220KV
17.10 Rated capacitive switching

breaking (Arms)
/ in rush making current(KA peak)
400/20
17.11 TRV Characteristics
As per IEC-62271-100
18.0
Inductive current breaking

capability without exceeding
over voltage by 2.0 pu.
19.0
First pole to clear factor.
As per IEC-62271
20.0
Operating mechanism
spring charged
21.0
Opening time (ms)
Not more than 40
22.0
Closing time (ms)
Not more than 100
23.0
Rated Operating Sequence

:
O - 0.3s-CO-3m-CO
For breakers
Interruption of steady & transient

magnetizing current of the connected
transformer having capacity 100.MVA
24.0
Rated Supply Voltage and

frequency for
24.1
Closing
110 V D.C.
24.2
Tripping
110 V D.C.
24.3
Spring Charge Motor
415 V, 3 Ph, 4W
24.4
Compressor / Pump Motor
Not applicable
24.5
Heater/Lamp/Socket
240V, 1 Ph, 2W
25.0
Minimum Creepage
distance
mm : 7595
(Based on 31 mm /Kv*)
*(corresponds to very heavily polluted)
26.0
Phase to phase spacing of

terminal conductor
27.0
mm
4500
Elevation of lower most terminal

Conductor above Plinth
Level
mm
The figures are to be taken from the layout
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 15 of 19
ANNEXURE-B
System
220KV
28.0
Rated Terminal Load
Kgf
As per IEC 62271-100 or calculated

values which ones are higher
29.0
Noise level Db at the base of CB
140
30.0
Mounting structure
Hot dip galvanized steel lattice
31.0
Seismic zone as per IS1893
II
32.0
SF6 Gas
As Per IEC60376 & 61634
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 16 of 19
ANNEXURE-C
FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES
Each Circuit Breaker shall be furnished complete with fittings and accessories as listed
below: 1.
Operating mechanism complete with all accessories, fittings and double tripping coils
and closing coil, pole discrepancy feature and low pressure blocking device etc. as
required.
2.
Complete SF6 gas system along with valves, pressure switches, pressure gauges,
SF6 gas density monitor, etc.
3.
Various attachments & accessories for gas filling.
4.
Two ground pads per pole suitable for termination of 75 x 12 mm GI flats.
5.
Base frame and anchor bolts and nuts.
6.
Set of valves, pressure gauges and pressure switches as required.
7.
Auxiliary contacts and relays.
8.
LOCAL/REMOTE Selector switch, TRIP/CLOSE Push Buttons.
9.
Manual tripping devices with protective flap.
10.
Mechanical ON-OFF indicator.
11.
Operation counters.
12.
Weatherproof outdoor type control cubicle and pole boxes having IPW55 enclosure.
13.
Set of switch fuse units/MCCB for A.C. and D.C. supply.
14.
Space heater with thermostat and ON-OFF switch.
15.
Cubicle illumination lamp with ON-OFF switch.
16.
3 Pin 5A Socket with ON-OFF Switch.
17.
Terminal blocks and internal wiring - lot as required.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 17 of 19
ANNEXURE-C

18.
Interconnecting wires, G.I. conduits and accessories for connection between control
cubicle and pole boxes.
19.
The gas filling and internal pressure monitoring devices per pole for SF6 breakers.
20.
Other standard accessories which are not specifically mentioned but supplied with
breakers of similar type and rating for efficient and trouble-free operation.
21.
First filling of SF6 gas along with 15 % additional for the complete lot in non
returnable container.
22.
Terminal connectors. (Suitable for Al tube / ACSR Horizontal / vertical)
24.
Supporting galvanized steel structure.
Auxiliary Equipment Common for All 220 kV SF6 Circuit Breakers

1.
Portable SF6 gas evacuation and filing system with necessary gas valves, safety
devices, gas purity monitoring devices, regulators, vacuum pump, pressure
gauges/switches, hose pipes etc. (One set)
2.
Portable SF6 gas leaked detectors (2 sets)
3.
Operational analyser to record contact travel, speed and for making measurement of
operating timings, synchronisation of contacts in one pole or all poles.
(One set)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 18 of 19
ANNEXURE-D
MANDATORY SPARES
Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares listed below. In case, any item, not considered
by the bidder, but found applicable during detailed engineering as per approved scheme,
equipment requirement, etc., the same shall be supplied by the vendor at free of cost. The
lump sum prices shall be inclusive of these mandatory spares, commissioning spares &
engineering / consumables spares.
Description
1.0
Complete pole with column and interrupter

and operating mechanism but without support
structure
2.0
Rubber gaskets, O rings and seals (complete

replacement for one breaker)
Set
3.0
Trip coils with resistor
Nos.
two
4.0
Closing coils with resistor

Set of fixed contacts, moving Contacts and
contacts for pre-insertion resistor
Nos.
one
6.0
Pre-insertion resistor
No.
Not required
7.0
Molecular filter for SF6 circuit of 1 pole
Set
one
8.0
Density/pressure monitor for SF6 Circuit of 1

pole
Set
one
9.0
Operating mechanism with motor
No.
one
10.0
Fixed, moving and arcing contacts of 1 pole
Set
one
11.0
Relays, power contactors, limit switches, push

buttons, timers & MCB
Set
one
12.0
Complete compressor assembly along with

motor. Complete oil pump with motor (where
applicable)
Set
Not required
13.0
Isolation valves, control valves and

Safety valves for air or oil system
Set
Not required
14.0
Pressure switch
Set
Not required
15.0
Auxiliary Switch assembly
Nos.
two
5.0
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 19 of 19
Unit
Qty
(220KV)
Sl. No.
No.
Set
Not required
one
Not required
Technical Specification 220 kV

Disconnecting Switch

VOLUME-II
SECTION E03
FOR
220 KV DISCONNECTING SWITCH
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
.


SPECIFICATION
FOR
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
E03:1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
E03:1
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E03:1
4.00.00
E03:2
5.00.00
TESTS
E03:7
6.00.00
SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES
E03:7
7.00.00
SPARES
E03:7
8.00.00
E03:8
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A
SYSTEM DETAILS
E03:9
ANNEXURE-B
E03:10
ANNEXURE-C
E03:13
ANNEXURE-D
MANDATORY SPARES
E03:14
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001


1.00.00
1.01.00

transport F.O.R to site of 220KV DISCONNECTING SWITCH, complete with
all materials and accessories for efficient and trouble-free operation.
1.02.00
This specification shall be read and construed with other sections of bid
document.
1.03.00
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Supply
Type and rating and connection of the equipment shall be as detailed in the
annexture. The equipment shall be furnished in strict compliance with the
same.
2.01.01
220 KV, 2000A, 3-pole center break Isolator: As required

a.
Conventional type with earth switch
b.
Tandem type
2.01.02
Each disconnect switch shall be furnished with fittings and accessories as

listed in the annexure.
2.01.03
One set of special tools and tackles.
2.01.04
2.01.05
Recommended spare parts for three (3) years operation in addition to

mandatory spares.
2.01.06
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
3.01.00

Refineries LTD. at Bina, district Sagar Madhya Pradesh, having
3.02.00

atmosphere.
3.03.00
corrosion.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 14
DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD


3.04.00

3.05.00

3.06.00

3.07.00
relevant standards.
3.08.00
Corona / grading ring as required shall be provided.
4.00.00
4.01.00
Type and Duty
4.02.00
a)
The disconnecting switches shall be center break type with contact

blades moving through horizontal plane.
b)
The disconnect switch shall carry rated current continuously and

short-time current for 1 second.
c)
In addition, the disconnecting switch shall be capable of making and

breaking -
i.
Magnetizing current of the voltage transformer.
ii.
Capacitive current of the buses and short connections.
iii
Bus Transfer Current
Constructional Features
a)
The 3-pole disconnecting switch shall be gang operated type so that

all the poles make and break simultaneously.
b)
The disconnecting switch shall be designed for upright mounting on

steel structure unless otherwise indicated.
c)
The disconnecting switch shall have padlocking arrangement in both `

Open' and 'Closed' positions.
d)
All current carrying parts shall be of non-ferrous metal or alloy. All live
parts shall be designed to avoid sharp points and edges.
e)
All metals parts shall be of such material and treated in such a way as
to avoid rust, corrosion and deterioration due to atmospheric
condition. Ferrous parts shall be hot-dip galvanized.
f)
Bolts, nuts, pins, etc. shall be provided with appropriate locking

arrangement such as locknuts, spring washers, key etc.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 14


g)
Bearing housing shall be weatherproof with provision for lubrication.

The design, however, shall be such as not to require frequent
lubrication.
h)
All bearings in the current path shall be shorted by flexible copper

conductor of adequate size.
4.03.00
Main Contacts
4.03.01
The main contacts shall be of silver-plated copper alloy and controlled by

powerful springs designed for floating and pressure point contact.
4.03.02
The contacts shall have sufficient area and pressure to prevent excessive
heating liable to bring about pitting or welding.
4.03.03
Contacts shall be adjustable to allow for wear, shall be easily replaceable and
shall have minimum movable parts and adjustments.
4.03.04
The blade shall be made of electrolytic copper/ aluminium tube of liberal

section. Rotating feature of the blade at the end of travel for contact wiping
shall be provided.
4.03.05
Arcing horns shall be provided to divert the arc from main contacts to the
separating horns after the main contacts have opened. Arcing horns shall be
renewable type.
4.04.00
Auxiliary Contacts
4.04.01
Each disconnect switch shall be provided with six (6) normally closed and six
(6) normally open electrically separated spare contacts, in addition to the
auxiliary contacts required for its operation and indication.
4.04.02
The contacts shall be convertible type so that normally open contact may be
converted to normally closed contact and vice-versa at site.
4.04.03
The auxiliary contacts shall be rated 10A at 240V A.C. and 2A at 110V D.C.
4.04.04
The auxiliary contacts shall be adjustable type to suit the following

requirement: a.
Signaling of 'Closed Position' shall not take place unless the main
power contacts have reached a position so that rated normal and
short time current can be carried safely.
b.
Signaling of 'Open Position' shall not take place unless the main
power contacts are at a safe isolating distance.
4.05.00
Interlocks
4.05.01
All electrical and mechanical interlocks necessary for safe and satisfactory
operation of the disconnect switch and its earthing switch shall be furnished.
4.05.02
The disconnecting switch shall be suitable for sequential interlocking with

associated equipment, for closing and opening. Details of interlocking
scheme will be furnished at a later date. Suitable interlocking contactor shall
be furnished to achieve the same.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 14


4.06.00
Insulators
4.06.01
Insulators shall be post type and composed of stacked units. Insulators of

identical rating shall be interchangeable.
4.06.02
Insulator shall be of wet-process porcelain, brown glazed and free from all
blemishes. Metal parts and hardware shall be hot-dip galvanized.
4.06.03
Insulator shall have adequate mechanical strength and rigidity to withstand

the duty involved.
4.06.04
When operated at maximum system voltage there shall be no electrical

discharge. Shielding rings, if necessary, shall be provided.
4.06.05
Insulation shall be co-ordinate with basic impulse level of the system. The
creepage distance shall be as indicated in the annexure.
4.06.06
insulators shall be suitable for very heavily polluted atmosphere.
4.07.00
Operating Mechanism
4.07.01
The operating mechanism of the disconnect switch shall be motor operated

type, with electrical control from remote as well as local position.
4.07.02
The mechanism shall also have provision for manual operation with
detachable handle. The arrangement shall be such that one operator may be
able to operate without undue efforts.
4.07.03
Interlock shall be provided such that electrical power to the motor is cut off on
insertion of manual operating handle.
4.07.04
The mechanism of disconnect switch shall be so designed that its blade(s)

are in positive continuous control throughout the cycle of operation.
4.07.05
Visible indication of switch position and means to prevent false indication if

the mechanism fails to complete the operation shall be provided.
4.07.06
Starters, relays, limit switches shall be provided as required for operation,

indication and interlocks. Electromagnetic brakes and/or adjustable
mechanical stop shall be provided to limit over-travel.
4.07.07
The operating links of Tandem disconnect switches shall be such as to suit

the Substation layout.
4.08.00
Mechanism Box
4.08.01
The mechanism box shall house the operating mechanism, electrical,

controls, monitoring devices and all other accessories.
4.08.02
The box shall be IP-55, of gasketted weatherproof construction, fabricated

from sheet steel minimum 2 mm thick.
4.08.03
The box shall have front access door with lock and key, and removable gland
plate at bottom for Owners cable entry.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 14


4.08.04
The box shall be suitable for mounting on disconnect switch support

structure. The mounting height shall be such as to permit easy
manual/electrical operation standing at grade level.
4.08.05
Thermostat controlled space heater, internal illumination lamp and 3 pin 5A

socket with individual ON/OFF switches shall be provided in the box.
4.08.06
For local operation of 220 kV disconnecting Switches following shall be

provided:a.
LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch.
b.
OPEN / STOP/ CLOSE push buttons.
4.09.00
Wiring
4.09.01
Wiring shall be complete in all respects to ensure proper functioning of the

control, protection, monitoring and interlocking schemes.
4.09.02
Wiring shall be done with flexible 650V grade, PVC insulated switchboard
wires with stranded copper conductor of 2.5 mm2
4.09.03
Each wire shall be identified at both ends with permanent markers bearing
wire numbers as per contractor's wiring diagram.
4.09.04
Wire terminations shall be done with crimping type connectors with insulating
sleeves. Wires shall not be spliced between terminals.
4.09.05
All spare contacts of relays, push buttons, auxiliary switches etc. shall be
wired upto the terminal blocks in the mechanism box.
4.09.06
Each component shall be provided with labels clearly marked with the
function particulars in accordance with schematic. Labels shall be engraved
type. Stickers are not acceptable.
4.10.00
Terminal Blocks
4.10.01
Terminal blocks shall be 650V grade, enclosed clamp type with engraved
2
numbers suitable for termination of at least two numbers of 2.5 mm stranded
copper conductor.
4.10.02
Not more than two wires shall be connected to any terminal. Spare terminals
equal in number of 20% active terminals shall be furnished.
4.10.03
Terminal blocks shall be located to allow easy access. Wiring shall be so

arranged that individual wires of an external cables can be connected to
consecutive terminals.
4.10.04
Terminal connectors that carry power supply should be shrouded from

adjoining connectors.
4.11.00
Earthing Switch
4.11.01
Earthing switch for 3-pole disconnect switch shall be triple-pole, gang

operated type, with provision for padlocking in both open and close positions.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 14


4.11.02
Earth switch shall have manual operating mechanism unless otherwise

indicated in the annexure. The manual operating mechanism shall be located
such that it can be easily operated from standing height at grade level.
4.11.03
Mechanical and electrical safety interlocks shall be provided to prevent

closing of earthing switch when the main disconnect switch is closed and
vice-versa.
4.11.04
Earthing switch shall be provided with 4 NO + 4 NC contacts for indication

and interlocking.
All auxiliary switches & interlocking coils, for sequential interlocking with other
equipment, shall be wired up to terminal blocks in mechanism box through
G.I. Conduits.
4.11.05
Line side Earthing switch blades shall be required to make rated short circuit
current with its peak. Both line and breaker earthing switches shall be
suitable for induced current switching as per IEC.
4.12.00
Assembly
4.12.01
The disconnect switch along with its base frame and operating mechanism,
earthing switch and its operating mechanism shall be completely assembled
and checked for correct alignment and operation at manufacturer's works
prior to dispatch.
4.12.02
All parts and accessories shall have appropriate bench marks and part
numbers for identifications at site.
4.13.00
Grounding
4.13.01
Each equipment shall be provided with two ground pads for connection to
station ground.
4.13.02
The ground pad shall comprise buffed metal surface with two tapped holes,
M 10 G.I. bolts and spring washers for connection to 75x12 mm G.I. flat.
4.13.03
Disconnect and earth switch operating rod shall be separately grounded at a

point above the mechanism box. This is done by flexible copper braid of
adequate section but in no case less than 70 mm2.
4.14.00
Painting
4.14.01
Base frame, operating rod and all hardware shall be hot-dip galvanized.
4.14.02
Mechanism box will be finished with two coats of finished paints as indicated
in annexure after surface treatment, involving chemical cleaning, phosphate
and application of under coats.
4.14.03
Sufficient quantity of touch-up paints shall be furnished for application at site.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 14

5.00.00
TESTS
5.01.00
Routine Tests

During manufacture and on completion, all equipment shall be subjected to

the Routine Tests as laid down in Indian Standard.
5.02.00
Type Tests
Type test certificates, dated not more than five years back, shall be furnished
for the offered model of disconnecting switch.
Type tests shall be as per IEC 129 or IS 9921 and the report shall include
measurement of radio interference level also.
5.03.00
Tests Witness
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owner 's representative if so desired
by the Owner. The Contractor shall give at least seven (7) days' advance
notice of the date when the tests are to be carried out.
5.04.00
Test Certificates
5.04.01
Certified reports of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished in
required number of copies for approval of the Purchaser.
5.04.02
The equipment shall be dispatched from works only after receipt of Oener 's
written approval of the test reports.
5.04.03
Type test certificate on any equipment or component, if so desired by the

Owner, shall be furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type
tested, free of charge, to prove the design.
6.00.00
6.01.00
A set of special tools & tackle which are necessary or convenient for erection,
commissioning, maintenance and overhauling of the equipment shall be
supplied.
6.02.00
The tools shall be shipped in separate containers, clearly marked with the
name of the equipment for which they are intended.
7.00.00
SPARES
7.01.00
years satisfactory and trouble-free operation, indicating the itemized price of
each item of the spares. The final quantity shall be decided during placement
of order.
7.02.00
The Bidder shall quote and supply mandatory spare parts as per the list.
The final quantity shall be decided during placement of order.
7.03.00
Each list shall be complete with specification, make, identification number,

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 7 of 14


8.00.00
8.01.00
Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted with the bid and in quantities
and procedures as specified in General Conditions of Contract and/or
elsewhere in this specification for approval and subsequent distribution after
the issue of Letter of Intent.
8.02.00
8.02.01
Typical general arrangement drawings of the equipment.
8.02.02
Technical leaflets on equipment explaining constructional feature, principal of

operation etc.
8.02.03
Type test certificate on similar equipment.
8.02.04
Proposal data sheets duly filled in.
8.03.00

(A)- Approval Required; (R ) for Reference
8.03.01
Guaranteed technical particulars (A)
8.03.02
Quality assurance plan (R)
8.03.03

fittings (A)
8.03.04
Foundation plan and loading. (A)
8.03.05
materials, Transport / shipping dimensions with weights (R )
8.03.06
Control schematics (A) and wiring diagram (R )
8.03.07

operation and maintenance. (R )
8.03.08
Instruction manuals on disconnect switch and earth switch (R )

The manual shall clearly indicate method of installation, check-ups and tests
8.03.09
reference category. The Owner may review the documents marked ( R ) if
thought necessary. The contractor shall note that the approval of drawings &
documents by the Owner does not relieve him of his contractual obligation.
8.03.10
All drawings shall be prepared by using latest version of AutoCAD and

documents shall be generated using MS Office. The paper copy of the
drawings & document shall be submitted for approval & reference. All final
drawings and documents shall be submitted in CD in AutoCAD and MS office
format as applicable in addition to hard copies for Owners future reference.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 14


ANNEXURE-A
SYSTEM DETAILS
1.0
System
220KV
Rated Voltage
245KV
Frequency
50 Hz +3% to -5%
Phase
System Neutral
Effectively
Earthed
Fault Level (Sym)
40 KA rms
for 1 sec.
2.0
Auxiliary Power Supply
2.1
A.C. Supply
415V 10%, 3phase, 50Hz +3% to -5%, 4 wire,

effectively earthed system. Fault level 15 KA r.m.s.
symm.
2.2
D.C. Supply
110V + 10%, - 15%, 2 wire, ungrounded system.

Fault level 15 KA.
3.0
Supply Point
3.1
Auxiliary power supplies listed above will be made available to each disconnect
switch as below :-
3.2
A.C. Supply
Single feeder
D.C. Supply
Single feeder
Isolating switch fuse unit / MCCB shall be provided at the disconnect switch for each
incoming supply.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 14


ANNEXURE-B
DISCONNECT SWITCH
220KV
1.0
Type
Center break (Conventional & Tandem)
2.0
Service
Outdoor
3.0
Pole
4.0
Rated voltage
245
5.0
Rated Frequency
Hz
50 +3% to -5%
6.0
System Neutral Earthing
Effectively
earthed
7.0
Reference Standard
IEC 62271-102 / IS 9921
8.0
Mechanical Endurance class

of Disconnector
M0 (1000 op cycle)
9.0
Electrical Endurance Class

Of Earth Switches
E0
10.0
Induced Current Switching By

Earthing Switches
Class-B for Line end

Class-A for others
a. Across isolating distance
1200
b. To Earth & Between Poles
1050
a. Across isolating distance
530
b. To Earth & Between Poles
460
KV rms
11.0
Rated Insulation Level
11.1
Rated Lightning Impulse Withstand

Voltage
(KV peak)
11.2
11.3
One Minute Power Frequency

Withstand Voltage (KV rms)
Max. radio interference voltage

for frequency between 0.5MHz and
2MHz at 1.1 Urated/3 micro-Volts :
12.0
Rated Current
12.1
Continuous at site ambient
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
1000
2000A
Page 10 of 14


ANNEXURE-B
DISCONNECT SWITCH (Contd.)
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
Short time current

1 secs
KA rms
40
Peak Withstand current

KA peak
100
Rated short circuit making

current for Earth Switch.
KA peak
100
Magnetising/ capacitive current

Make & brake ability
0.5A
80A for Line

80A for others
500 C
Maximum temperature rise over

design ambient temp.
As per IS/IEC
Minimum Creepage distance

(Based on 31 mm/ KV) mm
7595
Induced current switching

Ability of earth swiches
13.0
Temperature rise
13.1
Design Ambient
Temperature
13.2
14.0
220KV
.oC
15.0
Operating Mechanism
15.1
Main blade
A.C. Motor Operated
15.2
Earth Switch
Manual
16.0
Auxiliary Voltage
16.1
Motor
415V 10%, 3 ph, 50 Hz +3% to -5%
16.2
Control & Interlock
110V D.C. (80% - 110%)
16.3
Heater/Lamp/Socket
240V 10%, 1 ph, 50 Hz +3% to -5%
17.0
Mounting
Galvanized Steel structure.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 11 of 14


ANNEXURE-B
DISCONNECT SWITCH (Contd.)
220KV
18.0
Phase to Phase Spacing
18.1
Conventional Type
4500 mm
18.2
Tandem Type
4500 mm
19.0
Minimum clearances
a. Phase to phase mm
2100
b. Phase to earth mm
2100
20.0
Terminal Connector
20.1
Type
Bolted type
20.2
Suitable for
3.5 Al Tube/ ACSR Moose conductor
21.0
Rated mechanical terminal

Load (kg)
As per IS-9921 or calculated

values which one Are higher.
22.0
Mounting
Hot dip Galvanized steel lattice structure
23.0
Seismic Zone As per IS 1893
II
24.0
Painting of operating Box

a) Base
Battleship grey
b) Finish shade
As per IS#632
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 12 of 14


ANNEXURE-C
Each disconnect switch shall be furnished complete with fittings and accessories as listed
below :1.
Bolted terminal connector
2.
Ground pads for 75x12 mm flat.
3.
Base frame with anchor bolts, nuts and washers.
4.
Operating mechanism with all accessories including operating rod of required length,
for disconnect switch and for earth switch
5.
Starters, relays and auxiliary switches.
6.
Local / Remote selector switch.
7.
Open / Stop / Close push buttons.
8.
Spare auxiliary switches 6 NO + 6 NC.
9.
Mechanical ON-OFF indicator
10.
Weather-proof mechanism box with lock and key for disconnect switch and for earth
switch, where indicated.
11.
Set of fuse switches for A.C. and D.C. supply.
12.
13.
Internal illumination lamp with ON-OFF switch.
14.
3 pin 5A socket outlet with ON-OFF switch.
15.
Terminal blocks and wiring - lot.
16.
Earthing switch, if specified, complete with safety interlocks and 4 NO + 4 NC

auxiliary switches.
17.
Flexible copper braid for grounding of operating rod.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 13 of 14


ANNEXURE-D
MANDATORY SPARES
Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares listed below. In case, any
item, not considered by the bidder, but found applicable during detailed
engineering as per approved scheme, equipment requirement, etc., the
same shall be supplied by the vendor at free of cost. The lump sum
prices shall be inclusive of these mandatory spares, commissioning
spares & engineering / consumables spares.
Sl. No.
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
Description
Unit
Complete pole of centre break

disconnecting switch with operating
mechanism and earth switch
Fixed main & arcing contact
assembly for Horizontal break
Isolator
Operating mechanism Box
Limit switches for one operating
mechanism complete
Auxiliary switch assembly for Main
blade (6 NO + 6 NC)
Auxiliary switch assembly for Earth
blade (4 NO + 4 NC)
Qty
(220KV)
No.
Not
Required
No.
one
No.
one
Nos.
two
Nos.
two
No.
one
7.0
Support Bearings
Nos.
two
8.0
Drive motor with gear box
Nos.
two
9.0
Support insulator for 1 pole
Sets
two
10.0
Operating mechanism Box for earth

switch, where required
Set
one
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 14 of 14
220 kV Current Transformer

VOLUME-II
SECTION E04
FOR
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
DEVELPOMENT CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD.

SPECIFICATION
FOR
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
E04:1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
E04:1
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E04:1
4.00.00
E04:2
5.00.00
TESTS
E04:3
6.00.00
E04:4
7.00.00
SPARES
E04:4
8.00.00
E04:4
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A
E04:6
ANNEXURE-B
E04:9
ANNEXURE-C
MANDATORY SPARES
E04:10
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001

1.00.00
1.01.00
This Specification is intended to cover the design, manufacture, assembly,

transport F.O.R. site of 220kV CURRENT TRANSFORMER, complete with all
materials and accessories for efficient and trouble-free operation.
1.02.00
document.
1.03.00
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Supply
2.01.01
annexure. The equipment shall be furnished in strict compliance with the
same.
2.01.02
Each current transformer shall be furnished with fittings and accessories as

listed in the annexure.
2.01.03
Bolted type Terminal connectors for CTs as required.
2.01.04
2.01.05
2.01.06

Mandatory spares.
2.01.07
All relevant drawings, data and manuals.
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
3.01.00

3.02.00

atmosphere.
3.03.00
corrosion.
3.04.00

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 10

3.05.00

3.06.00

3.07.00
relevant standards.
4.00.00
4.01.00
Type and Rating
4.01.01
The Current Transformers shall be oil immersed, self-cooled and hermetically

sealed type.
4.01.02
Current Transformers shall have single primary either ring type or hair pin
type. Each Current Transformers shall be furnished with a number of
independent cores with ratios and other ratings as specified in the annexure.
Different ratios of each core specified shall be achieved by secondary taps
only and primary reconnection is not acceptable.
4.02.00
4.02.01
The current transformer shall be single pole unit, designed for upright
mounting on steel structure and furnished complete with fixing hardware.
4.02.02
Insulator shall be of wet process porcelain, brown glazed and free from
imperfections. All metal parts and hardwares shall be hot dip galvanized.
4.02.03
The creepage distance shall correspond to the value specified in annexure.

Grading ring, if required, shall be furnished to maintain voltage gradient within
permissible limit.
4.02.04
Current transformer shall be provided with oil level gauge drain plug and
pressure relief device. A stainless steel bellow shall be provided on top for
expansion of the oil.
4.02.05
Current transformer shall be so constructed as to ensure that the oil does not
flow out or leak out even when the current transformer is used continuously
at the maximum allowable temperature.
4.03.00
Terminals
4.03.01
Primary terminals shall be made of non ferrous corrosion resistant material

and provided with aluminum Stud or Pad for connecting matching terminal
connectors.
4.03.02
Secondary terminals shall be brought out to a terminal box and suitable for
connection to 2 x 2.5 mm2 stranded copper conductors per way.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 10

4.03.03
All primary and secondary terminals shall be clearly and indelibly identified as
per relevant standard.
4.03.04
The terminal box shall be of 3 mm thick sheet steel, IP-55, weather proof and
dust-tight, complete with gasketed front access cover and removable gland
plate at bottom for cable entry.
4.04.00
Grounding
4.04.01
Each current transformers shall be provided with two ground pads for
connection to station ground mat.
4.04.02
The ground pad shall comprise buffed metal surface with two holes, M10 G.I.
bolts and spring washers to receive 75x12mm G.I. flat.
5.00.00
TESTS
5.01.00
Routine Tests
the Routine Tests as laid down in Indian / IEC Standard.
5.02.00
Type Tests
5.02.01
for the offered model of current transformer.
5.02.02
The type test shall be as per IEC 60044-1 and the report shall include
following IEC tests in addition to other mandatory tests specified in the IEC
standard.
5.03.00
i.
Chopped lightning impulse test
ii.
Measurement of capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor (tan )
iii.
Measurement of transmitted over voltages
iv.
Mechanical tests.
Test Witness
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owner's representative if so desired
5.04.00
Test Certificates
5.04.01
requisite number of copies for approval of the Owner.
5.04.02
The equipment shall be dispatched from works only after receipt of Owner's
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 10

5.04.03
The test certificate on any equipment, if so desired by the Owner, shall be

furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of
charge, to prove the design.
6.00.00
6.01.00
supplied.
6.02.00
7.00.00
SPARES
7.01.00
Bidder shall submit a list of recommended spare parts for three (3) years
satisfactory and trouble-free operation, indicating the itemized price of each
item of the spares. The final quantity shall be decided during placement of
order.
7.02.00
Bidder shall quote and supply mandatory spare parts as per the list. The
final quantity shall be decided during placement of order.
7.03.00

8.00.00
8.01.00
8.02.00
8.02.01
Typical general arrangement drawing showing constructional features and

disposition of various fittings.
8.02.02
Magnetization Curves.
8.02.03
Type test certificates on similar equipment for the specified tests
8.02.04
Proposal Technical Particulars and technical leaflets
8.03.00
To be submitted for Owner/Purchasers Approval and Distribution

8.03.01
Dimensioned general arrangement drawing of C.T. showing disposition of

various fittings, mounting details, weight & loading, transport/ shipping
dimensions with weight (A)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 10

8.03.02
Dimensioned general arrangement drawing of Terminal Connectors and

Master Terminal Box (A)
8.03.03
Guaranteed technical particulars (A) & Quality assurance plan (R)
8.03.04
Foundation plan and loading (R)
8.03.05
Wiring diagram of C.T.s showing all the windings, cores and earthing along
with terminal details (A)
8.03.06
Magnetization Curves (R)
8.03.07

operation and maintenance (R)
8.03.08
Instruction manuals on the equipment and its various accessories (R)

The manuals shall clearly indicate method of installation, check-ups and tests
8.04.00
category and are subject to review by Owner. Those marked (R) are for
reference category.
The Owner may review the documents marked (R) if thought necessary. The
contractor shall note that the approval of drawings & documents by the
Owner does not relieve him of his contractual obligation.
8.05.00
8.06.00

as applicable for Owners future reference.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 10

ANNEXURE-A

CURRENT TRANSFORMER
220KV
1.0
Type
Oil filled, self cooled, hermetically sealed
2.0
Service
Outdoor
3.0
Reference Standard
IEC 60044-1/ IS 2705
4.0
System Details
4.1
Rated Voltage
245KV
4.2
Nos. of Phase
4.3
Rated Frequency
50 Hz
& allowable Variation
+3% to -5%
4.4
System Neutral
Effectively
Earthed
5.0
C.T. Ratings
As per tabulation
6.0
Rated continuous thermal

Current
Amps
7.0
120% of rated primary current
Insulation Level
a. 1 minute 50 Hz dry & wet
withstand voltage (KV rms)
o
HV terminal & earth
460
Secondary winding
b. Impulse withstand
voltage with
1.2 x50 s (KV peak)
1050
c. Switching impulse
withstand voltage with
250/2500 s (KV peak)
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 10

ANNEXURE-A
CURRENT TRANSFORMER (Contd.)
8.0
220KV
Short-time Current
a.
Rated short time

Current
KA rms (1 sec)
40
Rated dynamic
Current
KA peak
100
7595
500C

As per IEC 60044-1/ IS 2705
Maximum radio interference voltage

at 1.1Urated / sq.rt.3
V
2500 (max)
12.0
Partial discharge level
<10
13.0
Standard to which oil generally

Conforms to
IS 335
14.0
Mounting
Hot deep galvanized steel lattice

Structure
15.0
Seismic Zone
II
16.0
Terminal Connector
16.1
Type
Stud/ pad type
16.2
Suitable for
3.5 Al Tube/ ACSR Moose Cond
b.
9.0
Creepage distance
(based on 31mm/KV)
10.0
Temperature rise
10.1
Design Ambient
Temperature
10.2
11.0
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
mm
o
. C
pc
Page 7 of 10

ANNEXURE-A
CURRENT TRANSFORMER (Contd.)
17.0
220KV
C.T. Ratios & Parameters 220 kV System
Core
No
Description
Current
Ratio
Output
Burden
A/A
VA
Acc.
Class
ISF
Min. Kneepoint
voltage VK
(volt) at
highest
ratio
Max
Excitation
Current I e
(m A) at
KPV
Max CT
Sec.
Resistance
RCT (ohm)
at highest
ratio
KPV
Line Bay
Core-1
Tariff Meter
Core-2
Metering
Core-3
Distance
Prot.
Core-4
Back-up Prot.
Core-5
Busbar Diff
800400/1
800400/1
800400/1
800400/1
2000/1
Transformer Bay
Core-1 Audit Meter
10VA
0.2S
<5
10VA
0.2
<5
TBD
PS
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
PS
TBD
TBD
TBD
PS
TBD
TBD
TBD
300/1
10VA
0.2S
<5
<5
Core-2
Metering
300/1
10VA
0.2
Core-3
Diff. Prot.
300/1
TBD
PS
TBD
TBD
TBD
Core-4
Back-up Prot.
300/1
TBD
5P20
TBD
TBD
Core-5
Busbar Diff
2000/1
TBD
PS
TBD
TBD
TBD
10VA
0.2
10VA
5P20
TBD
TBD
TBD
PS
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
Bus coupler Bay

Metering
Core-1
Core-3
Spare
1600800/1
1600800/1
2000/1
Core-4
Busbar Diff
2000/1
TBD
PS
800400/1
10VA
0.2S
Core-2
Back-up Prot.
MPPKVV CT
MPPKVV
Core-1
Meter
<5
<5
TBD: To be decided by the bidder
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 10

ANNEXURE-B
Each Current Transformer shall be furnished complete with the accessories as listed below:
1.
Base frame with anchoring bolts, nuts etc. for fixing the equipment on to structure.
2.
Two grounding pads with bolts and spring washers.
3.
Lifting Lugs.
4.
Bolted terminal connectors.
5.
Weather-proof secondary terminal box with set of terminals.
6.
Grading ring, if necessary.
7.
Oil level gauge and pressure relief device & stainless expansion bellow.
8.
Oil sampling valve.
9.
Nitrogen sealing hole cover where inert gas cushion provided
10.
Other standard accessories, which are not specifically mentioned but are usually
provided with current transformers of such type and rating for efficient and troublefree operation.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 10

ANNEXURE-C
MANDATORY SPARES
Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares listed below. In case, any
item, not considered by the bidder, but found applicable during detailed
engineering as per approved scheme, equipment requirement, etc., the
same shall be supplied by the vendor at free of cost. The lump sum prices
shall be inclusive of these mandatory spares, commissioning spares &
Sl. No.
Description
Unit
1.0
Complete CT having ratios .as per

requirement
No.
2.0
Terminal connectors (set consisting

of 2 nos. of each type & rating )
Set
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 10
Qty
(220KV)
Not Required
One each
type & rating
220 kV Capacitive Voltage
Transformer

VOLUME-II
SECTION E05
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION NO
FOR
220 KV CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol.-II: Section-E05
Transformer

SPECIFICATION
FOR
220KV CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
E05: 1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
E05: 1
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E05: 1
4.00.00
E05: 2
5.00.00
TESTS
E05: 3
6.00.00
E05: 4
7.00.00
SPARES
E05: 4
8.00.00
E05: 4
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A
E05: 6
ANNEXURE-B
E05: 9
ANNEXURE-C
MANDATORY SPARES
E05: 10
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Vol.-II: Section-E05
Transformer

1.00.00
1.01.00

transport F.O.R. site of 220kV kV CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER,
complete with all materials and accessories for efficient and trouble-free
operation.
1.02.00
document.
1.03.00
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Supply
2.01.01
annexure. The equipment shall be furnished in strict compliance with the
same.
2.01.02
Each 220 kV VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER shall be furnished with fittings and

accessories as listed in the annexure.
2.01.03
Bolted type terminal connector for V.T.s as required.
2.01.04
2.01.05
2.01.06

Mandatory spares.
2.01.07
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
3.01.00

3.02.00

atmosphere.
3.03.00
corrosion.
3.04.00

3.05.00

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 10
Transformer

3.06.00

3.07.00
relevant standards.
4.00.00
4.01.00
Type and Rating
4.01.01
220kV Capacitor VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER with four secondary windings,

to be used with power line carrier (PLCC) system shall be suitable for a PLCC
system frequency range of 40 to 500 KHZ.
4.02.00
4.02.01
220kV VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER shall be single phase unit, designed for

upright mounting on steel structure and furnished complete with anchoring
hardware.
4.02.02
Insulator shall be wet process porcelain, brown glazed and free from
imperfections. All metal parts and hardware shall be hot dip galvanised.
4.02.03
Creepage distance shall be as indicated in the annexure. Grading ring, if

required, shall be provided to maintain voltage gradient within permissible
limit.
4.03.00
ELECTROMAGNETIC VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER (EVT)
4.03.01
NOT APPLICABLE
4.04.00
CAPACITOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER (CVT) FOR 220 kV SYSTEM
4.04.01
CVT shall comprise a number of capacitor units mounted on a steel base

containing the potential device and other accessories.
4.04.02
The capacitors shall be oil-impregnated type enclosed in an inert gas

atmosphere within porcelain shell hermetically sealed.
4.04.03
Accessories housed in the steel base shall include:
4.04.04
a.
Series reactor which along with the capacitance of the divider shall be
tuned to power frequency.
b.
Device for Ferro-resonance suppression.
c.
Protective gap for over-voltage.
CVT shall be designed to cover its rated output range without any adjustment
of its electromagnetic unit and also to provide required accuracy level upto
rated burden. CVTs shall be designed to perform transient response
requirement as per relevant IS/IEC. During transient oscillations following a
short circuit on primary side, the secondary output voltage shall not fall to a
value less than 10% of peak value before short circuit within 20 milisecs.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 10
Transformer

4.05.00
Carrier Connection
4.05.01
The carrier lead shall be brought out of steel base through high frequency
bushing. Carrier terminal shall be kept earthed if not used.
4.05.02
Additional protective devices for carrier equipment where specified shall be

furnished as follows:
a.
Drain Coil
b.
Lightning Arrestor
c.
Grounding Switch
4.05.03
These protective devices shall be complete with hardware for mounting on

CVT support structures.
4.06.00
Terminals
4.06.01
Primary terminals shall be made of non ferrous corrosion resistant material

and provided with suitable terminal connectors.
4.06.02
Secondary terminals shall be brought out to a terminal box and suitable for
connection to 2 x 2.5 mm2 stranded copper conductors per way.
4.06.03
All primary and secondary terminals shall be clearly and indelibly identified as
per relevant standard.
4.06.04
The terminal box shall be of 3 mm thick sheet steel, IPW-55, weather proof
and dust-tight, complete with gasketed front access cover and removable
gland plate at bottom for cable entry.
4.07.00
Grounding
4.07.01
Each VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER shall be provided with two ground pads for
connection to station ground mat.
4.07.02
The ground pad shall comprise buffed metal surface with two holes, M10 G.I.
bolts and spring washers to receive 75x12 mm G.I. flat.
5.00.00
TESTS
5.01.00
Routine Tests
the Routine Tests as laid down in Indian / IEC Standard.
5.02.00
Type Tests
5.02.01
for the offered model of 220kV & 33kV VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER.
5.02.02
The type test shall be as per IEC 60044-2 (for EVT) / IEC 60186 (for CVT)
and the report shall include following IEC tests in addition to other mandatory
tests specified in the IEC standard.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 10
Transformer
5.03.00

i.
Chopped lightning impulse test on primary winding (applicable for both

EVT & CVT)
ii.
Measurement of capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor (tan )

[applicable for EVT only]
Test Witness
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owners representative if so desired
5.04.00
Test Certificates
5.04.01
requisite number of copies for approval of the Owner.
5.04.02
5.04.03
The test certificate on any equipment, if so desired by the Owner, shall be

furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of
6.00.00
6.01.00
supplied.
6.02.00
7.00.00
SPARES
7.01.00
Bidder shall submit a list of recommended spare parts for three (3) years
satisfactory and trouble-free operation, indicating the itemized price of each
item of the spares. The final quantity shall be decided during placement of
order.
7.02.00
Bidder shall quote and supply mandatory spare parts as per the list. The
final quantity shall be decided during placement of order.
7.03.00

8.00.00
8.01.00
and procedures as specified in General Conditions on Contract and/or
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 10
Transformer

8.02.00
8.02.01

disposition of various fittings.
8.02.02
Type test certificates for the offered model for the specified tests
8.02.03
Proposal Technical Particulars and technical leaflets
8.03.00

8.03.01
Dimensioned general arrangement drawing of V.T. showing disposition of

various fittings, mounting details, weight & loading, transport/ shipping
dimensions with weight (A)
8.03.02
Dimensioned general arrangement drawing of Terminal Connectors and

Terminal Box (A)
8.03.03
Guaranteed technical particulars (A) & Quality assurance plan (R )
8.03.04
Foundation plan and loading (R )
8.03.05
Wiring diagram of V.T.s showing all the windings, cores and earthing along
with terminal details (A)
8.03.06
materials. (R)
8.03.07

operation and maintenance (R)
8.03.08
Instruction manuals on the equipment and its various accessories (R)

The manuals shall clearly indicate method of installation, check-ups and tests
8.04.00
reference category.
contractor shall note that the approval of drawings & documents by the Owner
does not relieve him of his contractual obligation.
8.05.00
8.06.00

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 10
Transformer

ANNEXURE-A

VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
220KV
1.0
Type
Capacitor Type (single phase, oil filled,

hermetically sealed, pedestal type)
2.0
Service
Outdoor
3.0
Reference Standard
IEC 60044-2./IEC60186 / IS 3156
4.0
System Details
4.1
Rated Voltage
245KV
4.2
Nos. of Phase
4.3
Rated Frequency
& allowable Variation
:
:
50Hz
10%
4.4
System Neutral
Effectively earthed
5.0
V.T. Ratings
As per tabulation
6.0
Insulation Level
a. 1 minute 50 Hz dry & wet withstand
voltage (KV rms)
o HV terminal & earth
o H.F. terminal & earth
o Secondary winding
:
:
:
b. Impulse withstand voltage with

1.2 x50 s (KV peak)
460
4
3
:
1050
c. Switching impulse withstand voltage

with 250/2500 s (KV peak)
:
7.0
Short-time Current
a.
Rated current
KA rms
(1 sec)
40
b.
Rated dynamic current

KA peak
100
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 10
Transformer

ANNEXURE-A
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER (Contd.)

8.0
Creepage distance
(based on 31mm/KV)
9.0
Temperature rise
9.1
Design Ambient
Temperature
220KV
mm
7595
.oC
500C

As per IEC 60044-2/ IEC 186/ IS 3156
10.0
< 10
11.0
Rated voltage factor
11.1
Continuous
1.2
11.2
30 seconds
1.5
12.0
Band width(For CVT) (KHz)
40 500
13.0
Rated capacitance
(For CVT)
4400
14.0

At 1.1Urated / sq.rt.3
V
:
15.0
Corona extinction voltage

KV rms
Dielectric dissipation factor
(tan )
NA for CVT
17.0
Standard to which oil generally

Conforms to
IS 335
18.0
Mounting
Hot deep galvanized steel lattice
19.0
Seismic Zone
II
20.0
Terminal Connector
20.1
Type
stud/ pad type
20.2
Suitable for
3.5 Al Tube/ ACSR Moose
9.2
16.0
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
pC
pF
< 2500
:
Page 7 of 10
156
Transformer

ANNEXURE-A
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER (Contd.) 220KV

21.0
Winding Details
220 kV CVT
Secondary -I
Secondary - II
Secondary III
Secondary IV
220KV/110V
3
3
220KV/110V
3
3
220KV/110V
3
3
Metering
Metering
Protection
220KV/110V
3
3
Protection
10VA (min)
10VA (min)
10VA (min)
10VA (min)
0.2
0.2
3P
3P
220KV/110V
3
3
Metering
220KV/110V
3
3
Protection
220KV/110V
3
3
Protection
10VA (min)
10VA (min)
10VA (min)
0.2
3P
3P
Line Bay
Voltage Ratio
Application
Output burden *
Accuracy Class**
Bus CVT
Voltage Ratio
Application
Output burden *
Accuracy Class**
MPPKVV CVT
Voltage Ratio
Application
Output burden *
Accuracy Class**
220KV/110V
3
3
Metering
10VA (min)
0.2
(** Within frequency variation range)

* Bidders to calculate
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 10
Transformer

ANNEXURE-B

Each 220 kV VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER shall be furnished complete with the accessories
as listed below:
1.
Base frame with anchoring bolts, nuts etc. for fixing the equipment on to structure.
2.
Two grounding pads with bolts and spring washers.
3.
Lifting Lugs.
4.
Bolted type terminal connectors.
5.
Weather-proof secondary terminal box with set of terminals and 3 nos HRC fuses.
6.
7.
Oil level gauge and pressure relief device for oil filled type.
8.
Other standard accessories, which are not specifically mentioned but are usually
provided with VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERs of such type and rating for efficient and
trouble-free operation.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 10
Transformer

ANNEXURE-C
MANDATORY SPARES
Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares listed below. In case, any item, not
considered by the bidder, but found applicable during detailed engineering as
per approved scheme, equipment requirement, etc., the same shall be supplied
by the vendor at free of cost. The lump sum prices shall be inclusive of these
mandatory spares, commissioning spares & engineering / consumables
spares.
Sl. No.
Description
Unit
Qty
(220KV)
1.0
Complete VT
No.
Not Required
2.0
Terminal connectors (set consisting

of 2 nos. of each type)
Set
One
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 10
Technical Specification 220 kV &

33 kV Lightning Arrester

VOLUME-II
SECTION E06
FOR
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001


SPECIFICATION
FOR
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
E06: 1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
E06: 1
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E06: 1
4.00.00
E06: 2
5.00.00
TESTS
E06: 3
6.00.00
E06: 4
7.00.00
SPARES
E06: 4
8.00.00
E06: 4
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A
E06: 6
ANNEXURE-B
E06: 9
ANNEXURE-C
MANDATORY SPARES
E06: 10
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001


1.00.00
1.01.00

transport F.O.R. site of 198kV & 30 kV LIGHTNING ARRESTER complete
with all materials and accessories for efficient and trouble-free operation.
1.02.00
document.
1.03.00
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Supply
2.01.01
annexure. The equipment shall be furnished in strict complience with the
same.
2.01.02
Each lighting arrester shall be furnished complete with accessories as listed

in the annexure.
2.01.03
Terminal connector for Surge arrester suitable for 3.5 Al Tube/ ACSR Moose
conductor.
2.01.04
2.01.05
2.01.06

Mandatory spares.
2.01.07
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
3.01.00

Refineries LTD. at Bina, District Sagar Madhya Pradesh, having
3.02.00

atmosphere.
3.03.00
corrosion.
3.04.00

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 10


3.05.00

3.06.00
Radio interference voltage shall be limited to a value as listed in the

annexure.
3.07.00
relevant standards.
3.08.00
Surge arrester shall be suitable to protect the equipment having insulation

level as indicated in the annexure.
3.09.00
Surge arrester shall be capable of discharging over-voltages occurring during

switching of unloaded transformer, reactor and long line.
4.00.00
4.01.00
Type and Rating
4.01.01
Surge arrester shall be station class, heavy duty, metal oxide gapless type
with ratings as detailed in the annexure.
4.01.02
The arrester shall have adequate thermal discharge capacity for severe
switching surges, long duration surges and multiple strokes.
4.02.00
4.02.01
Surge arrester shall be single pole, hermetically sealed with non-linear blocks
of sintered metal oxide material so as to obtain a robust construction with
excellent electrical, thermal and mechanical characteristics even after
repeated operation.
4.02.02
Insulator shall be wet process porcelain, brown glazed and free from
imperfections. All metal parts and hardware shall be hot dip galvanized.
4.02.03
Creepage distance shall correspond to specified value. Grading ring, if

required, shall be provided to maintain voltage gradient within permissible
limit.
4.02.04
Surge arrester shall be provided with pressure relief device to prevent

shattering of porcelain in case excessive gas pressure builds up.
4.03.00
Accessories
4.03.01
Surge arrester shall be furnished complete with insulating base, surge

counter, leakage current meter and anchoring hardware for mounting on
structure.
4.03.02
A leakage current detector shall be furnished with the counter as an integral

part. This is for monitoring the leakage to indicate any possible breakdown.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 10


4.03.03
Surge counter and leakage current meter shall be housed in an IP 55

enclosure and their reading shall be visible through inspection glass panel in
the front.
4.03.04
The surge counter housing shall be mounted at a convenient height for

reading. Counter terminals shall be such as to permit connections with
minimum possible bends. The mounting arrangement shall be such that it
can be tilted 45 degree from horizontal plane for convenient of reading.
4.03.05
A suitably sized by-pass shunt along with necessary terminals shall be

furnished for bypassing the discharge counter if required.
4.04.00
Terminals
4.04.01
All connection terminals shall be of corrosion resistant material and complete

connection hardware.
4.04.02
High voltage line terminal shall be provided with terminal connector suitable
for connection to the the type and size of conductor indicated in annexure
4.04.03
All ground terminals shall have provision of connection to 75 x 12 mm G.I.

flat.
5.00.00
TESTS
5.01.00
Routine Tests
the Routine Tests and Acceptance Tests as laid down in latest revision of
Indian Standard.
5.02.00
Type Tests
Type test certificate, dated not more than five years back, shall be furnished
for the offered model of the Surge arrester.
5.03.00
Acceptance Test (To be performed On 2 complete SA of Each rating)

Measurement Of Power Frequency Voltage on complete arrestor
Lightning impulse residual voltage test on arrestor unit
5.04.00
Test Witness
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owner's representative if so desired
5.05.00
Test Certificates
5.05.01
required number copies for approval of the Owner.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 10


5.05.02
5.05.03
Type test certificate on any equipment, if so desired by the Owner, shall be

furnished. Otherwise, the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of
6.00.00
SPECIAL TOOLS & TACKLE
6.01.00
supplied.
6.02.00
7.00.00
SPARES
7.01.00
years satisfactory and trouble-free operation, indicating the itemized price of
each item of the spares. The final quantity shall be decided during placement
of order.
7.02.00
The Bidder shall quote and supply mandatory spare parts as per the list.
The final quantity shall be decided during placement of order.
7.03.00

8.00.00
8.01.00
8.02.00
8.02.01

disposition of various accessories.
8.02.02
Proposal technical particulars
8.02.03
Technical leaflets.
8.02.04
Type test certificate on similar equipment.
8.03.00
To be submitted for Approval and Distribution

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 10


8.03.01
Dimensioned general arrangement drawing showing disposition of various

accessories and mounting details. (A)
8.03.02
Guaranteed technical particulars (A)
8.03.03
Transport/Shipping dimensions with weight. (A)
8.03.04
Foundation plan and loading (R )
8.03.05
Quality Assurance Plan (R )
8.03.06
materials.(R )
8.03.07
Characteristic curves for insulation coordination. (R )
8.03.08
Instruction manuals on the equipment and its various accessories. (R )

The manual shall clearly indicate method of installation, check-ups and tests
8.03.09

8.03.10
The Bidder may note that the drawings, data and manuals listed are minimum
requirement only. The Bidder shall ensure that all other necessary write-ups,
curves and information required to fully describe the equipment offered are
submitted with his bid.
8.04.00
reference category.
The Owner may review the documents marked ( R ) if thought necessary.
The contractor shall note that the approval of drawings & documents by the
Owner does not relieve him of his contractual obligation.
8.05.00

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 10


ANNEXURE-A

SURGE ARRESTER
220 KV
33 KV
1.0
Type
Station class, Metal oxide gapless
2.0
Service
Outdoor
3.0
Reference Standard
IS 3070 (Part 3) / IEC60099-4
4.0
System Details
4.1
Rated Voltage
245 KV
4.2
Nos. of phases
4.3
Frequency
4.4
System Neutral
Effectively Earthed ..
4.5
Design ambient
Temperature
...50OC..
.40 kA.
4.6
4.7
short-circuit current
at the system
kA rms
(1 sec)
Insulation level of equipment
to protected
KVpeak
1) Switching Impulse Voltage
...
36 KV
50 Hz +3% to -5%
Not applicable
- Transformer
- Current transformer
- Voltage transformer
- Reactor
- Circuit Breaker/Disconnect Switch
i) Phase to Ground
ii) across open contact
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 10


ANNEXURE-A
SURGE ARRESTER (Contd.)
220 KV
33 KV
2) Surge Impulse Voltage

- Transformer
950 kVp
170
kVp
- Current transformer
1050 kVp
170 kVp
- Voltage transformer
1050 kVp
170 kVp
- Circuit Breaker/Disconnect Switch

i) Phase to Ground
1050 Kvp
170 kVp
ii) across open contact
1050 Kvp
170 kVp
The duty cycle of the circuit breaker is O-0.3 sec.-CO-3 min.-CO.

5.0
Surge Arrester Rating
5.1
Rated Voltage
5.2
198
30
Permissible continuous operating

Voltage (COV)
KV rms
156
25
Nominal discharge
current, 8/20-Sec
KApeak
10
10
5.4
Long duration Discharge class
5.5
Maximum residual voltage

at Lightning discharge current
of 8/20 s wave
KV peak
653
100
Maximum switching impulse

Residual voltage
KV peak
516
78
Maximum steep current impulse

Residual voltage
KV peak
732
110
Energy absorption capability KJ/KV
5.3
5.6
5.7
5.8
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
KV rms
Page 7 of 10


ANNEXURE-A
SURGE ARRESTER (Contd.)
220 KV
33 KV
6.0
Insulation Level of arrester housing
6.1
1-minute 50 Hz withstand
voltage (wet)
KV rms
460
70
Lightning Impulse
Withstand Voltage KV peak
1050
170
Switching Impulse
withstand Voltage KV peak
Maximum radio interference

voltage at At 1.05 COV
2500(max)
1000
6.2
6.3
7.0
8.0

at 1.05 COV
: < 10 pC..
9.0
Creepage distance
: 7595 mm
1116
: 40
40
11.0 Pressure relief class
: 40
40
12.0 Mounting
Hot deep galvanized Steel lattice
13.1 Type
Bolted Type terminal connector
13.2
3.5 Al Tube/ ACSR Moose conductor
14.0 Ground terminal
Suitable for 75 x 12 mm G.I. Flat
15.0 Seismic Zone
: II
10.0 Pressure relief current
KA
mm
13.0 Terminal Connector
Suitable for
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 10


ANNEXURE-B

Each Surge Arrester shall be furnished complete with the accessories as listed below:
1.
Insulating Base with anchoring bolts, nuts etc. for fixing the equipment on to
structure.
2.
Surge counter with integral leakage current monitor.
3.
By-pass shunt with connection provision.
4.
Bolted type terminal connectors.
5.
Ground terminals.
6.
7.
Other standard accessories which are not specifically mentioned but are usually
provided with Surge Arrester of such type and rating for efficient and trouble-free
operation.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 10


ANNEXURE-C
MANDATORY SPARES
considered by the bidder, but found applicable during detailed engineering as per
approved scheme, equipment requirement, etc., the same shall be supplied by the
vendor at free of cost. The lump sum prices shall be inclusive of these mandatory
spares, commissioning spares & engineering / consumables spares.
Sl. No.
Description
LA
1.0
Unit
Qty
(220KV)
Qty
(33KV)
KV
198
30
No.
Not
Required
Not
Required
RATING
Complete Surge Arrester with

insulator base and surge counter
with leakage current monitor
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 10
220 KV PLCC & WT
VOLUME-II
SECTION E07
FOR
220 KV POWER LINE CARRIER COMMUNICATION
&
WAVE TRAP
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
220 KV PLCC & WT
SPECIFICATION
FOR
220 KV POWER LINE CARRIER COMMUNICATION
& WAVE TRAP
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
E07: 1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
E07: 1
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E07: 2
4.00.00
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
E07: 2
5.00.00
E07: 3
6.00.00
TESTS
E07: 11
7.00.00
LIST OF COMMISSSIONING TESTS
E07: 12
8.00.00
SPARES
E07: 13
9.00.00
E07: 13
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A
E07: 15
ANNEXURE-B
E07: 19
ANNEXURE-C
MANDATORY SPARES
E07: 20
ANNEXURE-D
CARRIER PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
E07: 21
ANNEXURE-E
ELECTRONIC PRIVATE AUTOMATIC

EXCHANGE (EPAX)
E07: 23
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Technical Specification 220

KV PLCC & WT
1.00.00
1.01.00
This Specification is intended to cover the design, frequency planning, manufacture,

assembly, testing at manufacturer's works, supply & delivery, properly packed for
transport F.O.R. site for POWER LINE CARRIER COMMUNICATION (PLCC)
equipment and associated WAVE TRAP complete with all accessories for efficient
and trouble-free operation in a manner acceptable to Owner.
1.02.00
This specification shall be read and construed with other sections of bid document.
1.03.00
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Supply
2.01.01
The PLCC Equipment as specified shall be installed at both ends of the transmission
lines. Contractor shall also be responsible for collecting all the necessary
information/data from the respective sub-stations/ Users for the installation of the
equipment.
2.01.02
Type, ratings, requirements etc. of the equipment listed below are further detailed in
Annexure- A.
2.01.03
PLCC Equipment comprising the following are to be furnished for 220 kV transmission
line.
a) Coupling Devices (Line Matching Unit and Protective Devices)
b) High Frequency Cable
c) Power Line Carrier Terminals-3 nos per line
d) Private Automatic Branch Exchange
e) 48V D.C. Power supply equipment
f)
Four wire table telephone set for point-to-point communication between substation
control rooms of two stations.
g) 2 wire telephone sets

h) VFT Equipment (Modem) One for each line
i)
Telephone instruments for use with Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange
(EPABX).
j)
Testing & measuring instruments such as Digital multi-meter, selective level

meter, Frequency counter and level generator.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
k) Transducer less Remote Terminal Unit having direct interfacing ability through
both RS-232 and IP ports compatible to computerized SCADA network with RS232 as well as IP ports connectivity and matching protocol
2.01.04
Wave Trap for the above Transmission Line.
2.01.05
Accessories as required.
2.01.06
Spares
2.01.07
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
3.01.00
The PLCC Equipment and Line traps as specified shall be installed for the 220 KV
Double circuit lines from 220/33 kV BORL Substation to BINA Substation at Bina,
district Sagar Madhya Pradesh.
3.02.00
The PLCC equipment will be used for establishment of a PLCC link across the
Transmission Lines between inter-connected Substations.
3.03.00
The PLCC link shall be complete with carrier protection of the transmission lines with
facilities for tele-metering and speech communication in dialling mode.
3.04.00
Wave trap shall be inserted into the 220 kV transmission lines to prevent undue loss
of carrier signal for all power system conditions. The impedance of the wave trap shall
be negligible at power frequency (50 Hz) so as not to disturb power transmission but
shall be relatively high over the frequency band appropriate to carrier transmission.
3.05.00
The design shall conform to the best and current engineering practice. It shall ensure
reliability, simplicity and provide long continuous service with high economy and low
maintenance.
3.06.00
All equipment shall operate without undue heating, vibration and with minimum possible
noise.
3.07.00
Adequate margin shall also be provided while selecting rating of equipment.
4.00.00
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
PLCC System shall include the followings broadly in required quantities.
4.01.00
Coupling Device
The coupling device shall be modular in nature and shall have a programming feature
for a pass band depending on the value of coupling capacitor.
The coupling units shall be mounted in a insulating polyglass housings and shall be
suitable for mounting on the structure of CVT without any need for base plates.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
4.02.00
Protection Coupler
The bidder shall offer voice frequency transmission equipment, which shall work on
frequency shift or coded signal principle for transmission/ reception of protection
signals. The equipment is to be used together with the PLC equipments. It shall
comprise modules which are directly plugged into reserved slots of PLC terminals so
as to avoid any wiring / mismatch between PLC terminals and protection couples. As
such the protection coupler shall derive input power from the PLCC rack itself.
The protection coupler shall be suitable for transmission/ reception of two commands
with a possibility to extend it to four commands in future by just inserting an additional
module. Further, when the protection coupler is equipped for four commands, it shall
be possible to program them as two coded and two un-coded commands.
4.03.00
VFT Equipment (Modem)

The modem shall be suitable for mounting in the PLCC rack without any necessity of
wiring between PLCC terminals and modem. The baud rate of the modem shall be
programmable at site between 50 baud to 2400 baud.
The data modem to be supplied, should be frequency shift Keying (FSK) modem and
should be programmable for both baud rate from 50 baud to 2400 baud and center
frequency through switches or jumpers. The modem should be fully compatible with
Power line carrier being offered and should fit in one of the slots of the equipment.
The modem should draw required power for its working from the power bus of the
equipment itself.
4.04.00
75/125 Ohm HF Co- axial cables
4.05.00
Transducer less Remote Terminal Unit having direct interfacing ability through both
RS-232 and IP ports compatible to computerized SCADA network of JPL with RS-232
as well as IP ports connectivity and matching protocol.
Or alternatively
RTU with transducers compatible to computerized SCADA network with RS-232 as
well as IP ports connectivity and matching protocol.
4.06.00
Digital EPAX
5.00.00
5.01.00
PLCC Equipment
5.01.01
Coupling Device (Line Matching Unit and Protective Devices)

Coupling Devices for power line carrier circuit is to be interposed between the
capacitor voltage transformer and the connection line (Co-axial Cable) to the PLCC
terminals to ensure:
a) The efficient transmission of signals from the connection line to the high voltage
line and vice versa.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
b) The safety of personnel and protection of low voltage parts of the installation
against the effects of power frequency voltage and over voltages. Phase-to-Phase
coupling is to be adopted.
5.01.02
Coupling Filters
Coupling filter in conjunction with the capacitance of the capacitor voltage
transformers shall constitute a broadband pass type filter. It should match the
characteristic impedance of the high-tension line with impedance of the connection
line for PLCC transmitter/receiver.
5.01.03
Drainage of Charging Current

The primary of the coupling unit shall have low impedance or operating frequency of
the power line (50 Hz.) so that the capacitor charging current of the CVT is grounded.
The continuous current rating of drainage coil shall be 1.5A nominally.
5.01.04
Insulation
The matching transformer of the coupling device shall introduce a galvanic isolation
between the input and output circuits of the device and should be able to withstand a
test voltage of at least 5 KV rms. for 1 minute.
The coupling device shall also be provided with a protective device, which shall
protect the carrier equipment against excess voltage in the event of capacitor voltage
transformer getting defective.
5.01.05
Other Requirements
i)
A lightning arrestor shall be connected as directly as possible between the

primary and earth terminals and shall be capable of protecting the coupling device
and the carrier frequency connection. The lightning arrestor shall have power
frequency spark over voltage co-ordinated with the equipment ahead of it. The
power frequency discharge current shall be less than or equal to 20A nominally.
ii) The coupling device shall conform to the following carrier frequency operating
characteristics and apply to phase to earth coupling units:
a) Nominal equipment side
impedance
150 Ohms for balanced secondary

circuit or 75 Ohms for unbalanced
Secondary circuit.
b) Max. composite loss
2 dB
c) Transmission Band
40 to 500 KHz
d) Nominal value of the

return loss
Shall be not less than 12dB between

phase to earth coupling.
iii) The Bidder may note that composite loss is the power loss occurring in the carrier
signal after passing through the coupling unit complete with CVTs. Coupling unit
is supposed to be loaded with its primary and secondary impedance while
capacitor is assumed to have no loss.
iv) The Bidder shall specify the capacitance of the CVTs with which the coupling unit
may be used for the above transmission band.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
v) Two numbers phase to earth type coupling filters shall be used to achieve phase
to phase/inter-circuit coupling. Connection between secondaries of the two
phase to earth type coupling device shall be through a balancing
transformer/hybrid such that reliable communication shall be ensured even when
one of the coupled phase is earthed or open circuited on the line side.
vi) The Bidder shall also provide suitable earthing switches for grounding the low
voltage terminals of CVT for carrying out maintenance or any other works on
coupling unit.
vii) The coupling device should be suitable for outdoor mounting and shall be fitted on
the steel structure. Temperature of metallic equipment mounted outdoor is
expected to rise upto 650C during maximum ambient temperature of 500C
specified. The equipment offered shall satisfactorily operate under this condition.
viii) The coupling device shall conform to relevant IEC/IS standards.
ix) The connection between H.T. Terminal of coupling device and H.F. Terminal of
CVT shall be done by means of 6 sq.mm. copper wire taped with 11 KV
insulation.
5.02.00
High Frequency Cable

High frequency cable shall be supplied to connect coupling unit installed in the
substation to the PLCC terminals installed indoors. The high frequency cable to be
offered by the bidders shall be suitable for being laid directly to the ground or in
trenches or in ducts. The cable shall be lead sheathed and round steel wire
armoured. The capacitance of the cable shall be low so as to minimise attenuation at
the carrier frequency range.
The impedance of the cable shall be so as to match with the output impedance of
PLCC terminals and secondary impedance of the coupling units over the entire carrier
frequency range of 40-500 kHz. . The cable shall be insulated to withstand a test
voltage of 4 KV rms. for one minute between conductor & outer sheath. The Bidder
shall offer Co-axial H.F. cable with 75 Ohms impedance (unbalanced).
The Bidder shall furnish the values of attenuation per KM for the high frequency
cables offered at various values of carrier frequencies in the range of 40 to 500 KHz.
The maximum attenuation at various frequencies shall be as follows:
Frequency in KHz
10
60
300
500
Attenuation in dB/Km
0.8
1.4
3.3
4.7
High frequency cable shall be supplied on drums containing lengths of 500 or 1000
meters. However, exact requirement of drum lengths shall be finalized during detailed
engineering to avoid joint in HF cable and its wastage.
The H.F. cable shall conform to the latest edition of IS Publication No. 5802.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
5.03.00
Power Line Carrier Terminals
5.03.01
Single side band PLCC terminals of latest version equipped for fixed frequency
duplex system working shall be offered for superimposed channels (multipurpose) for
speech and protection purpose. The PLCC terminals shall be complete with H.F.
Hybrid & filters and shall have necessary frequency stability so that adjacent channel
working is possible. The HF frequency, pilot frequency and VF cut-off frequencies
shall be field programmable at site.
5.03.02
PLCC terminals shall conform to the electrical characteristics as listed in the

Annexure.
5.03.03
The PLCC terminals shall be located at a suitable position in Owners Substation

Control room. Bidder shall offer high frequency companders as per relevant IEC/IS
specification. Each PLCC terminal shall be mounted in floor mounting sheet metal
(min 2 mm thick) cabinets. The terminals shall be provided with built in indicating
instruments to facilitate checking of important voltage and current values at different
parts of the PLCC terminal. Protective fuses should be provided in all important
circuits and the fuses shall be so mounted as to allow their easy inspection and
replacement. The carrier set shall be provided with suitable supervision and alarm
facilities. The individual part of the carrier set should be accessible from the front,
making it possible to place the carrier set cabinets side-by-side, back-to-back, against
wall. All component parts of the carrier set shall be suitably tropicalised and protected
against bad effects of humidity, fungus etc. The carrier protection and double channel
power line carrier equipment shall be housed in the same cabinet and carrier
protection shall be fully wired with double channel power line carrier equipment.
5.03.04
The PLCC terminals shall be provided with emergency call facilities from the carrier
sets for point to point carrier communication with telephone set suitable for hanging
inside the cabinet.
5.03.05
The PLCC terminals should be of vermin proof and provided with, ventilating fan, if
required. Necessary socketing arrangement for connection of the H.F. cable from the
coupling device shall have to be provided. The carrier protection and power line
carrier equipment shall be of the same manufacturer and bought-out items will not be
accepted. The detail specification of carrier protection is provided in Annexure-D.
All cabinets having PLC terminals shall be provided with lamps of sufficient wattage
for interior illumination with switch. Each panel shall be provided with 240 V AC
single-phase socket with switch to accept 5 and 15A standard Indian plugs.
A name plate shall be provided on the front door of each cabinet indicating channel
function, transmitter frequency and direction etc.
5.04.00
Speech Communication
5.04.01
PLC equipment offered shall provide telephone communication between the stations
where the transmission lines are terminating. The equipment shall be suitable for
providing the following facilities:
a) It shall be possible for subscriber at any of the stations to contact the subscriber at
all other stations connected in the system by dialing his call number. To achieve
this a 24 lines EPAX with 4 Wire interface & remote subscriber units shall be
provided.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
b) The equipment shall contain all normal facilities like ring back tone, dial tone,
negate tone and priority tone, and suitable pulses to establish and disconnect
communication between subscribers.
c) The equipment shall be provided with necessary alarm circuits and fuses etc.
d) The equipment shall be of 4 kHz bandwidth on either direction and be suitable for
providing superimposed data and teleprinter facilities at a later date without major
modifications and high cost. The Bidder shall clearly indicate in his bid the
provision made in his proposal for future development and the extent to which
such additional facilities can be added at a later date.
e) The system shall be completely automatic with definite number allocated for each
telephone. The numbering scheme for telephones, exchange and tie lines shall be
developed by the Bidder & indicated in the bid. Final numbering scheme shall be
fully coordinated with the existing / proposed future systems by the Contractor.
f)
Arrangement for over-riding facilities shall be provided by means of priority keys.

The over-riding facility shall enable cutting-in ongoing calls with the priority key
and ask the concerned parties to finish their conversation. The wanted number
should then get automatically connected without having to redial the number.
g) All the carrier telephone conversations shall be secret and it should not be
possible for anybody to over hear the conversation going on between any two
parties excepting those provided with out-riding facilities.
h) The necessary cables for connecting all the telephone instruments ordered for at
each sub-station (including wiring and termination) shall be provided by the
Contractor. These telephone instruments shall be located within control room
building at respective sub-station. and Bay control room in these station.
i)
The cabinets housing the equipment for EPAX, four wire E/M interface and remote
subscriber units (four wire) shall have mounting arrangement similar to that for
PLC terminals.
j)
All the terminals for speech shall be with Transit Band Pass Filter suitable for
tuning at site and shall be wired for addition of VFTs in future.
k) Equipment for speech communication must be fully compatible with Owners

existing equipment. Any interfaces required for proper matching and connection
with the Owners existing equipment shall be provided by the Contractor.
l)
Terminals for protection shall be suitable for speech between two ends of each
transmission line.
m) Each PLC terminal for speech as well as protection purposes shall be provided
with a plug-in type service telephone and buzzer. Further, 4 wire remote
telephone instruments (parallel to service telephone) shall also be provided on
one-PLC terminal for protection for each link. These instruments shall be located
in respective Substation control room to enable the operator to make emergency
calls on point-to-point basis. Each such instrument shall be equipped with a
buzzer & press-to-call key & shall not require any additional power supply units.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 7 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
5.05.00
5.05.01
Electronic Private Automatic Exchange (EPAX)

The EPAX will serve as a network node or terminating exchange for carrier telephone,
tele-printer or for both. EPAX of latest design should be offered. Fully automatic
operation among the local subscriber of the exchange and any outgoing direction over
the carrier channel should be possible.
5.05.02
The exchange should be of modular construction, housed in sheet steel cabinet, floor
mounting type and available for operation on 48V DC (+15%, -10%). The exchange
should be provided with all conventional tones like dial, busy, ringing, ring back and
also additional tones such as carrier tones, interrupted tones etc. The exchange
should require as little maintenance as possible. It should be equipped with selfchecking diagnostic facility, which should be continuously monitored.
5.05.03
Adequate protective devices should be used wherever necessary. EPAX shall be

provided with 8 (eight) local subscriber and 4 (four) outgoing lines. The detail
specification of EPAX is enclosed in Annexure-E.
5.05.04
48V. D.C. Power Supply Equipment

The contractor shall furnish comprehensive arrangement for a stabilised 48V/35AH
Nickel Cadmium Battery, Battery Charger, Panel, Alarm unit etc. for PLCC terminals.
The Contractors scope also includes necessary cable connection through approved
route and methodology for Battery Charger connection etc. to cater the requirement.
The suitable specification for 48V Battery Charger may please be included.
The PLCC panel shall accommodate monitoring system for DC failure.
5.06.00
Network Protection Equipment (Protection Coupler)
5.06.01
The Bidder shall offer voice frequency transmission equipment which shall work on
frequency shift or coded signal principle for transmission/reception of protection
signals as single purpose channel. The equipment shall be suitable for connection to
the power line carrier terminal.
5.06.02
The voice frequency transmission-equipment shall not only be insensitive to corona

noise but shall also remain unaffected by impulse type noise which are generated by
electrical discharge and by the opening and closing of circuit breakers, isolators,
earthing switches etc. The equipment shall also be made immune to a field strength
of 10V/m expected to be caused by portable radio transmitters in the range of 201000 MHz. In his offer, bidder shall clearly explain as to what measures have been
taken to make the equipment insensitive to corona noise, white noise and to impulse
noise of an amplitude larger than the wanted signal and submit full field test and
laboratory test reports. The guarantee on design data shall not be acceptable.
5.06.03
The equipment shall be unaffected by spurious tripping signals. The Bidder shall
submit proof as to how this is achieved satisfactorily.
5.06.04
The equipment shall be suitable for transmission of direct and permissive trip signal
as well as blocking signals for protective gear of power system. The equipment shall
be operated in the audio frequency range in speech band or above speech band as
superimposed channel in 4 kHz band of SSB carrier. The equipment shall operate
with full duplex frequency shift mode of operation. The protection signaling equipment
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
shall be of solid state design, modular in construction and have a proven operating
record in similar application over EHV systems. Details regarding application of the
equipment over 400kV systems shall be submitted along with the bid. Each protection
signaling equipment shall provide:
i)
Transmission facilities for minimum three protection signals.
ii) Reception facilities for minimum three protection signals.

5.06.05
The equipment shall be designed for remote tripping/blocking on permissive basis

and direct tripping for reactor fault and others. The overall time of PLC, VFT and
transmission path for permissive trip/blocking shall be 20 m. Sec. or less and for
direct tripping 30m Sec. or less even for the longest line section.
Operating time lower than specified above may be preferred provided they fulfill the
requirements of security and reliability as mentioned below :
5.06.06
False trip probability

(Noise burst of any amplitude)
10-5
Fail to trip probability

For S/N 6 dB in 3.1 kHz Band
(with Noise Measurement)
10-2
It may be emphasized that specified time, as mentioned above is composed of the

following:
a) Back-to-back signal delay in frequency shift or coded signals protection
equipment.
b) Back-to-back delay in PLC terminal
c) Delay in transmission line.
d) Operation time of interposing relay, if any, in frequency shift or coding equipment.
Reference is invited in this regard to the guide lines expressed in CIGRE Publication
Teleprotection report by Committee 34 and 35.
5.06.07
The following transfer criteria shall be provided by the equipment:

a) Transmit side
Potential free NO (normally open) contact of protective relays of suitable rating in
required numbers for.
i)
Permissive Trip Command
ii) Direct Trip Command
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
b) Receive Side
Voice frequency transmission equipment for network protection shall be provided
with potential free NO (normally open) contact of suitable rating in required
numbers.
i)
Permissive Trip Command
ii) Direct Trip Command

c) Alarm
In addition, the voice frequency protection terminal shall be provided with potential
free change over contact of suitable rating in required numbers.
5.06.08
The Contractor shall submit drawings showing inter-connection between PLCC and
protection panels for approval by the OWNER.
5.06.09
It has to be ensured that under no circumstances protection channel should share the
power. Each protection channel shall be able to transmit power for which system is
designed. For example, a 40 W PLC terminal shall transmit 40 Watt (max.) for
protection channel alone in the event of fault. Speech and superimposed data
channels, in the same protection terminal must get disconnected momentarily during
the operation of protection channels.
5.06.10
The equipment shall be constructed such that in permissive line protection system,
operational reliability of the protection channel may be checked over the carrier link by
means of a loop test. It shall be possible to carry out the above test from either end of
the carrier link. During healthy condition of the transmission line, the loop test shall
not initiate a tripping command. In the event of a system fault, while loop test is in
progress, protection signal shall over-ride the test signal.
5.06.11
The equipment shall be complete with built in counters for counting the number of trip
commands sent and number of trip commands received.
5.07.00
Wave Trap
5.07.01
The wave trap shall be broad band type tuned for its entire carrier frequency range.
The resistive component of impedance of the line trap within its bandwidth shall not be
less than 570 ohms.
5.07.02
The coil of wave trap shall be designed to tolerate the short circuit current of the line
for a short period and shall withstand the mechanical stress resulting from it. HF
tuning elements shall be placed in a separate sealed unit.
5.07.03
The wave trap shall be provided with a protective device which will be designed and
arranged so that neither significant alteration in its protective function nor physical
damage shall result from either temperature rise of the magnetic field of the main coil
at continuous rated current or rated short time current. The protective device shall
neither enter into operation nor remain in operation following transient actuation by
the power frequency voltage developed across the wave trap by the rated short time
current.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
5.07.04
The protective device in the form of surge arrester shall be gapless type. For proper
co-ordination with the lightning arresters installed in the substation, its rated discharge
current shall be 10KA.
5.07.05
The surge arrester provided with line trap shall fully comply with the requirements of IEC99-1, Part-1/IS-3070, Part-1. It shall conform to type tests as applicable and type test
certificates for the same shall be submitted by the Bidder.
5.07.06
Wave trap shall be provided with suitable corona rings to meet corona and radio
interference performance.
5.07.07
Wave trap shall be suitable for pedestal mounting and shall be mechanically strong
enough to withstand the stresses due to maximum wind pressure as indicated in site
conditions specified elsewhere.
5.07.08
Wave trap shall be provided with suitable terminal connectors for connection of ACSR
single conductor with horizontal or vertical take-off. The contractor shall supply
necessary connector. The terminal connectors shall conform to IS 5561.
5.07.09
The wave trap shall be equipped with suitable bird barriers painted with grey colours.
6.00.00
TESTS
6.01.00
Routine Tests
During manufacture and on completion, all equipment shall be subjected to the
Routine Tests as laid down in Indian Standards.
6.02.00
Type Tests
Type tests on Wave Traps
Following type tests shall be conducted on one (1) Wave Trap as per IS 8793:
a) Measurement of rated inductance of the main coil.
b) Measurement of temperature rise.
c) Insulation tests.
d) Short time current tests.
e) Radio interference voltage measurement.
Type test certificate of other equipment and PLCC as stipulated in relevant standard
shall be furnished.
6.03.00
Test Witness
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owners representative if so desired by the
Owner. The contractor shall give at least fifteen (15) days advance notice of the date
when the tests are to be carried out.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 11 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
6.04.00
Test Certificates
Certified reports of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished in quantities
as stipulated in the Conditions of Contract for approval of the Owner.
The equipment shall be despatched from works only after receipt of Owners written
approval of the test reports.
The type test certificate on any equipment, if so desired by the Owner, shall be
furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of charge, to
prove the design.
7.00.00.
List of commissioning tests

The following tests shall be carried out on complete system/subsystem during
commissioning:
1. Composite loss and return loss on coupling device suing dummy load.
2. Composite loss (Attenuation) for HF Cable coupling device.
3. End to end attenuation measurement for verification of optimum coupling mode.
Test shall be done for all combinations.
4. End to end return loss for optimum coupling mode.
a. open behind line trap
b. grounded behind line trap
5. If end to end return loss for optimum coupling mode is not satisfactory, same shall
be measured for other coupling modes also.
6. Adjustment of Tx/Rx levels on PLCC equipment as per test schedule.
7. AF frequency response (end to end) for the entire 4 kHz Bandwidth for speech
and teleoperation channels.
8. Measurement of noise in 2 kHz bandwidth with and without line energized.
9. SNR (test-one) with line energized noting down weather conditions.

10. Transmission time for teleprotection and other data channels.
11. Observation of Tx/Rx levels (test-tone) for each channel at both ends by
sequential switching on/off parallel channels using dummy load and also with the
transmission line.
12. Observation of end to end and truck dialing performance.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 12 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
13. Observation of end-to-end protection signaling (command sent & received) in

conjunction with protective relays, noting down transmission/receipt of unwanted
commands under switching operations in the substation during protective relay
testing.
Notes
1. All measurements for link attenuation, composite loss and return loss shall be
carried out for the entire range of carrier frequencies with specific attention to the
frequencies.
i.
within coupling device bandwidth.
ii. within line trap bandwidth, and

iii. operating frequencies
2. Following tests shall be carried out independently at each and
i.
Composite loss & return loss for coupling device.
ii. Attenuation test for HF cable + coupling device

iii. Levels and other local adjustments (on dummy load). Final adjustment shall
be on end to end basis.
iv. Test for loading by parallel channels with dummy load. This test can be done
along with tests for coupling device.
v. Protection signaling under local loop test (dummy load).
3. Necessary test instruments required for all the above tests shall be brought by
commissioning engineers of the contractor.
8.00.00
SPARES
8.01.00
The Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares as indicated in Annexure- C attached
herewith along with recommended spares for three (3) years satisfactory and troublefree operation. In respect of spares (both mandatory & recommended spares), the bidder
is advised to read the relevant clause of Terms and Conditions of Contract, Volume- I of
bid documents and shall quote accordingly.
9.00.00
9.01.00
DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED BY BIDDER

Drawings, data and manuals shall be submitted in triplicate with the bid and in
quantities and procedures as specified in General Conditions of Contract and/or
elsewhere in this specification for approval and subsequent distribution after the
Effective Date of Contract.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 13 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
9.02.00
Along with the bid

a) Manufacturers catalogue and drawings.
b) Technical details of all equipment.
c) Type test report.
9.03.00
After award of contract for Approval and Distribution.

a) Dimensional general arrangement drawing of equipment & panels.
b) Schematic and wiring drawings.
c) Guaranteed technical data.
d) Manuals on erection, operation and maintenance, catalogue of different
equipment
9.04.00
requirement only. The Bidder shall ensure that all other necessary write-ups, and
information required to fully describe the equipment offered are submitted with this
bid.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 14 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-A
LINE TRAP
1.0
Type
Air cored, Air cooled
2.0
Service
Outdoor
3.0
Reference Standard
IEC 353/ IS 8792 and IS 8793
4.0
System Details
4.1
Nominal/max System Voltage
220 / 245KV
4.2
Nos. of Phase
4.3
Frequency
50 Hz + 3% to -5%
4.4
System Neutral
Effectively earthed
5.0
Rated continuous
Current
2000
Rated 1-second
current
KA rms
40
Rated dynamic
current
KA peak
100
500C
As per IEC 353/ IS8792
6.0
Short-time Current
a.
b.
7.0
Temperature Rise
7.1
Design ambient air

Temperature
7.2
8.0
9.0
10.0
Amps

design ambient temp. under
rated continuous current C

at 1.15Urated / sq.rt.3
V
:
Not exceeding 500
Visual corona extinction voltage

KV rms
156
Rated inductance of main coil

mH
0.5
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 15 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-A
11.0
Blocking range
12.0
KHz
40-500
Minimum guaranteed resistive

component over blocking
range
Ohm
570
13.0
Type of tuning
Broad band tuned for entire frequency

range
14.0
Class of insulation of line trap:
Class F
15.0
Mounting
Pedestal
16.0
Terminal Connector
16.1
Type
Bolted type
16.2
Suitable for
ACSR MOOSE conductor
16.3
Allowable total temperature

At rated continuous current
& at site condition
C
75
17.0
Protective device
17.1
Type
Station type, Metal oxide gapless
17.2
Reference Standard
IS3070/IEC 99
17.3
Nominal discharge current of

Protective device
(8/ 20 s wave impulse) KA
10
Rated voltage KV
as per IS 8792
17.4
COUPLING DEVICE
a)
Nominal line side

impedance
400 ohms for 220kV line
b)
Nominal equipment side

Impedance.
75 or 125 ohms (unbalanced)
c)
Composite loss
Not more than 2 dB
d)
Return Loss
Not less than 12 dB
e)
Bandwidth
Shall suit the frequency plan between

78 and 500 kHz
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 16 of 25

KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-A
POWER LINE CARRIER TERMINAL
a)
Mode of transmission
Single side band amplitude modulation.
b)
H.F. range
40 to 500 KHz
c)
Nominal carrier frequency band
1 x 4 KHz. for single channel sets 2 X 4

KHz. for twin Channel sets.
d)
Terminal
PLCC Terminal shall have double channel

type having 2x4 KHz nominal carrier
frequency band.
e)
Effectively transmitted speech frequency :

band or signal frequency band when
only speech or signal is transmitted.
300 Hz. to 3400 Hz. or more.
f)
Effectively transmitted, speech plus :

signal frequency band in case of
multipurpose use
Speech : 300 to 2000 Hz

Signal : 2160 to 3400 Hz. or more.
g)
Nominal Impedance
i)
Carrier Frequency Side
150 Ohms balanced or 75/ 125 Ohms

unbalanced.
ii)
VF side
600 Ohms.
h)
Nominal carrier frequency power
Adequate to maintain prescribed S/N ratio

under adverse conditions.
i)
Supply voltage
48 V D.C. (+10% to - 15%)
j)
DC Power Consumption
Nominal 160 Watt at 48V DC.
k)
Frequency difference between voice :

frequency band transmitter and receiver
in a pair of PLC terminals.
As per relevant IEC/IS specifications.
l)
Stability of carrier frequency from its :

nominal value.
+ 10 Hz.
m)
Effectively transmitted speech and data :

signal frequency band.
Within 0.3 to 3.7 KHz.
n)
Receiver Sensitivity
Minimum 35dBm
o)
Carrier
Protection
Transmission Time
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
:
Total
Signal :
Page 17 of 25
20 mS for permissive tripping and 30 mS for

inter-tripping.

KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-A
p)
Relative level (VF side)

a)
4 wire transmit
b)
4 wire receive
c)
2 wire transmit
d)
2 wire receive
:
:
:
:
:
q)
Level regulations
Gain Control)
r)
Telephone signalling channel
control
Across 600 Ohms.

0 to - 17 dB
-3.5 dB to + 8 dB
0 dB
-7 dB
(Automatic :
In case of a 30 dB change in the carrier

frequency signal level within the regulation
range, the change in voice frequency
receiver levels of both speech & signals
shall be less than 1 dB.
i) Frequency shift keying (pulse distortions)

of the telephonic signalling channel at
signalling speed of 10 pulse per second
shall be less than 5 m. sec. for one pair of
terminals.
ii) The signalling channel shall be operated
by a potential free open or closed contact
at the transmit side and provide a
potential free change over contact at the
receiver side. All relays to be provided in
the speech circuits shall be hermetically
sealed.
s)
t)
Permissible limits for variation of overall loss (attenuation) of the speech channel relative to
800 Hz. for back-to-back operation of one pair of terminals without compander.
300 - 400 Hz. : - 0.9 to +3.0 dB
400 - 600 Hz. : - 0.9 to +1.7 dB
600 - 1400 Hz. : - 0.9 to +0.9 dB
1400-1800 Hz. : - 0.9 to +1.7 dB
1800-2200 Hz : - 0.9 to +3.0 Db
Or + 1.5 dB for the complete band of 300 to

2000 Hz. (without compander).
Noise performance
The weighted telephone noise level

measured at the speech output of a pair of
PLCC terminals without companders shall
not exceed 60 dB. Measurement shall be
carried out as per relevant IEC/IS
specification.
Signal to noise ratio shall be as recommended
IEC or IS.
u)
RF Transmission Power
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 18 of 25
20 Watt/40 Watt for planning frequency and

output power of carrier terminals. Bidders
may plan for a minimum receive signal to
noise ratio (SNR) of 25 dB for speech
signals and SNR of 15 dB for protection
signal.

KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-B
Each PLCC equipment and Wave Trap, as applicable, shall be furnished complete with fittings and
accessories as listed below:
1.
Bolted type terminal connector for ACSR conductor / Al-pipe bus, as required along with S.S.
hardware.
2.
Ground pads for 75 x 12 GI mm flat.
3.
Base frame with anchor bolts, nuts and washers.
4.
5.
Internal illumination lamp with ON-OFF switch.

(Illumination lamp of power line carrier equipment should be 1 phase, 50 Hz, 230V AC
operated).
6.
Exhaust fan with ON-OFF switch

(Exhaust fan of power line carrier equipment should be 1 phase, 50 Hz, 230V AC operated).
7.
Terminal blocks and wiring lot.
8.
Other standard accessories which are not specifically mentioned but usually supplied with
PLCC equipment & wave trap of such type and rating for trouble free operation.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 19 of 25
220 KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-C
MANDATORY SPARES
Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares listed below. In case, any item, not considered by
the bidder, but found applicable during detailed engineering as per approved scheme,
equipment requirement, etc., the same shall be supplied by the vendor at free of cost. The lump
sum prices shall be inclusive of these mandatory spares, commissioning spares & engineering /
consumables spares.
Sl. No.
Item
Quantity
1.
Wave Trap complete with all accessories
Not Required
2.
Capacitor Voltage Transformer (CVT) compliance

with all accessories
Not Required
3.
Terminal connection of Wave Trap and CVT
Not Required
4.
Coupling Devices (Line Matching Unit and Protective

Device)
Not Required
5.
Coupling Filter
Not Required
6.
All types of plug-in modules of power line Carrier

Terminals, Private Automatic Branch Exchange, 48
Volt Battery Charger
Four wire table telephone set for point-to-point
communication between substation control rooms
Not Required
7.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 20 of 25
Not Required
220 KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-D
CARRIER PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
1.1
The power line carrier communication equipment required by the OWNER is to

provide primarily efficient, secure and reliable information link for carrier aided
distance protection and direct tripping of remote-end breaker and also for speech
communication between EHV sub-stations. It shall include separate carrier terminals
of multipurpose type for speech and protection purposes. All carrier terminals
including those for protection shall be suitable for point-to-point speech
communication also.
1.2
For security reasons each EHV transmission line shall be protected by Main-I and
Main-II protections as given below :
a) Main-I Numerical Distance protection with permissive inter-tripping.
b) Main-II Distance protection of a different measuring technique than that of relay
under Main I.
1.3
The requirement of carrier information on each link covered under this specification is
as below :
a) One protection channel for Main-I and another for Main-II distance protection
schemes. In case of 220 KV lines, speech and data channel can also be used for
protection wherever possible.
b) One speech channel with a facility to superimpose data signals up to 1200 Baud.
c) One main and one back-up protection channel for direct circuit breaker intertripping for EHV lines.
1.4
The equipment for protection signals shall have high degree of reliability and speed.
It shall be guaranteed to function reliably in the presence of noise impulse caused by
isolator or breaker operation. The equipment shall be suitable for direct tripping of
remote end breaker for fault in unswitched EHV Shunt Reactor & Operation of
Buchholz relays of reactor etc. It shall also be possible to effect direct tripping of
breaker at one end when the other end breaker opens out either manually or by
relays such as Bus fault relay etc.
1.5
The time intervals between receipt of a trip command on the transmit side, its
transmission over the carrier link, reception at the far end and giving command to the
trip relays at the distant end shall not exceed 20 ms. for permissive inter-tripping and
30 ms. for direct inter-tripping even for the longest line section. The above timings
are inclusive of operating time for auxiliary relays and interposing relays, if any,
included in the PLCC equipment.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 21 of 25
220 KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-D
1.6
The requirement of protection signalling channel is such that security against

incorrect signals being received shall be at least two to three orders higher than
reliability against a signal not being received.
1.7
For reasons of security and reliability, phase to phase coupling for 400 kV & above
S/C, D/C & 220kV S/C lines. Inter-circuit coupling shall be used for 220KV D/C lines.
Double differential coupling shall also be considered for double circuit lines. Bidders
must furnish detailed write-up on methods of coupling and recommend suitable
coupling mode for double-circuit lines along-with the bids. Coupling mode shall,
however, be fully confirmed by Contractor after conducting detailed computer study
taking into account the transpositions of transmission lines for optimum coupling
mode over these line sections. The coupling arrangement shall be fully optimised by
the Contractor after conducting detailed study of every line section individually, taking
into account the temperature variations, transpositions, earth resistivity, conductor
configuration, carrier channels requirements, security and reliability criteria and other
relevant details. The line attenuation shall be calculated for complete range of
frequencies. The earth resistivity data, existing frequency networks and other
relevant details of each line will be furnished to the Contractor for carrying out the
computer studies and frequency planning. The Contractor shall complete the
computer studies wherever required and submit the frequency plan and optimum
coupling details within a period of one month from the date of receipt of above data.
1.8
The EHV transmission lines may be transposed. The transmission tower

configuration and conductor details shall be forwarded after the award to enable the
contractor to make his own computer study assessment of the carrier path based on
wave propagation over transposed lines with each transposition point acting as
Modal Converter.
1.9
The parameters of the equipment quoted shall be such that the mode of wave
propagation on power line (with transpositions indicated) shall not impose any
limitation on the efficient and reliable performance of information link from protection
or communication point of view.
1.10
The Contractor shall have to check and prove through the results of his computer
studies that attenuation due to transpositions in the EHV lines is within limits and the
offered equipment will perform satisfactorily.
1.11
The Bidder shall submit curves illustrating incorrect tripping and Failure to trip
probability plotted against corona noise level, in the presence of impulse noise due to
switching of isolator and circuit breaker etc. Details of field tests and laboratory tests
for successful operation of his equipment, under such adverse conditions shall be
furnished by the Bidder. These are to be related to end-to-end signalling and shall
take into account the type of communication link e.g. account shall be taken of
transpositions in the phase to phase coupled EHV line. Details of field tests and
laboratory tests for successful operation of the equipment under the above
circumstances shall be submitted by the Bidder illustrating the above parameters.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 22 of 25
220 KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-E
ELECTRONIC PRIVATE AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE (EPAX)
1.1
The 24 line Electronic Private Automatic Exchange (EPAX) wherever specified shall
be connected to minimum four trunk routes thorough PLCC channels (speech panel)
with Four-wire E/M interface unit.
This 4-wire interface unit either shall form an integral part of the EPAX system or be
suitable for mounting/housing in the carrier panel. The exchange will have its own
ringing current and tone generator etc. The exchange shall be suitable for working on
48V DC Power Supply (positive pole earthed). The exchange shall be fully automatic,
solid state, and of modular construction and shall have multiple switching routes
(minimum 4-routes).
1.2
Remote End Four Wire E/M Interface & Subscriber Unit or Equivalent EPAX
(4x4)
1.2.1
The remote end four wire E/M interface & subscriber units, wherever specified, shall
be of electronic type and be suitable for working on fixed frequency power line carrier
systems with E&M signalling. This shall be housed in the carrier set and be fully
wired to the power line carrier terminal equipment.
1.2.2
This unit shall receive and register various signals, on PLCC Channels, from remote
end exchanges or other remote end subscriber units and associated four wire
interface unit.
1.2.3
The four wire interface unit shall be equipped for routing transit calls and shall be
supplied pre-wired to handle calls for minimum eight directions, in a form suitable for
transmission over PLCC.
1.2.4
The bidder shall also indicate the total number of trunk-line capacity, available with
each four-wire interface unit.
The unit shall be suitable for connecting two-wire telephone sets. Further, the
associated telephone cables for locating two subscriber lines, within the control room
is in the scope of this specification.
The salient specifications of the EPABX are given below .
Specifications of EPABX :
1)
The EPABX should be fully digital and should employ Stored Program Control
(SPC) using Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) and Time Division Multiplexing
(TDM), confirming to latest ITU-T (earlier CCITT) standards.
2)
The system shall be 100% non-blocking.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 23 of 25
220 KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-E
3)
The offered system should support at least 50 ports. It should handle at least
4 P&T lines and 8 subscribers.
4)
The Central Processing Unit (CPU) of EPABX should use 32 bit

microprocessor.
5)
The system should have a battery backup of at least 100 hours for the office
data memory.
6)
The system should be able to restart automatically without human

intervention when the external ac power supply is resumed after complete
power failure i.e. even after the batteries are discharged.
7)
It should be possible to remove and put back line or trunk cards from the
system even in online condition.
8)
The system software should be protected against loss/alteration of memory

due to power failure, unauthorized command or any other faulty condition.
9)
The exchange shall accept different types of trunk signalling such as

a) 2W/4W E&M signalling, Type 1 to Type 5
b) Analog C.O. Lines
c) DTMF Signalling
10)
The system should be ventilated. The type of ventilation shall be specified by

the vendor.
11)
The system should have the capability to directly connect to it a battery bank.
The batteries should be 48V/35AH-Nickel Cadmium Battery.
12)
The system should have a modular design for further expansion of hardware.
13)
The system should have Automatic callback to busy and ringing extension
14)
It should be possible to park up to 6 calls in the system.
15)
All extensions should have a facility to lock their instruments so as to prevent

outgoing calls. It should be possible to have a locking code of up to 5 digits. It
should also be possible to view or change this locking code from a system
administrator Digital phone, Operator Console or PC/Laptop computer.
16)
It should be possible to have different rings for internal, external and callback.
It should be possible to change the dial tone, ringing tone, call waiting tone,
override tone, etc. as per requirement.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 24 of 25
220 KV PLCC & WT
ANNEXURE-E
17)
It should be possible to access each trunk individually by means of individual

trunk access codes.
18)
The system should support Voice processing applications such as Voice Mail,
Auto attendant.
19)
The features mentioned below should be available.

a) Call transfer Calls from extensions shall be automatically forwarded to
users mobile/alternate number
b) Speed dialling: individual numbers
c) Call forwarding
d) Do not disturb
e) Override do not disturb
f)
Voice Mail facility
g) Call back
h) Call parking
i)
Barge in
j)
Call Forward
k) Restricted Outward Dial

l)
Unlimited DISA Any number of registered users can log in to the system
and access company lines for making STD/ISD.
m) DID External callers can dial desired extensions directly without help of
operator
n) Time based disconnection Certain pre-fixed extensions can have their
calls automatically disconnected after certain duration.
o) Call traffic analysis (Optional) It shall help in deciding for more P&T lines
or more extensions in a group.
p) Flexible hunt group
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 25 of 25
Technical Specification Outdoor

Substation Material & Hardware

VOLUME-II
SECTION E08
FOR
OUTDOOR SUBSTATION MATERIAL
&
HARDWARE
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001


SPECIFICATION
FOR
OUTDOOR SUBSTATION MATERIAL & HARDWARE
CONTENTS
CLAUSE NO.
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
E08: 1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
E08: 1
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E08: 2
4.00.00
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
E08: 2
5.00.00
TEST
E08: 8
6.00.00
SPARES
E08: 11
7.00.00
DRAWINGS & DOCUMENTS TO BE

FURNISHED BY TENDERER
E08: 11
ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE-A
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DETAILS
E08: 13
ANNEXURE-B
DESCRIPTION OF HARDWARE
E08: 14
ANNEXURE-C
RATINGS & REQUIREMENT
E09: 15
ANNEXURE-D

FOR INSULATOR
E08: 19
ANNEXURE-E
MANDATORY SPARES
E08: 20
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001


1.00.00
1.01.00

testing at manufacturers works, supply & delivery, properly packed for
transport F.O.R site of Outdoor Substation Materials and Hardwares complete
with all accessories for efficient and trouble free operation.
1.02.00
The specification shall be read and construed in conjunction with other sections
of bidding document.
1.03.00
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Supply
Type, rating, connections etc. of the materials shall be as detailed in the
drawings and annexures. The materials shall be furnished in strict compliance
with the same.
2.02.00
Following materials and hardwares are to be furnished as per requirement

substation installation:
a)
ACSR Moose Conductor / 3.5 Nominal Aluminum Tubular bus
b)
GS Shield wire 7/3.66 mm
c)
Tension & Suspension Insulator String Assembly Sets
d)
Disc Insulators & Post Insulators
e)
Conductor Spacers, Clamps, Connectors & Flexible Copper bonds
f)
Marshalling Kiosk, CT & CVT Junction Box.
g)
Cable Heads
h)
Spares
Any material or accessory, which may not have been specifically mentioned
but which is usual and/or necessary shall be supplied free of cost to the
Owner.
2.03.00
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 20


3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
3.00.01
All the ACSR conductors, aluminium tube, disc and string insulators, clamps &
connectors, hardware etc. will be used in 220/33 kV Substation of Bharat
Oman Refineries LTD. at Bina, district Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, having
3.00.02
All equipment, conductors, tube, hardwares, insulators & clamps etc. will be
installed outdoor in a hot, humid & tropical atmosphere.
3.00.03
All conductors, tube, hardwares, insulators & clamps etc. shall have
tropical protection, involving special treatment of metal and insulation against
fungus, insects and corrosion.
3.00.04
The maximum temperature in any part of the clamps, connectors, conductors

etc. at specified rating shall not exceed the permissible limits as stipulated in the
relevant standards.
3.00.05
All equipment, conductors, tube, clamps, connectors, insulators etc. shall be

capable of withstanding the dynamic & thermal stresses of maximum short
circuit current without any damage or deterioration.
3.00.06
In order to avoid concentration of stresses, all sharp edges of clamps,

connectors etc. shall be rounded off.
3.00.07
Bi-metallic connectors shall be used for any connection between dissimilar

materials.
4.00.00
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
4.01.00
Equipment & Materials
4.01.01
Equipment & material shall comply with description, rating, etc. as detailed in this
specification and annexures.
4.01.02
All accessories, fittings, supports, bolts etc. which form part of the equipment or
which are necessary for safe and satisfactory installation and operation of the
equipment shall be furnished.
4.01.03
All parts shall be made accurately to standard gauges so as to facilitate

replacement and repair. All corresponding parts of similar equipment shall be
interchangeable.
4.01.04
After the treatment of steel surfaces damaged during transit sufficient quantity of
anti-corrosive paint shall be applied and subsequently finished with two coats of
final paint of approved shade.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 20


4.02.00
ACSR Conductor / Tubular Aluminium Bus
4.02.01
The Aluminium Stranded Conductor and steel reinforced shall have the technical
parameters matching with the requirements given in Annexure. ACSR
conductors shall conform to the latest revision of IS-398.
4.02.02
The material for ACSR conductor shall conform to the following:

Aluminium
The aluminium strands shall be hard drawn from electrolytic aluminium rods
having purity not less than 99.5% and a copper content not exceeding 0.04%.
Steel
The steel wire strands shall be drawn from high carbon steel wire rods and
shall conform to the following chemical composition:
Element
% Composition
Carbon
Manganese
Phosphorous
Sulphur
Silicon
0.50 to 0.85
0.50 to 1.10
not more than 0.035
not more than 0.045
0.10 to 0.35
Zinc
The zinc used for galvanising shall be electrolytic High Grade Zinc of 99.95%
purity. It shall conform to and satisfy all the requirements of IS: 209-1979.
4.02.03
The material of tubular aluminium bus shall be of grade 63401 WP (Range-2)

of IS 5082 or equivalent having best possible combination of electrical and
mechanical properties.
4.02.04
Rigid type extruded tubular aluminium bus arrangement shall be used for
equipment connections.
4.02.05
Tube buses shall be provided with fixed clamp at one end and sliding/flexible
type clamp on the other end for taking care of thermal expansion. Long run of
tube bus shall be complete with suitable internally mounted vibration damper at
intervals in order to achieve quick damping of aeolian vibrations and vibrations
arising out of electro-mechanical forces.
4.03.00
Clamps and Connectors
4.03.01
All clamps, connectors and S.S. hardwares shall be designed, manufactured

and tested as per relevant standards.
4.03.02
All clamps & connectors for connection with ACSR conductors shall have high
tensile aluminium alloy body. U-bolt/Hex head bolt and nut, plane washer, bevel
washer for the clamp shall be made of non-magnetic material e.g. stainless
steel.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 20


4.03.03
Bolt, nut, washer, shackle etc. required for other purpose shall be of forged steel
with adequate strength and the surface shall be so protected as to offer
maximum resistance to corrosion. Malleable iron wherever used for any part
shall be of best quality & shall correspond to latest amendments of relevant IS.
4.03.04
Various fittings & accessories of the clamps & connectors shall be so designed
as to eliminate sharp edges & maintain bright smooth surface. All bolts, nuts,
rivets etc. shall have round profiles.
4.04.00
Disc Insulator
4.04.01
All disc insulators shall be dimensioned appropriately so as to have the required

Electro - Mechanical strength for EHV outdoor duties.
4.04.02
Suspension and tension insulators shall be wet process porcelain with ball and
socket connection. Glazing of the porcelain shall be uniform brown colour, free
from blisters, burrs and other similar defects
Insulators shall be
interchangeable and shall be suitable for forming either suspension or strain
strings. Each insulator shall have rated strength markings on porcelain printed
and applied before firing.
4.04.03
When operating at normal rated voltage there shall be no electric discharge

between conductor and insulator which would cause corrosion or injury to
conductors or insulators by the formation of substances due to chemical
action. No radio interference shall be caused when operating at normal rated
voltage.
4.04.04
Insulation shall be co-ordinated with basic impulse level of the system. The
creepage distance shall correspond to very heavily polluted atmosphere
(31mm/kV).
4.04.05
Porcelain used in insulator manufacture shall be homogeneous, free from

laminations, cavities and other flaws or imperfections that might affect the
mechanical or dielectric quality and shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and
impervious to moisture.
4.04.06
The design of the insulator shall be such that stresses due to expansion and
contraction in any part of the insulator shall not lead to deterioration. All
ferrous parts shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with the latest edition
of IS: 209. The zinc coating shall be uniform, adherent, smooth, reasonably
bright, continuous and free from imperfections such as flux, ash, rust stains
bulky white deposits and blisters.
4.04.07
Bidder shall make available data on all the essential features of design
including the method of assembly of discs and metal parts, number of discs
per insulators, the manner in which mechanical stresses are transmitted
through discs to adjacent parts, provision for meeting expansion stresses,
results of corona and thermal shock tests, recommended working strength
and any special design or arrangement employed to increase life under
service conditions.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 20


4.04.08
Insulator hardware shall be of forged steel. Malleable cast iron shall not be
accepted except for insulator disc cap. The surface of hardware must be
clean, smooth, without cuts, abrasion or projections. No part shall be
subjected to excessive localized pressure. The metal parts shall not produce
any noise-generating corona under operating conditions.
4.04.09
The Insulator hardware assembly except corona control ring and clamps shall
be designed for 11500 kg tensile load. The clamps shall be designed for
7000 Kg tensile load. Earth wire tension clamp shall be designed for 1000 kg
tensile load with a factor of safety of two (2).
4.04.10
The tension string assemblies shall be supplied alongwith suitable turnbuckle

at one end for each span.
4.05.00
Post Insulator Stack
4.05.01
Post type insulators shall consist of a porcelain part permanently secured in a

metal base to be mounted on the supporting structures. They shall be
capable of being mounted upright. They shall be designed to withstand any
shocks to which they may be subjected to by the operation of the associated
equipment. Only solid core insulators will be acceptable.
4.05.02
Porcelain used shall be homogeneous, free from lamination, cavities and

other flaws or imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric
quality and shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious to moisture.
4.05.03
Glazing of the porcelain shall be of uniform brown in colour, free from blisters,
burrs and other similar defects.
4.05.04
The insulator shall have alternate long and short sheds with aerodynamic
profile. The shed profile shall also meet the requirements of IEC-815 for the
specified pollution level.
4.05.05
When operating at normal rated voltage there shall be no electric discharge

between conductor and insulators, which would cause corrosion or injury to
conductors or insulators by the formation of substances produced by
chemical action.
The design of the insulators shall be such that stress due to expansion and
contraction in any part of the insulator shall not lead to deterioration.
4.05.06
4.05.07
4.05.08
4.05.09
All ferrous parts shall be hot dip galvanised in accordance with the latest
edition of IS: 2633, & IS: 4479. The zinc used for galvanising shall be grade
Zn 99.95 as per IS: 209. The zinc coating shall be uniform, adherent,
smooth, reasonably bright, continuous and free from imperfections.
If corona extinction voltage is to be achieved with the help of corona ring or
any other similar device, the same shall be deemed to be included in the
scope of the manufacturer.
Post insulator shall be complete with necessary fixing clamp at top for clamping
of tubular aluminium bus /ACSR conductor, as required. The insulators shall be
provided with necessary nuts, bolts and washers.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 20

4.06.00

Galvanized Steel Shield Wire

7/3.66 mm G.S. Wire shall be used as shield wire for the entire outdoor
substation area.
The shield wire shall be galvanized stranded steel wire of specified size and
shall conform to IS 398 (Part-II)
4.06.01
The material for GI wire shall conform to the following:

Steel
The steel wire strands shall be drawn from high carbon steel wire rods and
shall conform to the following chemical composition:
Element
% Composition
Carbon
Manganese
Phosphorous
Sulphur
Silicon
not more than 0.55

0.4 to 0.9
not more than 0.04
not more than 0.04
0.15 to 0.35
Zinc
The zinc used for galvanising shall be electrolytic High Grade Zinc of 99.95%.
it shall conform to and satisfy all the requirement of IS 209-1979
4.07.00
Bundle Spacers
4.07.01
Bundle spacers shall have enough strength so as to restore normal spacing of

conductors after displacement by winds, short circuits etc. without damage or
permanent deformation. The spacers shall have long life without fatigue or wear
and shall have gentle but firm grip on conductor. They shall be able to withstand
all the electromagnetic and electrostatic forces under different operating
conditions including dead short circuit.
4.07.02
They shall be of one piece construction and shall not have separate small
components.
4.07.03
The materials used in spacers shall be corrosion resistant and made of

aluminium alloy of an approved type. All type of nut/bolt/washers shall be made
from Stainless Steel.
4.07.04
The spacers shall be flexible type for strung bundle conductor so as to avoid
distortion or damage to the conductor or themselves. Rigid spacers is to be
provided for vertical droppers and jumpers.
4.08.00
Grading Rings
4.08.01
Grading rings shall be provided with string hardware fittings, if found necessary,
and shall be of such design and shape that they will reduce the voltage across
insulator units adjacent to the conductor for each insulator string to a value which
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 20


will prevent visual corona forming on metal parts of insulator and shall minimise
radio interference voltage on the complete insulator string assemblies.
4.08.02
Grading rings shall be made of high strength heat treated aluminium alloy tube
with a minimum wall thickness of 2.5mm.
4.09.00
Marshalling Kiosk
4.09.01
Marshalling Kiosk shall be furnished for 220kV substation bays. It is intended to

have all interlocking circuits of the bay through this cubicle. All shorting &
grouping/interconnection shall be done within the kiosk. For this purpose,
adequate terminals shall be provided in this cubicle. The terminal blocks shall be
installed at least at a height of 200mm from bottom gland plate and gap between
two terminal blocks shall be at least 150mm.
4.09.02
The cubicle shall be outdoor type having IP-55 class of protection with suitable
canopy of gasketed weatherproof construction fabricated from sheet steel
minimum 2 mm thick.
4.09.03
The marshalling kiosk shall have three distinct compartments for the following
purpose:
a) To receive two incoming 415V, 3 phase, 4W, 40A (minimum), AC supply
with auto changeover & MCB unit and distribute AC supplies through MCB
controlled 415/240V supplies to substation equipment for operating boxes.
b) Adequate number of terminal blocks in vertical formation for interlocking
facilities and CT/VT wiring.
Number of marshalling box shall be decided in a logical manner for achieving
uniformity in wiring for each bay.
4.09.04
The cubicle shall have front access door with lock and key and removable gland
plate at the bottom for cable entry.
4.09.05
Internal illumination lamp and 3-pin 5A socket with individual ON-OFF switches
shall be provided in the cubicle.
4.09.06
Suitable space heater with thermostat shall be provided to prevent

condensation.
4.09.07
The cubicle shall be epoxy painted to shade 631 of IS 5.
4.10.00
Junction Box for CT & CVT
4.10.01
CT/CVT junction box shall be outdoor type having IP-55 class of protection with
suitable canopy of gasketed weatherproof construction fabricated from sheet
steel minimum 2 mm thick.
4.10.02
The box shall have front access door with lock and key and removable gland
plate at the bottom for cable entry.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 7 of 20


4.10.03
The junction box shall have stud type (non disconnecting) terminals.
Arrangement shall be provided for shorting of the secondary terminals while the
CT is in energized condition for testing and other purposes, if necessary.
Sufficient space shall be provided so that all terminals are accessible. No. of
terminals shall be 20 nos. each in a terminal block & 5 nos. of such blocks in 220
kV CT junction box and 3 nos. such terminal blocks in220 kV CVT junction box.
4.10.04
All incoming and outgoing connections in the junction box shall be properly
marked with ferrules.
4.10.05
The box shall be epoxy painted to shade 631 of IS 5
5.00.00
TESTS
5.01.00
Routine Tests
5.01.01
During manufacture and on completion of all equipment, conductors, insulators,

clamps, connectors and accessories shall be routine tested as per applicable
standards at manufacturers works.
5.01.02
The suspension and tension strings, insulator discs and hardware shall be
subjected to the following, acceptance tests and routine tests:
Acceptance Tests for Disc Insulators as per IS 731, 575, 372 :
(a)
Visual examination
(b)
Verification of Dimensions as per Cl no. 10.5 of IS:731
(c)
Temperature cycle test as per Cl. no. 10.6 of IS : 731
(d)
Puncture Test as per Cl No. 10.10 of IS : 731
(e)
Galvanizing Test as per Cl No. 10.12 of IS:731
(f)
Mechanical performance test as per IEC-575 Cl. 4
(g)
Test on locking device for ball & socket coupling as per IEC-372(2).
(h)
Porosity test as per Cl No. 10.11 of IS : 731.
Acceptance Test on Hardware Fitting as per IS 2485 & 372:

(a)
Visual Examination as per Cl. 5.10 of IS:2486 (Part-I).
(b)
Verification of Dimensions as per Cl. 5.8 of IS : 2486 (Part-I)
(c)
Galvanising/Electroplating tests as per Cl. 5.9 of IS : 2486 (Part-I)
(d)
Slip strength test as per Cl 5.4 of IS-2486 (part-I)
(e)
Shore hardness test for the Elastomer (if applicable as per the value
guaranteed by the Bidder).
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 20

(f)

Mechanical strength test for each component (including grading rings

and arcing horns).
The load shall be so applied that the component is stressed in the
same way as it would be in actual service and the procedure as given
in 1.2.12.1 (g) above should be followed.
(g)
Test on locking devices for ball & socket coupling as per IEC:372 (2).
Routine Test on Disc Insulator/long rod insulator as per IS 731:

(a)
Visual Inspection as per Cl No. 10.13 of IS:731
(b)
Mechanical Routine Test as per Cl No. 10.14 of IS: 731
(c)
Electrical Routine Test as per Cl no. 10.15 of IS : 731
Routine Test on hardware Fittings as per IS 2486:

(a)
Visual examination as per Cl 5.10 of IS : 2486 (Part I)
(b)
Mechanical strength Test as per Cl. 5.11 of IS : 2486 (Part I)
Test during manufacture on all components as applicable on Disc

insulator:
(a)
Chemical analysis of zinc used for galvanising:

Samples taken from the zinc ingot shall be chemically analyzed as per
IS : 209. The purity of zinc shall not be less than 99.95%.
(b)
Chemical Analysis, mechanical hardness tests and magnetic particle

inspection for malleable casting:
The chemical analysis, hardness tests and magnetic particle
inspection for malleable casting will be as per the internationally
recognized procedures for these tests. The sampling will be based on
heat number and heat treatment batch.
Test during manufacture on all components as applicable on hardware

fittings:
(a)
Chemical analysis of zinc used for galvanising

Samples taken from the zinc ingot shall be chemically analyzed as per
IS: 209. The purity of zinc shall not be less than 99.95%.
(b)
Chemical Analysis, mechanical hardness tests and magnetic particle

inspection for malleable casting:
inspection for forgings will be as per the internationally recognized
procedures for these tests. The sampling will be based on heat
number and heat treatment batch.
(c)
Chemical analysis and mechanical hardness tests and magnetic

particle inspection for fabricated hardware.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 20



inspection for fabricated hardware will be as per the internationally
recognized procedures for these tests. The sampling will be based on
heat number and heat treatment batch.
5.01.03
The following, acceptance & routine tests and tests during manufacturing
shall be carried out on the conductor.
Acceptance Tests
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Visual check for joints, scratches etc. and

lengths of conductor
Dimensional check on steel and aluminium
strands
Check for lay ratios of various layers
Galvanising test on steel strands
Torsion and Elongation test on steel strands
Breaking load test on steel and aluminium
strands
Wrap test on steel and aluminium strands
IS:398 (Part V) 1982
Clauses 12.5.2, 12.7
& 12.8
DC resistance test on aluminium strands
UTS test on welded joint of aluminium strands
NOTE:
All the above tests except test mentioned at (i) shall be carried out on
aluminium strands after stranding only.
Routine Tests
5.01.04
(a)
Check to ensure that the joints are as per specification
(b)
Check that there are no cuts, fins etc. on the strands
The following type, routine & acceptance tests and tests during manufacturing
shall be carried out on the earth wire.
Acceptance Tests
(a)
Visual check for joints, scratches etc. and length of Earth wire
(b)
Dimensional check
(c)
Galvanizing test
(d)
Lay length check
(e)
Torsion test
(f)
Elongation test
(g)
Wrap test
(h)
DC resistance test
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 20
IS: 398 (Part III) 1976

(i)
Breaking load test
(j)
Chemical Analysis of steel

Routine Tests
(a)
Check that there are no cuts, fins etc. on the strands
(b)
Check for correctness of stranding.
5.02.00
Type Tests
5.02.01
Tests certificates for type tests, as stipulated in Indian Standards carried out on
similar equipment shall be furnished. If test certificate for any of the type test is
not available, the same shall be carried out free of cost.
5.03.00
Test Witness
Tests shall be performed in presence of Owners representative if so desired by
the Owner. The contractor shall give at least fifteen (15) days advance notice of
the date when the tests are to be carried out.
5.04.00
Test Certificates
5.04.01
Certified copies of all tests carried out at works shall be furnished in requisite no.
of copies as stated in the Condition of Contract for approval of the Owner. The
certificates shall furnish complete identification, date including serial number of
each material and accessory.
5.04.02
Equipment shall be despatched from works only after receipt of Owner's written
approval of shop test reports.
5.04.03

furnished. Otherwise, the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of charge,
to prove the design.
6.00.00
SPARES
The Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares as indicated in Annexure- C
attached herewith along with recommended spares for three (3) years
satisfactory and trouble-free operation. In respect of spares (both mandatory &
recommended spares), the bidder is advised to read the relevant clause of
Terms and Conditions of Contract, Volume - I of bid documents & shall quote
accordingly.
7.00.00
DRAWINGS & DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED BY TENDERER
7.01.00
To be submitted with each copy of the Bid
7.01.01
Typical general arrangement drawing of the equipment/items.
7.01.02
Technical leaflets on equipment/items explaining constructional features.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 11 of 20


7.01.03
Type test certificates on similar equipment/items.
7.02.00
To be submitted for Approval and Distribution
7.02.01

fittings for equipment, accessories, components etc. (R)
7.02.02
Assembly drawing for erection at site with part numbers & schedule of materials
(R)
7.02.03
Type & routine test certificates. (R)
7.02.04
Technical leaflets on equipment/items. (R)
7.02.05
Back-up calculation for: (A)

a)
Selection of equipment / material ratings.
b)
Sag-Tension of ACSR.
c)
Lightning protection system.
d)
Selection of rigid bus support spacing.
7.02.06
Any other relevant drawing, documents, calculations and data necessary for
satisfactory installation, operation and maintenance.
7.03.00
reference category.
bidder shall note that the approval of drawings & documents by the Owner
does not relieve him of his contractual obligation.
7.04.00
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 12 of 20


ANNEXURE-A
SYSTEM DETAILS
1.0
System
220 kV
Voltage(Nominal/Maximum)
220/245 kV
Frequency
50Hz +3% to - 5%.
Phase
System Neutral
Effectively Earthed
Fault Withstand Symm
40 kA (for 1 sec)
2.0
Auxiliary Power Supply for Marshalling box
2.1
A.C. Supply
415 V+
_ 10%, 3 phase, 50 Hz,
4 wire, effectively grounded system.
2.2
D.C. Supply, if required
110V+
_ 10%, 2 wire, ungrounded system.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 13 of 20


ANNEXURE-B
DESCRIPTION OF HARDWARE TO BE SUPPLIED UNDER THIS SPECIFICATION

SL.NO. DESCRIPTION
1.0
220kV Double Tension String (Ball dia Bidder to decide)
Double Tension string with double anchor, tension clamps suitable for Twin ACSR
a) Moose conductor (sub conductor spacing of 250mm), with turnbuckle & metal parts
Use for One side of span.
Double Tension string with double anchor, tension clamps suitable for Twin ACSR
b) Moose conductor (sub conductor spacing of 250mm), without turnbuckle and metal
partsUse for Opposite side of span.
2.0
220kV Single Tension String (Ball dia Bidder to decide)
Single Tension string with tension clamps suitable for ACSR Moose conductor with
a)
turnbuckle & metal partsUse for One side of span.
Single Tension string with tension clamps suitable for ACSR Moose conductor without
b)
turnbuckle & metal partsUse for Opposite side of span.
3.0
220kV Suspension String (Ball dia Bidder to decide)
Single Suspension string including arcing horn, drop clamp suitable for Twin ACSR
a)
Moose conductor (sub conductor spacing of 250mm), metal parts.
Single Suspension string including arcing horn, suspension clamp suitable for Twin
b)
ACSR Moose conductor (sub conductor spacing of 250mm), metal parts.
Single Suspension string including arcing horn, drop clamp suitable for single ACSR
c)
Moose conductor metal parts.
Single Suspension string including arcing horn, suspension clamp suitable for single
d)
ACSR Moose conductor metal parts.
4.0
Bolted type Clamp
a) Tee connector 3.5Al tube Through type to Twin ACSR Moose, Vertical take-off
b) Tee connector Twin ACSR Moose to Single ACSR Moose.
c) Tee connector 3.5Al tube to 3.5 Al tube
d) Tee connector Single ACSR Moose to Single ACSR Moose
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.
e) Parallel Groove clamp Single ACSR Moose to Single ACSR Moose

Flexible Spacer
a) Suitable for Twin ACSR Moose with sub conductor spacing of 250mm
Welded Joint for Aluminium Bus
End Seal Cap for 3.5 Al Tube Bus
Shield Wire Tension clamp
Post Insulator clamp, horizontal straight through to 3.5 IPS Al. tube (Expansion and
Rigid Type)
33 kV Cable Head (1C-400 sq.mm. XLPE Cu cable)
Bidder to note that the types are for guidance only. Bidder shall estimate the quantity.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 14 of 20


ANNEXURE-C

1.00.00
CONDUCTORS
1.01.00
ACSR Conductor
1.01.01
Reference standard
IS 398
1.01.02
Code Name
Moose
1.01.03
Type
ACSR
1.01.04
Overall diameter
31.77 mm
1.01.05
Stranding no. of wire and diameter
54/3.53 mm Al
7/3.53 mm Steel
1.01.06
Number of strands
a)
Steel Centre
b)
1st Steel Layer
c)
1st Aluminium Layer
12
d)
2nd Aluminium Layer
18
e)
3rd Aluminium Layer
24
1.01.07
Nominal current rating for 29 o C

rise over ambient 46 o C
1005A
1.01.08
Nominal copper eq. area
325 Sq.mm
1.01.09
Sectional area of Aluminium
528.5 Sq.mm
1.01.10
Total sectional area
597 Sq.mm
1.01.11
Approximate Weight
2004 Kg/ Km
1.01.09
Calculated DC resistance at 20
Deg. C
0.05470 ohm/KM
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 15 of 20


ANNEXURE-C
1.01.12
Ultimate Strength (min)
1.01.11
Co. efficient of liner expansion
19.3 X10-6 per deg.C
1.01.12
Final modulus of elasticity
69GN/m2
1.02.00
Tubular Aluminium Conductor
1.02.01
Reference standard
IS 5082
1.02.02
Type
Extruded Aluminium Tube
1.02.03
Size
3.5 IPS (EH type)
1.02.04
Material grade
63401 WP
1.02.05
Continuous current carrying capacity

(r.m.s) at 50 o C ambient temp.
To
be
provided
manufacturer
1.02.06
Outer diameter
101.6 mm
1.02.07
Inner diameter
85.4456 mm
1.02.08
Tolerance on dia.
As per IS. no negative

tolerance on outer dia. and
no positive tolerance
on inner dia is possible.
1.02.09
Tolerance on thickness
As per IS
1.02.10
Ovality tolerance
As per IS
1.02.11
Maximum temperature rise

over ambient of 50 o C
35 o C
2.00.00
GALVANISED STEEL SHIELD WIRE
2.01.01
Reference standard
IS 398
2.01.02
Stranding & Wire diameter
7/3.66 mm steel
2.01.03
Number of strands
Steel core 1, Outer steel

layer - 6
2.01.04
Total sectional area
73.65 sq.mm
2.01.05
Overall diameter
10.98 mm
2.01.06
Approximate weight
583 kg/km
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 16 of 20
161.2 KN.
by


ANNEXURE-C
2.01.07
Calculated d.c. resistance at 20oC
2.5 ohms/km
2.01.08
Minimum ultimate tensile strength
68.4kN
2.01.09
Direction of lay of outer layer
Right hand
3.00.00
CONNECTORS/PG CLAMP ASSEMBLY/SPACER
3.01.00
Reference standard
3.01.01
Clamp/Connector
IS 5561
3.01.02
Spacer
IS 10162
3.02.00
Material
Aluminium Alloy.
3.03.00
Continuous current carrying capacity

(r.m.s.) at 50 o C ambient temp
Same as tap conductor/

tube
3.04.00
Short time current carrying capacity
40KA for 1 sec
3.05.00
Maximum temperature rise

over ambient of 50 o C
25 o C
3.06.00
Sub-conductor spacing for Spacer
250 mm
3.07.00
Tension Clamps assembly

:
11500 Kg
Ultimate Tensile strength Of String
Ultimate Tensile strength Of Tension Clamp :
7000 Kg
Slip strength Of Tension Clamp
7000 Kg
Slip strength Of Suspension Clamp
2000 Kg
Ultimate Tensile strength Of Drop Clamp
1000 Kg
Ultimate Tensile strength Of Suspension

Clamp
7000 Kg
4.00.00
INSULATORS
4.01.0
Reference standard
4.01.01
String Insulators/Insulator fittings
IS 731/IS 2486
4.01.02
Post Insulators
IS 2544
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 17 of 20


ANNEXURE-C
4.02.00
Type
Post Insulator- cylindrical

solid core, Suspension &
Tension Insulator & StringDisc Type
4.03.00
Service
Outdoor
4.04.00
System details
4.04.01
Voltage (Nom/Max)
220/245kV
4.04.02
Nos. of phases
4.04.03
Frequency
50Hz
4.04.04
System neutral earthing
Effectively
4.05.00
Insulation Level
4.05.01
One minute Dry power frequency

withstand kV r.m.s
460
One minute Wet power frequency

withstand kV r.m.s
460
4.05.03
Impulse withstand kVp
1050
4.06.00
Creepage
31mm/KV
4.08.00
Disc Insulator
4.08.01
Type
160 kN Anti Fog
4.08.02
Dimension
305 D x 170 L
4.08.03
Creepage of Individual Disc insulator
475mm
4.08.04
No of disc
16 nos
4.09.00
Post Insulator
4.09.01
Cantilever/ Bending Strength
8 KN
4.09.02
Tensile Strength
130 KN
4.05.02
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 18 of 20
Earthed


ANNEXURE-D
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES OF INSULATORS

Each insulator shall be furnished complete with the fittings and accessories as listed below
according to requirement.
1.
Suspension top fitting
2.
Suspension clamp fitting
3.
Conductor suspension clamp.
4.
Tension end fitting.
5.
Tension (anchor) clamp adopter.
6.
Conductor tension (anchor) clamp.
7.
Top metal fitting.
8.
Bottom metal fitting
9.
Nuts, Cotter pin, security clips etc.
10.
Forged pin, studs etc.
11.
Other standard/required accessories which are not specifically mentioned but usually
provided /required with insulator of such type and rating for efficient and trouble free
operation.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 19 of 20


ANNEXURE-E
MANDATORY SPARES
Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares listed below. In case, any item, not considered
by the bidder, but found applicable during detailed engineering as per approved scheme,
equipment requirement, etc., the same shall be supplied by the vendor at free of cost. The
lump sum prices shall be inclusive of these mandatory spares, commissioning spares &
SL. NO.
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
1.0
Double Tension insulator string assembly set
1 No.
2.0
Single Suspension insulator string assembly set
1 No.
3.0
Disc insulator
5 Nos.
4.0
Bus Post insulator stack
1 No.
5.0
ACSR Conductor
50 M
6.0
AL tube bus
18 M
7.0
7/3.66 mm GS Shield wire along with necessary 20M

hardware
8.0
Ground clamp
5 Nos.
9.0
Spacer
5 Nos.
10.0
Bolted type Connector
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 20 of 20
2 Nos. of each type
Substation Protection &
Control System
VOLUME-II
SECTION E09
FOR
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Control System
FOR
CONTENT
CLAUSE NO.
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
E09: 1
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
E09: 1
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
E09: 2
4.00.00
E09: 2
5.00.00
TESTS
E09: 9
6.00.00
E09: 10
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A
AC/DC POWER SUPPLY
E09: 12
ANNEXURE-B
LIST OF PROTECTION
E09: 13
ANNEXURE-C
INDICATIVE LIST OF ANNUNCIATIONS

TO BE PROVIDED IN SUBSTATION
AUTOMATION SYSTEM AND IN
BAY CONTROLLER UNIT
E09: 19
ANNEXURE-D
PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
E09: 24
ANNEXURE-E
LAPTOP CONFIGURATION
E09: 34
ANNEXURE-F
MANDATORY SPARES
E09: 35
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Control System
1.00.00
1.01.00

transport to site of SUBSTATION PROTECTION & CONTROL SYSTEM
including ABT (Availability based tariff metering system), complete with all
materials and accessories for efficient and trouble-free operation.
1.02.00
The specification shall be read and construed in conjunction with other

sections of bidding document.
1.03.00
In the event of any discrepancy with listed documents, the most stringent one
shall govern
2.00.00
SCOPE OF WORK
2.01.00
Scope of Supply
2.01.01
Electrical Panels containing Substation Protection System and Tariff Metering

panels as given below in accordance with this specification, drawings, and
annexure :220KV System
a) Relay panels for Transmission lines
2 Sets
b) Relay Panels for 220/33 kV Transformer
2 Sets
c) Relay Panels for Bus-coupler & Bus PTs
1 Set
d) Relay panels for bus-bar protection
1 Set
e) Audit & Tariff Metering Panels
1 Set
2.01.02
Furnishing, mounting and wiring of all equipment, devices and accessories.
2.01.03
Floor channel sills, vibration damping pads and kick plates complete with
holding-down bolts and nuts.
2.01.04
One set of special tools and tackles
2.01.05
2.01.06

Mandatory spares.
2.01.07
2.01.08
The Bidder shall quote for the mandatory spares along with recommended
spares for three (3) years satisfactory and trouble-free operation. In respect of
spares (both mandatory & recommended spares), the bidder is advised to
read the relevant clause of Terms and Conditions of Contract, Volume - I of bid
documents and shall quote accordingly.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 35
Control System
3.00.00
DESIGN CRITERIA
3.01.00
The relay panels shall be used for protection of the feeders of the substation.
The tariff metering panels shall be used for accounting purpose based on
Availability based tariff.
3.02.00
The panels shall be simplex type, totally enclosed, floor mounted, freestanding, dead-front assemblies conforming to degree of protection IP-31.
3.03.00
Design, material selection and workmanship shall be such as to present a

neat appearance outside and inside with no welds, rivets, screws or bolt
heads apparent from the exterior surfaces of the Control Boards.
3.04.00
The panels shall be installed in air conditioned control rooms. The air
conditioning unit will be designed to maintain an average room temperature of
76oF dry bulb 4o with maximum summertime outside conditions. However,
all the devices shall be suitable for operation at site maximum & minimum
ambient temperature conditions considering the prolonged outage of air
conditioning system.
3.05.00
The panels shall be liberally sized so as to provide spacious layout of

equipment and devices with sufficient working space in between.
4.00.00
4.01.00
Construction
4.01.01
Panels mounted side by side are to be bolted together to form a compact unit.
Where two panels meet, the joints shall be smooth, close-fitting and
unobtrusive.
4.01.02
Panels shall be of folded sheet steel construction, assembled on

channel/angle base plates with anti-vibration mountings.
4.01.03
The panels shall be fabricated of not less than 2 mm thick sheet steel, free
from all surface defects. The panels shall have sufficient structural
reinforcement to ensure a plane surface, to limit vibration and to provide
rigidity during shipment and installation.
4.01.04
All access doors shall be provided with channel rubber/neoprene gaskets all
round and latches sufficiently strong to hold them in alignment when closed.
The operating handle shall have locking arrangement.
4.01.05
The boards shall be complete with floor channel sills, vibration damping pads
and stainless steel kick plates.
4.02.00
Equipment Mounting
4.02.01
All equipment except transducer, auxiliary relays, timers etc shall mounted on
the front face of the panels and shall be of flush or semi-flush type. The relay
panel shall have complete glass door in the front and relay mounting frame
shall be inside the glass door. The mounting frame shall be hinged type front
operable.
4.02.02
All equipment shall be so mounted that the removal and replacement may be
accomplished individually without interruption of services to others.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 35
Control System
4.02.03
All equipment inside the panels shall be so located that their terminals and
adjustments are readily accessible for inspection or maintenance.
4.03.00
Name Plate
4.03.01
Nameplates of approved design shall be furnished for each panel and for
each instrument or device mounted on the panel.
4.03.02
The material shall be made of anodized aluminum or approved equal with

black letters engraved on white background.
4.03.03
The nameplates shall be held by self tapping screws. The size of nameplate
shall be approx. 20 mm x 75 mm for equipment and 40 mm x 150 mm for the
panels. The letter height for Main label plate at the front shall be 12 mm,
Apparatus labels on the front and inside shall have a letter height of 3 mm.
4.03.04
The nameplates for panels shall be provided both on the front and on the
rear.
4.03.05
Devices mounted on the face of the control boards shall also be identified on
the rear with the instrument or device number. The number may be painted
on or adjacent to the instrument or device case.
4.04.00
Illumination, Space Heating and Receptacles
4.04.01
Each panel shall be provided with interior illumination lamp with door switch,
space heater with thermostat and 6A, 3 pin receptacle with plug.
4.04.02
Lamp, heater and receptacle circuits shall be suitable for available A.C.
supply and furnished with individual ON-OFF switch.
4.04.03
The lamp shall be located at the ceiling and guarded with protective cage.
Space heater shall be located near the floor so as not to pose any hazard to
service personnel.
4.05.00
AC/DC Power Supply
4.05.01
The following power supplies will be made available to each board consisting
of number of panels bolted together :A.C. Supply
Single Feeder
D.C. Supply
Duplicate Feeder for each protection panel
4.05.02
The Contractor shall provide isolating switch fuse units for the incoming
AC/DC power supplies and run bus wires for power distribution to different
panels.
4.05.03
Fuse and link shall be provided for individual circuits for protection and also
for isolation from bus wire without disturbing other circuits.
4.05.04
The Contractor shall group the fuse requirements in each panel in a neat,
orderly and easily accessible fuse blocks or distribution panel.
4.05.05
Alarm relays shall be provided to annunciate failure of incoming A.C. and

D.C. power supplies to each panel.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 35
Control System
4.06.00
Wiring
4.06.01
Each panel shall be fully wired up at the factory to ensure proper functioning
of control, protection and metering schemes.
4.06.02
All spare contacts of relays and switches shall be wired up to terminal blocks.
All interconnections between the panels of the control board shall be
furnished.
4.06.03
Wiring shall be done with flexible, FRLS(fire resistant low smoke), 650V
grade, PVC insulated, switch board wires with stranded copper conductor, 2.5
mm2 for control and current circuits and 1.5 mm2 for voltage circuits.
4.06.04
Each wire shall be identified at both ends with wire designation as per
Contractor's wiring diagram. Interlocking type ferrules shall be used for
identification.
4.06.05
All wire termination shall be made with insulated sleeve crimping type lugs.
Wire shall not be tapped or spliced between terminals.
4.06.06
Wiring shall be neatly bunched in groups by non-metallic cleats or bands.

Each group shall be adequately supported along its run to prevent sagging or
strain on the termination.
4.07.00
Terminal Block
4.07.01
All internal wiring are to be connected to external equipment shall terminate

on terminal blocks. Terminals shall be 650V grade and have 10Amps
continuous rating, moulded piece, complete with insulated barriers, stud type
terminals, washers, nuts and locknuts. Marking on terminal blocks shall
correspond to wire number and terminal numbers on wiring diagram.
4.07.02
Disconnecting type terminal blocks for current and Voltage transformer

secondary leads shall be provided. Terminals for C.T. secondary leads shall
have provision of shorting and earthing.
4.07.03
Not more than two wires shall be connected to one terminal. If necessary, a
number of terminals shall be jumpered together to provide wiring points.
4.07.04
Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be suitable for connecting

the following conductors of external cable on each side
All CT & PT circuits
AC/DC Power supplies Circuits : 6Sq. mm. Al
All other circuits
: 4Sq. mm. Al
: minimum 2x 2.5 sq. mm. Cu
4.07.05
Each terminal shall be identified with designation as per approved schematic.

Spare terminals equal in number of 20% active terminals shall be furnished.
4.07.06
The wiring shall be so arranged that individual wires of an external cable can
be connected to consecutive terminals.
4.07.07
The terminal blocks shall be located to allow easy access and also to suit
floor openings for cable entry.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 35
Control System
6.07.08
Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be mounted vertically with

adequate spacing (not less than 100 mm) between adjacent rows.
4.07.09
The bottom of the terminal block shall be at least 200 mm above the incoming
cable gland plate.
4.08.00
Cable Entry
4.08.01
The panel shall have provisions of cable entry from the bottom. Bottom plate
shall be provided to make entry dust-tight.
4.08.02
The panels shall have provisions inside for fixing the multi-core cable glands
which the Owner/Purchaser will arrange to procure separately. The cable
gland support plate shall be 4 mm thick and mounted not less than 200 mm
above floor level.
4.09.00
Grounding
4.09.01
50 x 6 mm copper ground bus shall be provided on each control board

extending along the entire length of the assembly.
4.09.02
The ground bus shall have two-bolt drilling with GI bolts and nuts at each end
to receive Owner/Purchaser's ground connection of 50 x 6 mm G.I. flat.
4.09.03
The ground bus shall be bolted to the panel structures and effectively ground
the entire assembly. The cases of meters, relays and switching devices shall
be grounded through the steel structure.
4.09.04
Whenever a circuit is shown grounded, a single wire from the circuit shall be
run independently to the ground bus and connected to it.
4.10.00
Painting
4.10.01
All steel surfaces shall be sand blasted to remove all rust, scale and foreign
adhering matters. The steel surfaces shall be then chemically cleaned, rinsed,
phosphated , rinsed and dried.
4.10.02
Immediately after phosphating, the surfaces shall be given two coats of high
quality primer and stoved after each coating.
4.10.03
The panels shall be finished with two coats of synthetic enamel paints unless
otherwise specified, white inside and Siemens Gray shade RAL7032 of paint
outside. The panels shall be stoved after spraying of each of the finish
coatings. Base frame shall be painted black. Alternatively powder coating
can be adopted.
4.10.04
The panels shall have a smooth and uniform matt finish, free from scratches,
dents and any other imperfections. Sufficient quantity of touch-up paints shall
be furnished for application at site.
4.10.05
The Bidders are requested to furnish the details process adopted by them for
pre-treatment and painting of sheet metal for the control boards.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 35
Control System
4.11.00
Relays
4.11.01
The protection philosophy of the different feeders of the substation is given in

Annexure-B and the System single Line Diagram is enclosed. the bidder shall
carefully study the same to offer relays of suitable type and setting range to
meet the system requirements. The schemes shall be complete and operative
in all respect.
4.11.02
Relay shall be numerical type with two sets of communication ports for
system interface with substation automation system (SAS). It shall be suitable
for IEC protocol 61850. The relay shall have its own monitoring features with
LED display and diagnostic features.
4.11.03
Unless otherwise stated, all AC operated relays shall be suitable for operation
at 50Hz. AC Voltage operated relays shall be suitable for 110Volts phase to
phase and 63.5 Volt phase to neutral VT secondary and current operated
relays for 1 Amp. All DC operated relays and timers shall be designed for the
DC voltage specified, and shall operate satisfactorily between 80% to 110%
of rated voltage.
4.11.04
Relays shall be furnished in rectangular, dust tight, draw- out type cases with
built-in test facilities. Small auxiliary relays may be furnished in fixed casing
and mounted inside the panels.
4.11.05
Protective relays shall be equipped with externally reset positive action

operation indicator.
4.11.06
All relays, unless otherwise approved, shall have minimum two electrically
separate pairs of contacts. Contacts shall be silver surfaced, bounce-free and
capable of repeated operation without deterioration.
4.11.07
The contractor shall furnish the recommended relay settings of the relays
under his scope of supply along with co-ordination curves. The inputs
required for this purpose will be provided by the Owner/Purchaser after
placement of order.
4.12.00
Auxiliary Devices
The Contractor shall furnish, install and wire-up all auxiliary devices such as
interposing current or voltage transformers, timing/switching/lockout/auxiliary
relays, transducers etc as specified or as required for the proper functioning
of the schemes offered.
4.13.00
Tariff Metering Panel
4.13.01
For energy accounting & Audit, energy meters and associated devices shall
be furnished which are to be mounted in the panel The construction of the
panel shall be same as described earlier clauses. The meters shall ABT
(availability bases tariff) compatible, static type, composite meters. These are
self-contained devices for measurement of active and reactive energy and
certain other parameters as described in the following paragraphs.
4.13.02
The meters shall be suitable for being connected directly to Voltage

transformer having a rated secondary line to line voltage of 110V, and to
current transformer having a secondary rated current of 1A unless otherwise
specified.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 35
Control System
4.13.03
The meters shall have a non-volatile memory in which the following shall be
automatically stored :
Average frequency for each successive 15 minute block as a two digit

code (00 to 99 for frequency from 49.0 to 51.0Hz).
Net Whr transmittal during each successive 15 minute block, upto second
decimal, with plus/ minus sign.
Cumulative Whr transmittal at each midnight, in six digits including one

decimal.
Cumulative VArh transmittal for voltage high condition, at each midnight,

in six digits including one decimal.
Cumulative VArh transmittal for voltage low condition, at each midnight, in

six digits including one decimal.
Date and time blocks of failure of VT supply on any phase, as a star(*)

mark.
In addition, it shall also store all parameters as indicated below (excluding

instantaneous electrical parameters).
Apparent power
Phase wise kilowatt at peak KVA
Phase wise KVA (reactive) at peak KVA
Phase wise voltage at peak KVA
Power down time
Average power factor
Line currents
Phase voltages
Date and time
Tamper events
4.13.04
The meters shall store all the above listed data in their memories for a period
of at least ten (10) days. The data older than ten days shall get erased
automatically. Each meter shall have an optical port on its front for collecting
all data stored in its memory using a hand held data collection device. The
meter shall be suitable for transmitting the data to remote location using
appropriate communication medium.
4.13.05
The meters shall also display (on demand), by turn, the following parameters:
Unique identification number of the meter
Date
Time
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 7 of 35
Control System
Cumulative Whr register reading
Average frequency f the previous 15 minute block
Net Whr transmittal in the previous 15-minute block, with+/- sign
Average percentage voltage
Reactive power with +/- sign
Voltage-high VArh register reading
Voltage-low VArh register reading
4.13.06
The active energy (Whr) measurement shall be carried out on 3-phase, 4-wire
principle, with an accuracy as per class 0.2 of IEC-687/IEC-62053-22. The
energy shall be computed directly in CT and VT secondary quantities and
indicated in watt-hours.
4.13.07
The Var and reactive energy measurement shall also be on 3-phase, 4-wire
principle, with an accuracy as per class 2 of IEC-62053-23 or better. The Var
and VArh computation shall be directly in CT and VT secondary quantities.
There shall be two reactive energy registers, one for the period when average
RMS voltage is above 103% and the other for the period the voltage is below
97%.
4.13.08
The 15-minute Whr shall have a +ve sign when there is a net Whr export from
substation bus-bars, and a-ve sign when there is a net Whr import. The
integrating (cumulative) registers for Whr and Varh shall more forward when
there is Whr /Varh export from substation bus-bars, and backward when there
is an import.
4.13.09
The three line-to-neutral voltages shall be continuously monitored, and in

case any of these falls below 70%, the condition shall be suitably indicated
and recorded. The meters shall operate with the power drawn from the VT
secondary circuits, without the need for any auxiliary power supply. Each
meter shall have a built-in calendar and clock, having an accuracy of 30
seconds per month or better.
4.13.10
The meters shall be totally sealed and tamper-proof, with no possibility of any
adjustment at site, except for a restricted clock correction. The harmonics
shall be filtered out while measuring Whr, Var and VArh, and only
fundamental frequency quantities shall be measured/computed.
4.13.11
The energy accounting and audit meter shall have data storage capacity for
at least 35 days in a non-volatile memory.
4.13.12
Energy accounting and audit meters shall have facility to download the
parameters through meter reading instruments as well as remote
transmission of data over communication network.
4.14.00
Multi-Function Power Meter (Load Manager)

The multifunction power meter shall be SATEC make Model no
PM130EHPLUS digital type with communication port and suitable for display
the following parameters on selection basis. The meter shall have accuracy
class of 0.5S. Bidder shall get approved the make of MFM from TPL before
providing the MFM.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 35
Control System
Voltage L-L
Voltage L-N per phase
Current per phase
Neutral Current
Frequency
Power Factor
Active Power
Reactive Power
Energy MWh
5.00.00
TESTS
5.00.01
Each Board shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted and tested at the
factory prior to shipment.
5.02.00
Routine Tests
5.02.01
The tests shall include wiring continuity tests, insulation tests and functional tests
to ensure operation of the protection schemes and individual equipment.
5.02.02
All relays, meters, switches and other devices shall be tested and calibrated in
accordance with relevant IS standards.
5.02.03
Verification of Degree of Protection as per IS
5.02.04
High Voltage Test as per IS or IEC as may be applicable.
5.02.05
Mechanical Operation Test.
5.03.00
Test Witness
Tests shall be performed in the presence of Owners representative, if so desired
by the Owner.
5.04.00
Test Certificate
5.04.01
requisite no. of copies for approval of the Owner.
5.04.02
5.04.03

furnished. Otherwise, the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of charge,
to prove the design.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 35
Control System
6.00.00
6.01.00
and procedures as specified in General Conditions on Contract and / or
6.02.00
To be submitted with the Bid (In Four Sets)
6.02.01
Typical General Arrangement drawing of the Panel.
6.02.02
Bill of Materials.
6.02.03
Technical leaflet and Catalogues on :a.
Protective relays
b.
Tariff meter
6.03.00
To be submitted for Owner / Purchasers Approval and Distribution

6.03.01
Dimensional general arrangement of the Control panels showing equipment

disposition and identification. (A)
6.03.02
Foundation plan and loading diagram, clearly showing panel fixing

arrangement, floor opening for cable entry etc. (R)
6.03.03
Schedule of materials and label inscriptions. (A)
6.03.04
Detailed Control Schematics, both AC &DC circuits, clearly showing terminal

and wire numbering. (A)
6.03.05
Back of board wiring diagram showing all equipment and devices in their
relative physical positions and all wiring upto the terminal blocks. (R)
6.03.06
During review of these drawings, Engineer will indicate connection of

outgoing cables with cable numbers and lead markings. These shall be
incorporated in the Contractor's drawing for final distribution.
6.03.07
Data Sheets and Instruction Manual for each piece of equipment (R).
6.03.08

6.03.09
requirement only. The Bidder shall ensure that all other necessary write-ups,
curves and information required to fully describe the equipment offered are
submitted with his bid.
6.04.00
category and are subject to review by Owner /Purchaser. Those marked ( R)
are for reference category.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 35
Control System
The Owner /Purchaser may review the documents marked ( R ) if thought

necessary. The Manufacturer shall note that the approval of drawings &
documents by the Owner /Purchaser does not relieve him of his contractual
obligation.
6.05.00

documents shall be submitted in CD in latest version AUTOCAD and MS
office format as applicable for Owner / Purchasers future reference.
6.06.00
The contractors shall furnish schedule of activity chart from the date of receipt
of LOI to the delivery of equipment for Owners reference.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 11 of 35
Substation Protection & Control
System
220/33 KV Substation of Bharat Oman

Refineries Ltd.
ANNEXURE-A
AC/DC POWER SUPPLY
1.0
System Voltages
All systems shall be designed for satisfactory operation on the following power
supply :
AC Supply
240V, 1 Phase, 50 Hz, 2 Wire, effectively

grounded system.
Fault level 10 KA rms symmetrical.
DC Supply
110V, 2 Wire, ungrounded.

Fault level 15 KA.
2.0
Permissible Variation
Equipment and accessories shall be suitable for operation over the entire range of
voltage/frequency variation as listed below :AC Supply
DC Supply
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Voltage
+
_ 10%
Frequency
+ 3% to -5%
Combined
Volt + Freq.
10% (absolute sum)
Voltage
+ 10% to -15%
Page 12 of 35
Substation Protection
& Control System
ANNEXURE-B
LIST OF PROTECTION
The following are the minimum principal protections, which shall be in different relay
panels (viz. 220 KV Line Feeder/Transformer/ Bus Coupler etc). The protections shall be
furnished with necessary accessories like timer, auxiliary relays, interposing CTs and
VTs, Tripping Relays, Supervising Relays, Relay Testing, etc as required fulfilling the
functional requirements of Control, Indication, Interlocking and Protection. This list is to be
read in conjunction with typical Metering & Protection Single Line Diagram:
220 KV Line Protection shall comprise of
Details & elements provided for Main 1 & 2 relay are as below:
Function
Main-1
Main-2 & BCU
Distance Relay Phase (21)
To provide
To provide
Distance relay Ground with

parallel line compensation (21N)
To provide
To provide
Pilot Wire Scheme-Dist, Direct

Transfer Trip (85-21)
To provide
To provide
Directional O.C/Earth fault

(67/67N)
To provide.
To provide
Pilot Wire Scheme- Dir.E/F Direct

Transfer Trip (85-67N)
Not reqd.
Not reqd.
Switch on to fault (50 HS)
To provide
To provide
Local Breaker Backup (50BF)
To provide
To provide
Power swing Blocking (68)
To provide
To provide
Voltage Monitor-Over & Under

(59/27)
To provide
To provide
Reverse Power (32)
Not Reqd.
To provide
VT fuse failure (VTFF)
To provide
To provide
Fault Locator (FL)
To provide
To provide
Fault Recorder (FR)
To provide
To provide
Broken conductor (46BC)
To provide
To provide
Disturbance recorder (DR)
To provide
To provide
Ckt. Bkr. Trip Ckt. Supervision

(TCS)
To provide
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 13 of 35
To provide
& Control System
ANNEXURE-B
Function
Main-1
Time Synchronization via network

input
Main-2 & BCU
To provide
To provide
Optical double fiber port

ST connector for Loop
in Loop Out Connection
Optical double fiber

port ST connector for
Loop in Loop Out
Connection
IEC 61850
IEC 61850
Bay Mimic Display
Not Required
To Provide
Bus VT selection scheme
Not Required
To Provide
Ckt Bkr & Isolators close & open

Command
Not Required
To Provide
Synchronizing (25)
Not Required
To Provide
To Provide adequate DI
distributed between
Main 1 &2
To Provide adequate
DI distributed
between Main 1 &2
Not Required
To Provide
System Interface with Remote

SCADA
Station communication Protocol

Bay control & Interlock
Function (BCU)
Bay Equipment Status Feed back

Signaling to remote SCADA
Transfer Bay selection logic
Note : BCU may be integrated within Main 2 Relay or Separately provided
Over Frequency (81O), under frequency (81U) & Rate of Change of Frequency
(df/dt)
Trip & Lockout Relays 86-1, 86-2
Wiring & Mounting of ABT compatible audit Energy meter (To be mounted in
Metering Cabinet)
Direct trip receive Relay
Microprocessor based Digital Multifunction meter to display Voltage, Current of each

phase, MW, MVAr, MWH, PF.
Note: Protection Scheme to work with PLCC system.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 14 of 35
& Control System
ANNEXURE-B
220 KV Transformer Protection shall comprise of

Details & elements provided for Main & Backup relay are as below:
Function
Main Relay
Backup Relay (BCU)
Differential protection two winding

Trafo, 3 phase, by phase
segregated measurement (87T)
To provide
Not Reqd
Fast Tripping On High Fault

Current (50)
To provide
Not Reqd
Function
Main Relay
Backup Relay(BCU)
Harmonic Stabilization
--Inrush Restraint 2nd Harmonic
--Over fluxing restraint 3rd or 5th
To provide
Not Reqd
Over excitation Protection (V / f)
To provide
Not Reqd
3 Phase Over current ( 51 )
Not Reqd
To provide
Earth fault current, residually

connected (67N)
Not Reqd
To provide
Trafo HV side Restricted Earth

fault (64HV)
Not Reqd
To provide
Trafo LV side Restricted Earth

fault (64LV)
To provide
Not Reqd
Trip from Binary input for Trafo

Mech Fault
To provide
To provide
To provide
To provide
Voltage Monitor-Over & Under

(59/27)
To provide
Not Reqd
VT fuse failure (VTFF)
To provide
To provide
Fault Recorder (FR)
To provide
To provide
Ckt. Bkr. Trip Ckt. Supervision

(TCS)
To provide
To provide
Time Synchronization via network

input
To provide
To provide
System Interface with Remote

SCADA
Optical double fiber port

ST connector for Loop
in Loop Out Connection
Optical double fiber

port ST connector for
Loop in Loop Out
Connection
Station communication Protocol
IEC 61850
IEC 61850
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 15 of 35
& Control System
ANNEXURE-B
Function
Main Relay
Backup Relay (BCU)
Bay control & Interlock

Function
Bay Mimic Display
Not Required
To Provide
Bus VT selection scheme
Not Required
To Provide
Ckt Bkr & Isolators close & open

Command
Not Required
To Provide
Bay Equipment Status, Feedback

Signaling to remote SCADA
distributed between
Main & Backup
To Provide adequate
DI distributed
between Main &
Backup
Not Required
To Provide
Note : BCU may be integrated within backup Relay or Separately provided
Trip & Lockout Relays 86-1, 86-2
Cutout, wiring & Mounting of ABT compatible audit Energy meter ((To be mounted in
Metering).

phase, MW, MVAr, MWH PF.
OLTC Voltage regulator relay; make A-eberley model Reg-D. Mounting & Wiring is
to be considered.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 16 of 35
& Control System
ANNEXURE-B
220 KV Bus Coupler Protection shall comprise of

Details & elements provided for the relay are as below:
Function
Backup Relay
3 Phase Non Directional over current ( 51 )
To provide
Earth fault current, residually connected

(51N)
To provide
To provide
Synchro Check (25)
To provide
Fault Recorder (FR)
To provide
Ckt. Bkr. Trip Ckt. Supervision (TCS)
To provide
Time Synchronization via network input
To provide
System Interface with Remote SCADA
Optical double fiber port ST

connector for Loop in Loop
Out Connection
Substation Control Protocol
IEC 61850
Bay control & Interlock Function

Bay Mimic Display
To Provide
Ckt Bkr & Isolators close & open Command
To Provide
Bay Equipment Status Feed back Signaling

to remote SCADA
To Provide
NOTE:BCU may be integrated within Relay or Separately provided
Trip Lockout Relays 86 and Second trip coil supervision (TCS) relay

phase, MW, MVAr, PF
Microprocessor based Digital Multifunction meter to display voltage of each phase

frequency for both the bus.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 17 of 35
& Control System
ANNEXURE-B
220 KV Numerical Bus Bar Protection

The bus bar protection shall ensure fast, reliable and selective fault clearing for all types of
fault. A low impedance measuring principle shall be provided for protection of one main and
one main cum transfer bus bar scheme
The measuring system must be based on a differential current principle. By means of
phase-segregated measurement, it must be possible to reliably identify both phase to phase
and phase to earth faults. The protection relay should in case of external fault ensure high
stability, even in case of CT saturation.
Selective tripping of a busbar section shall only take place if at least two independent
processors have identified a busbar fault. An additional security feature is to be provided by
a check zone, functioning independently of the isolator replica.
Arrangement of components should be freely possible in cubicles or distributed
arrangement. The busbar protection shall be capable of catering the needs of for the
present five(5) bays & ultimately eight (8) 220 kV bays.
The requirement of current transformer must be kept to a minimum. The stability limits of
each measuring system must not fall short of rated breaking capacity of the system. The
tripping time must not exceed 20ms at 5 times the set value. An adequate number of high
performance tripping contacts for direct activation of circuit breaker coil shall be provided.
Tripping must be bus selective for all fault cases. All circuit breakers on the faulted bus must
trip simultaneously.
The measuring circuit must be continuously monitored. Tripping circuits within the device
must be continuously monitored.
The circuit breaker failure-tripping scheme (50BF) shall be integrated with the busbar
protection. Since the circuit breaker failure protection is provided separately, the isolator
replica of the busbar protection shall be used for distribution of tripping commands.
The relay shall use IEC 61850 Protocol and be provided with Optical double fiber port ST
connector for Loop in Loop Out Connection for system interface and time synchronization
through Network input.
GENERAL NOTES ON 220 kV Control & Protection:
Scheme for Synchronisation, Bus VT selection for Synchronisation may be done through
Bay control function logic. However selection is to be available during transfer breaker
operation also.
Scheme of wiring for initiating LBB tripping in Bus Differential protection Scheme shall
be done.
Goose messaging shall be applied for routing inter tripping signals, initiate bus
differential tripping scheme for LBB operation, direct trip signal from Bus differential etc
in addition to hardwired signal.
Each 220 kV Circuit breaker is single pole operated type and is provided with two trip
coils, one closing coil & spring Charge Motor.
Each 220 kV Protection panel shall be provided with DC supply supervision scheme.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 18 of 35
System
ANNEXURE-C
INDICATIVE LIST OF ANNUNCIATIONS TO BE PROVIDED IN

SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM AND IN BAY CONTROLLER UNITS
A.
220/33 KV Transformer Bay :220 kV Side
Trip Circuit 1/2 Faulty
Protection DC Fail
Pole Discrepancy Operated
LBB Protection Trip
O/C IDMT Relay Operated
Directional E/F IDMT Relay Operated
Transformer Differential Relay Operated
Transformer Over fluxing Relay Operated
IDMT O/C Relay (connected to neutral side CT) Operated
10
Breaker Tripped
11
Transformer Trouble Tripped (Group alarm for Buchholz, Winding/Oil

Temperature, Oil Level, etc. Trip contacts)
12
Buchholz Alarm
13
Winding Temperature High- Alarm
14
Oil Temperature High- Alarm
15
Oil Level Low Alarm
16
Transformer Lockout Relay Unhealthy
17
Restricted Earth Fault Relay Operated
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 19 of 35
System
ANNEXURE-C
B.
220/33 KV Transformer Bay :33 kV Side
Trip Circuit 1/2 faulty
Protection DC Fail
Breaker tripped
Directional O/C&E/F IDMT Relay Operated
Non Directional O/C &E/F IDMT Relay Operated
Transformer Lockout Relay Unhealthy
Restricted Earth Fault Relay Operated
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 20 of 35
System
ANNEXURE-C
C.
220 KV Line Feeder Bay
Trip Circuit 1/2 faulty
Protection DC Fail
Distance Relay Inoperative
Pole Discrepancy Operated
Carrier Receive
Auto-reclose Relay Operated
Main Distance Protection Operated
LBB Protection Trip
Directional O/C & E/F Protection Relay Operated
10
Auto-reclose Lockout Operated
11
CVT Fuse Fail
12
Lockout Carrier Signal Receive
13
Under Voltage Protection Trip
14
Under Frequency Relay Operated
15
Lockout Relay Unhealthy
16
Over Voltage Relay Operated (Trip)
17
Breaker Tripped
18
Over Voltage Relay Alarm
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 21 of 35
System
ANNEXURE-C
D.
220 KV Main Bus PT
Protection DC Fail
Pole Discrepancy Operated (Trip)
Busbar Protection DC Fail (Main and Check)
Busbar Protection- CT Wire Faulty (Main and Check)
Busbar Protection- Lockout Relay Circuit Unhealthy (Main and Check)
Busbar Protection- CT Circuit Incomplete (Main and Check)
Main Bus-1 - Differential Relay Operated
Main Bus-2 - Differential Relay Operated
Circuit Breaker Lockout Relay Circuit Unhealthy
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 22 of 35
System
ANNEXURE-C
E.
220 KV Bus Coupler
Trip Circuit 1/2 Faulty
Protection Dc Fail
Pole Discrepancy Operated (Trip)
LBB Protection Trip
Breaker Tripped
Circuit Breaker Lockout Relay Circuit Unhealthy
The above lists are indicative only. However, the final list shall be decided during detailed
engineering.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 23 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
1.00.00
GENERAL
1.00.01
The Bidder shall furnish, install and co-ordinate the settings of all relays to suit
the requirements of protection, operation and interlocks.
1.00.02
Required protections have been generally indicated hereunder for reference.
1.00.03
The hardware design for the protection and associated equipment shall use
latest state-of-the-art technology and shall be numerical, modular in nature.
Where design is based on microprocessor technology adequate self-testing/
monitoring/diagnostic facilities shall be provided.
1.00.04
The relays shall be designed to perform satisfactorily under highly noisy

electrical environment. Sufficient degree of high frequency disturbance immunity
and impulse voltage withstand capacity shall be built into electronic designs as
stipulated in relevant standards.
1.00.05
The relays shall function satisfactorily being located indoors in non-AC physical
environment.
1.00.06
Relay characteristics shall be co-ordinated for proper functioning in conjunction

with associated relays.
1.00.07
All protections shall be furnished complete with necessary auxiliary, supervisory,

lock-out etc. relays. Suitably separate sets of single phase auxiliary CT/PT with
multiple taps shall be provided with relay whenever required.
1.00.08
Visual and audible alarm annunciation shall be initiated in the event of operation
of protective/supervisory relay.
1.00.09
DC circuits shall be supervised by relays.

Tripping shall be done through high-speed lock-out relays.
All relay panels shall be installed inside the Air-conditioned contort room which
will be located in the substation.
2.00.00
LINE PROTECTION
2.00.01
General requirement for the line protection

The line protection relays shall protect the line and clear on line in the shortest
possible time with reliability, selectivity and full sensitivity to all types of line fault.
The general concept for 400 KV and 220 KV level is to have primary and backup protection systems having equal performance requirement especially in
respect of time as would be provided by two main Protections called Main- I and
Main- II. It is desirable that Main- I and Main- II protection should work on two
different principles of operation.
The signals from the protective relays shall trip all the three poles. Trip impulses
shall go to both the trip coils simultaneously thru separate potential free
contacts.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 24 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
2.00.02
Numerical Distance Protection Relay

a)
shall be numerical type and shall have continuous self monitoring and
diagnostic feature.
b)
shall be non-switched type with separate measurements for all phase

to phase and phase to ground faults.
c)
shall have stepped time-distance characteristics

independent zones (Zone- 1, Zone- 2 and Zone- 3).
d)
shall have mho or quadrilateral or other

characteristics for Zone- 1, Zone- 2 and Zone- 3.
e)
The relay shall have an adjustable characteristics angle setting range

of 30-75 Deg. or shall have independent resistance (R) and reactance
(X) setting.
f)
shall have two independent continuously variable time setting range of

0-3 seconds for Zone- 2 and 0-5 seconds for Zone- 3.
g)
shall have resettling time of less than 55 milli-seconds (including the

resetting time of trip relays).
h)
shall have facilities for offset features with adjustable 10-20% of Zone3 setting.
i)
shall have variable residual compensation.
j)
shall have memory circuits with defined characteristics in all three

phases to ensure correct operation during close-up 3 phase faults and
other adverse conditions and shall operate instantaneously when
circuit breaker is closed to zero-volt 3 phase fault.
k)
shall have weak end in-feed feature.
l)
shall be suitable for single and three phase tripping.
m)
shall be suitable for use in permissive under reach/over reach/blocking

communication mode.
n)
shall have suitable number of potential free contacts for Carrier aided
Tripping, Auto re-closing, and Data acquisition system/SMS
interfacing
o)
have suitable setting range to encircle the distance protection

described above.
p)
block tripping during power swing conditions.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 25 of 35
and
suitably
three
shaped
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
3.00.00
DIRECTIONAL OVER CURRENT & EARTH FAULT PROTECTION RELAY

a)
shall have three over current and one earth fault element(s) which
shall be either independent or composite units.
b)
shall be numerical type.
c)
shall include necessary VT fuse failing relays for alarm purposes.
Directional Over Current Relay shall

a)
have IDMT characteristic with a definite minimum time of 3.0 seconds

at 10 times setting.
b)
have a variable setting range of 50-200% of rated current.
c)
have a characteristic angle of 30/34 degree lead.
Directional Earth Fault Relay shall
4.00.00
a)
have IDMT characteristic with a definite minimum time of 3.0 seconds

at 10 times setting.
b)
have a variable setting range of 20-80% of rated current.
c)
have a characteristic angle of 45/60 degree lead.
AUTO RE-CLOSING RELAY

The Auto Reclosing relay shall
a)
be Numerical type.
b)
have single phase or/and three phase reclosing facilities.
c)
have a continuously variable single phase dead time range of 0.1 2

seconds.
d)
have a continuously variable three phase dead time range of 0.1 2

seconds.
e)
have a continuously variable reclaim time range of 5-25 seconds.
f)
Incorporate a four-position selector switch from which single

phase/three phase/single and three phase auto reclosure and nonauto reclosure mode can be selected. Alternatively, the mode of auto
reclosing can be selected through programming.
g)
have facilities for selecting check synchronizing or dead line charging

features. It shall be possible at any time to change the required
feature by reconnection of links.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 26 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
h)
be of single shot type.
i)
have priority circuit to closing of both circuit breakers in case one and
half breaker arrangements to allow sequential closing of breakers.
j)
Include check synchronizing relay which shall
k)
i)
have a time setting continuously variable between 0.5 5

seconds, with a facility of additional 10 seconds.
ii)
have a response time within 200 milliseconds with the timer

disconnected.
iii)
have a phase angle setting not exceeding 35 degree.
iv)
have a voltage difference setting not exceeding 10%.
include dead line charging relay which shall

i)
5.00.00
have two sets of relays and each set shall be able to monitor
the three phase voltage where one set shall be connected to
the line CVTs with a fixed setting of 20% of rated voltage and
the other set shall be connected to the bus CVTs with a fixed
setting of 80% of rated voltage.
LINE OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION RELAY

The Line Over Voltage Relay shall
a)
be numerical type.
b)
monitor all three phases.
c)
have two independent stages and stage-1 relay is acceptable as built

in with line distance relay.
d)
have an adjustable setting range of 100-170% of rated voltage with an

adjustable time delay range of 1 to 60 seconds for the first stage.
e)
have an adjustable setting range of 100-170% of rated voltage with a

time delay of 100-200 milli seconds for the second stage.
f)
be tuned to power frequency.
g)
provided with separate operation indicators (flag target) for each stage
relays.
h)
have a drop-off to pick-up ratio greater than 95%.
i)
provide separate out-put contacts for each Phase and stage for
breaker trip relays, event logger and other scheme requirements.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 27 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
6.00.00
DISTANCE TO FAULT LOCATOR

The relay shall be numerical type
7.00.00
a)
be electronic or microprocessor based type.
b)
be On-line type.
c)
Be suitable for breaker operating time of 2 cycles.
d)
Have built-in display unit.
e)
The display shall be directly in percent of line length or kilometers

without requiring any further calculations.
f)
Have an accuracy of 3% or better for the typical conditions defined for

operating timings measurement of distance relays.
g)
The above accuracy should not be impaired under the following

conditions :
h)
Presence of remote end in-feed.
i)
Predominant DC component in fault current.
j)
High fault are resistance
k)
Severe CVT transients
l)
Shall have mutual zero sequence compensation unit if fault locator is

to be used on double circuit transmission line.
m)
Built in feature of time distance relay is acceptable provided the

requirements of above clauses are met.
BUS BAR PROTECTION

Bus Bar protection scheme decentralized type shall be provided for each main
bus of 400 KV, 220 KV system. This shall constitute main and cross differential
features and shall be engineered such that operation of both main & check
features connected to faulty bus shall result in tripping of the same. The scheme
shall be provided with necessary expansion capacity and interfaces for adding
features when the substation is extended in future to its ultimate capacity.
a)
be of modular construction and have features of self monitoring facility to

ensure maximum availability. Relay shall be numerical biased differential
type with operating and restraining feature.
b)
have maximum operating time upto trip impulse to trip relay for all types
of faults of 15 milliseconds at 5 times setting value.
c)
operate selectively for each busbar.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 28 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
d)
provide hundred percent security upto 40KA fault level for400 KV &220
KV system.
e)
incorporate check feature.
f)
incorporate continuous supervision of CT secondaries against any

possible open circuit and if it occurs, shall render the relevant zone of
protection inoperative and initiate alarm.
g)
Be of phase segregated and triple pole type and provide independent

zones of protection for each bus (including transfer bus if any). If a bus
section is provided then each side of the bus section shall have separate
busbar protection scheme.
h)
not give false operation during normal load flow in busbars.
i)
incorporate clear zone indication.
j)
include high speed tripping relays (hand reset type) and all other auxiliary
relays having adequate contacts as required to make a comprehensive
scheme and other functions like disturbance recorder, event logger etc.
k)
include continuous DC supplies supervision.
l)
avoid CT switching.
m)
shall have necessary auxiliary relays to make a comprehensive scheme.
n)
No ICT shall be used for CT Ratio Correction
The busbar protection scheme offered shall be furnished by the Bidder along
with his bid.
8.00.00
BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION RELAY

a)
The relay shall be numerical type
b)
be triple pole type.
c)
be of solid-state type
d)
have an operating time of less than 15 milli seconds.
e)
Have a resetting time of less than 15 milli seconds.
f)
Have three over current elements.
g)
Be arranged to get individual initiation from the corresponding phase

of main protections of line for each over current element. However,
common three phase initiation is acceptable for other protections and
transformer, reactor equipment protections.
h)
Have a setting range of 20-80% or rated current.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 29 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
i)
Have a continuous thermal withstand two times rated current

irrespective of the setting.
j)
Have a timer with continuously adjustable setting range of 0.1-1

seconds.
k)
Have necessary auxiliary relays to make a comprehensive scheme.
9.00.00
TRANSFORMER DIFFERENTIAL RELAY (87)
9.00.01
High speed percentage Differential relay with harmonic restraint shall be

provided for Transformer differential protection.
9.00.02
The relay shall have a high set instantaneous trip attachment for clearing
heavy internal fault.
9.00.03
The relay shall be capable of compensating mismatch due to CT saturation

during heavy through fault and to ensure stable operation.
9.00.04
The harmonic restraint feature shall ensure its stability on magnetising inrush
without sacrificing its speed of operation for internal fault.
9.00.05
For transformer with On-load tap changer, relay characteristic shall be such
that relay setting need not be changed between extreme tap positions.
10.00.00
RESTRICTED EARTH FAULT RELAY (64)
10.00.01
Restricted ground fault protection shall be used to guard against ground fault
in earthed neutral transformer.
10.00.02
The relay shall be instantaneous high stability circulating current type.
10.00.03
The relay shall be unaffected by uneven CT saturation during through-fault or

by presence of DC component in the fault current.
11.00.00
IDMT O/C & E/F RELAY (51 & 51N)
11.00.01
A set of phase and ground O/C relays shall be furnished as specified to act as
a back-up of main protection.
11.00.02
The relays shall have inverse definite minimum time current characteristics
with adjustable settings as follows :Ground fault current 10 to 40%
Phase overcurrent
50 to 200%
11.00.03
Where specified, the overcurrent relay shall be provided with an high set
instantaneous unit (50) with a range of 500-2000%.
11.00.04
As an alternative to IDMT relays Bidder may also offer Definite time delay relays.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 30 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
12.00.00
OVER FLUXING RELAY (24V/F)
12.00.01
The relay shall operate on the principle of measurement of voltage to frequency

ratio. The relay inverse time characteristic shall be compatible with transformer
over fluxing withstand capability, for tripping. Independent alarm shall be
provided with delay on actuation.
12.00.02
1st set of time delay unit should give alarm and 2nd set of time delay unit is to
trip the main and tie breaker. Necessary auxiliary relays as required to
complete the scheme shall be provided.
13.00.00
TRIP SUPERVISION RELAY (96)

The relay shall be capable of monitoring the healthiness of each phase trip
circuit of circuit breaker during ON and OFF conditions.
a)
The relay shall be numerical type/ static.
b)
The relay shall have adequate contacts for providing connection to

alarm and event
c)
The relay shall have time delay on drop-off of not less than 200 milli
seconds provided with operation indications for each phase.
d)
These supervision relays shall be fed from two separate DC sources.
14.00.00
LOCKOUT RELAY (86)
14.00.01
Lockout relays shall be fast operating, hand reset type with multi-contacts for
a number of switching operations.
14.00.02
The relays shall be designed for a high degree of mechanical stability and
shall have heavy duty contacts. 12 NO + 6 NC minimum contacts shall be
furnished per relay.
15.00.00
LOCKOUT SUPERVISION REALY (74)
15.00.01
Each lockout relay circuit shall have supervision relay which will initiate alarm
in case of any trouble in lockout circuit/relay.
15.00.02
This relay shall be properly co-ordinated with the characteristic of lockout

relay to prevent any mal-operation.
16.00.00
CVT/ VT SUPERVISION RELAY

Each core of CVT/VT shall be provided with three pole under voltage relays for
fuse failure supervision. Alarm shall be initiated on failure of any CVT/VT core,
Mal-operation shall be prevented in the event of a fuse blowout.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 31 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
17.00.00
DC SUPPLY SUPERVISION RELAY
17.00.01
The relay shall be capable of monitoring the failure of DC supply to which, it is

connected.
17.00.02
It shall have adequate potential free contacts to meet the scheme

requirement.
17.00.03
The relay shall have a time delay on drop-off of not less than 100 milli
seconds and be provided with operation indicator/flag.
18.00.00
FLAG RELAYS
These shall have
19.00.00
a)
hand reset flag indication.
b)
have minimum two contacts (NO or NC or combination as required)

for each relay.
DISTURBANCE RECORDER
The disturbance recorder shall contain the following features:
a)
Automatic or on-request collection of data
b)
Data compression technique
c)
Calculation of distance to the fault
d)
Versatile digital disturbance recorder module for recording various

phenomena in the electric power system, especially during fault
conditions.
e)
Can be plugged into the location of any protection relay module.
f)
No separate wiring for measuring signals or power supply needed, as

the recorder module is energized and powered from the host relay.
g)
Fully self-contained recorder module, no protection relay modules

needed for the function.
h)
A total of eight analog channels and eight digital channels can be

supervised by one disturbance recorder module.
i)
Total recording length 12 seconds, when all channels are recorded,

extendable to 55 seconds.
j)
Increased recording capacity by reducing the number of channels

recorded.
k)
The total recording time can be divided into shorter parts.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 32 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-D
l)
Triggering by over current, over voltage, under voltage or by rising or

falling edge of a binary signal.
m)
Triggering also possible via a serial communication command given

manually with push buttons on the front panel or automatically at
certain time intervals.
n)
Time-tagged events obtained from a built in real-time clock with

battery back-up.
o)
The history part of the recording, that is the part preceding triggering,
can be set within 0100% of the total recording time.
p)
Maximum and minimum values of voltages and currents recorded in a

separate limit value register.
q)
Events such as triggering, exceeding of limit values and changes in

binary signal status are recorded in a log register.
r)
Settings and data recorded can be downloaded via the RS 232 port of
the module or via the SPA interface of the host relay.
s)
Settings and recordings retained during an auxiliary supply failure.
t)
Easy-to-use PC software available for setting recorder parameters,

reading recorded data and printing out recordings.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 33 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-E
LAPTOP CONFIGURATION
A.
LAPTOP INDUSTRIAL GRADE CONFIGURATION SHALL HAVE FOLLOWING AS

MINIMUM FEATURE
Intel P4 2GHz (min.)
512 KB Cache
256 DDR RAM
40 GB HDD
24X CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo
1.44 MB FDD
14.1 inch TFT
32 MB DDR VRAM
4X AGP ATI Radeon 7500 Graphic
Multimedia
LAN
Modem
JBL Pro Speakers
Dual Pointing Device (Touch Pad & Track Stick)
Deluxe Carry Case
Port : Advance RS232 with Null Modem Cable (RJ-45, RJ-11)
Serial Parallel, Key Board/Mouse
External Monitor: Audio/IO, Infra Red
6 Hrs battery backup.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 34 of 35
Control System
ANNEXURE-F
MANDATORY SPARES
considered by the bidder, but found applicable during detailed engineering as per
approved scheme, equipment requirement, etc., the same shall be supplied by the
vendor at free of cost. The lump sum prices shall be inclusive of these mandatory
spares, commissioning spares & engineering / consumables spares.
Sl. No.
Description
Unit
Quantity
1.
Relay each type used
No.
Not Required
2.
Meter each type
No.
Not Required
3.
Indicating Lamp Each type
Nos.
4.
Annunciator each type
No.
Not Required
5.
Contactor each type
Nos.
6.
Aux. Relay each type
Nos.
7.
Switches each type used
Nos.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 35 of 35
Substation Automation System

VOLUME-II
SECTION E10
FOR
SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001

SPECIFICATION
FOR
SUBSTATIONAUTOMATIONSYSTEM(SAS)
CONTENT
CLAUSE NO.
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
1.00.00
E10: 1
2.00.00
CODES AND STANDARDS
E10: 1
3.00.00
SYSTEM DESIGN
E10: 3
4.00.00
FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS
E10: 6
5.00.00
BAY LEVEL FUNCTIONS
E10: 8
6.00.00
SYSTEM HARDWARE
E10: 21
7.00.00
SOFTWARE STRUCTURE
E10: 25
8.00.00
ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) E10: 26
9.00.00
TESTS
E10: 26
10.00.00
SYSTEM OPERATION
E10: 29
11.00.00
POWER SUPPLY
E10: 30
12.00.00
DOCUMENTATION
E10: 30
13.00.00
TRAINING & SUPPORT SERVICES
E10: 31
14.00.00
MAINTENANCE
E10: 33
15.00.00
RELIABILITY & AVAILABILITY
E10: 33
16.00.00
SPARES
E10: 35
17.00.00
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
E10: 35
ATTACHMENTS
ANNEXURE-A
BASIC MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
E10: 37

1.00.00
1.01.00
This specification is intended to cover the design, manufacture, assembly, testing at

manufacturer's works, supply & delivery, properly packed for transport F.O.R. Site,
installation, testing & commissioning of Substation Automation System (SAS)
complete with all materials and accessories for efficient and trouble-free operation in a
manner acceptable to Owner.
1.02.00
The Substation Automation System (SAS) shall be installed to control and monitor
all the Substation equipment and also from existing Electrical Control System (ECS)
as remote Control Center.
The SAS shall contain the following main functional parts:
Bay Control Intelligence Electronic Devices (lEDs) for Control and Monitoring.
Station Human Machine Interface (HMI).
Redundant Managed Switched Ethernet Local Area Network with support of

NMS.
Communication infrastructure.
Remote HMI (Client of SAS HMI Server)
Peripheral equipment like printers, display units, key boards, Mouse etc.
1.03.00
It shall enable local station control via a PC by means of Human Machine Interface
(HMI) and Control Software package, which shall contain an extensive range of
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) functions.
1.04.00
The system shall have one Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) as Gateway units with
firewall, operating as communication links -- one to the Plant Control room
ECS&SCADA over IEC 60870-5-104 through TCP/IP protocol.
It shall include Intelligent Electronic Devices (lED) for Bay Control and inter lED
communication infrastructure. The system shall have RTU I/O s for Auxiliary
Systems viz. Air conditioning plant, ACDB, Fire Fighting Systems
1.05.00
The communication gateway shall facilitate the information flow with Remote
SCADA etc as above. The bay level intelligent electronic devices (lED) for
protection and control shall provide the direct connection to the switchgear without
the need of interposing components and perform control, protection, and monitoring
functions.
2.00.00
CODES AND STANDARDS

For design and type testing of the protection and control equipment, the following
standards shall be applicable:
2. 01.00
General
IEC 255: Electrical Relays
IEC 38: IEC Standard Voltages
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 1 of 44
2.02.00.

IEC 68: Environmental Testing
IEC 664: Insulation co-ordination for equipment within low-voltage systems
CE Marking
EN 50081-2 Emissivity (Industry)
EN 50082-2 Immunity (Industry)
Detailed
IEC 255-6: Measuring Relays and Protection equipment
IEC 255-7: Test and Measurement Procedures for Electro-mechanical all-or-nothing

relays.
IEC 68-2-3: Test Ca: Damp Heat Steady State
IEC 68-2-30: Test dB and Guidance; Damp Heat, Cyclic
IEC 255-5: Insulation Tests for Electrical Relays
IEC 255-22: Electrical Disturbance Tests for Measuring Relays and Protection
Equipment
IEC 255-22-1: 1 MHz Burst Disturbance Test
IEC 255-22-2: Electrostatic Discharge Test
IEC 255-22-3: Radiated Electromagnetic Field Disturbance Test
IEC 255-22-4: Fast Transient Disturbance Test
IEC 255-11: Interruptions to and Alternating Component (ripple) in DC Auxiliary

Energising Quantity to Measuring Relays
IEC 255-6: Measuring Relays and Protection Equipment
IEC 255-21: Vibration, Shock, Bump and Seismic Tests on Measuring Relays and
Protection Equipment
IEC 255-21-1: Vibration Tests (Sinusoidal)
IEC 255-21-2: Shock and Bump Tests
IEC 255-21-3: Seismic Tests
IEC 255-0-20: Contact Performance of Electrical Relays
IEC 870-3 class 2: Digital I/O, Analogue I/O Dielectric Tests
IEC 801-5/class 3 : Digital I/O Surge Withstand Test
IEC 870-3/class2: Radio Interference Test
IEC 801-4/4: Transient Fast Burst Test
IEC 801-2/4: Static Discharge
IEC 801-3/3: Electromagnetic Fields
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 2 of 44

3.00.00
SYSTEM DESIGN
3.01.00
General System Design
3.01.01
BORL installed an Electrical Control System (ECS) which includes dynamic

contingency based Islanding, Load shedding and SCADA functionalities
from
existing 132kV level up to 415V (MCC level) for their existing power system
network.
The ECS system shall have Islanding, load shedding and SCADA functionality
for centralized monitoring &control of entire electrical network.
Key features of ECS system
3.01.02
Centralized monitoring and control facility.
Prompt fault reporting, easy trouble shooting and faster execution, faster
communication.
Flexible configuration.
Inter operability among various devices.
Electrical distribution management system (EDMS) for Refinery application to

acquire relevant data and to control and monitor the electrical generation and
distribution system.
Integration with Substation Automation System (SAS), which is part of

substation.
ON and OFF remote control of all outgoing feeders (except motor feeders) up-to
0.415kV.
The ECS system shall cover the following two main functions:
Dynamic contingency based Islanding and Load shedding system.
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA).
Dynamic contingency based Islanding and Load shedding system
Islanding Scheme:
The Islanding scheme is for isolatingthe Grid supply at 33kV grid supply
incomer CB of HT201/HT202.
Load shedding schemes

Loads or entire load groups are to be shed very fast if a critical plant condition
is detected (for example, failure of a generator or loss of connection to an
external power grid, or an impermissible frequency decay). Following load
shedding schemes shall be provided by the contractor.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 3 of 44

a) Contingency based dynamic load shedding scheme:

The dynamic load shedding scheme shall be based on load-generation
balance principle. For different contingencies like tripping of one or more
MPSEB feeders or STGs or bus couplers or bus sectionalizer etc, load equal
to the loss of generation shall be shared amongst the running feeders &
generators, up to their operating limits & balance load shall be shed, thus
maintaining load-generation balance in the system.
b) Frequency based scheme:
Load blocks to be shed in stages to alleviate generator overload condition,
with sufficient time delays to avoid nuisance trip due to transient frequency
fluctuations.
c) Grid over loading Scheme:
Load shedding scheme is provided in case of 220/33kV grid transformer over
loading. In this, load shedding scheme shall compare the maximum drawable
MVA capacity from MPSEB, rating of the grid transformers and actual
operating MVA of the grid transformers and overload settings shall be
provided accordingly. Whene v er operating MVA of the grid transformers is
more than set value, load equivalent to the difference MVA shall be shed by
the load shedding scheme.
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA).
The following SCADA functions are envisaged under this specification
Communication over various protocols.
Data Acquisition & exchange among various DCUs, RTU & Controllers units.
Time synchronization of DCUs, RTUs and Controller units.
Data exchange between the ECS system and IT system.
Data Processing.
Continuous real-time data storage and play back.
ECS language.
Sequence of event processing.
Supervisory Control.
Fail soft capability.
Remote data base down loading, diagnostics & configuration.
Common information model (CIM) compliance IEC61968.
Information storage & Retrieval (ISR).
Mal-operation.
Data recovery(DR).
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 4 of 44

Real stamping for all events and recordings.
Under voltage based auto transfer scheme for 6.6 kV and 415Vbus.
Remote operation of existing momentary paralleling based load transfer.
3.01.03
The Substation Automation System (SAS) shall be suitable for operation and
monitoring of the complete substation including future extensions. The offered SAS
shall support remote control and monitoring from Electrical Control System (ECS)
which is already installed for the plant power system network.
3.01.04
The systems shall be of the state-of-the art suitable for operation under electrical
environment present in this substations, follow the latest engineering practice,
ensure long-term compatibility requirements and continuity of equipment supply and
the safety of the operating staff.
3.01.05
The system shall be designed such that personnel without any background
knowledge in Microprocessor-based technology are able to operate the system.
The operator interface shall be intuitive such that operating personnel shall be able
to operate the system easily after having received some basic training.
3.01.06
The system shall incorporate the control, monitoring and protection functions
specified, self-monitoring, signaling and testing facilities, measuring as well as
memory functions, event recording and evaluation of disturbance records.
3.01.07
Maintenance, modification or extension of components may not cause a shutdown

of the whole substation automation system. Self-monitoring of components,
modules and communication shall be incorporated to increase the availability and
the reliability of the equipment and minimize maintenance.
3.01.08
Bidder shall offer separate Bay Controller Unit (BCU) or the same shall be
integrated with the Main-2 relay in case of 220 kV or integrated with main relay in
case of 33 kV GIS. A bay comprises of one circuit breaker and associated
disconnector, earth switches.
3.02.00
System Architecture
3.02.01
The SAS shall be based on a decentralized architecture and on a concept of bayoriented, distributed intelligence.
3.02.02
Functions shall be decentralized object-oriented and located as close as possible to

the process.
3.02.03
The main process information of the station shall be stored in distributed databases.
The typical SAS architecture shall be structured in two levels, i.e. in a station and a
bay level.
3.02.04
At bay level, the IEDs shall provide all bay level functions regarding control,
monitoring and protection, inputs for status indication and outputs for commands.
The IEDs should be directly connected to the switchgear without any need for
additional interposition or transducers.
3.02.05
Each bay control lED shall be independent from each other and its functioning shall
not be affected by any fault occurring in any of the other bay control units of the
station.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 5 of 44

3.02.06
The data exchange between the electronic devices on bay and station level shall
take place via the communication infrastructure. This shall be realized using fibreoptic cables, thereby guaranteeing disturbance free communication. The fibre optic
cables shall be run in G.I. conduit pipes. Data exchange is to be realized using IEC
61850 protocol with a redundant managed switched Ethernet communication
infrastructure.
3.02.07
The communication shall be made in 1+1 mode, excluding the links between
individual bay IEDs to switch, such that failure of one set of fibre shall not affect the
normal operation of the SAS. However it shall be alarmed in SAS. Each fibre optic
cable shall have six (6) spare fibres for exclusive use of purchaser.
3.02.08
At station level, the entire station shall be controlled and supervised from the station
HMI as well as from Electrical Control System (ECS). It shall also be possible to
control and monitor the bay from the bay level equipment at all times.
3.02.09
Clear control priorities shall prevent operation of a single switch at the same time
from more than one of the various control levels, i.e. station HMI/ ECS, bay level or
apparatus level. The priority shall always be on the lowest enabled control level.
3.02.10
The station level contains the station-oriented functions, which cannot be realized at
bay level, e.g. alarm list or event list related to the entire substation, gateway for the
communication with remote control centers.
3.02.11
The GPS along with display unit for time synchronizing shall be connected to
Ethernet LAN switch .The SAS shall contain the functional parts as described in
clause no. 1.02.00 above.
4.00.00
FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The high-voltage apparatus within the station shall be operated from different
places:
Station HMI / Electrical Control System (ECS)
Local Bay controller lED (in the bays)
Operation shall be possible by only one operator at a time.

The operation shall depend on the conditions of other functions, such as
interlocking, synchro check, etc. (see description in "Bay Level Control Functions").
4.01.00
Select-Before-Execute
For security reasons the command is always to be given in two stages: selection of
the object and command for operation under all mode of operation except
emergency operations. Final execution shall take place only when selection and
command are executed.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 6 of 44
4.02.00
Command Supervision
4.02.01
Bay/Station Interlocking and Blocking

Software Interlocking is to be provided to ensure that inadvertent incorrect

operation of switchgear causing damage and accidents in case of false operation
does not take place.
In addition to software interlocking hardwired interlocking are to be provided for :
a) Bus Earth switch Interlocking.
b) Transfer Bus Interlocking (if applicable).
It shall be a simple layout, easy to test and simple to handle when upgrading the
station with future bays. For software interlocking the bidder shall describe the
scenario while an lED of another bay is switched off or fails.
A software interlock override function shall be provided which can be enabled to
bypass the interlocking function.
4.03.00
Run Time Command Cancellation

Command execution timer (configurable) must be available for each control level
connection. If the control action is not completed within a specified time, the
command should get cancelled.
4.04.00
Self-supervision
Continuous self-supervision function with self-diagnostic feature shall be included.
4.05.00
User Configuration
The monitoring, controlling and configuration of all input and output logical signals
and binary inputs and relay outputs for all built-in functions and signals shall be
possible both locally and remotely.
It shall also be possible to interconnect and derive input and output signals, logic
functions, using built-In functions, complex voltage and currents, additional logics
(AND-gates, OR gates and timers). (Multi activation of these additional functions
should be possible).
The Functional requirement shall be divided into following levels:
Bay (a bay comprises of one circuit breaker and associated disconnector, earth
switches and instrument transformer) Level Functions.
System Level Functions.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 7 of 44
5.00.00

BAY LEVEL FUNCTIONS

In a decentralized architecture the functionality shall be as close to the process as
possible. In this respect, the following functions can be allocated at bay level:
Bay control functions including data collection functionality.
Bay protection functions
5.01.00
Bay control functions
5.01.01
Overview
Functions
5.01.02
Control mode selection
Select-before-execute principle
Command supervision:
Interlocking and blocking
Double command
Synchro-check, voltage selection
Run Time Command cancellation
Transformers tap changer control (for power transformer bays), Operation

counters for circuit breakers and pumps
Display of interlocking and blocking
Breaker position indication per phase
Alarm annunciation
Measurement display.
Local HMI (local guided, emergency mode).
Interface to the station HMI& also to the Electrical Control System (ECS).
Data storage for at least 200 events.
Extension possibilities with additional I/O's inside the unit or via fibre optic
communication and process bus.
Control Mode Selection

Bay Level Operation:
As soon as the operator receives the operation access at bay level the operation is
normally performed via bay control lED. During normal operation bay control unit
allows the safe operation of all switching devices via the bay controlled.
EMERGENCY Operation
It shall be possible to close or open the selected Circuit Breaker with ON or OFF
push buttons even during the outage of bay lED.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 8 of 44

REMOTE Mode:
Control authority in this mode is given to a higher level (Remote Control Centre)
and the installation can be controlled only remotely. Control operation from lower
levels shall not be possible in this operating mode.
5.01.03
Synchronism and Energizing check

The synchronism and energizing check functions shall be bay-oriented and
distributed to the bay control and/or protection devices. These features are:
Settable voltage, phase angle, and frequency difference.
Energizing for dead line - live bus, live line - dead bus or dead line-dead bus
with no synchro-check function.
Synchronizing between live line and live bus with synchro-check Function.
Voltage Selection
The voltages relevant for the synchro-check functions are dependent on the station
topology, i.e. on the positions of the circuit breakers and/or the isolators. The
correct voltage for synchronizing and energizing is derived from the auxiliary
switches of the circuit breakers, the isolator, and earthing switch and shall be
selected automatically by the bay control and protection IEDs.
5.01.04
Transformer Tap Changer Control

Raise and lower operation for voltage control of OLTC taps of transformer shall be
facilitated through Bay controller lED.
5.02.00
Bay Protection Functions
5.02.01
General
The protection functions are independent of bay control function. The protection
shall be provided by separate protection IEDs (numerical relays) and other
protection devices as per section Relay & Protection.
IEDs, shall be connected to the communication infrastructure for data sharing and
meet the real-time communication requirements for automatic functions. The data
presentation and the configuration of the various IEDs shall be compatible with the
overall system communication and data exchange requirements.
5.02.02
Event and Disturbance Recording function

Each lED should contain an event recorder capable of storing at least 200 timetagged events. This shall give alarm if 70% memory is full. The disturbance
recorder function shall be as per detailed in Sub-Section: E-09 (Substation
Protection & Control System).
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 9 of 44
5.03.00
System Level Functions
5.03.01
Status Supervision

The position of each switching element, e.g. Circuit Breaker, Isolator, Earthing
Switch, Transformer Tap-Changer etc., shall be supervised continuously. Every
detected change of position shall be immediately displayed in the single-line
diagram on the station HMI screen as well as in the Electrical Control System
(ECS), recorded in the event list, and a hard copy printout shall be produced.
Alarms shall be initiated in the case of spontaneous position changes.
The switchgear positions shall be indicated by two auxiliary switches, normally
closed (NC) and normally open (NO), which shall give ambivalent signals. An alarm
shall be initiated if these position indications are inconsistent or if the time required
for operating mechanism to change position exceeds a predefined limit.
The SAS shall also monitor the status of sub-station auxiliaries. The status and
control of auxiliaries shall be done through separate one or more lED and all alarm
and analogue values shall be monitored and recoded through this lED.
5.03.02
Measurements
Analogue inputs for voltage and current measurements shall be connected directly
to the Voltage Transformers (VT) and Current Transformers (CT) without
intermediate transducers. The values of Active Power (W), Reactive Power (VAR),
Frequency (Hz), and the rms values for voltage (U) and current (I) shall be
calculated.
The measured values shall be displayed locally on the station HMI and also in the
Electrical Control System (ECS). The abnormal values must be discarded. The
analogue values shall be updated every 2 seconds.
Threshold limit values shall be selectable for alarm indications.
5.03.03
Event and Alarm Handling

Events and alarms are generated either by the switchgear, by the control lEDs, or
by the station level unit. They shall be recorded in an event list in the station HMI&
also in the Electrical Control System. Alarms shall be recorded in a separate alarm
list and appear on the screen. All, or a freely selectable group of events and alarms
shall also be printed out on an event printer. The alarms and events shall be timetagged with a time resolution of 1 ms.
5.03.04
Station HMI
a) Substation HMI Operation
On the HMI the object has to be selected first. In case of a blocking or
interlocking conditions are not met, the selection shall not be possible and an
appropriate alarm annunciation shall occur. If a selection is valid the position
indication will show the possible direction, and the appropriate control execution
button shall be pressed in order to close or open the corresponding object.
Control operation from other places (e.g. ECS) shall not be possible in this
operating mode.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 10 of 44

b) Presentation and Dialogues

General
The operator station HMI shall be two nos. and shall provide basic functions for
supervision and control of the substation. Also the SAS will be interfaced with
the existing plant Electrical Control System (ECS) by appropriate protocol for
measured data, control & monitoring of 220 kV substation, new 33kV
switchgear& new 415V substation ACDB by fiber optic communication. The
operator shall give commands to the switchgear on the screen via mouse clicks
or keyboard commands only from ECS on priority basis. Please refer to the
specification of existing Electrical Control System (ECS) Spec. no.TCE.6867BEL-H-735-201forready reference.
The HMI shall give the operator access to alarms and events displayed on the
screen. Aside from these lists on the screen, there shall be a printout of alarms
or events in an event log.
An acoustic alarm shall indicate abnormalities, and all unacknowledged alarms
shall be accessible from any screen selected by the operator.
The following standard pictures shall be available from the HMI:
Single-line diagram showing the switchgear status and measured values
Control dialogues with interlocking- and blocking details. This control dialogue
shall tell the operator whether the device operation is permitted or blocked
Measurement dialogues Alarm list, station I bay-oriented Event list, station I
bay-oriented System status HMI
c) HMI Design Principals
Consistent design principles shall be adopted with the HMI concerning labels,
colors, dialogues and fonts. Non-valid selections shall be dimmed out.
The object status shall be indicated using different status colors for:
Selected object under command
Selected on the screen
Not updated, obsolete values, not in use or not sampled
Alarm or faulty state
Warning or blocked
Update blocked or manually updated
Control blocked
Normal state
d) Process Status Displays and Command Procedures
The process status of the substation in terms of actual values of currents,
voltages, frequency, active and reactive powers as well as the positions of
circuit breakers, isolators and transformer tap-changers shall be displayed in the
station single-line diagram.
Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001
Page 11 of 44

220 KV Ss NIT PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

220 KV Ss NIT PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Specification

for 220/33 KV Substation

220/33 KV Substation of Bharat

NAME OF THE JOB: 220/33KV SUBSTATION PACKAGE JOB FOR BHARAT

Date of Pre Bid Meeting:

27.08.2014 at 11:00 HRS (IST)

Bharat Oman Refineries Ltd, Bina, Madhya Pradesh

Last Date and Time for

03.09.2014 at 12:00 HRS (IST)

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001

DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD.

BHARAT OMAN REFINERIES LIMITED

DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PRIVATE LIMITED

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001

DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD.

MASTER INDEX LIST

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB)

GENERAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT (GCC)

SPECIAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT (SCC)

HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) GUIDELINES FOR

220 KV CIRCUIT BREAKER

220 KV DISCONNECTING SWITCH

220 KV CURRENT TRANSFORMER

220 KV CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER

220 KV & 33 KV LIGHTNING ARRESTER

220 KV PLCC AND WT

OUTDOOR SUBSTATION MATERIAL AND HARDWARE

SUBSTATION PROTECTION & CONTROL SYSTEM (SPS & SCS)

SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM (SAS)

220/33 KV POWER TRANSFORMER

33 KV / 433 V LT AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER

33 KV GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR

HT & LT POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BATTERY & BATTERY CHARGER

ACDB & DCDB

DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL &ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

AIR CONDITIONING & VENTILATION SYSTEM

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001

DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD.

Doc. No. : 7703-71-60-TS-001

DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD.

PROPOSAL EXHIBIT: PART-I

LIST OF TOOLS AND TACKLES

DRAWING SUBMISSION SCHEDULE

PROPOSAL EXHIBIT: PART II

EXCEPTIONS & DEVIATIONS

COMPLIANCE TO BID REQUIREMENT

DECLERATION BY THE BIDDER REGARDING BIDDING DOCUMENT

PROFORMA FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT LETTER OF BIDDING DOCUMENT

PROFORMA OF DECLERATION OF BLACK LISTING / HOLIDAY LISTING

VENDOR REGISTRATION FORM

ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER MODEL MANDATE FORM

PROPOSAL EXHIBIT: PART III

A. SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR DESIGN AND DETAILED ENGINEERING.

B. SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR SUPPLY PORTION (OTHER THAN CIVIL &

C. SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR FABRICATION, ERECTION / INSTALLATION

D. SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR CIVIL &STRUCTURAL- (INCLUSIVE OF COST